Fretp Museum or Natura. History PUBLICATION 240 ZOOLOGICAL SERIES VoL. XVI CATALOGUE OF THE EDWARD E. AYER ORNITHOLOGICAL LIBRARY PART II BY Joun Topp ZIMMER Assistant Curator of Birds 1S Witrrep H. Oscoop : Curator, Department of Zoology EDITOR fer? of” fs” NATURAL f% HIsTORY Cuicaco, U. S. A. November, 1926 FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVI, PL. IX. ‘ a Yi) ra earice YEA Mart yr V0 i agen Yerd » ! | | | | ! / | | | : tadame ae, 04 [tralia Brehm : Mag: th ge wits he aie UNPUBLISHED DRAWING BY C. L. LANDBECK FROM HIS PERSONAL COPY OF HIS **SYSTEMATISCHE AUFZAHLUNG DER VOGEL WURTEMBERGS.’! See p. 367. Fietp Musrtum or NATURAL HIsToRY PUBLICATION 240 ZOOLOGICAL SERIES VoL. XVI CATALOGUE OF THE EDWARD E. AYER ORNITHOLOGICAL LIBRARY : PART II BY. Joun Topp ZIMMER Assistant Curator of Birds WIiLFrrepD H. Oscoop Curator, Department of Zoology EDITOR ¥ NATURAL HISTORY i iat Ey i Cuicaco, U.S. A. November, 1926 PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA BY FIELD MUSEUM PRESS CATALOGUE OF THE EDWARD E. AYER ORNITHOLOGICAL LIBRARY PART II BY Joun T. ZIMMER Labatie, M. de. 1844. See Bouteille, Hipp.; and Labatie, Ornithologie du Dauphiné, 1843-44. Lacépéde, Bernard Germain Etienne de la Ville. 1818. See Buffon, George L. L., Oeuvres Complétes. Lacépéde, Bernard Germain Etienne de la Ville. 1819. Vue générale | des progrés | de plusieurs branches | des sciences naturelles, | depuis la mort de Buffon, | Pour faire suite aux CZuvres complétes | de ce grand naturaliste; | Par M. le Comte de Lacepéde. | Paris, | Rapet et Cie, Rue Saint-André-Des- Arcs, No. 41, | Editeurs des CEuvres complétes de Buffon, en douze | volumes in -80., avec cinq volumes de supplément, par M. le Comte de Lacepéde. | 1818. 1 vol. post 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-112. Paris. A general essay on the (then) recent progress in natural science. On. pp. 74-89 and 92-112 are a “Tableau des Sous-Classes, Divisions, Sous-Divisions, Ordres et Genres des Oiseaux’’ and a “Table Méthodique de la Classe des Mammi- féres.”” These appear to be the “‘Tableaux Méthodiques des Mammiféres et des Oiseaux”’ first published in 1799 in the author’s ‘‘Discours d’Ouverture et de Cléture du Cours d’Histoire Naturelle,” etc. (Cf. Richmond, Auk, 16, pp. 325-329, 1899 and l.c. 17, pp. 166-167, 1900.). On pp. 72-73 and 9o-g1 are supplements to the “Tableau’”’ and ‘‘Table,’’ containing references to various authors whose recent works may be consulted for additions to the lists of genera and subgenera here published. The arrangement of the new genera of birds in these lists is the same as copied by Richmond (l.c., 17, p. 167) from Lacépéde’s original Tableaux and it appears probable, therefore, that the tables have not been altered here, but I am unable to state this definitely in the 365 366 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. absence of the original work. Although the title-page bears the date, 1818, the general text (p. 71) is dated December 12, 1818, and Engelmann quotes the work under date of the following year, which is probably correct. The present copy is bound with Vol. XII of Lacépéde’s ‘Oeuvres Completes de Buffon, Nouvelle (Rapet) Ed.,” 1817-19 (Cf. Buffon, 1818.). It forms a sort of appendix or supplement to this work and was originally intended to be issued with Vol. XII; a note by the publishers on p. 566 cf that volume announces that it will form a separate volume which will be issued separately a month later and supplied free to subscribers. It therefore may be considered to form a distinct publication under its own title. Lacroix, Adrien. 1873-75. Catalogue raisonné | des oiseaux | observés | dans les Pyrénées Frangaises | et les régions limitrophes | comprenant | les départements de la Haute-Garonne, de 1’Aude, de l’Ariége, du Gers, | de l’Hérault, des Hautes-Pyrénées, | du Tarn, du Tarn-et- Garonne et des Pyrénées-Orientales | suivi de deux tables alpha- bétiques des espéces et de leurs synonymes | en patois de Toulouse | avec huit planches coloriées | par | Adrien Lacroix | Membre Fondateur de la Société d’Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse | Toulouse Paris | Edouard Privat J.-B. Bailliére et Fils, | Libraire-Edi- teur, Libraire de l’Académie nationale de Médecine | Rue des Tourneurs, 45 Rue Hautefeuille, 19 | 1873-1875. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-299, pll. 1-8 (col.; by Lacroix). Toulouse and Paris. A synonymic, distributional catalogue, without descriptions. I can find no infor- mation relative to its manner of publication except that much the same subject matter was covered by the author in articles published in the Bulletin de la Société d'Histoire Naturelle de Toulouse, 1872-75. The present work may bea compilation of these, published in 1875. The preface, dated April 9, 1873, begins on a page whose heading is the title of one of the articles, not of the complete work,-reading, “Catalogue raisonné des Oiseaux Observés sur le versant Francais des Pyrénées,’’ etc. The copy has the name of Lacroix in manuscript on the title-page and con- tains the bookplate of F. D. Godman. Lafresnaye, Frédéric de. 1838. Essai | d’une nouvelle maniére de grouper les genres | et les espéces | De l’Ordre | des Passereaux | (Passeres L.) | d’aprés leurs rapports de mceurs et d’habitation, | Par F. de La Fresnaye. | Falaise, | Brée l’ainé, imprimeur-libraire. | Paris; Meilhac, libraire, Cloitre Saint-Benoit, 10. | 1838. 1 vol. post 8vo, tit., pp. 1-25. Falaise. A rare paper on the general classification of Passerine birds, including the descrip- tions of two new species, ““Turdus nivei-capillus” (p. 16) and “‘Argya luctuosa”’ (p. 22). It appears to be a separate work but Bangs and Penard (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 63, No. 2, p. 31, June 1919) cite it as having some connection 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. “ 367 with the Memoires de la Société académique des Sciences, Arts et Belles- Lettres de Falaise. Engelmann cites the title under date of 1841 which is evidently an error. Laimbeer, Richard Harper. 1923. Birds I have known | by | Richard Harper Laimbeer | illus- trated with 50 colored plates, | and with 48 snapshots from life | by the author | G. P. Putnam’s Sons | New York & London | The Knickerbocker Press | 1923. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XVIII, 1-401, 50 pll. (col.; by Allan Brooks, L. A. Fuertes, Bruce Horsfall and L. Sawyer), 49 text-figs. (full p.). New York and London. A popular account of observations on bird-life on Long Island, U. S. A. The colored plates are from the leaflets of the National Association of Audubon Societies. Laing, Hamilton M. 1913. Out with | the birds | by | Hamilton M. Laing | Illustrated with Photographs | [Design.] | New York | Outing Publishing Company | MCMXIII. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-249, 24 pll. New York. Miscellaneous popular essays on bird-life and on the author’s experiences afield. Laishley, Richard. 1858. A | popular history | of | British birds’ eggs. | By | Richard Laishley. | London: | Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. | 1858. 1 vol. crown 8vo (434x6%4), pp. I-XI+1, 1-313, pll. I-XX (col.). London. A popular account of the nests and eggs of British birds, illustrated with very poor colored plates. Lambrecht, Koloman. 1921. See Diener, C., Fossilium Catalogus, Aves. Lamouroux. 1824. See Buffon, George L. L.; and Daubenton, Oeuvres completes de Buffon, 1824-31. 1828. Idem, 1828-33. Landbeck, Christian Ludwig. 1834. Systematische Aufzahlung | der | Végel Wiirtembergs, | mit | Angabe ihrer Aufenthaltsérter und ihrer Strichzeit. | Aus Auftrag | der Central-Stelle des landwirtschaftlichen Vereins in Wiurtemberg | entworfen | von | Christian Ludwig Landbek. | 368 Fretp Museum oF Natural History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Grundherrl. von Gemmingen-Steinegg’schem Rent-Beamten. | Be- sonders abgedrukt aus dem Correspondenzblatt des landwirtschaft- lichen | Vereins. | Stuttgart und Tubingen, | in der J. G. Cotta- ’schen Verlagshandlung. | 1834. 1 vol. post 8vo, (orig. cover), pp. I-XII, 1-84, [103-107 (altered to 85-89) +1, 333-336, 64 Il. (manuscript), 13 pll. (col.; 2 fold.)]. Stuttgart and Tubingen. 1834 [-?]. A detailed account of the birds of Wurtemberg. This is the author’s own copy with marginal annotations and 64 ll. of manuscript notes. Some of these notes were published subsequently by the author in various places. The illustrations are all extras and comprise 13 plates, two of which are original drawings, 2 apparently unpublished lithographs, 8 lithographs prepared for publication as pll. I-V, VIII, IX and XI of the author’s “Naturgeschichte und Abbildungen sammtlicher Végel Europa’s” (which never appeared), and 1 etching of uncer- tain origin. There are also appended two supplements which appear to have been published in the “Correspondenzblatt des landwirtschaftlichen Vereins’’ where the present work made its first appearance; I am unable to fix any dates for them. A reference in each of the supplements indicates that the general work appeared in the ‘‘Corr. Bl. des landw. Vereins, Jahrgang 1835, Bd. I, H(eft) 1, S. 17,’’ a year later than the date on the title-page of the separate reprint. A manuscript note by Homeyer on the inside of the front cover explains the origin of the present copy. Langdon, Frank W. 1877. A catalogue | of the | Birds of the Vicinity of Cincinnati, | with notes. | By | Frank W. Langdon. | Salem, Mass.: | The Naturalist’s Agency. | 1877. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-18. Salem. April 1877. An annotated check-list of 282 species and subspecies. A revised list (q.v.) was published in 1879. The copy at hand was presented to Ernest Ingersoll by the author; the letter accompanying the gift is attached. The date, as quoted, is given by the author in his revised list. Langdon, Frank W. 1879. A revised list | of | Cincinnati birds, | by | Frank W. Lang- don. | 1879. | Printed by James Barclay, 269 Vine Street, Cin- cinnati, O. 1 vol. 8vo, cover-tit., pp. 1-27. Cincinnati. A separately paged reprint of the author’s paper published in the Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History, 1, No. 4, pp. 167-193, Jan. 1879. The original list, “A Catalogue of the Birds of the Vicinity of Cincinnati’’ (q.v.), was published in 1877. The title transcribed above is from the original wrapper. Langville, J. Hibbert. 1884. Our birds | in | their haunts: | a popular treatise on the birds of | eastern North America. | By | Rev. J. Hibbert Langille, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 369 M.A. | [Quot., 9 lines.] | Boston: | S. E. Cassino & Company. | 1884. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-624, 2 pll., 24 text-figs. (3 full-p.). Boston. An extensive series of essays on bird-life, based on personal observations, arranged by species (not in systematic order) and illustrated by woodcuts. Of a distinctly popular nature, the book contains a mass of information presented in literary form. Laplace, Cyrille Pierre Théodore. (Eydoux, Fortune; Gervais, Paul.). 1839. > Voyage | atour du monde | par les mers de 1’Inde et de Chine | exécuté sur la corvette de 1’état | La Favorite | pendent les années 1830. 1831 et 1832 | sous le commandement | de M. La- place | Capitaine de frégate; | publié | par ordre de M. le Vice- Amiral Comte de Rigny | Ministre de la Marine et des Colonies. | Tome V. | [Vignette.] | Paris. | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur, | Libraire de la Société de Géographie de Paris | et de la Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, Rue Hautefeuille, 23. | M DCCC XXXIX. > Zoologie | par | M. Fortuné Eydoux, Cirurgien [eic., 5 lines.]. > 2e partie. | Zoologie, | par | MM. Fortuné Eydoux et Paul Gervais. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. J-VIIJ, 2 ll. (subtit. and tit. of Pt. I), pp. 1-195-+1, 1-64 (incl. tit. of Pt. II), 64 bis-64 quater., 65-200, I-IV (incl. tit. of Suppl.), 5-30, 1-2 (index to Suppl.), pll. 1-60 (51 col.; 1 fold.; 16 ornith., 15 col.), Suppl. pll. 1-10 (col.). Paris. The report on the zoology of the voyage of La Favorite. This forms the fifth volume of text of the complete report of 1833-39, which embraces 5 vols. text and 2 vols. plates (not including the plates in the present volume). It consists of a reprint of various papers which appeared in the “Magasin de Zoologie”’ during the years 1836-39. The ornithological portion, which occupies pp. 29-64 quater. of Pt. II and pll. 10-25, appeared in the ‘‘Magasin’”’ as follows. Pp. 29-64 and pll. 10-24 appeared in 1836 as pp. 3-37 (pagination separate) and pll. 62-76, one leaf (pp. 1-2) being occupied by a title-page, not reprinted; pp. 64 bis-64 quater. and pl. 25 appeared in 1838 as pp. 1-3 (pagination separate) and pl. 86. The text of the reprint is practically identical with its original, although there are minor alterations; pl. 18 (70 in the original) is labeled Passerina montana instead of P. guttata, an error which is corrected on p. 49, footn. There are some differences, also, in the coloration of the plates. The ornithologi- cal text is the work of Eydoux and Gervais; the plates are by E. Traviés, G. Prétre and A. Prévost. Lardner, Dionysius. (Swainson, William. ) 1836-37. > [The cabinet cyclopaedia . . . On the natural history and classification of birds (etc.).| > The | cabinet | of | natural history. | Conducted by the | Rev. Dionysius Lardner, LL.D. [etc., 2 lines.] | assisted by | eminent 370 |Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. scientific men. | On | the natural history and classification | of | birds. | By | William Swainson, Esq. A.C.G. [(etc., 4 lines.; William Swainson. A.C.G. (eic., 2 lines)]. | Vol. I [II]. | London: | printed for | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman, | Paternoster-Row; | and John Taylor, | Upper Gower Street. | 1836 [1837]. 2 vols. cap 8vo. Vol. I, 2 pr. Il.1, pp. V-VIII, 1-365, vignette (on engr. tit.), text-figs. 1-113. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (see last footnote), pp. V- VI, 1 1. (note), pp. 1-398, vignette (on engr. tit.), text-figs. 114- 338. London. A little work of considerable scope in which the author reviews the entire class, Aves. Pt. I relates to the “structure and natural history of birds in general’; Pt. II, to the “bibliography, nomenclature and preservation” (=taxidermy) “of birds’’; Pt. III, to the “‘natural history and relations of the different orders, tribes, and families of birds’’; Pt. IV contains a “‘synopsis of a natural arrange- ment of birds’’ in which families and genera are described (some of the genera being new) and characteristic species are listed. Pt. V, intended for this work and containing descriptions of numerous species, was issued in 1837 as Pt. III of “Animals in Menageries’” (q.v.), another volume of the present series of “The Cabinet Cyclopaedia.’? Some new species are named in the present work in various parts of the text. Vol. I contains Pts. I, II and a portion of III; Vol. II completes the work. The numerous text-figures are mostly illustrative of morphological details and are of excellent quality, being drawn by the author. The text is not entirely reliable since many of the author’s statements are strained to accord with the ‘Quinary System”’ of classification, adopted throughout. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. CX XI, 1922) cites Vol. I under date of Oct. 1836 and II, under date of June 1837; Richmond (Auk, 17, p. 179, 1900) quotes Vol. II under date of July, 1837. In the present copy, the original title-pages bearing the words, ““The Cabinet Cyclopaedia,”” have been replaced by the substitute title-pages reading, ‘The Cabinet of Natural History.” These substitute title-pages appear to have been issued with certain volumes to permit all the works relating to natural history to be segregated, if desired, under their own special heading. Lardner, Dionysius. (Swainson, William.) 1837. > The | cabinet cyclopedia. | Conducted by the | Rev. Dionysius Lardner, LL.D. [etc., 2 lines.] | assisted by | eminent literary and scientific men. | Natural History. | Animals in menag- eries. | By | William Swainson, A.C.G. F.R.S. L.S. | Vice-President of the Ornithological Society, etc. | London: | printed for | Long- man, Orme, Brown, Green, & Longmans, | Paternoster-Row; | and John Taylor, | Upper Gower Street. | 1838. 1Engraved title and second title-page which is evidently an insert, the original title-page of ‘The cabinet cyclopaedia” having been removed. Both title-pages appear to have been supplied with the natural history volumes of this series. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 371 > The | cabinet | of | natural history. | Conducted by the | Rev. Dionysius Lardner, [etc., 2 lines.] | assisted by | eminent scientific men. | Animals in menageries. [etc., as above]. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and engr. tit.; latter not quoted), pp. V-VI, 1-373-+1, 2 ll. (advt. by author, and second tit. quoted), Vignette (on engr. tit.), figs. 1-71. London. Accounts of the habits and peculiarities of mammals and birds found in menageries and aviaries or suitable for preservation therein; compiled from various sources. This was the original content of the work (Pts. I and II), but a third part was added to include matter which had been omitted, through necessity, from a former work, “On the Natural History and Classification of Birds,’’ 1836-37 (q.v.), in the same series as the present volume. This added matter was origin- ally intended to form Pt. V. (Vol. II) of that treatise and is cited as such in the text of the volume, itself, as well as in the author’s “Birds of Western Africa,” 1837 (q.v.). A note on the unpaged leaf in Vol. II of the “Nat. Hist. and Classif. of Birds” and a footnote on p. 244 of Vol. II of the “‘Birds of Western Africa” ex- plain the necessity for omitting the paper from its indicated position (owing to the bulk of the volume) and state the plan to publish it in connection with a later volume of the series, as was done herewith. The note in the “Birds of Western Africa” further states that “proof sheets have been forwarded to our most dis- tinguished ornithologists,” a circumstance which may constitute a prior publica- tion of the subject matter, dating between June and September, 1837. The pa- per is important since it consists of descriptions and notes on the habitat of 229 species, 1 genus and 1 subgenus of birds, most of which are new. The present volume bears the date 1838 but Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. CX XI, 1922) gives the date of publication as December 1837. The work forms Vol. 98 of ‘‘The Cabinet Cyclopaedia.” Latham, John. 1781-85. A | General Synopsis | of | Birds. | Vol. I. Pt. 1st. [I. Pt. 2d. (altered by pen from ‘“‘II’’); II. Part 1st.; II pt. 2nd.; III. pt. tst.; III. pt. 2nd.] | [Vignette (col. and named in Vol. I, Pts. 1 and 2, only.).| | London: | Printed for Benj. White [Prnited (sic) for Leigh & Sotheby (Vol. II Pt. 1.); Printed for Leigh & Sotheby (Vol. II Pt. 2, Vol. III Pts. 1 and 2.). | York Street, Covent Garden. (Vol. II Pts. 1 and 2, Vol. III Pts. 1 and 2.)| | MDCC- LXXXI [MDCCLXXXII (Vol. I Pt. 2.); MDCCLXXXIII (Vol. II pts. t and 2.); MDCCLXXXV (Vol. III Pits. 1 and 2).). 3 vols. in 6, demy 4to. Vol. I Pt. 1, illum. tit., pp. I-VI (pref.), 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-416, pll. 1-5, VI-XVI (col.). Vol. I Pt. 2, illum. tit. pp. 417-788, 1 1. (direct. for pll.), 16 ll. (index and errata), pll. XVII-XXXV (col.). Vol. II Pt. 1, illum. tit., pp. I-II (pref.), pp. 1-366, pll. XX XVI-L (col.). Vol. II Pt. 2, illum. tit., pp. 367- 808, 1 1. (direct for pll.), 18 ll. (index and errata), pll. LI-LXIX (col.). Vol. III Pt. 1, illum. tit., pp. I-III+-1 (pref.), pp. 1-328, 372 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. pll. LXXXCV (col.). Vol. III Pt. 2, illum. tit., pp. 329-628, 1 1. (direct. for pll.), 3 ll. (generic catal.), 6 ll. (bibliogr. and errata), 12 ll. (index), pll. XCVI-CVI (col.). London. A series of descriptions and colored plates of birds of the world, arranged under vernacular names but with a list of synonyms under each, including Linnaean binomials. At the completion of the work, the author prepared an “Index Ornithologicus,”’ 1790 (q.v.), in which a scientitic nomenclature is adopted for the species. He also issued a “Supplement,” 1787, and a “‘Supplement II,” 1801 (q.v.), to the present work, and after the completion of the second supple- ment issued a “Supplementum Indicis Ornithologici,” 1801 (q.v.), to establish the nomenclature of the forms therein. Considerably later, a new edition of the work was issued under the title of ‘‘A General History of Birds,” 1821-28 (q.v.). An edition in German, revised and supplemented by Bechstein, appeared in 1793-1812 (Cf. Latham, Johann Lathams Allgemeine Uebersicht der Végel.). Of the present series of works, the edition was 500 copies except of “‘Supple- ment II’’ which Latham states (Gen. Hist. Bds. 1, p. VI) was published by his booksellers and not by himself and limited to 250 copies. The preface to Vol. I Pt. 1 is dated Jan. 1, 1781; of II Pt. 1, Dec. 1, 1783; of III Pt. 1, May 2, 1785. The plates are by the author. Latham, John. 1787. Supplement | to the | General Synopsis | of | Birds. | [Vzg- nette (col.).] | London: | Printed for Leigh & Sotheby, | York Street, Covent Garden. | MDCCLXXXVII. 1 vol. demy 4to, illum. tit., pp. I-I]I+1, 1-298, 8 Il. (direct. for pll., bibliogr., errata and index), pll. CVII-CXIX (col.). London. This volume contains revisory notes on some of the species of birds treated by the author in his ‘General Synopsis,’’ 1781-85 (q.v.), with additional species dis- cussed in full as in the earlier work. Species and plates are numbered in con- tinuance of the series in the ‘General Synopsis’’ and are included, likewise, in the “Index Ornithologicus,”’ 1790 (q.v.). A detailed ‘‘List of the Birds of Great Britain” occupies pp. 281-298. The preface of this supplement is dated May 1, 1787. A second supplement followed in 1801 (q.v.). Latham, John. 1789. See Phillip, Arthur, The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Bot- any Bay. Latham, John. 1790. Index ornithologicus, | sive | systema ornithologize; | com- plectens | avium divisionem | in classes, ordines, genera, species, | ipsarumque varietates: | adjectis | synonymis, locis, descriptioni- bus, &c. | Studio et opera | Joannis Latham, S.R.S. | Volumen I [II]. | Londini, | sumptibus authoris: | prostant venales apud Leigh et Sotheby, | York-Street, Covent-Garden. | M.DCC.XC. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 373 2 vols. demy 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-XVIII, 1-466. Vol. II, tit., pp. 467-920. London. A systematic catalogue of the birds of the world, based on the author’s “General Synopsis of Birds,’’ 1781-85 (q.v.), and the first “Supplement”’ thereto, 1787 (q.v.). It contains Latin diagnoses of the species, genera and higher groups and assigns binomial names to the species which, in the earlier works, were dis- cussed under vernacular names. Synonymy, habitat and diagnostic notes, aside from the descriptions, are given for each species. Mathews (Birds of Australia, Suppl. 4, p. 75, 1925) states that it was acknowledged by the Philos. Soc., London, on Dec. 9. A “Supplementum Indicis Ornithologici’’ (q.v.) followed the present work in 1801 and supplied the same details for the “Sup- plement II,” 1801 (q.v.), as are given herein for the original work and first “Supplement.” Latham, John. 1790. See Pennant, Thomas, Indian Zoology. Latham, John (Bechstein, Johann Matthaus. ) 1793-1812. Johann Lathams | allgemeine Uebersicht | der Végel. | Aus dem Englischen ttbersetzt | und | mit Anmerkungen und Zusatzen versehen | von | Johann Matthaus Bechstein [Dr. Johann Matthaus Bechstein (Vol. IV.)], | Graflich Schaumburg [etc., 4 lines (Vol. I.); 5 lines (Vol. II.); 6 lines (Vol. III.); Herzoglich Sachsen, etc. g lines (Vol. IV.).]. | Ersten [-Vierten] Bandes erster [zweyter] Theil. [, | welcher | die Vogel nach ihren Kennzeichen der Art | nebst | den Zusatzen zu obigem Werke | enthalt (Vol. IV.)] | Mit zwanzig [neunzehn (Vol. I, Pt. II.); funfzehn (Vol. II, Pt. I.); drey und zwanzig (Vol. II, Pt. II.); acht und dreyzig (Vol. III, Pt. I.); vier und zwanzig (Vol. III, Pt. II.); 44 (Vol. IV, Pt. I.); (no number, Vol. IV, Pt. II.)| ausgemahlten Kupfer- tafeln [Kupfern (Vol. IV.)]. | Nurnberg, | in der Kaiserlich privi- legirten Kunst- und Buchhandlung A. C. Weigels und Schneiders [bey C. Weigel und Schneider (Vol. I, Pt. II.); in der kaiserl. k6nigl. privilegirten Kunst- und Buchhandlung A. C. Weigels und Schneiders (Vol. II.); idem - A. C. Schneider und Weigel (Vol. JIJ, Pt. I.); idem - A. C. Schneiders und Weigels (Vol. III, Pt. ITI.); bey Adam Gottlieb Schneider und Weigel (Vol. IV.)]. | 1793 [1793; 1794; 1795; 1796; 1798; 1811; 1812]. > Anhang | zum ersten Bande | von | Lathams allgemeiner Uebersicht | der Végel, | welcher | Zusatze, Bermerkungen und Berichtigungen | der deutschen Benennungen enthalt | von | Johann Matthaus Bechstein. | Mit zwey Kupfertafeln. | Nirn- berg, | in der Kaiserlich privilegirten Kunst- und Buchhandlung A. C. Weigels und Schneiders. | 1793. 374 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. >4 vols. (8 parts) demy 4to. Vol. I, Pt. I; 7 pr. 1. (tit., illum. tit., translator’s note, pref. and conts.), pp. 1-346, 1 1. (errata), pll. 1-19 (col.). Vol. I, Pt. II; 7 pr. ll., pp. 347-649-+1, pll. 20-37 (col.; 33 and 34 wrongly numbered 35 and 36, respectively). Vol. I, Suppl.; tit., pp. 651-738, pll. Zus. I and II (col.). Vol. II, Pt. I; 7 pr. ll., pp. 1-366, 1 1. (errata), pll. 38-51 (col.). Vol. II, Pt. II; 6 pr. ll., pp. 369-775-+1, pll. 52-73 (col.; 53 num. by hand; 57 with figures cut out and mounted on new sheet, hand-lettered and numbered). Vol. III, Pt. I; 6 pr. Il, pp. 1-275+1, pll. 74-100, 79b, 80a, 8ob (=81a), 83b, 83c, 84b, 88b, 89b, 92a and 9g2b (col.). Vol. ITI, Pt. II; 5 pr. ll., pp. 277-548, pll. 101-123 (col.). Vol. IV, Pt. I; 5 pr. ll. (including separate title-p.), pp. I-IV, 1-320, pll. 1-41-+1 (unnum.) (col.; 1 fold.). Vol. IV, Pt. I]; 4 pr. ll. (including separate title-p.), pp. 321-576, pl. 42 (col.). Nuremberg. An edition, in German, of Latham’s, ‘‘A General Synopsis of Birds,’”’ 1781-85, and the first “Supplement”’ thereto, 1787 (q.v.) (comprising Vols. I-III) and of the “Index Ornithologicus,’’ 1790 (q.v.) (comprising Vol. IV). Much additional matter is added by the translator and editor, Bechstein. A large part of the addenda to Vol. I is added at the close of the volume (pp. 651-738 and pill. “Zus.’’ 1 and 2) under the separate title-page, ‘‘Anhang zum ersten Bande,” etc.; the additions to the other volumes are scattered through the text. The plates, for the most part, are reproductions of those in Latham’s original work. Pts. I and II of Vol. IV contain additional title-pages lettered, ““Kurze Ueber- sicht aller bekannten Végel,’’ etc., which, for convenience, are transcribed under that title (q.v., 1811-12). Engelmann cites a complete index to Bechstein’s edition by Joh. Gtfr. von Rademacher, published in 1813. Latham, John; and Davies, Hugh. (Forster, Johann Reinhold.) 1795. Faunula Indica | id est | catalogus animalium | Indiae orientalis | quae hactenus | naturae curiosis | innotuerunt; | concinnatus | a | Joanne Latham, | Chirurgo Dartfordiae Cantii, | et | Hugone Davies, | Pastore in Aber | Provinciae Caernarvon. | Secundis curis editus, correctus et auctus | a | Joanne, Reinholdo Forster, | LL. Med. et Phil. D. et LL. AA.M. Med. Philos. et Imprimis Hist. Nat. | et Rei Metallicae. Prof. P. O. in Universi- tate | Literraria Halensi. | Halae ad Salam, | impensis Joannis Jacobi Gebauri. |6bCCLXXXXV. 1 vol. medium folio, tit., 11. (pref.), pp. 1-38. Halle. A systematic list of oriental or near-oriental animals with their Latin binomial names, mostly copied from the second edition of Pennant’s “Indian Zoology,” 1791 (q.v.), and published here as an extract (with additional title-page) from Forster’s ‘“Indische Zoologie . . . Zweite Auflage,” 1795. The history of the publication is as follows. In 1769 Pennant published (in English and French) his “Indian Zoology,’’ which was left more or less incomplete. His materials were turned over to Forster who, in 1781, published his “Zoologia Indica’’ or 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 375 “Indische Zoologie” (in Latin and German),-a translation of Pennant’s work with the addition of three more plates (supplied by Pennant), the descriptions of the three birds and two fishes figured thereon, and other matter left unfin- ished or not supplied by Pennant, including a brief ‘faunula’ or list of Indian animals. In 1791, Pennant issued a second edition of his own work, consisting of a reprint of his first edition and an English translation (not strictly literal as regards descriptions of species) of the additions made by Forster, and with the further addition of “The Indian Faunula” entirely rewritten and enlarged by Latham and Davies (Davies being the author of the ornithology in it). In 1795, Forster published a reprint of his first translation, to which he added “The Indian Faunula’”’ of Latham and Davies with certain additions of his own, and, the same year, issued this portion separately, with added title-page, as collated above. The original list published in Pennant’s work (1791), con- tained English names for the mammals and birds but Latin names for the rest of the animals. The revised list in Forster (1795) contains Latin names through- out but is credited by Forster to Latham and Davies except for the additional species which he credits to himself. Presumably the ornithological portion remains the work of Davies in so far as it retains the species of the old list. The ornithological additions by Forster are not always easily discernible, but in most cases Davies’s names may be recognized as the Latin forms of the English terms used in Pennant, and, by elimination, the new names may be recognized. (Cf. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 24, Art. 5, pp. 111-116, Febr. 7, 1908.) Latham, John. 1801?. Supplement. II. | to the | General Synopsis | of | Birds. | [Vignette. (col.)] | London. | Printed for Leigh, Sotheby & Son, | York Street, Covent Garden. | MDCCCI. 1 vol. demy 4to, illum. tit., pp. 1-376, 271*-272*, 10 Il. (index and direct. for pll.), pll. CXX-CXL, CXXXVI* and CXXXVIII* (col.). London. A second supplement to the author’s “General Synopsis,” 1781-85 (q.v.), listing all the species treated in the original work, in the first ‘“Supplement’’ and in the present work, revising the former discussions where necessary, and adding some new species. Consecutive numbering of species and plates follows that of the earlier volumes. The “Supplementum Indicis Ornithologici,” 1801 (q.v.), including the species in this volume only, is bound with the present volume and may have been issued with it. The date of the present volume is somewhat in doubt. The present copy is dated “MDCCCI” as quoted above, but Engel- mann cites “1802,"’ while Mullens & Swann note ‘“MDCCCII,” adding that the last numeral appears to have been added after the work was printed. All the plates in the “Supplement II’’ bear the legend, ‘‘Published as the Act directs May 30, 1801, by Leigh, Sotheby & Son, York Street, Covent Garden.” This volume was issued directly by the publishers to whom Latham disposed of his manuscript, whereas in the earlier volumes the author retained owner- ship until just prior to the publication of the present work (Cf. Latham, General History of Birds’ 1, p. VI.). The impression of the present volume was reduced to 250 copies. 376 FreELD Museum or NaturaL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Latham, John. 1801?. Supplementum | indicis ornithologici, | sive | systematis ornithologie. | Studio et opera | Joannis Latham, M.D. S.R.S. | Londini: | prostat apud G. Leigh, J. et S. Sotheby, | York-Street, Covent-Garden. | M,DCCC,I. 1 vol. demy 4to, tit., pp. I-L XXIV. London. A supplement to the “Index Ornithologicus,” 1790 (q.v.), presenting a similar index for the “Supplement II to the General Synopsis,”’ 1801 (q.v.). The date of publication is given on the title as ““M,DCCC,I,” quoted above, but Engel- mann gives ‘‘1802”” and Mullens and Swann include it with the “Supplement II” under date of ‘“MDCCCII,” with a notation as to apparent alteration of figures after printing (Cf. antea, Latham, Supplement II, 1801.). Latham, John. (Bechstein, Johann Matthaus. ) | as Aaa [der Végel] | oder | ihre Kennzeichen der Art | nach | Lathams General Synopsis of Birds | und | seinem Index ornithologicus | entworfen | von | Dr | Johann Matthaus Bechstein, | Herzoglich Sachsen [etc., g lines; Zweyter Theil nebst Register (Pt. IJ.)]. | Mit 44 [No number (Pt. II.).] ausgemahlten Kupfern, auch ohne dieselben. | Nurnberg, | bey Adam Gottlieb Schneider und Weigel. | 1811 [1812]. 1 vol. (2 parts) demy 4to, (collation given elsewhere). Nuremberg. The two parts constituting Vol. IV, Pts. I and II, of Bechstein’s edition of La- tham’s ‘General Synopsis of Birds’’ (Cf. Latham, Johann Lathams allgemeine Uebersicht der Végel, 1793-1812.) and issued also under the present title. Both titles are given in this volume which is collated under the general work. 1811-12. Kurze Uebersicht Latham, John. 1821-28. A | general history | of | birds. | By John Latham, M.D. | F.R.S. A.S. and L.S. | Acad. Czas. Nat. Curios. Reg. Holm. et Soc. Nat. Scrut. Berolin. Soc. &c. &c. | Vol. I [-X]. | Winchester: | Printed by Jacob and Johnson, for the author:-sold in London by | G. and W. B. Whittaker, Ave-Maria-Lane; John Warren, Bond- Street, [Semicolon (Vols. IV, V and X.).] | W. Wood, 428, Strand; and J. Mawman, 39, Ludgate-Street. | 1821 [1822] (Vols. II-V.); 1823 (Vols. VI-VIII.); 1824 (Vols. I X-X.)]. > Index | to the | general history | of | birds. | By John Latham, M.D. | F.R.S. [etc., 2 lines.] | Winchester: | printed and published by Jacob and Johnson, for the author. | May be had in London of Messrs. Whittaker, Ave-Maria-Lane; and W. Wood, | 428, Strand. | 1828. 11 vols. in 10, foliopost 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-X XXII, 1-375-++1 (direct. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 377 for pll.), pll. I-XVII (col.). Vol. II, tit., pp. 1-345-+1 (direct. for pll.), pll. XVITI-XXXVII (col.). Vol. III, tit., 11. (direct. for pll.), pp. 1-416, pll. XX XIX-LIX (col.). Vol. IV, tit., pp. 1-362, 1 1. (direct. for pll. and errata), pll. LX-LXXVIII+LXVII* (col.). Vol. V, tit., pp. 1-350, 1 1. (direct. for pll.), pll. LXXIX-XCII, LXXXV*,and LXXXVII* (col.). Vol. VI, tit., 1 1. (direct. for pll.), pp. 1-336, pll. XCITI-CIV, XCVIII* and CIV (bis =CIV*) (col.). Vol. X, tit., 1 1. (list of add. subscrs. and direct. for pll.), CXYVI, CLV**. GCVIl* and CXIL* {col.). Vol. VILT, tit., op. 4-4or- +1 (direct. for pll.), pll. CX VII-CXXXIX+CXXIV* (col.). Vol. IX, tit., pp. 1-433-+1 (direct. for pll.), pll. CKL-CLXII (CXLVIII missing; CXLIX duplicated; CLVII wrongly numbered CLIII) (col.). Vol. X, tit., 1 1. (list of add. subscrs. and direct. for pll.), pp. 1-456, pll. CLXIII-CLXXXIV (col.). Index, tit., pp. 3-4 (orders and genera), 5-7-+1 (list of pll.), 9-16+1 1. (Vol. I.), 6 Il. (Vorult jue uM. (vol TI.) a. Vol TV.) 3. ih ..CWalorV¥.), 7 iL (Vol. VI.), 8 ll. (Vol. VII.), 7 U. (Vol. VIII.), 8 ll. (Vol. TX.), 8 1. (Vol. X.), 1 1. (author’s note). Winchester. A new edition of the author’s “‘General Synopsis of Birds,’’ 1781-85 (q.v.), rewrit- ten and enlarged to include the species treated in the two supplements to that work as well as forms discovered since their publication. The nomenclature is vernacular except for the scientific names mentioned in the synonymy, and the new species described in the work were left for later authors to name. Most of the plates present the same figures of birds as are given in the earlier work; some of them are new. The “Index,” in the present copy is bound in, intact, at the close of Vol. X, but it was issued in such form as to be divided into sections, if so desired, with the index to each volume attached to its own letterpress. Latreille, Pierre André. 1829-30. See Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D.; and Latreille, La Régne Animal. Laubmann, Alfred. 1916. See Hellmayr, Charles Edward; and Laubmann, Nomenclator der Vogel Bayerns. Laugier de Chartrouse, Meiffren. 1820-39. See Temminck, Coenraad Jacob; and Laugier, Nouveau Recueil de Planches Coloriées d’Oiseaux. Lawrence, George Newbold. 1858. See U.S. Pacific Railroad Surveys, Reports of Explorations and Surveys .. . for a Railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, Vol. IX, Birds. 378 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Lawrence, George Newbold. 1860. See Baird, Spencer F.; Cassin; and Lawrence, The Birds of North America. 1870. Idem. Lawrence, George Newbold. 1899. See Ober, Frederick A., Camps in the Caribbees. Layard, Edgar Leopold. 1867. The | birds of South Africa. | A descriptive catalogue | of | all the known species occurring south of the | 28th parallel of south latitude. | By | Edgar Leopold Layard, | Fellow of the Zoological Society, Member of the Entomological | Society, and of various foreign societies. | Cape Town : | J. C. Juta, Wale-Street. | Lon- don: | Longman, Green, & Co., 39, Paternoster Row. | 1867. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-192, (193-196 omitted through wrong numbering), 197-382, I-II (glossary), I-XXI (index), 1 insert (expl. of error in pagination), frontisp. Cape Town. Descriptions of 702 species of birds found by the author or recorded (erroneously or not) by other writers as occurring in South Africa; with original and com- piled notes on habits, etc. A number of new species are described. A revised edition of the work was published under the same short title in 1875-84 (q.v.). P. L. Sclater’s copy, presented by the author. \ Layard, Edgar Leopold. (Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. ) 1875-84. The | birds | of | South Africa, | by Edgar Leopold Lay- ard, | C.M.G., F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., | H.B.M. Consul at Noumea, New Caledonia. | New edition. | Thoroughly revised and aug- mented | by | R. Bowdler Sharpe, | Senior Assistant, Department of Zoology, British Museum, | F.L.S. [etc., 3 lines.], | London: | Bernard Quaritch, 15 Piccadilly, W. | 1875-1884. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XV-+1 (tit., pref., introd. and bibliogr.), IX- XVII+1 (systematic list and errata), 1 1. (list of pll.), pp. 1-890, pll. I-XII (col.; by J. G. Keulemans). London. A revised edition of Layard’s “Birds of South Africa,” published in Cape Town in 1867 (q.v.). The revised work eliminates the descriptions of genera and higher groups and the more detailed references included in the original work and consists of descriptions of the species with accounts of the habits and distribu- tion of each. The work appeared in 6 parts as follows (from current reviews in the Ibis). Part I, pp. 1-80, pll. II and IX, May 1875; Il, pp. 81-160, pll. XI and XII, Oct. 1875; III, pp. 161-240, pll. V, VII and X, Aug. 1876; IV, pp. 241-336, pl. VI, Apr. 1877; V, pp. 337-528, pll. III and VIII, Apr. 1882; VI, pp. 529-890 (I-XV +1, IX-XVII+1 and 1 1. list uf pll.)1, Apr. 1884. The sys- 1This preliminary matter, judging from its context, must have appeared at the close of the work with Pt, VI, although I cannot find a contemporary reference to it. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 379 tematic list of species does not agree in all the details of nomenclature with the general text. The latter contains numerous descriptions of new species and genera. These are to be accredited to Sharpe who, as editor of the new edition, rewrote many parts of it and added much new matter. Leach, William Elford. 1814-17. The | zoological miscellany; being | descriptions of new, or interesting | animals. | By | William Elford Leach, M.D. F.L.S. & W.S. &c. | Illustrated with | coloured figures, drawn from nature, | by R. P. Nodder, | animal painter, and draftsman in natural history. | London: | printed by B. McMillan, Bow-Street; | for E. Nodder & Son, 34, Tavistock-Street, | Covent-Garden; and sold by all booksellers. | 1814. > The | zoological miscellany; | being | descriptions of new, or interesting | animals, | by William Elford Leach, M.D. F.L.S. & W.S. [M.D. F.R.S. & L.S. (Vol. IIT.) | Fellow of the Royal Col- lege of Physicians of Edinburgh [etc., 3 lines; 5 lines. (Vol. III.).] | Illustrated with | coloured figures, drawn from nature [Coloured figures, engraved from | original drawings (Vol. III.)], | by R. P. Nodder, | animal painter, and draftsman [engraver (Vol. ITI.) ] in natural history. | Vol. I [-III]. | London: | Printed by B. McMil- lan, Bow-Street [by R. and A. Taylor, Shoe-Lane (Vol. IITI.)], | for E. Nodder & Son [For R. P. Nodder (Vol. III.)], 34, Tavis- tock-Street, Covent-Garden; | and sold by all booksellers. | 1814 [1815; 1817]. 3 vols. 4to (size of 8vo). Vol. I, tit., pp. 1-144, pll. 1-60 (col.). Vol. II, pp. 1-154, 4 ll. (indices, advt. and errata), pll. 61-120 (col.). Vol. III, pp. I-V-+1, 1-151-+1, pll. 121-149+135B (col.). London. A series of descriptions of new or noteworthy species and genera of animals, accompanied by hand-colored plates. The work is a continuation of Shaw and Nodder’s “Naturalist’s Miscellany.” Vols. I and II were issued in parts, according to a statement in an advertisement at the close of Vol. III; Vol. III appears to have been issued entire. An examination of the signatures in Vols. I and II shows various places where there are less than four leaves to a signature, and, as these occur at more or less regular intervals, it seems probable that they mark the ends of the various parts. According to these marks, the following arrangement of parts is suggested. Vol. I; pp. 1-18, 19-28, 29-38, 39-48, 49-58, 59-70, 71-80, 81-92, 93-102, 103-114, 115-126, 127-138, 139-144 (indices and advt.). Vol. II; pp. 1-12, 13-28 (27-28 are blank), 29-44?, 45-60, 61-76?, 77-88, 89-100, IOI-I12, 113-124, 125-134, 135-144, 145-154, 4 ll. (indices, etc.). In Vol. II, pl. 80 was issued with the part containing p. 59 where there is a state- ment that the explanation of this plate will appear with the following number; it occurs on p. 61. It seems that five plates, in serial order, accompanied the first 12 parts of each volume. Pll. 1-4 (of Vol. I) are dated ‘‘Jany. 1814,” 6-8, “Feby. 1814,” 14, “March 1814.” The final part of these first two volumes 380 Fretp Museum or Naturat History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. probably came out the years after the dates on the respective subtitle-pages; in Vol. I, p. 144 is an advertisement of a work said to have been published on Jan. 1, 1815, and on the last page of Vol. II is a similar advertisement for a work which “was published” Jan. 1, 1815. Vol. III was planned to appear Jan. 1, 1817, according to a statement at the close of Vol. II. There is only one full title-page for all three volumes. Leach, William Elford. 1819. See Ross, John, A Voyage of Discovery. Leach, William Elford. (Salvin, Osbert, ed.) 1882. The Willughby Society. | Leach’s | Systematic Catalogue | of the | Specimens of the Indigenous Mammalia | and Birds in the British Museum. | [Vignette.] | Edited by | Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S., &c. | London, MDCCCLXXXII. [Systematic catalogue | of the specimens of | the indigenous mam- malia and birds | that are preserved in | The British Museum: | with their localities and authorities, | To which is added | a list | of | the described species that are wanting | to complete the collec- tion of | British mammalia and birds | London: | printed by Richard and Arthur Taylor, Shoe-Lane. | 1816. ] 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-IV, “‘1-42, 1 1.’’ London. “1816,’’ 1882. _ A catalogue of specimens giving the Latin and English names, sex, locality and donor. The matter is arranged as if on specimen labels, which fact, coupled with the exceeding rarity of the original book, has led to the belief that the work was printed for the express purpose of being cut into actual labels but that it was never published. For a long time, only one copy (that in the British Museum) was known, but another copy has come to light in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. This, together with the fact that the preface contains a statement to the effect that species not enumerated in the list are desiderata and will be acceptable (followed by a list of species not represented in the collection), seems to prove that the paper was actually published and dis- tributed. There are no descriptions and the new specific names, used in the paper, are nomina nuda, but the generic names are tenable although some of them are antedated by Koch’s ‘System der Baierischen Zoologie,”’ published before July the same year (Cf. Richmond, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 35, No. 1656, Dec. 16, 1908, p. 621, footn. a.). Leach’s preface is dated August 30, 1816. The present copy is a reprint published by The Willughby Society (q.v.). A preface by Salvin gives a short review of the work. Lear, Edward. 1830-32. Illustrations | of | the family of Psittacide, | or | par- rots: | the greater part of them | species hitherto unfigured, | con- taining | forty-two lithographic plates, | drawn from life, and on stone, | By Edward Lear, A.L.S. | London: | published by E. Lear, 61 Albany Street, Regent’s Park. | 1832. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 381 1 vol. superroyal folio, 4 pr. ll. (tit., ded., list. subscrs., list of pll.), 42 pll. (col.). London. A series of hand-colored lithographs, beautifully executed, without descriptive text. The work is noted for its artistic value combined with accuracy of por- trayal. The work was issued in 12 parts, the contents of all, and the dates of some, of which Mathews (Austr. Av. Record 1, pp. 23-24, 1912) has recorded from the original wrappers, as follows. The numbers (used for brevity to replace the names) are according to the list of plates on the last leaf of text in the volume. Part I, pll. 23 or 24, 33 and 31, Nov. 1, 1830; II, pll. 1, 42, 4 and 21 or 22, Nov. 1, 1830; III, pll. 26, 9 and 30, Jan. 1, 1831; IV, pll. 20, 10, 2 and 25, Febr. 1, 1831; V, pll. 18, 15 or 14 and 12, May 1, 1831; VI, pll. 17, 13, 5 and 38, Aug. 1, 1831; VII, pll. 37, 36 and 11, Sept. 1, 1831; VIII, pll. 27, 29 and 34, Oct. 1, 1831; IX, pll. 7, 40, 3 and 41, no date; X, pll. 35, 16, 39 and 14 or 15, no date; XI, pill. 8, 24 or 23 and 32, no date; XII, pll. 19, 6, 28 and 22 or 21, with title-page (and probably remainder of text?), no date except date on title-page, ‘1832.’ Dubious numbers in the above list are due to separate plates of the same species, not segregated by Mathews. Lechner, A. A. van Pelt. See Van Pelt Lechner, A. A. Lee, Oswin A. J. 1896-99. Among | British birds | in | their nesting haunts | Vol. I [Vol. Il; Line omitted (Vol. III.); Vol. IV] | Illustrated by the camera | by Oswin A. J. Lee [Vol. III. By Oswin A. J. Lee]. | Edin- burgh. David Douglas. 1897 [1899 (Vol. IV.)]. [Tztle on illustr. background, signed “‘O.A.J.L.’’). 4 vols. medium folio. Vol. I, pp. I-VI, 1 1. (introd.), pp. 1-159, 40 pll., 21 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-VI, 1-145, 40 pll., 15 text-figs. Vol. III, pp. I-VI, 1-155, 40 pll., 14 text-figs. Vol. IV, pp. I-VI, 1-167, 40 pll., 16 text-figs. Edinburgh. A series of splendid, full-page photogravures showing the nests and nesting sites of some 122 species of British birds. The text consists of a general discussion of the habits of each species with descriptions of the subjects of each plate and the circumstances under which the photograph was taken. The book was issued in 16 parts of 10 plates each, -Pt. I in 1896, II-VII in ‘1897, VIII-XII in 1898, and XIII-XVI in 1899. The author’s ill health prevented the com- pletion of the work. Lefévre, Auguste. 1844-45? An | atlas | of the | eggs | of the | birds of Europe. | By Auguste Lefévre. | Part 1 [-17 (Numerals hand-written.) | | Paris: | Auguste Lefévre, Rue Dauphine, 24. | London: | J. E. Warwick, Naturalist, | 23, New Street, Kennington. | 1844. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, (15 orig. wrappers), 136 pll. (col.). Paris and London. 382 Fie_p Museum oF NaturaL History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. A series of hand-colored lithographs (numbered 1-136 by hand), without text other than the legends which contain the common and scientific names of the species quoted from Temminck, Gould, Naumann and Bonaparte. One plate is devoted to each species and several varieties of coloration are often figured. Some of the plates are moderately good but others are very poorly executed. Seventeen parts, of eight plates each, are present and appear to comprise all published. There is no title except that on the original wrappers as transcribed above. The cover of Pt. 1 is placed in the front of the volume in lieu of a title- page; the remaining covers are bound together at the close. These wrappers are identical except for the hand-written number and are dated 1844. One wrapper is numbered “4-6” and one, “8-10’’; the remainder each bear a single number. The third page of each contains a statement to the effect that the work was supposed to appear monthly. The Zool. Soc., London, catalogues a copy with a French title, dated 1848; I can find no other references. Leffingwell, William Bruce. 1890. Wild fowl shooting. | Containing | scientific and practical descriptions | of | Wild Fowl: Their Resorts, Habits, Flights | and the most | successful method of hunting them. | Treating of the selection of guns for wild fowl shooting; how to | load, to aim, and to use them successfully; decoys, and the | proper manner of using them; blinds, how and where | to construct them; boats, how to build and use | them scientifically; retrievers, their | characteris- tics, how to select, | and how to train them. | By William Bruce Leffingwell. | Chicago: | Rand, McNally & Co. | 1890. 1 vol. post 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. 1-373, 1 p. (reverse of p. 373) +9 ll. +1 p. (lining of rear cover) (advt.), frontisp., 5 pll., 8 text-figs. Chicago. A book on hunting and hunting experiences. Legge, William Vincent. 1878-80. A history | of the | birds of Ceylon. | By | Captain W. Vincent Legge, R.A., | Fellow of the Linnean Society [etc., 5 lines.|. | London: | published by the author. | 188o. 1 vol. in 2 vols., royal 4to, pp. I-XLVI, 1-2 (list of orig. subscrs.), 1-4 (subscr. list), 1-345+1, 345 (bts)-1237, frontisp. (col. map), 1 pl. (uncol.), 34 pll. (col.; by J. G. Keulemans; numbered I-XXXIV in list of pll.), 11 woodcuts (32 figs.). London. A complete monograph of the birds of Ceylon. Issued in 3 parts as follows, accord- ing to a list on pp. XLV and XLVI of the work. Part I, pp. 1-345, 10 pil. (I, II, IV-VII, X-XII, XIV), November 1878; I, pp. 345 (bis)-730, 10 pill. (III, VIII, IX, XIII, XV, XVII-XIX, XXI, XXII), September 1879; II, PP- 731-1237, introd. pp. (except orig. list. of subscrs.?), 14 pll. (XX, XXIII- XXXIV, frontisp., uncol. pl.), September 1880. Page 345 (bis) contains a reprint of the 13 lines of text on p. 345 and the continuation from that point. 1926. CATALOGUE oF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 383 The hand-colored plates are very fine. The present copy is bound in two volumes, the first of which contains introductory matter and pp. 1-692, frontisp., uncol. pl. and 29 col. pll.; the second volume completes the work. Leiper, R. T. Ig11. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. Leisler, Johann Philipp Achilles. 1812-13. Nachtrage | zu | Bechsteins | Naturgeschichte Deutsch- lands | von | Dr. J. P. A. Leisler, | Grosherzoglich Frankfurtischem Obermedezinalrathe [etc., 4 lines; 7 lines (Vol. II.).| | Erstes [Zweites] Heft. | Mit einem illuminirten Kupfer. | Hanau 1812 [1813]. | Bei Johann Gerhard Scharneck. 1 vol. (2 pts.) demy 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (subtit., ded. and pref.), pp. I- XII, 1-99+1, 1 pl. (col.; by C. Westermayr), subtit. (Pt. II.), pp. I-IV, 107-200, pl. II (col.; by Westermayr). Hanau. Critical notes on some of the birds discussed by Johann Matthaus Bechstein in his ‘‘Gemeinntitzige Naturgeschichte Deutschlands; Zweyte Ausgabe,” 18o01- 1809 (q.v.), and related species. Several new species are described. The work was planned to be considerably more comprehensive, with four parts to con- stitute each volume, but only the two parts here collated were issued. Lemaire, C. L. 1836. Bibliothéque | zoologique. > Histoire naturelle | des ois- eaux | exotiques | Par C. L. Lemaire, | Docteur en Médecine [etc., 2 lines.]. | Ouvrage orné de figures | peintes d’aprés nature. | Par Pauquet. | Et gravées sur acier. | Paris. | Pauquet, éditeur, Debure, libraire, | rue des Grands-Augustins, 17. rue du Battoir, 19. | 1836. 1 vol. 4to (size of 8vo), 2 pr. Il. (half-tit. and subtit.), pp. 1-156, 1 1. (illum. subtit. of pll.), pll. 1-80 (col.; by Pauquet). Paris. Brief descriptions of a number of representative species of non-European birds, illustrated by hand-colored engravings. Latin names are given to most of the species treated. The work forms the second volume of the first edition of the “Bibliothéque Zoologique,’’ of which the second edition appeared in 1846. A third edition, by Prévost and Lemaire was published in 1863. A companion volume, in all three editions, is entitled, ‘‘Hist. Nat. des Ois. d’Europe’”’ (q.v., under Prévost and Lemaire, 1864). Lemaire, C. L. 1864. See Prévost, Florent; and Lemaire, Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux d’Europe. Le Maout, Emmanuel. 1853. Les | trois régnes | de la nature | Régne animal > Histoire naturelle | des | Oiseaux | suivant la classification | de | M. Isi- 384 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. dore Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire | avec l’indication de leurs moers | et de leurs rapports avec les arts, le commerce et l’agriculture | par | M.Emm. Le Maout | Docteur en Médecine. | [Blazon.] | Paris | L. Curmer | Rue Richelieu, 47 (au premier). | M DCCC LIIL. 1 vol. demy 4to, 2 pr. ll. (cov.-tit. and tit.), pp. I-XLVIII (introd.), 1-425+1, 1 1. (errata and list of pll.), frontisp. (monochr.), pll. 1- 14 (col.), 20 pll. (17 monochr., 2 col. monochr., 2 steel engr.), 501 text-figs. Paris. A general treatise on the birds of the world, with tables for the determination of genera and higher groups and descriptions of typical species. The covering title, “Les Trois Régnes de la Nature’”’ includes at least one other work by the same author,-a treatise on botany dated 1851; the third section of the subject would, presumably, be geological, but I can find no trace of its publication. Lembeye, Juan. 1850. Aves | de la Isla de Cuba, | por | Juan Lembeye. | [Flour- ish.| | Habana. | Imprenta del Tiempo, | Calle de Aguiar Num. 45. | 1850. 1 vol. 4to (634x10), pp. 1-136, 2 Il. (index and list of subscrs.), pll. 1-20 (18 col.; after Audubon). Havana. A descriptive account of the species of the birds of Cuba, with synonymies and notes on habits, distribution, etc. A catalogue of the species known from Cuba is given on pp. 127-136. As this list is brought to date of October 1850,.the work must have been published during, or after, October of that year. It is con- sidered a great rarity. Many of the descriptions were supplied by Juan Gund- lach (Cf. Gundlach, Contr. Orn. Cubana, p. 15, 1876.). The copy at hand was presented by the author to Srta. Bina Heffenone. Lembcke, Georg. 1800-11. See Borckhausen, Moritz B.; Lichthammer; Bekker; Lem- beke; and Bekker Jr., Teutsche Ornithologie. Lemée, Carlos. 1909. Los | pajaros insectivoros | bajo | el punto de vista agricola | por | Carlos Lemée | La Plata | Talleres Graficos de Joaquin Sesé, Editor | Calle 47, esquina 9 | 1909. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-125, 6 pll. (on numbered pp.). La Plata. A general discussion of economic ornithology, followed by an examination of certain birds of Argentina with regard to their economic importance. Lenz, Harald Othmar. (Burbach, Otto.) 1891. Gemeinniitzige | Naturgeschichte | von | Prof. Dr. Harald Othmar Lenz. | Funfte Auflage | (zweiter Abdruck) | bearbeitet von O. Burbach. | Zweiter Band: | Die Végel. | Mit 12 Tafeln 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 385 Abbildungen. | Gotha. | Verlag von E. F. Thienemanns Hof- buchhandlung. | 1891. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-638, 1 1. (list of illustrs., advt.), pll. I-XII (col.). Gotha. The fifth edition of Vol. 5 of Lenz’s “Gemeinniitzige Naturgeschichte,’”’ first published in 5 vols. in 1851-59 (Vol. 2, 1851). The present volume contains a very general treatment of the birds of the world, popularly described. The edition is edited by O. Burbach. Léotaud, Antoine. 1866. Oiseaux | de | I’Isle de la Trinidad, | (Antilles), | par | A. Léotaud, | Docteur en Médecine [etc., 2 lines.]. | Ouvrage publié par souscription nationale | Port d’Espagne: | Chronicle Publish- ing Office | 1866. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. I-XX, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-560, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. I-VIII (scientific index), I-IV (ver- nacular index). Port of Spain. A descriptive catalogue of the birds of Trinidad. The first comprehensive faunal paper on the ornithology of the region in question. Le Roi, Otto. Ig11. See Koenig, Alexander, Avifauna Spitzbergensis. Leslie, A. S. Ig1z. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. LeSouéf, William Henry Dudley. 1904. [Cover-tit.] Collection | of | Australian Birds’ | Eggs and Nests | in the possession of | D. Le Souéf, | Director, Zoological Gardens, | Melbourne. | Rae Bros., Printers, | Elizabeth St. N., Melbourne. [Decorated border. |. 1 vol. demy 4to, cover-tit., pp. 1-23-++1, 11. Melbourne. A systematic list of the Australian species represented in the author’s collection of nests and eggs, giving Latin and vernacular names, the number of clutches in the collection and occasional remarks. The final 3 pp. (unnumbered) are headed ‘‘Appendix”’ and are left blank for manuscript insertions. This list contains the first use of the name ‘“‘Dromaeus diemenensis,”’ here a nomen nudum but later described by Le Souéf in the Bull. Brit. Orn. Club, 21, p. 13, 1907. LeSouéf, William Henry Dudley. 1911. See Lucas, A. H. §.; and LeSouéf, The Birds of Australia. 386 Fre_p Museum oF Naturat History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Lesson, René Primevére. 1826-30. See Duperrey, L. I., Voyage autour du Monde, Sur la Corvette, La Coquille. Lesson, René Primevére. 1828. Manuel | d’ornithologie, | ou | description | des genres et des | principales espéces d’oiseaux; | par R. P. Lesson. | [Quot., 2 lines.|. | Tome premier [second]. | Paris, | Roret, Libraire, Rue Hautefeuille, | au coin de celle du battoir. | 1828. , 2 vols. 18mo (344x534). Vol. I, 3 ll. (advt.), pp. I-IV, 1-421. Vol. II, pp. 13-32 (advt.), 2 ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-448, 1 1. (advt.). Paris. Brief characterizations of the genera and higher groups of birds and the principal species of each genus, prefaced by a resumé of the systems of classification adopted by a number of antecedent authors. The work formed one of a large series of manuals issued by the publishers. An atlas containing 129 plates was issued, uniform with the present volumes. Mathews (Birds of Austr., 7, p. 456) states that the work was acknowledged by the “‘B.F.” (= Bibliographie de la France) as received June 28, 1828. A review of the genotypes in this work was given by Laubmann in the Archiv fair Naturgeschichte, 85 Jahrg., 1919, Abt. A., 4, pp. 137-168, Aug. 1920. Lesson, René Primevére. 1829-30. Histoire naturelle | des | Oiseaux-Mouches, | ouvrage orné de planches | dessinées et gravées par les meilleurs artistes, | et dédié | AS.A.R. Mademoiselle; | par R. P. Lesson, | Officier de Santé [etc., 8 lines.] | [Quot., 2 lines] | Paris. | Arthus Bertrand, Libraire, | éditeur du voyage autour du monde du Capitaine Duper- rey, | Rue Hautefeuille, No 23. 1 vol. in 2 vols. (pt.) 8vo, pp. J-XLVJ, 11. (blank), pp. 1-223, pll. 1- 85-+48 bis (col.; by Bessa, Bévalet, Mlle. Zoé Dumont, Mme. Les- son, Prétre and Vauthier). Paris. The first of a series of three volumes dealing with the hummingbirds. The present volume was succeeded by the ‘Histoire Naturelles des Colibris,’’ 1830-32 (q.v.), and ‘‘Les Trochilidées,” 1832-33 (q.v.). The date of publication of the present volume is somewhat in doubt. Coues asserts that the work began in January 1829 and ended in September 1829, but Giebel, Engelmann, Agassiz, the Zoological Society of London, the Library of the British Museum (Natural History), and others, cite 1829-30. Cuvier in the second edition of ““Le Régne Animal,’ Vol. III, p. 385, 1830 (preface to volume dated March 1830), remarks that the work in question was then in course of publication. The Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural Histury), quoting the “‘Biblio- graphie de la France’’ assigns livrs. 1-10 to the year 1829 and the remainder of the volume to 1830. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LX XX, 1922) says, “pp. 1-144, pls. I-XL, 1829; 145-224, XLI-XLVI, 1830.” 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 387 The work was issued in 17 livraisons and the signatures are as follows. Pre- liminary matter, 4 ll. (without sign.), the preface dated Jan. 10, 1829; signs. ‘“‘b” and ‘‘c’’, table of species, dated May 1829; sign. ‘“‘d,’’ completion of table and a supplement thereto which is dated September 1829; signs. 1-12, general text; 2 ll. (without sign.), index. In the present copy, this volume and the one on “Des Colibris” are divided and bound with the text to both in one volume and the plates in a second volume. A third volume in uniform binding consists of the author’s “‘Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux de Paradis et des Epimaques,”’ 1834-35, (q.v.), text and plates. The volume of plates in the present copy is prefaced by the front wrapper of Livraison 17 of the present title, which bears the following inscription surrounded by a broad, figured border. ‘Histoire naturelle | des | Oiseaux-Mouches, | par R. P. Lesson, | auteur | de la zoologie du voyage autour du monde, etc.; | dédiée | A S.A.R. Mademoiselle. | 17 Livraison. | et Derniere | [Monogram.] | Paris. | Arthus Bertrand, Libraire- Editeur, | Rue Hautefeuille, No. 23. | Imprimerie de Rignoux, Rue des Francs- Bourgeois-S-Michel, No. 8. | 1829.’ The figures and words ‘‘17e”’ and ‘“‘et Derniere”’ are written by hand, which suggests that the same wrappers were used throughout the publication, with numbers added as required, in which case the date printed below would not present conclusive evidence as to date of publication. Lesson, René Primevére. 1830-31. Traité | d’ornithologie, | ou | tableau méthodique | des ordres, sous-ordres, familles, tribus, | genres, sous-genres et races d’oiseaux. | Ouvrage entiérement neuf, | formant le catalogue le plus complet des espéces réunies dans les | collections publiques de la France. | Par R. P. Lesson, | Professeur d’histoire naturelle [etc., 6 lines.]. | [Monogram (Vol. I.); Planches. (Vol. II.)], Paris, | Chez F. G. Levrault, rue de la Harpe, no. 81, | Strasbourg, méme Maison, rue des Juifs, no. 33; | Bruxelles, Libraire parisienne, rue de la Magdeleine, no. 438. | 1831. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. (I), pp. J-XXXIJ, 1-659. Vol. (II), pp. J-XIJJ, pll. 1-119 (col.; by Prétre). Paris. A descriptive catalogue of birds, with a synoptic list of genera and higher groups and with diagnoses and synonymies following in the main text; illustrated by hand-colored plates. The work was published in 8 livraisons, regarding whose dates of publication there is considerable doubt. Mathews (Novit. Zool. 18, p. 14, 1911) quotes, from the “Bibliothéque Frangaise,”’ (=Bibliographie de la France) the dates of receipt of the various livraisons as follows. Livr. 1, Feb. 13, 1830; 2, May 8, 1830; 3, July 10, 1830; 4, Sept. 25, 1830; 5, ?; 6, about March 1, 1831; 7, April 9, 1831; 8, June 11, 1831. Livrs. 1-4 and 7-8 are accred- ited with 5 sheets of text each, livr. 1 with no plates, 2 with 30 pll., 3-4 and 7-8 with 15 pll. each, but this arrangement does not account for all the letterpress and allows one plate over the number published (assuming that livrs. 5 and 6 were similar to the adjacent numbers). In the ‘Revue Zoologique,” 1848, pp. 39-48, Lafresnaye refers a number of times to the “Traité d’Ornithologie”’ which he says was published in 8 livraisons from November 1828 to November 388 FreLtp Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.toey, Vor. XVI. 1830, but this statement is not supported by any other reference I can find. Mathews (l.c.) assigns certain pages to the various parts, but he does not ac- count for the prefatory matter (pp. I-XXXIJ) which includes the title dated 1831 and the preface dated November 1830. Furthermore, since the Bibliog- raphie de la France apparently omits all mention of Livr. 5, the contents of this and the succeeding parts are uncertain. Lesson, René Primevére. 1830-32. Histoire naturelle | des Colibris, | suivie | d’un supple- ment | a l’histoire naturelle | des | Oiseaux-Mouches; | ouvrage orné de planches | dessinées et gravées par les meilleurs artistes, | et dédié | AM. le Baron Cuvier. | Par R. P. Lesson. | [Quot., g lines.| | Paris. | Arthus Bertrand, Libraire, | éditeur du voyage du monde du Capitaine Duperrey, | Rue Hautefeuille, No 23. 1 vol. in 2 vols. (pt.) 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-196, pll. 1-25, 12 bis and 13 bis (Colibr.), 1-39 (Suppl. Ois.-Mouches) (=66 pll.; col.; by Prétre and Bévalet). Paris. A continuation of the author’s “Hist. Nat. des Oiseaux-Mouches,”’ 1829-30 (q.v.), with a supplement to the earlier volume. The pagination is continuous in this volume but the plates are numbered separately for the Colibris and for the Suppl. Ois.-Mouch. There is a question as to the dates of publication. Most authors and bibliographers quote 1830-31, both dates appearing in the text, and a notice by the editor on p. II of “Les Trochilidées,’”’ 1832-33 (q.v.), states that the present work completed its publication in December 1831. The Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History), quoting the “Bibliographie de la France,” assigns Livrs. 1-3 to 1830; 4-12, 1831; and 13, 1832; with plates issued in the first 12 parts only. The signatures are as fol- lows. Titles and ded., 3 ll. (no sign.); 2 ll. preface (no sign.); signs. 1-12, text; 2 ll. (no sign.), index. This title was followed by the work entitled “Les Trochilidées,” 1832-33 (q.v.), and was reissued in 1847. A second copy in the Ayer Ornithological Library is bound in one volume. Lesson, René Primevére. 1832-33. Les | Trochilidées | ou | les Colibris | et | les Oiseaux- Mouches, | suivis d’un | Index Général, | dans lequel sont décrites et classées méthodiquement toutes les races | et espéces du genre Trochilus. | Ouvrage orné de planches | dessinées et gravées par les meilleurs artistes, | par R. P. Lesson. | [Quot., 2 lines.] | Paris. | Arthus Bertrand, Libraire, | éditeur du voyage autour du monde par le Capitaine Duperrey, | Rue Hautefeuille, No 23. I vol. 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. I-IV (notice by editor and pref.), 1-171-++1, J-XLIIJ (‘Index Général,” etc.), pll. 1-66 (col.; by Prétre and Bévalet). Paris. 1The index and the preface are on the same quality of paper; the 3 pr. Il. (titles and ded.) are on a different quality, indicating that these may have been issued at different times. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 389 The concluding volume of the series relating to the hummingbirds (Cf. “Histoire Naturelle des Oiseux-Mouches,” 1829-30, and “Hist. Nat. des Colibris,”” 1830- 32.). The general text is of the same nature as that of the preceding volumes. Following it, on pp. J-XLIIJ, is given a general synoptic index to all the hummingbirds, with short diagnoses and some synonymy of the species and higher groups. This is separately titled, as follows. ‘Index | général et synop- tique | des oiseaux | du | genre Trochilus, | Par R. P. Lesson, | Paris. | Arthus Bertrand, Libraire, | éditeur du voyage autour du monde par le Capitaine Duperrey, | Rue Hautefeuille, No. 23. | M DCCC XXXII.” There is a difference of authorities as to dates of publication. The work was issued in 14 livraisons. Engelmann gives 1832-33 as dates of issue; Coues cites only 1832; the Library of the British Museum (Natural History), quoting from the “Bibliographie de la France,” assigns Livrs. 1-7 to 1832 and the rest of the book to 1833; the title-page of the “Index” in the work in question bears the date 1832 (probably in the 11th or 12th livr.), while the author’s preface is dated December 1831. The signatures are as follows. Half-tit. and tit. (2 l1.), no sign.; sign. “‘a’’ (2 ll.), ed. notice and pref.; signs. 1-11 (4), text; 2 ll., no sign., table; signs. “‘a’’-‘f’’ (2) (4 ll. to each sign. except in “‘f’’), “Index.” Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LXXX, 1922) says “Pp. 1-112, 1832; 113-172, & pls. I-XLIII, 1833.” Lesson, René Primevére. 1832-35. Illustrations | de zoologie, | ou | recueil de figures d’ani- maux | peintes d’aprés nature; | par | R.-P. Lesson, | Membre cor- respondant de 1’Institut [etc., 5 lines.]. | Ouvrage orné de planches | dessinées et gravées par les meilleurs artistes, | et | servant de complément aux traités généraux ou spéciaux publiés sur | l’his- toire naturelle et a les tenir au courant des nouvelles | découvertes et des progrés de la science. | Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Libraire- Editeur, | Rue Hautefeuille, No 23. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and pref.), 103 ll., pll. 1-60 (col.; by Prétre, Bessa, Bévalet and Lesson; 4o of birds). Paris. Descriptive accounts and colored plates of new genera and species of animals, Pll. 1, 4, 5, 9, 11, 13, 16, 18, 20, 23, 25, 28, 29, 31, 45, 46, 49, 50, 52 and 60 are of birds. The work was issued in 20 livraisons of 3 pll. each. Many of the con- tributions are dated, but the dates are those of preparation, not of publication. Mathews (Novit. Zool., 18, p. 12, 1911) quotes the following dates from the “Bibliotheque Frangaise’’ (=Bibliographie de la France). Livr. 1, July 14, 1832; 2, Sept. 1, 1832; 3, Oct. 13, 1832; 4, Nov. 3, 1832; 5, Dec. 1, 1832; 6, Febr. 23, 1833; 7, April 13, 1833; 8, Aug. 10, 1833; 9, Aug. 24, 1833; 10, Oct. 19, 1833; 11, Dec. 21, 1833; 12, March 22, 1834; 13, May 17, 1834; 14, Aug. 2, 1834; 15, Jan. 17, 1835. Livrs. 17 and 20, according to Mathews (I. c.), are cited in the Comptes Rendus for Dec. 1835, p. 517; therefore, Livrs. 16-20 will date 1835. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LX XX, 1922) says, “pls. 1-15, 1832; 16-33, 1833; 34-42, 1834; 43-60, 1835.” 390 Fre_tp Museum or NaturaAL History—Zootoey, Vov. XVI. Lesson, René Primevére. 1834-35. Histoire naturelle | des | Oiseaux de Paradis | et | des Epimaques; | ouvrage orné de planches, dessinées et gravées par les meilleurs artistes; | par R.-P. Lesson, | Correspondant de l’Académie [etc., 6 lines.]. | Paris. | Arthus Bertrand, Libraire, | éditeur du voyage autour du monde de Capitaine Duperrey, | Rue Hautefeuille, No 23. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. J-VIJ-+1 (half-tit., tit. and pref.), 1-34 (““Synopsis’’), 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-248, pll. 1-40, 11 bis, 25 bis and 25 ter (col.; 3 fold.; by Prétre and Oudart). Paris. A monograph of the Birds of Paradise. The work is divided into several sections,— a synopsis of species with scientific descriptions and synonymies, (pp. 1-34), introduction (pp. 1-7), a description of New Guinea and its inhabitants (pp. 9-107), the general treatment of each of the species (pp. 109-237), synonymic index (pp. 239-244), tables of plates and subject matter (pp. 245-248). The work was issued in livraisons and is usually cited as published entirely in 1835}, but the Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History), quoting the “‘Bibliographie de la France” states that Livrs. 1-4, embracing 4 sheets (8 Il.) of text and 16 pll., appeared in 1834. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. LXXX, 1922) adds, “Prob. in 16 pts. of which 1-4, pp. 1-64, 1834; 5-7, 65-112, 1835.” Lesson, René Primevére. 1837. See Bougainville, Journal de la Navigation autour du Globe de la Fregate La Thétis et de la Corvette L’Espérance. Lesson, René Primevére. 1839. Voyage | autour | du monde | enterpris par ordre du gouverne- ment | sur la corvette La Coquille; | par P. Lesson, | Membre cor- respondant de l'Institut. | [Vignette.] | Paris. | P. Pourrat fréres, éditeurs, | rue des Petits-Augustins, 5, | Et chez les Libraires et aux Dépdts de Pittoresques de la France | et de l’étranger. | 1839. > Voyage | autour | du monde. | Tome Premier [Second]. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (subtit. and tit., pp. 1-510, 1 1. (conts. and errata), 18 pll. (4 col.; 1 fold.; 2 ornith., col.), (tit.-vignette). Vol. II, 2 pr. IL, pp. 1-547,/1 2. Yerrata), 24 pill (15 col.; 7 Aoke 8 ornith., col.), (tit.-vignette). Paris. A narrative of the voyage of La Coquille during the years, 1822-25. Numerous notes on natural history are scattered through the text and colored plates of some of the birds and mammals are given together with other illustrations. The official report was published some years earlier by Louis I. Duperrey, the ornithology being supplied by Lesson and Garnot (Cf. Duperrey, Voyage autour du monde—sur—La Coquille, 1826-30.). 1The preface is dated April 10, 1835. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 391 Lesson, René Primevére. (Ménégaux, Auguste.) 1913. Articles | d’ornithologie | de | R.-P. Lesson | Médecin, Pharmacien en chef de la Marine, | Professeur a l’Ecole de Méde- cine Navale de Rochefort | Parus dans l’Echo du Monde Savant | de 1842 A 1845. | Réimpression faite par les soins | de | A. Mene- gaux | Professeur [etc., 3 lines.] | Paris | Edition de la Revue Francaise d’Ornithologie | 55, rue de Buffon, 55 | En vente a Munich | chez MM. Dultz et Co, Libraires | 6, Landwehrstrasse, 6 | 1913. 1 vol. 1r2mo (variable; size of 16mo), pp. 1-280 frontisp. (portr.). Paris. A reprint of Lesson’s ornithological writings from the ‘Echo du Monde Savant’”’ of 1842 and 1845, with original pagination noted in place; edited by A. Méné- gaux. The work is important owing to the rarity of the originals. Levaillant, Francois. 1796-1812. Histoire naturelle | des | oiseaux d’Afrique, | par Fran- cois Levaillant. | Tome premier [-sixiéme]. | [Blazon.] | Paris, | Delachaussée, Rue du Temple, No. 73 [37 (Vols. II-IV.); 40 (Vols. V-VI.)]. | XIII.-1805 [XIV.-1806 (Vol. V.); M.DCCC.VIII (Vol. Vil. i. 6 vols. superroyal folio. Vol. I, pp. J-XIJ, 1-129, [frontisp. (orig. water-color drawing; extra) ], pll. 1-49 (col.). Vol. II, pp. 1-151, pll. 50-97 (col.). Vol. III, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-147, pll. 98-150 (col.). Vol. IV, pp. 1-104, pll. 151-199 (col.). Vol. V, pp. 1-124, pll. 200- 247 (col.). Vol. VI, pp. 1-132, pll. 248-300 (col.). Paris. An account of the birds of Africa (not always strictly defined), classified under vernacular names. The plates are engravings, printed in colors and afterwards retouched by hand. The first edition, in 4to, was issued in 51 livraisons from 1796 to 1812 and the present edition is ascribed to the same period by the “Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History),” although the title-pages present only the dates 1805 to 1808 as in the above transcription. Aside from the change from 4to to folio, I do not know what differences exist in the two editions. A continuation of the work was contemplated by Levaillant (Cf. Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).] but was not produced. Ostensibly based on the author’s personal observations and collections in southern Africa, the book is a monument of deception. An infinity of detail is given of the habits of the various species and of the circumstances under which the specimens de- scribed or figured were secured by the author in Africa, but many of these species do not inhabit any part of that continent. Some of the specimens thus claimed to have been taken personally, have proved to be artifacts. Errors of previous authors have been perpetuated, with an added element of personality given by Levaillant who cites exact data for his supposed specimens. A careful review of the work is given by Sundeevall in the second part of his “Kritisk 392 Firerp Museum or Natura History—Zoovocy, Vor. XVI. Framstallning af Fogelarterna uti Aldre Ornithologiska Arbeten” published in the Kon. Vet. Akad. Hand., Bd. 2, No. 3, 1857. Levaillant, Francois. 1801-02. Histoire naturelle | d’une partie | d’oiseaux nouveaux | et rares | de l’Amérique et des Indes, | Par Francois Levaillant: | Ouvrage destine par l’Auteur a faire partie de son Ornithologie | d’Afrique. | Tome premier. | A Paris, | Chez J. E. Gabriel Dufour, libraire rue de Tournon, | No. 1126. | Et 4 Amsterdam, chez le méme libraire. | De l’imprimerie de Didot jeune, Quai des Augus- tins, No. 22. | An IX (1801). 1 vol. superroyal folio, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. J-IIJ+1 (pref.), 1-112, pll. 1-49 (col.), 1-49 (uncol.; dupls. of col. pll.). Paris. A work intended to supplement the “Hist. Nat. des Oiseaux d’Afrique” (q.v.) by describing and figuring birds not properly included in that work. One vol- ume, only, was published which consists of monographs of the Bucerotidae and the Cotingidae, with 49 of the proposed 240 plates. The work was continued under a separate title (Cf. Levaillant, Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux de Para- dis, etc.). The present volume was issued in 8 parts of which 1-4 appeared in 1801 and 5-8 in 1802 (Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. [Nat. Hist.)], but I am uncertain as to the division of parts. The Bucerotidae are treated on pp. 1-51 and pill. 1-24, and the Cotingidae on pp. 53-110 and pll. 25-49, an arrangement which divides the volume into two nearly equal parts. The plates are duplicated, one of each being colored and one plain. The former are printed in colors and re- touched by hand. No scientific nomenclature is used in the text. Levaillant, Francois. 1801-05. Histoire naturelle | des perroquets, | par | Francois Levail- lant. | Tome premier [second]. | [Monogram.] | A Paris, | Chez Levrault, Schoell et Ce., Rue de Seine S.G. | Strasbourg, de l’im- primerie de Levrault. | An XII (1804) [An XIII (1805) ]. 2 vols. superroyal folio. Vol. I, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., ded. and pref.), pp. 1-135+1, 1 1. (table), pll. 1-71-+2 (bis) (=72 col). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit., and tit.), pp. 1-112, 1 1. (table), pll. 72-139, 95 (bis), 98 (bis), 107 (bis), 108 (bis), and 110 (bis) (=73 col.; by Barraband). Paris. A monograph of the parrots, illustrated by engraved plates printed in colors and retouched by hand. The work was issued in 24 livraisons for which the follow- ing dates are given by the Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), without informa- tion concerning the extent of each livraison. Livrs. 1-2, 1801; 4-8, 1802; 10-16, 1803; 17-20, 1804; 22-24, 1805. A supplementary volume was issued by Bourjot Saint-Hilaire in 1837-38 under the same title as above, “‘troisiéme volume’”’ (q.v.), and in 1857-58, Charles de Souancé added an additional volume under the title of “Iconographie des Perroquets” (q.v.). No scientific nomen- clature is used in the present work. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 393 Levaillant, Francois. 1801-06. > Histoire naturelle | des Oiseaux de Paradis | et des Rolliers, | suivie | de celle des Toucans et des Barbus, | par | Francois Levaillant. | Tome premier [second]. | [Monogram.] | Paris, | Denné le jeune, Libraire de S.A.I. le Prince Joseph, Chez rue Vivienne, no. 10. 1806. Perlet, Libraire, rue de Tournon. 2 vols. superroyal folio. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-153 +1, J-IJ (table), pll. 1-13, 16 (=14), 15-56 (col.; 2 fold.; by Barra- band), 56 pll. (uncol.; without legend; dupls. of col. pll.). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-34, 41-48 (=35-42), 43-106, 109- 1r1+1 (=107-110), 111-133+1, J-IJ (table), 1 1. (errata), pll. 1- 18, 18 (bis; =19), 20-37, A, 38-57 (col.; by Barraband) 58 pll. (uncol.; without legend; dupls. of col. pll.). Paris. A work which may be considered as a continuation of the author’s “Hist. Nat. d’une partie d’Oiseaux Nouveaux,” etc., 1801-02 (q.v.). It consists of a similar series of monographs on groups not always coinciding with modern ones, as follows. Vol. I:-Introd., pp. 1-7; Ois. de Paradis, pp. 9-68, pll. 1-24; Rolliers, pp. 69-115, pll. 25-39; Geais, pp. 117-153, pll. 40-56. Vol. II:-Introd. pp. 1-6; Toucans, pp. 7-46, pll. 1-18; Barbus, pp. 47-89, pll. 18 (bis, =19),20-38; Barbus Tamatias, pp. 91-100, pll. 39-43; Barbacous, pp. 101-106, pll. 44-46; Jacamars, Ppp. 109 (=107), 108-126, pll. 47-54; suppl. to Barbus, pp. 127-133, pll. 55-57. A third volume in two parts, each with separate pagination and numbering of plates, and with title altered to ‘‘Hist. Nat. des Promerops et des Guépiers,”’ including a supplement to the two volumes here collated, was issued in sequence after the present numbers, forming livraisons 20-33. This portion is lacking from the set examined. An indication of this work may be found on p. 1 of Vol. I of the present set, where a half-title includes ‘‘des Promerops’”’ among the subjects mentioned. A covering title is said [Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.)] to have been issued for the three volumes. The same authority quotes the following dates of publication for Livrs. 1-14, without assigning pagination for them. Livrs. 1 and 2, 1801; 3-5, 1802; 6-12, 1803; 13-14, 1804; 15-19, not cited. The dates are not important since only vernacular names are used in the text. The plates are printed in colors and retouched by hand. Leverkuhn, Paul. 1891. Fremde Eier im Nest. | Ein Beitrag zue Biologie der Végel | von | Paul Leverkithn. | Nebst einer bibliographischen Notiz uber Lottinger. | [Quot., 4 lines,| | 1891. | Berlin. London. | R. Fried- lander und Sohn, Karlstrasse 11. Gurney and Jackson, 1 Pater- noster Row. | Wien. Paris. | E. Soeding, Wallnerstrasse 13. P. Klincksieck, 52 Rue des Ecoles. | Leiden. New York. | E. Brill, Oude Rijn 38. A. E. Pettit, 15 Cortlandt Street. 394 FieLp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X, 1 1. (conts.), pp. 1-212, 2 Il. (list of author’s papers). Berlin. An interesting study of the parasitic instinct among birds, including the occasional, as well as the habitual, offenders against both their own and other species. The information is based on voluminous data compiled from all possible sources. Leverkuhn, Paul. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Levick, G. Murray. 1914. Antarctic | penguins | a study of their social habits | by | Dr. G. Murray Levick, R.N. | Zoologist to the British Antarctic Expe- dition | [1910-1913] | New York | McBride, Nast & Company | IgI4. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-139, frontisp., 55 pll. (figs. 1-74). New York. A thorough, detailed study of the habits of the Adélie Penguin, copiously illus- trated with photographs taken in the haunts of the species. Lewin, John William. 1822. A | natural history | of the | birds of New South Wales, | collected, engraved, and faithfully painted after nature, | by | John William Lewin, A.L.S. | late of Paramatta, New South Wales. | Illustrated with twenty-six plates. | London: | printed for J. H. Bohte, foreign bookseller to His Majesty, | 4 York-Street, Covent- Garden; | by G. Schulze, 13, Poland Street. | 1822. 1 vol. medium folio (11x15), 2 pr. ll. (tit. and conts.), pp. 1-26, pll. I-XXVI (by Lewin). London. A collection of etched drawings of birds of New South Wales, accompanied by a brief description of each species, without scientific nomenclature. The work constitutes a third edition of the ‘Birds of New Holland,” etc., published in 1808, with the addition of 8 new plates (pll. VII and XIX-XXV). The second edition, published in Sydney in 1813, was entitled “‘Birds of New South Wales.”’ A “new and improved edition’”’ (q.v.), under the same title as the present one, was issued in 1838. The present edition exists, also, with colored plates [Cf. Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).]. ‘Lewin, John William. _ 1838. A | natural history | of the | birds of New South V/ales, | - collected, engraved, and faithfully painted after nature, | by | John William Lewin, A.L.S. | late of Paramatta, New South Wales. | New and improved edition, | to which is added | a list of the synonymes of each species, | incorporating the labours of T. Gould, 1926. CATALOGUE oF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 395 Esq.,; N. A. Vigors, Esq., T. Horsfield, M.D., and W. Swainson, Esq. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, 4, York Street, Covent Garden. | MDCCCXXXVIII. 1 vol. demy folio, 3 pr. ll. (tit., synonymic index and list of contents), pp. 1-26, pll. I-X XVI (col.; by Lewin). London. The fourth edition of Lewin’s “Birds of New Holland.” The text and plates (except for the coloring of the latter) are the same as those in the earlier edition catalogued above under the present general title, 1822 (q.v.), with the addition, in the present work, of a list of synonyms (scientific and vernacular) for each species. Lewin, William. 1795-1801. The | birds | of | Great Britain, | systematically ar- ranged, accurately engraved, | and painted from nature; | with descriptions, including | the natural history of each bird : | From Observations the Result of more than Twenty Years Application to the | Subject, in the Field of Nature; in which the distinguishing Character of each | Species is fully explained, and its Manner of Life truly described. | The figures engraved from the subjects themselves [Comma added (Vols. II-VIII.).] by the author, | W. Lewin, | Fellow of the Linnean Society, | and painted under his immediate direction. | In eight volumes. | Vol. I [-VIII]. | London: | printed for J. Johnson, in St. Paul’s Church-yard. | 1795 [1796; 1796; 1797; 1797; 1800; 1800; 1801]. [ | T. Bensley, Printer, Bolt Court, Fleet Street. (Vols. II-VIII.)]. 8 vols. in 2, medium 4to. Vol. I, 11 Il. (unnum.), pp. 21-75+1, 2 Il. (index), frontisp. (col.), pll. 1-31, *18, *19, 27 (bis) (birds; col.), 1-7 (eggs; col.). Vol. II, pp. 1-75-+1, 2 ll. (index), pll. 32-66 (birds; col.), 8-14 (eggs; col.). Vol. III, pp. 1-75+1, 2 ll. (index), pll. 67- 97, 66 (bis), 81*, 84*, 94* (birds; col.), 16-22 (eggs; col.). Vol. IV. pp. 1-75+1, 2 ll. (index), pll. 98-131, 100* (birds; col.), 23-29 (eggs; col.). Vol. V, pp. 1-75-+1, 2 ll. (index), pll. 132-166 (birds; col.), 30-36 (eggs; col.). Vol. VI, pp. 1-77-+1, 2 ll. (index), pll. 167-202 (birds; col.), 37-42 (eggs; col.). Vol. VII, pp. 1-73-+1, 2 ll. (index), pll. (203)-236 (birds; col.), 43-50 (eggs; col.). Vol. VIII, pp. 1-71+1, 2 ll. (index), pll. 237-267, 245 (bis), 251 (bis) (birds; col.), 51-58 (eggs; col.). London. The second edition of the work first published in 1789-94. The text, in both English and French, embraces a short description of each species and an account of its habits. The plates are rather poor. Pl. 15 seems not to have been published. As bound, Vols. I-IV are in one volume; V-VIII in the second. 396 Fre_p Museum or Natura. History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Lewis, Elisha Joseph. (Burges, Arnold.) 1885. The | American Sportsman: | containing | hints to sports- men, notes on shooting, | and the habits of the | Game Birds and Wild Fowl of America. | By | Elisha J. Lewis, M.D., | Member of the American Philosophical Society [etc., 2 lines.]. | A new edi- tion, thoroughly revised, | containing new chapters on the-origin, breeding, and science of breaking dogs, | and full information on breech-loading and hammerless | guns, etc., etc. | By Arnold Burges. | Profusely illustrated. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippin- cott & Co. | 1885. vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-553 (11-12 missing), 1 pl., 48 text-figs. and various pictorial initials. Philadelphia. Ll ‘A volume primarily of interest to the sportsman, containing accounts of many species of North American game birds. This is the fourth edition of the work, the first having been published in 1855. Lichtenstein, Anton August Heinrich. 1823. See Eversmann, Eduard, Reise von Orenburg nach Buchara. Lichtenstein, Anton August Heinrich. 1844. See Forster, Johann Reinhold, Descriptiones Animalium. Lichtenstein, Anton August Heinrich. (Tegetmeier, William Bernhard, ed.) 1882. The Willughby Society. | Lichtenstein’s | Catalogus | Rerum Naturalium Rarissimarum. | [Vigneite.] | Edited by | W. B. Teget- meier, F.Z.S. | London: MDCCCLXXXII. {Catalogus | Rerum naturalium rarissimarum | Hamburgi, d XXI Octobr. 1793. | Auctionis lege distrahendrarum. | Sectio Prima | Continens mammalia & Aves | Verzeichniss | [V] on hochsteltenem, aus allen Welttheilen mit vieler Mahe und kosten | zusammen gebrachten, auch aus unterschiedlichéen Cabinettern | Samlungen und Auctionem ausgehobenen | Naturalien | welche von einem Liebhaber, als Mitglied der Batavischen und | verschie- dener anderer Naturforschenden Gesellschaften | gesamlet worden | Erster Abschnitt | bestehend | in wohlconditionarten, mehren- theils auslandischen, nach dem Leben | augestellten | Saugethieren und Végeln | theils los, theils in sauberen Kastchen mit Glas ver- sehen; nebst den | dazu gehorigen Schranken von Mahogoni-Holz verfertiget | welche am | Montag den 21sten Octobr. 1793 | und den folgenden Tagen | auf dem Eimbeckschen Hause | offentlich verkauft werden sollen | durch den Mackler | Johann Hinrich 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 397 I Schéen | Dieses Cabinett ist drey Wochen vorher am Verkauss- Orte ausgestellet | und vom 7ten October bis zum Verkauf, taglich offentlich | an besehen. | Hamburg. | gedrukt bey Gottl. Fried. Schniebes. } vol. 4to (size of royal 8vo), pp. I-IV, ‘‘6 pr. Il. (tit., notice and pref. in Latin and German), pp. 1-60,” 2 Il. (advt.). “Hamburg. 1793.” London. 1882. A catalogue of a collection of mammals and birds to be sold by auction at Ham- burg, with descriptions of many new species (some of which have not since been identified) and notes on all of them. The preface, signed by Lichten- stein, is dated Sept. 1, 1793. The present copy is a reprint (in increased size) of the original, published by The Willughby Society (q.v.). The preface by the editor contains a brief notice regarding the author. Another reprint of this paper, edited by F. D. Godman, was issued by the Willughby Society the same year (q.v.). Lichtenstein, Anton August Heinrich. (Godman, Frederick Du Cane.) 1882. The Willughby Society. | Lichtenstein’s Catalogus Rerum I Naturalium Rarissimarum. | [Vigvette.] | Edited by | F. Du-Cane Godman, F.R.S. &c. | London: MDCCCLXXXII. {Catalogus | Rerum naturalium rarissimarum | Hamburgi, d XXI Octobr. 1793. | Auctionis lege distrahendarum. | Sectio Prima | Continens mammalia & Aves | Verzeichniss | von héchst- seltenen, aus allen Welttheilen mit vieler Mithe und Kosten | zusammen gebrachten, auch aus unterschiedlichen Cabinettern, | Sammlungen und Auctionen ausgehobenen | Naturlien | welche von einem Liebhaber, als Mitglied der Batavischen und | ver- schiedener anderer Naturforschenden Gesellschaften | gesammlet worden. | Erster Abschnitt, | bestehend | in wohlconditionirten, mehrentheils auslandischen, nach dem Leben | aufgestellten | Saugethieren und Végeln, | theils los, theils in sauberen Kastchen mit Glas versehen, nebst den | dazu gehdrigen Schranken von Mahagoni-Holz verfertiget | welche am | Montag den 21sten Octobr. 1793 | und den folgenden Tagen | auf dem Eimbeckschen Hause | 6ffentlich verkauft werden sollen | durch den Mackler | Johann Hinrich Schéen | Dieses Cabinett ist drey Wochen vorher am Verkauss-Orte aufgestellet | und vom 7ten October bis zum Verkauf, taglich offentlich | zu besehen. | Hamburg. | gedruckt bey Gottl. Fried. Schniebes. } vol. 4to (size of royal 8vo), pp. I-IV, ‘6 pr. ll. (tit., notice and pref. in Latin and German), pp. 1-60,”’ 2 ll. (advt.). ““Hamburg. 1793.” London. 1882. 398 FreLp Museum or NaturaL History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. - The nature of the work is identical with that of the same title, edited by W. B. Tegetmeier, published the same year also by the Willughby Society (q.v.). The details of the two reprints are not identical, as will be shown hereunder. The prefaces of the two editions vary in the details given of the life of Lich- tenstein and differ noticeably in their summaries of the new species contained in the succeeding pages. Tegetmeier lists but 36 new species; Godman gives the number as 38, including, properly, No. 362 (Columba assimilis) and No. 500 (Turdus macrourus) which are not mentioned by Tegetmeier. Tegetmeier calls his edition “a literal reprint (the orthographical and typo- graphical errors being intentionally reproduced)” “line for line and letter for letter’ from the copy in the Banksian Library, British Museum; Godman says his edition is “reproduced literatim et verbatim” from the copy in the Library of the British Museum. In spite of this fact, differences occur throughout, beginning with the reprinted title-page, lines 4, 8, 9, 10, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 26, 29, 30 and 31. A common source of difference in the later pages is in the diphthongs ‘e’ and ‘ce’ which are interpreted in one form by Tegetmeier and exactly the opposite by Godman. The other differences are too numerous to mention. However, it is obviously impossible that both editions can be exact reprints of the same copy. There is no published evidence which I can find to explain the reason for the two editions. Godman’s issue was printed by Taylor and Francis, and Teget- meier’s by Horace Cox, but since both firms were employed in the printing of other of the Willughby reprints, no light is thrown on the possible unauthen- ticity of either edition. The Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History), The Zoological Record for 1882, and the Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London mention only Godman’s reprint. There is no current review in the Ibis. The advertising pages at the close of each copy list that particular edition among the regular publications of the Society but say nothing of another edition. A possible solution of the puzzle is suggested by the advertising pages of the reprint of ‘““‘Wagler’s six ornitho- logical memoirs from the Isis,’’ 1884 (q.v.). In these there appears a statement, signed by Godman as Secretary of the Society, that there had been consider- able delay in the publication of some of the numbers, on account of which the Committee had made a change in regard to editorial supervision which it was hoped would obviate further difficulties of this nature. The present paper was among those which had been delayed since it was due in 1880, and Tegetmeier was Director of the Society! Lichtenstein, Martin Heinrich Karl. 1854. Nomenclator | avium | Musei Zoologici Berolinensis. | Nam- enverzeichniss | der | in der zoologischen Sammlung der Kénig- lichen | Universitat zu Berlin | aufgestellten Arten von | Vogeln | nach den in der neueren Systematik am meisten | zur Geltung gekommenen | Namen der Gattungen | und | ihrer Unterabtheil- ungen. | Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruckerei der K6niglichen Akademie | der Wissenschaften. | 1854. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-123. Berlin. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 399 A hand-list of the specimens of birds in the Berlin Museum, giving the distribu- tion of each species, the number of specimens at hand and, in some cases, the price at which duplicates will be sold. The list seems to have been published by Lichtenstein whose name is signed to the preface although acknowledg- ments are made (p. VJ) for a certain amount of assistance rendered by Cabanis. Some confusion exists in the fact that Lichtenstein quotes his own genera as “Licht.” and those of Cabanis as ‘‘Nob.’”’ but the arrangement of species is not entirely that followed by Cabanis, and the latter author, in his “Museum Heineanum,” 1850-63 (q.v.), cites the present work as of Lichtenstein, so Cabanis, probably, is not to be quoted under the present title. Many of the names used elsewhere by Cabanis, and first published by him, were taken from specimens in the Berlin Museum labelled in the first place by Lichtenstein, so the names characterized as ““Nob”’ in the ‘‘Nomenclator’”’ may have been orig- inated by Lichtenstein, although published first by Cabanis. The ‘‘Nomen- clator’ is useful, principally, for the definite localities given for the species, many of which were described elsewhere, without such exact information, from the specimens listed herein. Lichthammer, J. W. 1800-1811. See Borckhausen, Moritz B.; Lichthammer; Bekker; Lembcke and Bekker Jr., Teutsche Ornithologie. Lilford, Lord [= Thomas Littleton Powys, fourth Baron Lilford]. (Salvin, Osbert. ) 1891-98. Coloured figures | of the | birds of the British Islands. | Issued by | Lord Lilford, F.Z.S., etc., | President of the British Ornithologists’ Union. | Second edition. | Volume I [-VII]. | London: | R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1891-1897. 7 vols. in 8. Vol. I, pp. I-XXXV (XXXII wrongly numbered XXX1I), 61 ll., frontisp. (portr.), 51 pll. (col.). Vol. II, pp. I-IX-+1, 6o ll., 54 pll. (col.). Vol. III, pp. I-IX-+1, 65 ll., 66 pl. (col.). Vol. IV, pp. I-IX+1, 78 ll., 65 pll. (col.). Vol. V, pp. I-IX+1, 69 I1., 59 pll. (col.). Vol. VI, pp. I-IX-+1, 75 ll., 65 pll. (col.). Vol. VII, pp. I- IX+1, 72 ll. pp. 145-170 (appendix and index), 61 pll. (col.). [Extra volume contains title (without vol. no.), duplicate index (pp. 149-170 of Vol. VII), and original wrappers of Pts. I-XXXVI.] London. A short account of each of the British birds and its habits, preceded by a brief synonymy and illustrated by colored plates (chromolith.). Most of the plates are by Thorburn and Keulemans; a few are by G. E. Lodge and W. Foster. The first edition was begun in Oct. 1885 and issued in parts. The second edi- tion, also in parts, commenced in April 1891 (at the time Pt. XVIII, first ed., appeared) and overtook the first edition in Sept. 1894 with the issue of Pt. XXVIII, after which the same parts of both editions appeared simultaneously until the completion of the work. The editions are said to be identical except 400 FreLp Museum oF Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. in Pts. VII-XVII in which various improvements were made in the second issue. The work was incomplete at the time of Lord Lilford’s death and was then taken in hand by Osbert Salvin (as explained in a note on pp. XXIII- XXIV of Vol. I) who produced Pts. XXXIV-XXXVI. The original wrappers of the second edition bear the following dates. Pts. I-IV, April 1891; V-VI, June 1891; VII, July 1891; VIII, Aug. 1891; IX, Oct. 1891; X, Dec. 1891; XI, Febr. 1892; XII, May 1892; XIII, June 1892; XIV, July 1892; XV, Aug. 1892; XVI-XVII, Nov. 1892; XVIII, Dec. 1892; XIX, Feb. 1893; XX, March 1893; XXI, May 1893; XXII, June 1893; XXIII, July 1893; XXIV, Oct. 1893; XXV, Nov. 1893; XXVI, Dec. 1893; XXVII, Aug. 1894; XXVIII, Sept. 1894; XXIX, Nov. 1894; XXX, Febr. 1895; XXXI, June 1895; XXXII, April 1896; XXXIII, Nov. 1896; XXXIV, April 1897; XXXV, Nov. 1897; XXXVI, [N.d.,; Jan. 1898 (Mullens & Swann).] The concluding part appears to have contained the full text for the complete work, the frontispiece, the title-pages and all prefatory matter for each volume, and the general index. Collations of both editions, showing the various species and the number and date of the part in which the plate of each appeared, are given in Vol I, pp. XXV-XXVI, Vol. II, pp. V-VI and Vol. III, pp. V-VI. Lilford, Lord [= Thomas Littleton Powys, fourth Baron Lilford]. 1895. Notes | on the | birds of Northamptonshire | and neighbor- hood. | By | Lord Lilford, | President of the British Ornithologists’ Union [eic., 2 lines.]. | Vol. I [II]. | Illustrated | by | Messrs. A. Thorburn and G. E. Lodge. | Anda map. | London: | R. H. Porter, 18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1895. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XVI, 1-352, frontisp., 16 pll. (by A. Thorburn), 31 text-figs. (by G. E. Lodge). Vol. II, pp. I-VIII, I-VIII 1 1. (list of illustrs.), pp. 1-315, 7 pll., 13 text-figs., 1 map. London. A detailed account of the author’s personal observations on the habits of a large number of birds of Northamptonshire, England, and outlying regions. Many of the notes are reprinted from the ‘Journal of the Northamptonshire Natural History Society,” according to a statement by the author in his preface. A large paper edition of 100 copies was issued the same year. Lilford, Lord [= Thomas Littleton Powys, fourth Baron Lilford]. (Tre- vor-Battye, Aubyn, ed.) 1903. Lord Lilford | on |birds | being a collection of informal and | unpublished writings by the late | President of the British Ornithol- ogists’ | Union. With contributed papers upon | falconry and otter hunting, his | favourite sports. Edited by | Aubyn Trevor- Battye | M.A., F.L.S., etc. | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union | and illustrated by | Archibald Thorburn | London: Hutchinson & Co. | Paternoster Row 1903. 1 vol. 8vo (714x934), pp. I-XVII+1, 1-312, frontisp. (portr.), 12 pll. (by A. Thorburn), 1 text-fig. London. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 401 A posthumous publication, containing transcriptions from certain of Lord Lil- ford’s journals and correspondence, and his record of occurrences in his aviary. The editor has supplied notes and introductory remarks throughout the volume. Linné, Karl von. 1746. Caroli Linnzi | Medic. & Botan. Prof. Upsal; Horti Acade- mici Prefect; Acad. Imperial. | Monspeliens: Stockholm: Upsal: Soc; Hujusque Secretar. | Fauna | Svecica | Sistens | Animalia Svecize Regni: | quadrupedia, aves, amphibia, | pisces, insecta, vermes, | Distributa | Per | classes & ordines, | genera & species, | Cum | Differentiis Specierum, | Synonymis Autorum, | Nomini- bus Incolarum, | Locis Habitationum, | Descriptionibus Insec- torum. | Stockholmiz | Sumtu & literis Laurentii Salvii | 1746. 1 vol. crown 8vo, 14 pr. Il., pp. 1-411, frontisp., pll. I-II (fold.; by I. Leche). Stockholm. The first edition of Linné’s work on the zoology of Sweden, with detailed descrip- tions of most of the species. The occasional binary terms are not accepted binomials since the work precedes the 1oth edition of the author’s ‘Systema Naturae.’ The second edition of the present work (q.v.) published in 1761, made use of binomials. In the present edition the birds occupy pp. 16-93. Linné, Karl von. 1761. Caroli Linnei, | Equit. aur. de Stella Polari; | Archiatr. Reg. Med. & Botan. Profess. Upsal. &c. | Fauna | Svecica | Sis- tens | Animalia Svecize Regni: | mammalia, aves, amphibia, | pisces, insecta, vermes. | Distributa | Per | classes & ordines, | genera & species, | Cum | Differentiis Specierum, | Synonymis Auctorum, | Nominibus Incolarum, | Locis Natalium, | Descrip- tionibus Insectorum. | Editio Altera, Auctior. | Cum Privilegio S.R.M. ’tis Svecize & S.R.M. ’tis Poloniz ac Electoris Saxon. | Stockholmiz, | Sumtu & Literis Direct. Laurentii Salvii, | 176r. 1 vol. in 2 vols., 24 pr. Il., pp. 1-578 (interleaved), frontisp., pll. I- II (fold.; by I. Leche). Stockholm. A revised and enlarged edition of the author’s work of the same title of 1746 (q.v.). Various species are added and the binomial nomenclature, consistently introduced by the author in the meanwhile, is here adopted. The birds are discussed on pp. 19-100. The margins and interpolated leaves are filled with manuscript annotations by a former owner of the copy. A third edition was issued in 1800. Linné, Karl von. 1776. A | catalogue | of the | birds, beasts, fishes, insects, plants, &c. | contained in | Edwards’s natural history, | in seven volumes, | with their Latin names | By Sir. C. Linnzus, | Medical and 402 Fretp Museum oF NaTurRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. Botanical Professor of the Royal Academy | at Upsal, &c. | Lon- don: | printed for J. Robson, bookseller, New Bond Street. | MDCCLXXVI. 1 vol. crown folio, pp. 1-15, 1 p. (advt.). London. A list of the species figured in the ‘‘Natural History of Uncommon Birds” and “Gleanings of Natural History” (q.v.) by Edwards, with Latin binomials ap- plied by Linné. This work was prepared by Linné after Edwards’s death and appears to have been published by Robson for inclusion in copies of Edwards’s work since a notice on p. 15 gives directions for its insertion in copies of the latter. The paper on “Some Memoirs of the Life and Works of George Ed- wards” (probably by Robson, q.v.) was issued the same year as the present brochure, and in the copy at hand is included in the same wrapper. A second copy of this catalogue is bound with Pt. III of the second edition of Edwards’s “Gleanings.” Linné, Karl von. (Gmelin, Johann Friedrich; Turton, William.) 1802. A general | system of nature, | through the | three grand kingdoms | of | Animals, Vegetables, and Minerals; | systemati- cally divided | into their several | classes, orders, genera, species, and varieties, | with their | habitations, manners, economy, struc- ture, | and peculiarities. | Translated from Gmelin’s last Edition of the celebrated | Systema Nature, | by Sir Charles Linné: [Period instead of colon (Vols. II and III.).| | Amended and en- larged by the improvements and | discoveries of later naturalists and societies, | With appropriate Copper-plates, | by William Turton, M.D. | author of The Medical Glossary. | Vol. I [-IV]. | [Quot., 4 lines.]. | London: | printed for Lackington, Allen and Co. Temple of the | Muses, Finsbury-Square; | sold also by Mr. Cooke, and Messrs. Hanwell and Parker, | Oxford; Mr. Deighton, Cam- bridge; Mr. Archer, Dublin; and Messrs. Mundell and Son, Edin- burgh. | 1802. 4 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VII-+1, 1-943-+1, 2 pll. (1 of birds). Vol. II, pp. 1-717+1-4+11., 1 pl. Vol. III, pp. 1-784. Vol. IV, pp. 1-727. London. (1800?-) 1802. Turton’s translation of the 13th edition of Linné’s “Systema Naturae’’ which was published by Gmelin in 1788-93. The ornithology occupies pp. 131-637 of Vol. I, and one plate. Vol. I was printed in 1800 and III in 1801, according to a statement in the colophon of each, but actual publication, judging by the date on the title-pages, appears to have been reserved until completion of the four volumes. These four volumes are complete for zoology but embrace only that subject. Three additional volumes on the remaining subjects of natural history were published subsequently with a reissue of the present four which were then supplied with new title-pages, making the complete set of seven volumes. The present set, however, is to be quoted separately. Engelmann confuses the two editions and cites colored plates. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 403 Linné, Karl von. 1907. See Lénnberg, Einar, Caroli Linnzi ... Methodus Avium Sveticarum. Littler, Frank Mervyn. 1910. A handbook | of the | Birds of Tasmania | and its dependen- cies | by | Frank Mervyn Littler, F.E.S. | (Member of the Austral- asian Ornithologists’ Union). | Launceston, Tasmania: | published by the author. | rgro. | [All Rights Reserved. ]. I vol. 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. III-X VIII, 1-242, 42 pll. Launceston. An account of the birds of Tasmania and dependencies, with descriptions of the various plumages and of the nest and eggs, a statement of the breeding season and geographical distribution, and a paragraph of observations on each species. Lloyd, Llewellyn. 1867. The | game birds and wild fowl | of | Sweden and Norway; | with | an account of the seals and salt-water fishes | of those coun- tries. | By L. Lloyd, | author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | Second edition, | With Map, Woodcuts, and Chromo Illustrations. | London: | Fred- erick Warne and Co. | Bedford Street, Covent Garden. | 1867. | [All rights reserved. ]. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I-XX, 1-599, 52 pll. (48 col.; by M. Korner; W. von Wright and J. Wolf), 61 text-cuts (74 figs.), 1 map (fold.). London. A popular treatment of the subject, including voluminous notes on methods of hunting and capturing the animals discussed. Most of the book is ornithological. Pages 1-371, 36 plates (33 col. and 3 plain) and 47 text-cuts (58 figs.) relate to birds. The colored plates are chromo-lithographs; those by K6rner are said (by the Zool Record) to be copied from Nilsson’s “Skandanaviska Foglar.”’ The first edition was issued earlier but in the same year as the present one. It is probably that which is catalogued by Taschenberg as published by Day & Son, London, 1867. Loche. 1858. Catalogue | des mammiféres | et | des oiseaux | observés en Algérie | par le Capitaine Loche | (du 45¢e de ligne) | Chevalier de la Légion [etc., 2 lines.], | et Conservateur de 1’Exposition Perma- nente | des Produits de l’Algérie | rédigé d’aprés la classification | de S. A. le Prince Charles-Lucien Bonaparte | Paris | Libraire d’Arthur Bertrand | Rue Hautefeuille, 21 | Droit de traduction et de reproduction réservé. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. J-XJ-+1, 1-158. Paris. 404 FiELD Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Voi. XVI. A catalogue of the mammals and birds observed in Algeria by the author, with synonymy (scientific and local vernacular) and distribution of each species, and with references to specimens in the collection of the “Exposition.” Sup- plementary lists record the species known from the region but not found by the author. The ornithology occupies pp. 33-158. No date is given on the title-page, but the preface is dated March 1, 1858. The present copy was autographed (on the wrapper) by the author in presentation to Louis Reichen- bach, Dresden. Lockwood, George R. 1871. See Audubon, John James, The Birds of America. Lodge, Reginald Badham. : 1903. Pictures of | bird life | on | woodland, meadow, mountain | and marsh | by | R. B. Lodge | medallist Royal Photographic Society | with | numerous colour and half-tone illustrations | from photographs from life by the author | S. B. Bousefield & Co., Ltd. London 1903 Norfolk House Norfolk Street W.C. 1 vol. 8vo (7x934), pp. 1-376, 8 pll. (col.), 231 text-figs. London. An account of the experiences of the author in hunting birds with the camera, illustrated with photographs, and with chapters on methods and equipment employed in bird-photography. Loénnberg, Einar. (Linné, Karl von.) 1907. Uppsala Universitets Arsskrift 1907. | Linnéfest-Skrifter. 5. | Caroli Linnzi | Med., Botan. & Zoolog. Cult. | Methodus | avium Sveticarum | utgifven | af | Einer Lonnberg > Caroli Linnei [etc., 7 lines.] | Uppsala 1907 | Almqvist & Wiksells Boktryckeri- A.-B. I vol. royal 8vo, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-96, 1 pl. (fold.). Upsala. A transcript of an unpublished manuscript by Linné on the birds of Sweden, entitled, ‘“Methodus Avium Sveticarum,”’ with notes by Lénnberg. The orig- inal manuscript is said to have been in the form of a pocket notebook, inter- leaved with loose sheets containing additional matter of questionable date; the notebook carried a title-page bearing the date January 1, 1731. . Lord, John Keast. 1866. The naturalist | in | Vancouver Island and | British Colum- bia. | By | John Keast Lord, F.Z.S. | Naturalist to the British North American Boundary Commission. | [Vzgnette.] The ‘Kettle’ Falls: a salmon leap on the upper Columbia [Syniakwateen (The 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 405 Crossing)]. | In two volumes—Vol. I [II]. | London: | Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street, | publisher in ordinary to Her Majesty. | 1866. 2 vols. demy 8vo. Vol. I, tit., pp. V-XIV, 1 1. (list of illustrs. and errata), pp. 1-358, frontisp., 6 pll. (2 of birds). Vol. II, tit., pp. V-VII+1, 1 1. (illustrs. and errata), pp. 1-375, frontisp., 3 pll. London. A description of the author’s travels and observations as naturalist of the com- mission which was sent to mark the boundary between Canada and the United States from the Pacific coast to the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains. In addition to numerous ornithological notes scattered through the text, a list of the birds observed by the author is given in the appendix to Vol. II, on pp. 291-301. Lorenz, Ludwig von. 1887. See Pelzeln, August von; and Madardsz, Monographie der Piridae. Lorenz, Theodor. 1887. Beitrag | zur Kenntnis | der | ornithologischen Fauna | an der Nordseite des | Kaukasus. | Von | Th. Lorenz. | Moskau. | [Medallion.| Buchdruckerei von E. Leissner & J. Romahn, Arbat, Haus Platonow. [Medallion.] | 1887. 1 vol. imperial 4to, pp. I-XII, 1-62, pll. I-V (col.), 2 text-figs. Mos- cow. A report on a collection of birds made by the author in northern Caucasia. The plates appear to be hand-colored photogravures of mounted specimens sup- plied with additional backgrounds and accessories. They are signed by Lorenz. Lorenz, Theodor. (Kohts, Alexander Erich. ) 1910—? Theodor Lorenz. | Die Birkhiihner Russlands | deren Bas- tarde, Ausartungen und Varietaten. | Fragmente einer kinstler- isch-wissenschaftlichen Monographie. | Mit 50 Textillustrationen und 24 kolorierten Foliotafeln. | Nach dem Tode des Verfassers bearbeitet und herausgegeben | von | Alexander Erich Kohts | Assistent am Zoologischen Institut der Frauenhochschule in Mos- kau. | [Vignette.] | Wien, 1910-1911. | Verlag der Moskauer Firma Theodor Lorenz’ Nachfelger. 1 vol. atlas folio. 2 pr. Il. (tit. and ded.), pp. 1-9+1, 2 Il. (advt.), pll. I-XIX, Xb, XIIb, XIIIb, XIIIc, XIVB (col.), text-figs. 1-3. Vienna. A study of the Russian Black Cock, Tetrao tetrix, illustrated by large, hand-colored photogravures; published posthumously. I am unable to ascertain the degree of completeness of the present copy. The advertising sheets, noted in the 406 FreLp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Voi. XVI. collation, announce that half of the 24 projected plates are presented with Lieferung I and that the remainder will appear in II and III, while a No. IV will be published if necessary to complete the work. The 24 plates are all present, but only Pt. I of the text, with 3 text-figures, is included while the prospectus calls for 4 parts of text and 50 figures. The set at hand is enclosed in an original wrapper of Lief. I, dated 1910. Lovat, Lord. I9g11. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. Low, George. 1813. Fauna Orcadensis: | or, | the natural history | of the | quad- rupeds, birds, reptiles, and fishes, | of | Orkney and Shetland. | By | the Rev. George Low, | Minister of Birsa and Haray. | From a Manuscript in the possession of Wm. Elford Leach, M.D. F.L.S. &c. | Edinburgh: | printed by George Ramsay and Company, | for Archibald Constable and Company, Edinburgh; and for Longman, | Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, —and White, Cochrane, and Co. | London. | 1813. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-XX, 1-230. Edinburgh. Accounts of the habits and the local distribution and occurrence of the verte- brates of the Orkney and Shetland islands. The preface notes that the work was prepared by Low under the encouragement of Thomas Pennant but that it remained unpublished at the author’s death in 1795. It states also that many of the notes were plagiarized by Rev. George Barry in his “History of Orkney,” 1805, from the manuscript which was then in his possession. This manuscript, coming afterwards into Leach’s hands, was edited and published as presented herewith. Low, George C. 1924. The literature of | the Charadriiformes | from 1894-1924 | with a classification of the order, and | lists of the genera, species and subspecies | by | George C. Low, M.A., M.D., | M.R.C.P., F.Z.S., M.B.0.U. | H. F. & G. Witherby | 326 High Holborn, WC otoaa I vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XI+1, 1-220. London. A thorough bibliography of the group Charadriiformes, prefaced by a discussion of several systems of classification of the group. The literature is tabulated under authors which are arranged by years under generic names, and the gen- era are placed in their respective families according to a scheme of classifica- tion given at the head of the family in question. Each of the families occupies a chapter. A list of general references and one of general literature on the group are placed in chapters I and II. The work is planned to carry the litera- ture from the point where it was left by R. B. Sharpe in 1896, Vol. XXIV of the Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum (q.v.). 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 407 Lucanus, Friedrich von. 1922. Die | Ratsel des Vogelzuges. | Ihre Losung auf experimentel- lem Wege durch | Aeronautik, Aviatik und Vogelberingung. | Von | Friedrich von Lucanus, | Oberstleutnant a. D. [etc., 2 lines.]. | Mit vier Textabbildungen und einer Tafel. | [Blazon.] | Langen- salza | Hermann Beyer & Séhne | (Beyer & Mann) | Herzogl. Sachs. Hofbuchhandler. | 1922. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-226, 1 pl., 4 text-maps. Langensalza. A detailed study of bird-migration and its problems. A second edition (q.v.) appeared the following year. Lucanus, Friedrich von. 1923. Die | Ratsel des Vogelzuges. | Ihre Lésung auf experimentel- lem Wege | durch Luftfahrt und Vogelberingung. | Von | Fried- rich von Lucanus, | Oberstleutnant a.D. [etc., 2 lines.]. | Zweite, vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage. | [Blazon.] | Mit 4 Textabbil- dungen und 1 Tafel. | Langensalza | Hermann Beyer & Sonne | (Beyer & Mann) | Herzog]. Sachs. Hofbuchhandler | 1923. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-243, 1 pl., 4 text-maps. Langensalza. A second edition of the author’s work of the same title (q.v.) published the pre- ceding year, with added notes. Lucanus, Friedrich von. 1925. Das Leben der Végel | von | Friedrich von Lucanus | [De- sign.] | Mit 19 farbigen Tafeln | und 136 Textabbildungen | August Scherl G. m. b. H. Berlin SW 68. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-428+1, 3 pp. (advt.), pll. 1-19 (col.; 3 of eggs), 136 text-figs. Berlin. A general study of the life of birds, their structure and development, their breed- ing, song, flight and distribution. The colored plates of birds are by Erich Schréder; those of eggs are from photographs. Lucas, A. H. S.; and LeSouéf, W. H. Dudley. 1911. The Birds of Australia | by | A. H. S. Lucas, M.A. (Oxon. and Melb.), B.Sc. (Lond.) | Ex-President of the Linnean Society of New South Wales [etc., 3 lines.], | and | W. H. Dudley Le Souéf, C.M.Z.S., M.B.0.U., &c., | Director Zoological Gardens, Mel- bourne; | Author of ‘“‘Wild Life in Australia.” | Joint Authors of “The Animals of Australia.” | [Blazon.] | Little Collins Street, Melbourne; | Christchurch, Wellington and Dunedin, N.Z.; | Addle Hill, Carter Lane, London: | Whitcombe and Tombs Lim- ited. | 1911. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-489, frontisp. and 5 pll. (col.; by Mrs. 408 Fietp Museum oF Natura. History—Zootoey, Vo. XVI. Ellis Rowan), 186 text-figs. Melbourne, Christchurch, Wellington, Dunedin and London. An accurate, popular account of the birds of Australia, with descriptions of many species and notes on nidification and general habits. Lucas, Frederic A. 1909. See Knowlton, Frank Hall, Birds of the World. Lucas, John. 1887. The pleasures | of a | pigeon-fancier. | By the | Rev. J. Lucas. | New York : | O. Judd Co., David W. Judd, Pres’t, | 751 Broadway. | 1887. 1 vol. crown 8vo, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-119+1, 2 ll. insert (facsim. letter), 8 pll. (3 col.), 7 text-figs. New York. A series of essays on pigeon-fancying,—rambling in nature but with a general intent to offer instructive suggestions based on personal experiences. The col- ored plates, and some of the other illustrations, represent various breeds of pigeons. Lydekker, Richard. 1893-96. See Newton, Alfred, A Dictionary of Birds. Lydekker, Richard. 1916. Wild life of the world | a descriptive survey of the | geo- graphical distribution| of animals | by R. Lydekker, F.R.S. | illus- trated with | over six hundred engravings from original drawings | and | one hundred and twenty studies in colour | [Vignette.] | Vol. I [-III]. | London | Frederick Warne and Co. | and New York [Add 1916 (Vols. II and III.).}. vols. (12 parts) imperial 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XIV, 1-472, 40 pll. (col.; by W. Kuhnert), 246 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-XII, 1-440, 39 pll. (col.; by Kuhnert and Weczorzicky), 205 text-figs. Vol. III, pp. I-XI+1, 1-457, 41 pll. (col.), 144 text-figs. London and New York. A popular work descriptive of animal life (vertebrate and invertebrate), arranged according to geographical distribution. Of the colored plates, 42 relate to birds; of the text-figures, 222 are ornithological. The present copy is in the original 12 parts. Maclaud, Ch. 1906. Gouvernement Général 1’Afrique Occidentale Francaise | Notes | sur les | mammiféres et les oiseaux | de l’Afrique Occi- dentale | Casamance, Fouta-Dialon, Guinées Francaise & Portu- gaise | par | Le Docteur Ch. Maclaud | Administrateur des Col- ies) 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 409 onies, | Chargé de Mission, | Correspondant du Muséum d’His- toire naturelle de Paris. | Préface de M. Edmond Perrier, | Direc- teur du Museum d'Histoire naturelle de Paris | Membre de 1’Insti- tut. | Paris-Vendome | imprimerie G. Vilette | 1906. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-352, (orig. covers), pll. (‘‘Figs.’’) 1-8 and 10-16, fig. 9 (in text), 1 map (fold.). Paris. This little volume presents brief descriptions of 78 mammals and 256 birds of western Africa, with a few notes on habits, etc., and photographs of some mounted specimens. Pp. 79-306, pll. (“Figs.’’) 10-16, and (text-) fig. 9 are ornithological. The original wrapper bears the imprint of “‘Augustin Challa- mel, Editeur” and a vignette of the head of a chimpanzee. McClymont, James R. 1920. Essays | on | early ornithology | and kindred subjects | by | James R. McClymont | M.A., author of [etc., 2 lines.] | with three plates | London | Bernard Quaritch Ltd. | 11 Grafton Street, New Bond Street | 1920. 1 vol. cap 4to, 4 pr. Il., pp. 1-35, 3 pll. London. A series of small essays relating to early chronicles which contain references to birds and to some other subjects. McConnell, Helen Mackenzie. 1916. See Chubb, Charles, The Birds of British Guiana, 1916-1921. MacGillivray, William. 1836. Descriptions | of the | rapacious birds | of | Great Britain. | By | William MacGillivray, A.M. | Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons [eic., 6 lines.]. | Maclachlan & Stew- art, Edinburgh: | Baldwin & Cradock, London; and | Hodges & Smith, Dublin. | MDCCCXXXVI. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-482, pli. I-II, 21 text-figs. Edinburgh. A detailed discussion of the British birds of prey, with full descriptions of each species and of their respective genera and families, and with accounts of their habits. Macgillivray, William. (Harley, James; Hepburn, Archibald.) 1837-40. A | history of | British birds, etc., Vols. I-III. 3 vols. post 8vo. Collation the same as given below for the first three volumes in the complete set, 1837-52 (q.v.), except that a half- title occupies a leaf in each volume preceding the title, and Vol. II contains pp. 1-24 (advt.) at the close. MacGillivray, William. (Harley, James; Hepburn, Archibald.) 1837-1852. A | history | of | British birds, | indigenous and migra- tory: | including | their organization, habits and relations; | re- 410 FretpDMusevm oF NaturaL History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. marks on classification and nomenclature; | an account of the prin- cipal organs of birds, and | observations relative to practical | ornithology. | Illustrated by | numerous engravings. | By William MacGillivray, A.M., [etc., 5 lines.; mut. mut., 7 lines (Vol. II.); mut. mut., 6 lines (Vol. III.); mut. mut., 6 lines. (Vols. IV and V.).] | Vol. I [-V]. | Rasores, scrapers, or gallinaceous birds; [Cantatores, songsters. (Vol. II.); Reptatores, creepers; Scansores, climbers; Cuculine (Vol. III.); Cursores, or runners. (Vol. IV.); Cribra- tores, or sifters. (Vol. V.)] | Gemitores, cooers, or pigeons; [Line omitted (Vol. II.).; Raptores, plunderers, or rapacious birds; (Vol. III.); Tentatores, or probers. (Vol. IV.); Urinatores, or divers (Vol. V.)] | Deglubitores, huskers, or conirostral birds; [Line omitted (Vol. II.); Excursores, snatchers; volitatores, gliders; (Vol. III.); Aucupatores, or stalkers. (Vol. IV.); Mersatores, or plung- ers. (Vol. V.)] | Vagatores, wanderers, or crows and allied genera [Line omitted (Vols. II and V.); Jaculatores, darters (Vol. III.); Latitores, or skulkers (Vol. IV.)] | London: | printed for Scott, Webster, and Geary [William S. Orr and Co., Amen Corner (Vols. IV and V.)], | 36, Charterhouse Square [Paternoster Row (Vols. IV and V.)]. | 1837. [1839.; 1840.; 1852; 1852. ]. vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, tit., pp. I-XV-+1, 1-631, pll. I-IX, text- figs. 1-95. Vol. II, tit., pp. I-XII, 1-503, pll. X-XIII, text-figs. 96- 185. Vol. III, tit., pp. I-XII, 1-768, pll. XIV-XXII, text-figs. 186- 278. Vol. IV, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. VII-X XVIII, 1-700, pll. XXIII-XXVI, text-figs. 1-59. Vol. V, 2 pr. Il. (tit. and ded.), pp. VII-XX, 1-688, pll. XX VII-XXIX, text-figs. 60-100. London. A complete natural history of the birds of Great Britain, written in great detail and containing a mass of information on the particulars of avian anatomy, as well as full accounts of the habits and characteristics of each of the species and a great deal of information of a general nature. The system of classification adopted by the author is unusual, but the general discussions and the anatomi- cal descriptions are authoritative. Some of the remarks are attributed to notes presented by various correspondents and Vol. III contains two contributions definitely accredited to other authors. These are a ‘Catalogue of Land Birds of Leicestershire’ by James Harley (pp. 646-664) and ‘‘Obesrvations on the Song of Birds’’ by Archibald Hepburn (pp. 741-744). on MacGillivray, William. 1840-42. A | manual | of | British ornithology: | being a short de- scription of the | birds of Great Britain and Ireland, | including the essential characters of the species, | genera, families, and ord- ers. | By | William MacGillivray, A.M., M.W.S., &c. | Conserva- tor of the Museum [eic., 4 lines.); Professor of Natural History 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 4II etc., 3 lines.]. | Part I. The land birds [Part II. The water birds]. | London: | printed for Scott, Webster, and Geary, | Charterhouse Square. | 1840 [1842]. 2 vols. cap 8vo. Vol. I, pp. 1-248, 1-12 (advt.), text-figs. 1-31. Vol. II, pp. 1-272. London. A compact handbook of British birds, containing descriptions of all the species, genera and higher groups in the classification adopted by the author, with synonymy and a brief general discussion of each. A second edition in one vol- ume was published in 1846. McGregor, Richard C. (Bourns, Frank S.; Worcester, Dean C.) 1909-10. A manual | of | Philippine birds | by | Richard C. McGre- gor | Part I [II] | Galliformes to Eurylemiformes [Passeriformes] | [Seal.] | Manila | Bureau of Printing | 1909 | 77719 [83286] > Department of the Interior, | Bureau of Science, | Manila. | Publication No. 2, Part I [II]. | (Actual date of publication, April 15, 1909.) [(Actual date of publication, January 31, 1910.) ]. 1 vol. (2 parts), 8vo. Part I, pp. I-X, 1-412. Part. II, 11. (tit.; missing), pp. XI-XVI, 413-769. Manila. A monograph of the birds of the Philippine Islands, containing full descriptions of the various plumages of each species, synoptic tables, synonymies (including native names) distribution of species by islands, notes on habits, and other re- lated matter. Where available material was inadequate for complete original description, the author has quoted from other sources. Included in the text are manuscript notes by Bourns and Worcester, originally prepared for publi- cation elsewhere but here published for the first time. McGregor, Richard C. 1920. Index to the genera | of birds | by | Richard C. McGregor | [Seal.] | Manila | Bureau of Printing | 1920 | 161464 > Depart- ment of Agriculture and Natural Resources | Bureau of Science | Manila | Publication No. 14 | (Actual date of publication, March 31, 1920.). 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. 1-185. Manila. March 31, 1920. A useful index to the generic and subgeneric names of birds as found in the fol- lowing works. Bonaparte, Charles L., Conspectus Generum Avium, 1850-57; Gray, George R., Hand-list of Genera and Species of Birds, 1869-71; British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds in —, 1874-98; Sharpe, R. B., A Hand-list of the Genera and Species of Birds, 1899-1909; Dubois, Alphonse, Synopsis Avium, 1902-04; and three lists by Chas. W. Richmond in the Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 24, pp. 663-729, 1902; l.c., 35, pp. 583-655, 1909; l.c., 53, Pp. 565-636, 1917. A total of 8,839 names are listed in this index. 412 Firtp Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. Mcllhenny, Edward A. (Shufeldt, Robert Wilson.) 1914. The wild turkey | and its hunting | by | Edward A. Mcll- henny | [Trade-mark.] | Illustrated from Photographs | Garden City New York | Doubleday, Page & Company | 1914. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-245, pll. I-VII, 13 pll. (unnum.), 1 text-fig. Garden City and New York. A detailed account of the Wild Turkey and its habits, based on the author’s personal observations. Chapters III and IV on “The Turkey Prehistoric’ and “The Turkey Historic” are by Shufeldt. Mcilwraith, Thomas. 1894. The | birds of Ontario | being a concise account of every spe- cies of bird | known to have been found in Ontario | with a | description of their nests and eggs | and instructions for collecting birds and preparing | and preserving skins, also directions how | to form a collection of eggs | By Thomas MclIlwraith | Member of the American Ornithologists’ Union | Second edition—enlarged and revised to date | with illustrations | Toronto | William Briggs, Wesley Buildings | Montreal: C. W. Coates Halifax: S. F. Huestis | MDCCCXCIV, 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-IX-+1, 11-426, frontisp. (portr.), 40 text-figs. Toronto. An annotated list of species, with descriptions of plumages, nests and eggs of each and some account of habits, distribution and other characteristics. The book is a revised and enlarged edition of the work which appeared under the same title in 1886. McLenegan, S. B. 1887. See Healy, Michael A., Report of the Cruise of the Revenue Marine Steamer, Corwin. Macoun, James M. 1909. See Macoun, John; and Macoun, Catalogue of Canadian Birds. Macoun, John. 1900-04. Geological Survey of Canada. | George M. Dawson. C.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., Director [Robert Bell, M.D., Sc.D., (Can- tab.), LL.D., F.R.S. (Pis. II and III.)] | Catalogue | of | Cana- dian birds. | Part I [-III]. | Water birds, gallinaceous birds, and [Birds of prey, woodpeckers, fly-catchers, (Pi. IJ.); Sparrows, swallows, vireos, warblers, (Pt. III.)] | pigeons [crows, jays and blackbirds (Pt. IJ.); wrens, titmice and thrushes (Pt. IIJ.)]. | Including the following orders [order (Pt. IJJ.)]: | Pygopodes, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 413 Longipennes, Tubinares, Steganopodes, [Raptores, Coccyges, Pici, Macrochires, and part (Pt. IJ.); Passeres after the Icteridz (Pt. III.)]| | Anseres, Herodiones, Paludicole, Limi- [of the Passeres (Pt. II.); Line omitted (Pt. IITI.).] | cole, Galline, and Colum- be. [Line omitted (Pis. II and III.).| | By | John Macoun, M.A., F.R.S.C. | Naturalist to the Geological Survey of Canada | [Bla- zon.| | Ottawa: | printed by S. E. Dawson, printer to the Queen’s [King’s (Pts. II and III.)] most | Excellent Majesty. | 1900 [1903; 1904]. | No. 692 [Line omitted (Pts. II and ITI.).). 1 vol. (3 pts.) royal 8vo, pp. I-VIII-+1, 1-218 (Pt. I.); I-IV, 1 1., pp. 219-413-+1 (Pt. I1.); I-IV, 415-733+1, I-X XIII (index) (Pt. IIT.). Ottawa. An account of the species of Canadian birds, giving the various records of local occurrence and breeding and lists of the museum specimens at hand. Macoun, John; and Macoun, James M. 1909. Canada | Department of Mines | Geological Survey Branch | Hon. W. Templeman, Minister: A. P. Low, Deputy Minister; R. W. Brock, Director. | Catalogue | of | Canadian birds | by | John Macoun | Naturalist to the Geological Survey, Canada. | and | James M. Macoun, | Assistant Naturalist to the Geological Survey, Canada. | [Blazon.] | Ottawa: | Government Printing Bureau | 1909. | [No. 973.]. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-761+1, I-X VIII (index). Ottawa. An enlarged and revised edition of the senior author’s work of the same title published in 1900-04 (q.v.). McMullin, S. H. 1879-86. See Jones, Howard E.; and Jones, Mrs. N. E., Illustrations of the Nests and Eggs of Birds of Ohio. Macpherson, A. Holte. 1904. See Harvie-Brown, John Alexander; and Macpherson, Hugh Alexander, A Fauna of the North-west Highlands and Skye. Macpherson, Hugh Alexander. 1898. See Butler, Arthur G., British Birds, 1896-98. Macpherson, Hugh Alexander. 1904. See Harvie-Brown, John Alexander; and Macpherson, A Fauna of the North-west Highlands & Skye. 414 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Macpherson, H. B. 1910. The home-life | of a | Golden Eagle | photographed and described | by | H. B. Macpherson | with thirty-two mounted plates | Second revised edition | London | Witherby & Co. 326 High Holborn W. C. | MCMX. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo. (7'%x10), pp. 1-45+i, 1 1., pll. 1-32 (mounted on 16 ll.). London. A detailed account of periodical observations on the nesting habits of a pair of Golden Eagles in the Grampian Mountains of Scotland. The first edition was published in 1909. Madardsz, Gyula [= Madardsz, Julius von]. 1887. See Pelzeln, August von; and Madardsz, Monographie der Pipridae. Madardasz, Gyula (= Madardasz, Julius von). 1899-1903. A Magyar Nemezeti Muzeum Kiadvanya. | Magyar- orszag | madarai | a hazai maddrvil4g megismerésének | veréz- fonala | 170 eredeti szévegrajzzal és 9 mtimelléklettel | irts | Dr. Madardsz Gyula | M.N. Muzeumi Igazgaté-dr | [Vignette.] | Anhang: Die Végel Ungarns | auszug in deutscher sprache. | Buda- pest, 1899-1903. ) 1 vol. (15 pts.) imperial 8vo, pp. I-XXXIII+1, 11., pp. 1-666, 2 in- sert-slips (errata), pll. I-IX (6 col.), 171 text-figs. Budapest. A monograph of the birds of Hungary. The introductory matter and text to Pp. 450 is in Magyar, as is the vernacular index; the remainder of the text to Pp. 630 is occupied by a resumé, in German, of the preceding account. An index to the scientific names is appended. The work was issued in 15 parts (I-XV) which, in the present copy, are in the original wrappers. The matter is ar- ranged as follows. I, pp. 1-44, 1899; II, pp. 45-88, pll. I and II, 1899; III, pp. 89-120, pl. III, 1900; IV, pp. 121-166, pl. IV, 1900; V, pp. 167-212, 1900; VI, pp. 213-266-+1 insert-slip, pl. V, 1901; VII, pp. 267-308, 1901; VIII-IX (double no.), pp. 309-378+1 insert-slip, pl. VI, 1902; X, pp. 379-412, pll. VI- VIII, 1902; XI, pp. 413-450, 1903; XII, pp. 451-498, 1903; XIII, pp. 499-546, 1903; XIV, pp. 547-630, 1903; XV, pp. I-XXXIII+1-+1 1., pp. 631-666, 1903. Madarasz, Gyula [= Madardsz, Julius von]. ‘1901. See Zichy, Jend, Dritte Asiatische Forschungsreise. Malden, W. J. 1924. See Kirkman, Frederick B.; and Hutchinson, British Sporting Birds. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 415 Malherbe, Alfred. 1859-62. Monographie | des | Picidées | ou histoire naturelle | des Picidés, Picumninés, Yuncinés ou Torcols | comprenant | dans la premiére partie | L’origine mythologique, les moeurs, les migra- tions, l’anatomie, la physiologie, la répartition géographique, | les divers systémes de classification de ces oiseaux grimpeurs zygodac- tyles, ainsi qu’un | dictionnaire alphebétique des auteurs et des ouvrages cités par abréviation; | dans la deuxiéme partie, | La synonymie, la description en latin et en frangais, l’histoire de chaque espéce, ainsi qu’un | dictionnaire alphabétique et synonymique latin de toutes les espéces; | par | Alf. Malherbe | Conseiller a la Cour Impériale de Metz [eic., 6 lines.] | Texte - Vol. I [Texte - Vol. XI; Planches - Vol. III; Planches - Vol. IV] | Metz - 1861 [1862; 1861; 1862] | Typographie de Jules Verronais, Imprimeur de la Société | d’Histoire naturelle de la Moselle. 4 vols, superroyal folio. Vol. I, tit., pp. I-LXX, (Pt. I.), 1-214 (Pt. II.), text-figs. a-g (eggs), 18 text-figs. (various numbering). Vol. II, tit., pp. 1-315-+1 (Pt. II.), 5 ll. (bibliogr.). Vol. III, tit., pp. 1-8, pll. -LXI-+ XLIII bix (col.; by Delahaye, Mesnel and P. Oud- art). Vol. IV, tit., pp. 1-6, pll. LXII-CXXI+LXXXVII bix (altered from ?). (col.) Metz. A thorough monographic revision of the woodpeckers, illustrated with colored plates. The work was issued in 24 parts from 1859 to 1862 in an edition of 100 copies, printed at the author’s expense. Pt. 1 is noticed in the Ibis for Oct. 1859, Pts. 2 and 3 (including Hemilophus validus and Megapicus sclateri) in the number for April 1860, and the 6th part in the number for Oct. 1860, but the extent of each part I am unable to ascertain. The plates, occypying Vols. III and IV, seem to have been issued along with the text in Vols. I and II. The work was reviewed and revised by Sundevall in 1866 in his “‘Conspectus Avium Picinarum”’ (q.v.). Malm, August Wilhelm. 1877. Géoteborgs och Bohuslins | fauna | ryggradsdjuren; | af | A. W. Malm. | Med nio taflor, af hvilka fyra I fargtryck; samt fem | 1 texten tryckta trasnitt. | Utgifven af forfattaren, med understéd af | Staten. | Géteborg. | Géteborgs Handelstidnings Aktiebolags Tryckeri. | 1877. r vol. (2 pts.) royal 8vo, 5 pr. ll., pp. 1-370, duplicate tit., subtit. (Pt. IL.), pp. 371-674, pll. I-IX (4 col.; 2 fold.; none of birds), 5 text-figs. Gdéteborg. A manual of the vertebrate fauna of the provinces Géteborgs and Bohuslans, Sweden. The ornithological matter is contained principally on pp. 24-49 (essays on vernacular names and migrations of birds), 60-93 (tables for determination), 161-364 (general discussion) and 645-647 (addenda). The author’s dislike of 416 FieLD Museum oF Natura History—Zootoecy, Vov. XVI. tautonymic names has led to the renaming of 28 species (of birds and many other animals), all of which are called “‘Linnéi.” The book was issued in two parts, as indicated in the collation above, and is designated as a memorial of the one hundredth anniversary of the death of Linné on Jan. 10, 1778. Marchesa, Cruise of the—to Kamschatka and New Guinea. 1886. See Guillemard, Francis Henry Hill. Marriner, George R. 1909. The kea: | a New Zealand problem | including | a full descrip- tion of this very interesting bird, its habitat | and ways, together with a discussion of the | theories advanced to explain its | sheep- killing propensities. | By | George R. Marriner, F.R.M.S. | Mem- ber of the Australian Ornithological Union | Curator, Public Museum, Wanganui, New Zealand. | Late Assistant [etc.] | [Bla- zon.| | Williams and Norgate, | 14, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, London, W.C. | 1900. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-151, frontisp. (on p. 8), 44 text-figs., 1 map. London. A general account of the subject, based on the personal experiences of the author and of numerous other observers. Marshall, Charles Henry Tillson; and Marshall, George Frederick Ley- cester. 1870-71. A monograph | of | the Capitonide, | or | scansorial bar- bets. | By | C. H. T. Marshall, F.Z.S., | Bengal Staff Corps. | and | G. F. L. Marshall, F.Z.S., | Royal Bengal Engineers. | Lon- don: | published by the authors. | 1871. > [Idem, 11 lines.] | The plates drawn and lithographed by J. G. Keulemans. | London: | published by the authors, | 11 Hanover Square. | 1870-71. 1 vol. royal 4to, 6 pr. ll. (2 titles, ded., list of subscrs., conts., list of pll.), pp. I-XLI-+1 (pref., introd., gen. acct.), g1 ll. (text), 4 Il. (index), 73 pll. (numbered I-LX XIII in text; col.; by Keulemans). London. Issued in 9 parts, of which Pts. I-V appeared in 1870 and VI-IX in 1871. Accord- ing to the data in the Zoological Record, the plates (as numbered in the text) appeared in the following manner, presumably accompanied by the corres- ponding text. Pt. I, pll. XVI, XXII, XXXI, LXXII, III, LVII, LXI, LXII; Pt. Il, pil. IV, II, XLVI, LVI, LXVI, XXXVII, XXXVI, XXX; Pt. II, pil. XL, XXXIX, XXVI, XXV, XXXII, XLIV, LXXIII, VIII; Pt. IV, pil. XXXV, XXIX, XXVII, XLI, LIX, LX, LVIII, LI; Pt. V, pll. XVIII, XLII, LXX, LIT], LXXI, IX, X, VI; Pt. VI, pill. V, XIV, XV, XXXVIII, LV, XLV, L, LXVIII; Pt. VI, pill. XLIII, XX, XIX, XXI, XXIV, I, LIV, XLVII; Pt. VIII, pill. XXVIII, XVII, XXIII, XI, XII, LXIX, LXIII, LXIV; Pt. IX, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 417 pill. VII, XIII, LI, XLVIII, XLIX, LXVII, LXV, XXXIV, XXXIII. The introductory matter is said to have appeared in Pt. V (Cf. Zool. Rec. 7, p. 42.). In the present copy, two title-pages are given, differing slightly as cited above. Plates I, XIX, XLIII and XLV are excellent watercolor copies, —not the printed plates as issued. Marshall, Charles Henry Tillson. 1879-81. See Hume, Allan O.; and Marshall, The Game Birds of India, Burmah and Ceylon. Marshall, George Frederick Leycester. 1870-71. See Marshall, Charles H. T.; and Marshall, A Monograph of the Capitonidae. Martens, Eduard Karl von. 1867-76. Die | preussische expedition | nach | Ost-Asien. | Nach amtlichen Quellen. | Zoologischer Theil. | Erster [Zweiter] Band. Allgemeines und Wirbelthiere [Die Landschnecken]. | Mit XV Tafeln [Mit XXII Illustrationen]. | Bearbeitet von Prof. [‘‘Prof.” omitted (Vol. II.).| Dr. Eduard v. Martens. | [Blazon.] | Berlin MDCCCLXXVI [Berlin MDCCCLXVII]. | Verlag der Konig- lichen Geheimen Ober-Hofbuchdruckerei | (R. v. Decker). 2 vols. imperial 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XII, 1-412, pll. 1-15 (12 col.; 2 of birds, 1 col.). Vol. II, pp. I-XII, 1-447, pll. 1-22 (12 col.; none of birds). Berlin. The zoology of the Prussian expedition to eastern Asia. More or less detailed notes are given (in Vol. I) on the ornithology (and general zoology) of Madeira, Rio Janeiro, Japan, China, Philippine Islands, Siam, Singapore and the Indian Archipelago. Vol. II relates entirely to Mollusca. The botany and the gen- eral account appear to have been issued separately. Martin, E. T. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. Martin, R.; and Rollinat, R. 1914. Description et moeurs | des mammiféres, oiseaux | reptiles, batraciens et poissons | de la | France centrale | par | R. Martin et R. Rollinat | [Fig.] | Paul Lechevalier | 12, Rue de Tournon | Paris (VIe) | 1914. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1-464, 1 1. (conts. and advt.). Paris. A handbook of the vertebrates of central France, giving short descriptions of classes, orders, families, genera and species, and notes on distribution and local occurrence. No trinomials are used. The birds (272 species) occupy pp. 73- 263 and 441-451. 418 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. Martin, William Charles Linnaeus. 1852. A | general history | of | humming-birds, | or the | Trochili- dz: | with especial reference to the | collection of J. Gould, F.R.S. &c. | now exhibiting in the | gardens of the Zoological Society of London. | By | W. C. L. Martin, | late one of the scientific officers of the Zoological | Society of London. | London: | H. G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | 1852. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 11. (list of pll.), pp. 1-232, frontisp. (col.), pll. 1-14+‘3(*)” (col.). London. A little work supplementing Jardine’s ‘Natural History of Humming-birds,”’ 1833 (q.v.) in the Naturalist’s Library. According to Coues, the present work was issued as a later volume of that series. The volume is composed of a gen- eral discussion of hummingbirds and their habits (occupying rather more than half of the text) and descriptions of a considerable number of species not (with one exception) treated by Jardine. The plates are engravings, with the figures of the birds colored by hand but with the backgrounds uncolored. A curious error occurs on plates 4 and 8 on which the remiges and rectrices of the birds are shown imbricated in reverse order, the outer ones overlapping the inner! Martorelli, Giacinto. 1884. Osservazioni | sui | mammiferi ed uccelli | fatte in Sar- degna | dal | Dott. Giacinto Martorelli | con tavole litografiche colorate dell’ autore | Pistoia | Tip Cino dei Fratelli Bracali | 1884. 1 vol. crown folio, pp. 1-54, 1 1. (errata), pll. I-IV (3 col.; by the author; 2 of birds, 1 of a bird nest). Pistoia. 1884 (post Febr. 29). Observations on the mammals and birds of Sardinia, noted by the author in 1882 and 1883. Most of the work (pp. 11-54 and pill. II-IV) is ornithological. Martorelli, Giacinto. 1895. Monografia illustrata | degli | uccelli di rapina | in Italia | del | Dott. Giacinto Martorelli | Direttore della Raccolta Ornito- logica Turati nel Museo Civico di Milano. | Con 45 fotoiniscioni e 4 tavole sincromiche | su disegni e tavole colorite originali dell’ autore | [Monogram.] | Ulrico Hoepli | Editore-librajo della Real Casa | Milano | 1895. 1 vol. royal 4to, 4 pr. ll., pp. 1-215, pll. I-IV (col.), 46 text-figs. Milan. A monograph of the Italian birds of prey. Massachusetts. (Peabody, William B. O.) 1839. Reports | on the | fishes, reptiles and birds | of | Massachu- setts. | Published agreeably to an order of | the legislature, | by the commissioners on the zoological and botanical | survey of the state. | Boston: | Dutton and Wentworth, State Printers. | 1839. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 419 > A | report | on the | ornithology of Massachusetts. | By | Wil- liam B. O. Peabody. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XII, 2 ll. (conts. and subtit.), 1-426, pll. I-IV. Bos- ton. A set of three reports on the zoology of Massachusetts. The ornithological por- tion, written by Peabody, oceupies pp. 255-404 (no pll.). The introduction is dated August 13, 1839 and is signed by G. B. E., =George B. Emerson, Chair- man of the Commissioners who prepared the complete volume. The book is somewhat rare. The present copy contains the illuminated bookplate of John Lewis Childs. Matheson, Darley. 1914. British Game Birds | By | Darley Matheson | Illustrated | London: | Francis Griffiths | 34 Maiden Lane, Strand, W.C. | rgra. I vol. 8vo, pp. 1-173, frontisp. (col.), 31 pll. (g col.). London. A popular account of some of the more important game birds of Great Britain, including introduced species, with special attention to their rearing and domesti- cation. Mathew, Murray Alexander. 1892. See D’Urban, W. S. M.; and Mathew, M. A., The Birds of Devon. Mathew, Murray Alexander. 1894. The | birds of Pembrokeshire | and its islands. | By | The Rev. Murray A. Mathew, M.A., F.L.S., | Member [etc., 3 lines.]. | [Vignetie.] | [Quot.] | London: | R. H. Porter, | 18, Princes Street, Cavendish Square. | 1894. | [All Rights Reserved. ]. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. I-LIII, 1-131, frontisp. (=1st pl., enlarged), 3 pll., 2 maps (fold.; col.), 1 text-fig. (key to frontisp.). London. An account of the birds of Pembrokeshire, Wales, mostly with reference to local occurrences of the species. An edition in 8vo was issued the same year. The present copy contains the bookplate of W. H. Mullens. Mathew, Murray Alexander. 1895. See D’Urban, W. S. M.; and Mathew, M. A., The Birds of Devon, Second edition. Mathew, Murray Alexander. 1897. See Butler, Arthur G., British Birds, 1896-98. Mathews, Gregory M. (Ashley, Edwin.) 1910 - date. The | birds | of | Australia | by | Gregory M. Math- ews | F.R.S.E. | Member [etc., 3 lines.] | with hand-coloured plates | Volume I [-XI; XJJ?, tit.-. not yet publ.]. | Witherby & 420 Fretp Museum or Natura. History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. Co. [H. F. & G. Witherby (Vols. ITT, et seq.)] | 326 High Holborn London | 1910-1911 [mut. mut. ]. > Supplement No. 1 [-3]. | The | birds | of | Australia | Check list | of the | birds of Australia | part 1 [-3]. | Orders Casuariformes to Menuriformes [Order Passeriformes (Part) (Pt. 2.); Order Passeriformes (Concluding Part) (Pt. 3.)]. | Showing under each genus and species every synonym at present known to the Author, with | references to coloured plates in this work and in Gould’s folio Birds of Australia. | By | Gregory M. Mathews | F.R.S.E., Etc. | Witherby & Co. [H. F. & G. Witherby (Pits. 2 and 3.)] | 326 High Holborn London | 1920 [1923; 1924] > The | birds | of | Australia | bibliography | of the | birds of Australia | books used in the preparation of this work with a few | biographical details of authors and collectors. | By | Gregory M. Mathews | F.R.S.E., Etc. | H. F. & G. Witherby | 326 High Holborn London | 1925 [Suppls. 4 and 5.]. 12 ‘vols. (Vol. XII not yet complete) and 5 suppls., imperial 4to (rox14). Vol. I, pp. I-XIV, 1-301, 183*-184* (183-184 cancelled and missing), 67 pll. (col.; num. 1-67 in text), 6 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-XIV, 1-527, 57 pll. (col.; 68-124 in text), 36 text-figs. Vol. III, pp. I-XVII-+1, 1-512, 75 pll. (col.; 125-199 in text), 23 text- figs. Vol. IV, pp. I-XII, 1-334, 34 pll. (col.; 200-233 in text), 4 text-figs. Vol. V, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-440, 41 pll. (col.; 234-274 in text), 6 text-figs. Vol. VI, pp. I-XIX+1, 1-516, 50 pll. (col.; 275-324 in text), 14 text-figs. Vol. VII, pp. I-XII, 1-499, 46 pill. (col.; 325-370 in text). Vol. VIII, pp. I-X, 1-316, 29 pll. (col.; 371-399 in text) (Suppl. 1 bound with this vol.). Vol. IX, pp. I-XIV 1-518, 54 pll. (col.; 400-453 in text). Vol. X, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-451, 37 pll. (col.; 454-490 in text) (Suppl. 2 bound with this vol.). Vol. XI, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-593, 51 pll. (ccl.; num. 491-541 in text). Vol. XII (incomplete; Pts. 1-5), pp. 1-224, 29 pll. (col.; num. 542-570 in text). Check List (Suppls. 1-3), pp. I-IV, 1-116, I-XVI, 117-156, 2 ll. (half-tit. and tit. of Pt. 3), pp. VII-VIII, 157-244. Bibliography (Suppls. 4 and 5), pp. I-VIII, 1-96, frontisp. (portrs. ) (Pt. 1), pp. 97-149 (Pt. 2.). London. A monograph of Australian birds, with detailed accounts of every species and group and a mass of information of a bibliographic nature scattered through the work. The book is being issued in parts and is not yet complete although the last volume is now in progress. The dates and details of publication of Vols. I-VII, Pt. 4 are given in Vol. VII, pp. 458-459; the remainder up to Vol. XI, Pt.7 may be ascertained, by species,'in the Check List and it is assumed that a complete collation will be given with the concluding number when it appears. The Check List is separately paged and titled but forms an integral 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 421 part of the general work. It contains alterations and additions to the general text as made necessary by researches since the publication of the parts of the work concerned (except for portions of Pt. 3 which antedate the yet unpublished conclusion of Vol. XII). It also gives a resumé of the forms treated in the work, with references to original descriptions and to plates in Gould and the present work, and with notes on the distribution of the species. The Bibliography is explained by its title. The colored plates are by J. G. Keulemans, H. Grénvold, H. Goodchild, G. E. Lodge and Roland Green and are very attractive. On pp. XV-XVIII of Vol. VI, (Dec. 11, 1917), Edwin Ashley presents a description of a new species. Mathews, Gregory M.; and Iredale, Tom. 1921. A manual of the | birds of Australia | by | Gregory M. Mathews, | F.R.S.E., M.R.A.O.U., | and | Tom Iredale, | Mem- bers of the British Ornithologists’ Union [etc., 2 lines.]. | Illus- trated with coloured and monochrome plates | by | Lilian Med- land. | Volume I. [all published] | Orders Casuarii to Columbe | [Vignette.] | H. F. & G. Witherby | 326 High Holborn, London | 1921. 1 vol. 8vo (714x934), pp. I-X XIV, 1-279, pll. 1-10 (col.), I-XXXVI (on 18 ll.). London. March 9g, 1921. Contains descriptions, synonymies and distributional notes on the species of Australian birds, with the subspecific divisions indicated-by brief notes. The genera and higher groups are described and generic characters are illustrated in black-and white plates of exceptional merit. The colored plates are mostly illustrative of nestling plumages. A number of extra-Australian birds are described or renamed in the text. Volume I, alone, has appeared to date. Matthews, F. Schuyler. 1904. Field book of | wild birds and | their music | a description of the character | and music of birds, intended | to assist in the identifica- | tion of species common in the | eastern United States | By F. Schuyler Matthews | author of [etc., 5 lines.]. | With numer- ous reproductions of water | color and pen-and-ink studies of birds, | and complete musical notations of bird | songs by the author | [Blazon.] | G. P. Putnam’s Sons | New York and London | The Knickerbocker Press. 1 vol. cap 8vo (4x634), 1 1. (advt.), pp. I-XXXV-+1, 1-262, 3 ll. (advt.), frontisp. (col.), 52 pll. (37 col.). New York and London. A careful study of the songs of the common birds of the eastern United States. The songs, or parts of songs, of each species are transcribed in musical notation, while, in addition, various onomatopes are often suggested. Short accounts of the birds and their habits are added. 422 Fie_p Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vout. XVI. Maximilian, Prinz zu Wied. 1825-33. Beitrige | zur | Naturgeschichte | von | Brasilien, | von | Maximilian, Prinzen | zu Wied. | I [-IV]. Band. [ | Erste (Zweite) Abtheilung. (Vols. III and IV.)] | Mit 3 Kupfertafeln. [Mit 5 Kupfertafeln. (Vol. II.); Line omitted (Vol. III, Pt. I and Vol. IV, Pt. I.); Mit einer Tafel Abbildungen. (Vol. III, Pt. IT.); Mit 2 Tafeln Abbildungen. (Vol. IV, Pt. II.)] | Weimar, | im Verlage des Gr. H. S. priv. Landes-Industrie-Comptoirs [Im Ver- lage des Landes-Industrie-Comptoirs (Vol. IV.)]. | 1825 [1826; 1830; 1831; 1832; 1833]. 4 vols. (6 pts.) in 5, demy 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XXII, 1-614, pll. I-III (2 fold.). Vol. II, tit., pp. 1-621, 1 1. (errata), pll. I-V (fold.). Vol. III, Pt. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and subtit.), pp. 1-636. Vol. III, Pt. II, tit., pp. III-XII (conts. of Pts. I and II), pp. 637-1277-+1, 11. (errata), 1 pl. Vol. IV, Pt. I, tit., pp. ILI-VIII (conts.), 1-442, 11. (advt.). Vol. IV, Pt. II, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and subtit.), pp. 443-946, pll. land IJ. Weimar. The entire work, collated above, consists of a descriptive account of the Amphibia, Mammalia and Aves observed by the author on his journey in eastern Brazil in 1815-17. Vols. III and IV (of two parts each) deal with the birds; the three included plates are anatomical. The new species discovered on the journey were described previously in other works by the author. Maxwell, Aymer. 1911. Partridges and | partridge manors | by | Captain Aymer Maxwell | joint author of ‘Grouse and Grouse Moors’ | with sixteen illustrations in colour | by | George Rankin | [Mono- gram.| | London | Adam and Charles Black | r1grt. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-327, 2 1l. (advt.). 16 pll. (col.), 8 text-figs. London. A book about partridge rearing and shooting. Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1870. The | naturalist’s guide | in collecting and preserving | objects of natural history, | with | a complete catalogue of the birds | of eastern Massachusetts. | By C. J. Maynard. | With illustrations by E. L. Weeks. | Boston: | Fields, Osgood, & Co. | 1870. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-IX-+1, 1-170, frontisp., pll. I-X (on numbered pp.). Boston. The first portion of the work is a taxidermist’s manual. The second portion, pp. 81-170, contains an annotated list of the birds of eastern Massachusetts, with notes on the distribution and habits of the various species. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 423 Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1881?. The birds | of | eastern North America; | with | original descriptions | of all the species which occur | east of the Mississippi River, | between the | Arctic Circle and the Gulf of Mexico, | With Full Notes Upon Their Habits, Etc., | by | C. J. Maynard; | con- taining | thirty-two plates drawn on stone by the author. | Re- vised edition. | Newtonville, Mass: | C. J. Maynard & Co. | 188r. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. I-IV, 1-532, pll. I-X XXII. Newtonville. The present work has a very involved history. In October 1872, the author com- menced the publication of a book entitled ‘The Birds of Florida,’ issuing Pt. II in 1873 and Pt. III in January 1874. In May 1878, Pt. IV appeared with the title emended to “The Birds of Florida with the Water and Game Birds of Eastern North America.’”’ The work was thus continued until March 1879 when Pt. IX was published, carrying the work to p. 232 and pl. XVI, at which point this title and work were abandoned. In 1879 a new edition was begun under the present title which, however, was announced to contain only 30 plates. The Zool. Record states that Pts. I-VIII appeared in 1879 and IX- XIII in 1880, a statement supported by the review in the Auk for July 1880. The Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History), con- fuses the original and the reissued works and catalogues Pts. I-III as having appeared in 1872-74, IV in 1878, IX-XV in 1879 and XVI in 1881, giving pagination and plate numbers for each part but remarking that pll. XXIX and XXX were not issued. The work at hand may constitute a third publi- cation since it bears the inscription ‘‘Thirty-two plates . . . Revised edi- | tion . . . 1881’’ and contains the full number of plates. In view of the uncer- tainty, I have quoted it under the latter date, only. In the author's preface, dated 1879, (probably identical with that of the first reissue whether or not the present work is new), it is stated that the letterpress has been slightly altered from its form as published in “The Birds of Florida” and that the plates are entirely redrawn, but that the pagination remains unchanged from the orig- inal. Another revised edition (q.v.) was published in 1889-95. Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1887. Illustrations and descriptions | of the | birds of the Bahamas. | By | Charles J. Maynard. | Boston: | C. J. Maynard and Com- pany. | 1887. 1 vol. (pt.) atlas folio, tit., 1 1. (expl. of pll.), pp. 1-2, pll. I and II (1 col.; II not numbered on pl.). Boston. Apparently the only part issued of this work. A printed label on the cover is as follows. “Part I. | Illustrations and Descriptions | Birds of Bahama. | Spin- dalis zena, | Bahama Fruit Finch.”’ The colored plate contains 7 figs. of Spin- dalis zena; the second plate (uncol.) contains 52 figs., mostly anatomical, of various birds. The text (pp. 1 and 2) relates entirely to Spindalis zena. Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1889. The birds | of | eastern North America; | with | original descriptions | of all the species which occur | east of the Mississippi 424 Fre_p Museum oF Natura History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI. River, | between the | Arctic Circle and the Gulf of Mexico, | With Full Notes Upon Their Habits, Etc., | by | C. J. Maynard; | containing | thirty-two plates drawn on stone by the author. | Revised edition. | Newtonville, Mass.: | C. J. Maynard. | 1889. 1 vol. (pt.) imperial 4to, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-92, pll. I-VI (col.), text-figs. 1-22 (9 col.). Newtonville. A revised, enlarged edition of the author’s earlier work of the same title (Cf. ed. 1881), with new hand-colored plates, and numerous text-figures, many of which are also colored. The present copy is incomplete, but the John Crerar Library, Chicago, possesses a complete copy, dated 1896 on the title-page (see below), and containing pp. 1-721 with numerous colored plates and colored figures in the text. The preface to this complete copy advises that the first and second parts (evidently those collated above), were issued in May 1889 and two or three more the following year; that publication thereafter was not resumed until October 1894, while the final portion of the work appeared on December 24, 1895. Neither edition (1889 or 1896) is cited in the Zool. Record nor in the Auk. Maynard, Charles Johnson. 1890. Eggs | of | North American Birds | by | Chas. J. Maynard. | Illustrated | with ten hand-colored plates. | Boston: | De Wolfe, Fiske & Co. | 1890. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1-159, pll. I-X (col.). Boston. An annotated list of North American birds, with short descriptions andl measure- ments of their eggs, notes on distribution and occasional other remarks. Meeker, D. W. 1907. See Wilcox, Alvin H., A Pioneer History of Becker County Minnesota. Meisner, Friedrich. 1804. Systematisches | Verzeichniss | der | Végel | welche die Schweiz entweder bewohnen, | oder theils zu bestimmten, theils zu | unbestimmten Zeiten besuchen, | und sich | auf der Gallerie der Burger-Bibliothek in Bern | ausgestopft befinden. | Im Nah- men der Gesellschaft vaterlandischer Naturfreunde | in Bern aus- gearbeitet | von | Friedrich Meisner, | Vorsteher einer Lehranstalt und Mitglied der genannten | Gesellschaft. | Bern, in der Haller- schen Buchhandlung. | 1804. 1 vol. r2mo, pp. I-VI, 1-70, 1 1. (errata). Bern. 1804 (post August). A catalogue of 260 species of birds accredited to Switzerland, with synonymy and notes on distribution. In 1815, Meisner and Schinz enlarged this catalogue into a more complete manual which was published under the title, ““Die Végel der Schweiz” (q.v.). The preface of the present volume is dated August, 1804. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 425 Meisner, Friedrich; and Schinz, Heinrich Rudolf. 1815. Die | Végel der Schweiz, | systematisch geordnet und beschrieben mit Bemer- | kungen tiber ihre Lebensart und Aufent- halt, | von | Friedrich Meisner, | Professor der Naturgeschichte in Bern, mehrerer gelehrter | Gesellschaften Mitglied | und | Heinrich Rudolf Schinz, | Med. Dr. Sekretair der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Ztrich, mehrerer gelehrten Gesellschaften Mit- glied | und Lehrer am medicinisch-chirurgischen Kan- | tonalin- stitut in Zurich. | Zurich, | bey Oredd, Fussli und Comp. | 1815. 1 vol. post 8vo, tit., pp. I-X XVIII, 1-327-++1, (frontisp. missing).. Zurich. A descriptive catalogue of Swiss birds, enlarged from the senior author’s earlier ‘Systematisches Verzeichniss,’ 1804 (q.v.). The missing frontispiece is said by the authors, p. 264, to represent Sterna leucoptera. Mellersh, William Lock. 1902. A Treatise | on the | Birds of Gloucestershire | with | a reference list of all the species known | to have appeared in the county | by | W. L. Mellersh, M.A. | Six Illustrations by E. Neale, M.B.O.U., | combining typical birds and views of the county. | Gloucester: | John Bellows, Eastgate. | London: | R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1902. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-111+1, frontisp. (map; fold.), 6 pl. London. A general survey of bird-life in Gloucestershire, England, with a check list of the species. Ménégaux, Auguste; and Hellmayr, Charles Edward. 1906. Etude | des | especes critiques et des types du groupe | Passeraux Tracheophones | de l’Amerique tropicale | appartenant aux collections du museum | par | MM. A. Menegaux & C.-E. Hellmayr | Autun | Imprimerie et Librairie Dejussieu | 1906. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-86. Autun. A systematic study of certain forms of the family Dendrocolaptidae. A repaged reprint from the Mem. Soc. d’Hist. Nat. d’Autun, XIX, pp. 43-126, 1906. In effect, this is the second part of an extended paper, the first part of which appeared in the Bull. du Muséum d’histoire naturelle, Vol. XI, No. 6, p. 372, 1905; the third was published in the Bull. de la Société Philomathique de Paris, Ser. 9, Vol. VIII, pp. 24-58, 1906. Ménégaux, Auguste. 1912. Catalogue | des oiseaux | de la | collection Marmottan | du | Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris | par | A. Menegaux | 426 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. assistant de la chaire de mammalogie et ornithologie | Extrait de Bulletin de la Société Philomatique de Paris | 1911 et 1912 | Tours | Imprimerie Deslis Freres et Cie | 6, Rue Gambetta, 6 | IgI2. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 3 pr. ll., pp. 1-216. Tours. A catalogue of the specimens of European birds in the collection of Dr. H. Mar- mottan, exhibited in the Museum of Natural History of Paris. The work is a re-paged reprint of three installments published in the Bulletin de la Société Philomatique (10) 3, pp. 61-99, and 107-197, 1911; and (10) 4, pp. 9-78, 1912. Ménégaux, Auguste. 1913. See Lesson, Réne-Primevére, Articles d’Ornithologie de R.-P. Lesson. Ménégaux, Auguste. 1918. L’Ami des Oiseaux | Petit manuel de protection | par | A. Menegaux | Assistant de le chaire de Mammalogie et Ornithologie [etc., 5 lines.] | L’Oiseau est un des facteurs | de la prospérité d’un pays. | [Design.] | Paris Ve | Edition de la Revue Francaise d’Ornithologie | 55, Rue de Buffon. 1 vol. (pamphlet, size of post 8vo), cover-tit., pp. 1-35, text-figs. 1-20. Paris. A treatise on bird-protection, with designs for nest-boxes, feeding Sheds, etc. Lists of useful and harmful birds of France are appended. Ménégaux, Auguste; and Rapine, J. 1921(?). Les | noms des oiseaux | trouvés en France | (noms latins, francais, anglais, italiens et allemands) | par | A. Menegaux | Assistant de la Chaire de Mammalogie et Ornithologie au Mu- séum | President de la Société ornithologique de France | et | J. Rapine | Sécretaire générale de la Société ornithologique de France | Paris (Ve) | Edition de la Revue Francaise d’Ornithologie | 55 rue de Buffon. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-68. Paris. A list of the species and subspecies of French birds giving Latin name, authority and date of publication, one or more French vernacular names, and vernacular names in English, Italian and German. A prefatory chapter deals with the principles of nomenclature, being dated November 1, 1921. . Ménégaux, Auguste. (Babault, Guy.) 1923. Voyage de M. Guy Babault | dans | 1’Afrique Orientale Anglaise | et dans l’Ouganda | Etude | d’une | collection d’ois- eaux | de | l’Afrique Orientale Anglaise | et de | ’Ouganda | par | A. Menegaux | Assistant de la chaire de Mammalogie et 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 427 Ornithologie | au Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, | Prési- dent de la Soctété (sc) Ornithologique de France. | Avec notes de route de | M. Guy Babault | Correspondant du Muséum d’His- toire Naturelle de Paris | Paris, 1923 | Tous droits Be traduction et de reproduction réservés. 1 vol. medium ato, pp. 1-157, pll. I-IV (by J. Terrier), 1 map (fold.; col.). Paris. A catalogue of the birds collected by Babault in British East Africa and Uganda in 1913, with notes on distribution, habitat, relationships, etc. The colors of the soft parts are given in many cases. A description of the various collecting stations is given by Babault on pp. 3-8. The original wrapper cites the title and author as “Voyage dans 1’Afrique Oriental Anglaise et dans 1’Ouganda 1913 par Guy Babault.” Ménétriés, Eduard. 1832. Catalogue raisonné | des | objets de zoologié | recueillis dans un voyage | au Caucase et jusqu’aux frontiéres actuelles de la Perse | enterpris par ordre de | S. M. l’Empereur. | par | E. Ménétriés | Conservateur du Musée Zoologique de 1’Académie Impériale des sciences de St.-Pétersbourg, | Membre de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. | Présenté a l’Académie Impériale des sciences de St.-Pétersbourg le 1 Février 1832. | St.-Pétersbourg, | de l’imprimerie de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences. | 1832. 1 vol. medium 4to (clipped to 8x10), 2 pr. Il., pp. 1-271-+1, I-X XXII +1 (table of geogr. distr. of spp.), I-IV (generic index), 1 1. (errata). St. Petersburg. Sept. 1832. An annotated list of the species in the zoological collections made by the author in and about Caucasia, with descriptions of many new forms. The ornitho- logical portion of the treatise occupies pp. 26-58. The reverse of the title-page is printed, ““Publié par ordre de 1’Académie Septembre 1832 Le Secrétaire per- pétuel P. H. Fuss.’’ The present copy is inscribed to Prof. Eversmann from the author. Menzbier, Michel Alexander. See Menzbir, Mikhail Aleksandrovich. Menzbir, Mikhail Aleksandrovich. 1882. Ornithologhicheskaya gheoghrafiya | Evropeiskoi Rossii. | Mikhaila Menzbira. | Chast’ Pervaya. | S’ 8-yn khromolithoghra- firovannuimi tablitzami. | Moskva. | V’ Universitetskoi Titzoghra- fii (M. Katrov’), | na Strastnom’ Bul’varye. | 1882. 1 vol. (?) royal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and half-tit.), pp. I-(IV), 5-524, 11. (errata), pll. I-VIII (col.; by N. Severtzow). Moscow. 428 FieLtp Museum oF Natura. History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. A treatise on the geographical distribution of the birds of European Russia. A second volume is quoted by the Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) as published in 1892. The present copy was a presentation by the author to Tschusi zu Schmidhoffen. Menzbir, Mikhail Aleksandrovich. 1888-94. Dr. N. A. Sewertzow. | Ornithologie du Turkestan | et | des pays adjacents. | (Partie N.O. de la Mongolie, steppes Kir- ghiz, contrée Aralo-Caspienne, | partie supérieure du bassin d’Oxus, Pamir). | Par | M. le Docteur M. A. Menzbier, | Professeur a l'Université de Moscou, | Membre de la Société Impériale [etc., 3 lines.]. | Volume I [Tome deuxiéme]. | Moscou. | Publiée par l’Auteur | avec le concours de la Société Impériale Géographique de Russie. | 1888 [1888-1893]. 6 vols. (pt.), imperial 4to. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit., ded.), pp. III-VIII. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. I-III+1 (table of conts.), I-II (pref.), 1-391, illustr. tit., pll. I, ITI-IX, Ia, VIIIa and [Xa (col.). Vol. III, (no tit. or text), pll. X and XI (col.). Vol. IV, (no tit. or text), pl. XLIX (col.). Vol. V, (no tit., text or pll.). Vol. VI, (no tit. or text), pl. LXIV (col.). Moscow. A monograph of the ornithology of Turkestan based on the collections of Alek- syei Nikolaevich Syeverrtzov (= Nicolas Alexius Sewertzow) and notes made by him. The work was planned to occupy six volumes but was never completed. Four livraisons were published as-follows. Livr. I:- all publ. of Vol. I; pp. 1- 112 and pil. III, VI and VII of Vol. II; pl. X of Vol. III =1888. Livr. II:- pp. 113-208 and pll. IV and V of Vol. II; pl. XI of Vol. I11=1889. Livr. III:- pp. 209-324 and pll. Ila and VIII of Vol. II; pl. XLIX of Vol. IV; pl. LXIV of Vol. VI=1891. Livr. IV:- pp. 325-391, half-tit. and tit., pp. I-IV and I-II, illustr. tit., pll. I, VIIa, IX and [Xa of Vol. II=1894 (altered on cover from 1893). The plates are by ‘‘Atchouew,” “‘Martinow’’ and “Menzbier,” each plate being accompanied by a guard-sheet containing number and title. Dates and scope of the work have been secured from the fourth page of the original wrappers which are preserved with the work. The copy at hand was presented to Tschusi zu Schmidhoffen by the author. Merrem, Blasius. 1781. Vermischte | Abhandlungen | aus der | Thiergeschichte | von | Blasius Merrem | [Vignette.} | Mit Kupfern. | Géttingen, | im Verlag bey Victorinus Bossiegel 1781. 1 vol. demy 4to, 4 pr. ll. (tit., ded. and pref.), pp. 1-172, pll. I-VII (fold.; 5 ornithological). Gdttingen. A collection of several miscellaneous papers on mammals and birds. Three relate to birds:- “Bestimmung der Kennzeichen der Adler und Falken,’’ pp. 76-109; ‘‘Weissképfiger Adler,” pp. 110-163, pll. III-VI; “Brauner Falke,” pp. 164- 168, pl. VII. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 429 Merrem, Blasius. 1786? Beytrige | zur | besondern Geschichte | der Végel | ge- sammelt | von | Blasius Merrem. | Erstes [Zweytes] Heft. | Goettingen. 1784. [Leipzig] | Auf Kosten des Verfassers, und in Commission in der Vandenhoeckischen, [in der Joh. Gottf. Miller- schen Buchhandlung] | in Leipzig in der J. F. Millerschen Buch- handlung. [1786.]. 2 pts. medium folio (11% x 13). Pt. I, 2 pr. Il. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-24, pll. I-VI (col.; by C. E. Eberlein). Pt. II, 3 pr. ll. (tit.and ded.), pp. 25-49-+1, pll. VII-XII (col.; by Merrem, Eberlein and Berkenkamp). Goettingen and Leipzig. Ornithological contributions, mostly consisting of descriptions of certain species, several of which are new. Some synonymy is given for a few of the species but no Latin names are adopted in the text. On the plates, however, both Latin and German names are used. Copies of Pt. I exist with only German names on the plates. Where Latin names occur (as in the present copy) the hand- writing in which they are engraved is different from that used for the vernacu- lar names in the same part, although it is the same as that used for both Latin and vernacular names in Pt. II. From these facts Stone (Auk, 37, p. 468, 1920) concludes that the 1784 edition of Pt. I was without Latin names but that these were added to the plates in time for a reissue of Pt. I to accompany Pt. II in 1786. No change was made in the date on the title-page of the reissue, nor, apparently, in the text. A Latin edition of both parts appeared in 1786. Merriam, Clinton Hart. 1877. A Review of the Birds of Connecticut, with Remarks on their Habits. < Trans. Conn. Acad., 4, Art. 1, pp. 1-150, July - Oct., 1877. An annotated catalogue giving full information on the local status of the 291 species of birds recorded from the state. Published in three numbers of the Transactions of the Connecticut Academy, in July (pp. 1-96), August (pp. 97- 144) and October (pp. 145-150). Coues cites the pagination of this paper as pp. 1-165, but in a complete copy which I have seen of Vol. 4 of the Transac- tions, the present paper stops on p. 150, and pp. 151-165 contain the first part of Art. 2, —an unrelated dissertation. A separate reprint is said (by Coues) to contain a title-page and pp. 1-166. Merriam, Clinton Hart. 1889. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Check-list of North American Birds, Abridged Edition. 1889. Idem, Supplement to the Code of Nomenclature and Check- list. 1895. Idem, Check-list of North American Birds, Second Edition. 1910. Idem, Check-list of North American Birds, Third Edition. 430 Fre_p Museum oF Natura History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. Merriam, Florence Augusta. See (Bailey), Florence A. M. Mershon, W. B. (Atkinson, George E.; Audubon, John James; Bendire Charles E.; Brewster, William; Cook, Sullivan; Cooper, James Fenimore; Deane, Ruthven; Gibbs, Morris; Martin, E. T.; Pokagon, Simon; Roney, H. B.; Whitman, C. O.) 1907. The | Passenger Pigeon | by | W. B. Mershon | [Trade- mark.| | New York | The Outing Publishing Company | 1907. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1 1. (half-tit.), pp. 1-225, 9 pll. (3 col.; by Audubon, A. Brooks and L. A. Fuertes and from photogrs.), 2 text-figs. New York. A collection of extracts from the works of various authors respecting the life- history and habits of the Passenger Pigeon and the causes of its extinction, with other matter supplied by the author-editor from personal recollections and from correspondence with various observers. The principal authors quoted are as given above. Le Messurier, Augustus. 1904. Game, shore, and water | birds of India. | With additional references to their | allied species in other parts | of the world. | By | Colonel A. Le Messurier, C.I.E., F.Z.S., F.G.S. | late Royal Engineers. | Author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | With one hundred and eighty natural size illustrations | from actual specimens. | Fourth edition. | London: | W. Thacker and Co., 2, Creed Lane, E.C. | Calcutta and Simla: Thacker Spink and Co. | 1904. | [All Rights Reserved. ]. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-323-+1, 4 ll. (advt.), 188 text-figs. London. A series of detailed descriptions of the game, shore and water birds of India, with short diagnoses of allied species and genera of other countries, and with intro- ductory notes of general ornithological interest. The illustrations are mostly drawings from fresh specimens, illustrative of specific characters. The first edition of the work was printed in 1874 for private circulation; the second was published in 1878 and the third in 1887. Meyer, Adolph Bernhard. 1878. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. ‘Meyer, Adolph Bernhard. 1879. Index | zu | L. Reichenbach’s | Ornithologischen Werken | zusammengestellt | von | A. B. Meyer. | R. Friedlander & Sohn. | Berlin, | 1879. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-150. Berlin. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 431 An important aid to the consultation of Reichenbach’s “Die Vollstandigste Natur- geschichte des In- und Auslandes,”’ 1845-63 (q.v.). A preface gives a summary of most of the parts of the work and approximate dates of publication, based on information secured from Reichenbach’s son, the publishers of the book in question, and other sources. The text, which is divided into 5 parts, gives indices to the figures on Reichenbach’s plates, arranged alphabetically by spe- cies and genera and also listed in sequence according to the numbering of the figures. Meyer, Adolph Bernhard. 1879-97. Abbildungen | von | Vogel-Skeletten | herausgegeben | mit Untersttitzung der Generaldirection der kénigl. Sammlungen | fir Kunst und Wissenschaft in Dresden | von | Dr. A. B. Meyer | Director des k. zoologischen [eic., 5 lines.]. | Band I [II] | mit 121 Tafeln (I-CXX) [(CXXI-CXXL)] in Lichtdruck [ | (Tafel CCXLa und B mit Réntgenstrahlen aufgenommen) ]. | [Blazon.] | Dresden [R. Friedlander & Sohn, Berlin] | 1879-1888 [1889-1897]. 2 vols. imperial 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-XIV, 1 1., pp. 1-71, 1 insert-slip (ref. to pl. CI), pll. I-CXX, VIIa and CII (bis) (to replace CI). Vol. II, pp. I-XXI-+1, 1-55+1, 55 (bis)-120, pll. CX XI-CCXXXIX, CCXLa and CCXLxB. Dresden and Berlin. A series of excellent photogravures of avian osteology, with explanatory text. The work was issued in 24 Lieferungen, arranged as follows, with dates as given on the original wrappers which are bound with the work in the present copy. Lief. I, pp. 1-8, pll. I-X and VIIa, 1879; II-III, pp. 9-24, pll. XI-X XX, 1881-1882 (publ. in 1882); IV-V, pp. 25-40, pll. XX XI-L, 1883; VI-VII, pp. 41- 48, pll. LI-LXX, 1884; VIII-IX, pp. 49-56, pll. LX XI-XC, 1885; X-XI, pp. 57- 64, pll. XCI-CX, 1886; XII-XIII, pp. 65-71-+1 and I-XIV (Vol. I), 1-8 (Vol. IT), pll. CI (bis), XCI-CXXX, 1888-1889 (publ. in 1889); XIV-XV, pp. 9-22, pill. CXXXI-CL, 1890; XVI-XVIII, pp. 23-55-+1, pll. CLI-CLXXX, 1892; XIX- XXI, pp. 55 (bis) -92, pll. CLXXXI-CCX, 1894; XXII-XXIV, pp. 93-120, I-XXI-+1, pll. CCXI-CCXLp. Lieferungen I-X VIII were published in Dres- den, XIX-XXIV in Berlin. The present copy contains the bookplate of Fred- erick DuCane Godman. Meyer, Adolf Bernhard. 1887. Unser | Auer-, Rackel- und Birkwild | und seine Abarten | von | Dr. A. B. Meyer | Hofrath, Director [etc., 4 lines.; 2 lines (Atlas.).]. | Mit einem Atlas von 17 colorirten Tafeln [Atlas. | (List of pll., 3 columns, 6 lines.)]. | Wien | Verlag von Adolph W. Kinast | K. K. Hof- und Kammerbuchhandler Sr. K. und_K. Hoheit des Durchlauchtigsten Kronprinzen Ehrzherzog Rudolf | 1887. 2 vols. imperial 4to (11x15%) and elephant. Text, pp. I-XII, 1-95. Atlas, 17 pll. (I-X VII on title-p.; col., by G. Mutzel). Vienna. A treatise on the Capercaillie, the Black Grouse and the various hybrids formed between these two and with various other species. 432 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.oey, Voi. XVI. Meyer, Adolf Bernhard; and Wigglesworth, Lionel W. 1898. 598.2(91.2). The | birds of Celebes | and | the neighboring islands. | By | A. B. Meyer and L. W. Wigglesworth. | With 45 plates (42 coloured) and 7 coloured maps. | Berlin: | R. Fried- lander & Sohn. | 1898. > [Idem 7 lines.] | Volume I [II]. | With 17 plates (14 coloured and 7 coloured maps [With 28 coloured plates]. | Berlin: [etc. ]. 2 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-X XXII, 1-392, pll. I-X VII (14 col.; by Geisler), maps I-VII (col.; 2? fold.; I-II missing). Vol. II, 2 ll. (tit. and subt.), pp. 393-962, pll. XVIII-XLV (col.; by Geisler). Berlin. A monograph of the ornithology of Celebes, with a lengthy discussion of the rela- tionships of the island with adjacent territory and a detailed introduction con- taining a general discussion, a bibliography, and analyses of the avifaunas of various islands. Most of the work was written by Wigglesworth. Meyer, Bernhard; and Wolf, Johann. 1810. Taschenbuch | der | deutschen Vogelkunde | Oder | kurze | Beschreibung aller Vogel Deutschlands | von | Hofrath Dr. Meyer zu Offenbach | und Professor Dr. Wolf zu Nurnberg | Mitglieder von mehreren gelehrten Gesellschaften. | Erster [Zweiter] Theil | die Landvégel [Sumpf- und Wasservégel] enthaltend. | Mit illu- minirten Kupfern. | Frankfurt am Main | verlegt von Friedrich Wilmans. | 1810. I vol. (2 pts.), post 8vo, pp. I-XVI-+1, 1-310, I-XII (Pt. IT.), 311-614, 2 frontisps. (Pts. I and II; col.; by J. M. Hergenroeder), 75 pll. (39 and 36; col.; by G. P. Zwinger). Frankfort on Main. A manual of the birds of Germany with hand-colored plates illustrating heads and feet. Engelmann quotes 1809 for Pt. 1, possibly from the preface which is dated August 20, 1809. A supplementary volume was issued by Meyer in 1822 under the title of “Zusatze und Berichtigungen zu Meyers und Wolfs Taschen- buch der Deutschen Végelkunde’”’ (q.v.). Meyer, Bernhard. 1815. Kurze | Beschreibung | der Végel | Liv- und Esthlands | von | Dr. Bernhard Meyer, | Fiirstl. Isenburgischen Hofrathe [etc., zo lines.]. | Mit einer Kupfertafel. | Nurnberg, | bei Johann Leonhard Schrag. | 1815. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-X XIV, 1-292, frontisp. (col.). Nuremberg. A descriptive catalogue of the birds of Livland and Esthland. Meyer, Bernhard. 1822. Zusdtze und Berichtigungen | zu | Meyers und Wolfs | Taschenbuch | der | deutschen Végelkunde, | nebst kurzer 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 433 Beschreibung | derjenigen Végel, welche ausser Deutschland, in | den ubrigen Theilen von Europa vorkommen, | als | dritter Theil jenes Taschenbuchs | von | Hofrath Dr. Bernhard Meyer. | Mit einem vollstandigen Register tber das ganze Werk. | Frankfurt a. M. 1822. | Gedruckt und verlegt von H. L. Brénner. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1-264. Frankfort on Main. A supplementary and emendatory volume issued as a third part of Meyer and Woltf’s ‘“Taschenbuch der Deutschen Vogelkunde,”’ 1810 (q.v.). The three parts of the present copy are bound in one volume. Meyer, Henry Leonard. 1841-57. Colored | Illustrations | of | British Birds, | and their Eggs. |by H. L. Meyer.[|In seven volumes, | containing four hundred and twenty-two coloured plates. (Vol. VIT, only.)|] Vol. I [-VII]. | Containing sixty plates. [Line omitted (Vol. VITI.).| | [Vignette and inscription; inscr. omitted (Vols. II-VII.)| | London: |G. W. Nickisson, 215, Regent Street, [George Willis, Piazza, Covent Garden. (Vols. II-V.); Willis and Sotheran. (Vols. VI and VITI.)] | successor to the late James Fraser [Line omitted (Vols. II-VII.).). | 1842 [1853; 1854; 1855; 1855; 136, Strand (N.d., Vol. VI.); 1857]. 7 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VI, 3-230, pll. 1-45 (col.), 14 pll. (eggs; col.), 6 pll. (uncol.). Vol. II, pp. I-IV, 1-233, pll. 46-90 (col.; pl. 76 wrongly numbered 78), 13 pll. (eggs; col.). Vol. III, pp. I-IV, 1-240, pll. 91-135 (col.), 15 pll. (eggs, col.). Vol. IV, pp. I-IV, 1-215, pll. 136-180 (col.), 15 pll. (eggs; col.). Vol. V, pp. I-IV, 1-192, pll. 181-225 (col.), 15 pll. (eggs; col.). Vol. VI, pp. I-IV, 1-185, pll. 226-270 (col.), 15 pll. (eggs; col.), 1 pl. (uncol.). Vol. VII, pp. I-IV, 1-206, 1 1. (errata), pll. 271-322 (col.), 18 pll. (eggs; col.), 1 pl. (uncol.). London. 1841-42 [-50] and 1852-] 53-57. The 8vo format of Meyer’s ‘Illustrations of British Birds,’’ 1835-41 et seq. According to Mullens & Swann and (less explicitly) Carus & Engelmann, there are two editions comprised in the set collated above. The title-page of Vol. I indicates that it belongs to the edition of 1841-50. The remaining volumes belong to the edition of 1852-57 and appeared as indicated on their titles,— Vol. VI probably in 1856, the first volume in 1852. Discrepancies in the num- ber of plates in Vol. I as here represented and as collated by Coues and by Mullens & Swann, indicate a possibility that only the title-page is out of place. Vol. I of the 1841-50 edition is said to have contained 60 pll.; the copy at hand has 65 pll. (59 col.). However, the Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) lists a copy of the work under dates of 1842-53—evidently mixed in the same manner as the present set. The original edition was in 4to, and, like the 8vo editions, was issued in parts. 434 FreLD Museum or NaturRAL History—Zoo.oecy, Vor. XVI. Michelet, Jules. (Adams, William Henry Davenport.) 1870. The bird | by | Jules Michelet. | With 210 illustrations by Giacomelli. | New Edition, Revised. | [Vzgnetie.] | London: | T. Nelson and Sons, Paternoster Row; | Edinburgh; and New York. | 1870. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1 1., pp. 13-349, 237 text-figs., head- and tail-pieces, borders, etc. London. A translation, by W. H. D. Adams, of Michelet’s sympathetic essay on bird life. The original was published in Paris in 1856 and passed through nine or ten editions in French and others in English, German and Dutch. The present English edition was preceded by one in 1868 and followed by another in 1874 (q.v.). Michelet, Jules. (Adams, William Henry Davenport.) 1874. The bird | by | Jules Michelet. | With 210 illustrations by Giacomelli. | New Edition, Revised. | [Vignette.] | London: | T. Nelson and Sons, Paternoster Row; | Edinburgh; and New York. | 1874. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XIJ, 1 1., pp. 13-349, 237 text-figs., head- and tail-pieces, borders, etc. London. An exact reprint, except for the omission of the concluding paragraph in the preface, of the edition of 1870 (q.v.). Middendorff, Alexander Theodore von. , 1855. Die Isepiptesen Russlands. | Grundlagen | zur | Erforschung der Zugzeiten und Zugrichtungen | der | Vogel Russlands. | Von | Dr. A. v. Middendorff. | (Aus den Mémoires de l’Académie des Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg. VI Série. Sciences naturelles. | T. VIII, besonders abgedruckt.) | St. Petersburg. | Buchdruckerei der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. | 1855. | Zu haben bei Eggers und Comp., Commissionaren der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, und in Leipzig | bei Leopold Voss. | Preis: 1 Rbl. 50 Kop. Silb.=1 Rthlr. 20 Negr. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. 1-143, 2 maps (fold.). St. Petersburg. A discussion of the migration of Russian birds, with detailed tables showing the dates of appearance of each species at various localities. Although given as an extract from the Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., it did not appear in that periodi- cal until 1859 when it was published without the maps [Ser. VI, Vol. X, Pt. II, Sci. Nat. VIII (No. 1), 1859]. Mikan, Johann Christian. 1820-25. Delectus | florae et faunae | Brasiliensis | jussu et auspiciis | Francisci I. | Austriae Imperatoris | investigatae. | Auctore | J. C. Mikan, | M. D. Botanices in Universitate Pragensi | 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 435 Professore. | Vindobonae, | Sumtibus Auctoris, typis Antonii Strauss. | 1820. 1 vol. imperial folio, 3 pr. ll. (tit., ded. and pref.), 24 ll., 24 pll. (col.). Vienna. A series of descriptions and plates of new species of plants and animals from Bra- zil. Five species of birds are described as new, three of them from Natterer’s manuscript. The work was issued in four parts of six plates each, according to Engelmann, dating 1820-25. Wetmore (Auk, 42, p. 283, April, 1925) has given the collation and dates from a copy of the work in the U. S. Department of Agriculture, which has Pts. I, II and IV in original covers. The date for Pt. III is quoted from a discovery by Richmond in Flora Regensb. for Nov. 7, 1823, which announces the appearance of that part. According to Wetmore, the dates are as follows. Pt. I, including Lanius undulatus, 1820; II, including Corvus tricolor, 1822; III, including Oxyrhynchus serratus, 1823; IV, including Tanagra chalybea and T. diademata, 1825. Millais, John Guille. 1892. Game birds | and | shooting-sketches; | illustrating the | habits, modes of capture, stages of plumage, | and the | hybrids and varieties which occur amongst them. | By | John Guille Millais, F.Z.S. &c. | London: | Henry Sotheran & Co., | 37, Piccadilly, W. 136, Strand, W.C. | Manchester: 49, Cross Street. | 1892. 1 vol. folio (12x15) (4to by sign.), pp. I-XII, 1-72, frontisp. (portr.), 34 pll. (16 col.; 18 autotype; by the author), 30 text-figs. London and Manchester. An account of the habits of the Capercaillie, Blackgame, Grouse and Ptarmigan of the British Islands. Millais, John Guille. 1895. A Breath from the Veldt | by | John Guille Millais, F.Z.S., etc. | Author of ‘Game Birds and Shooting Sketches’ | [Fig.] | With illustrations by the author, and frontispiece by | Sir J. E. Millais, R.A. | London | Henry Sotheran and Co. | 37 Piccadilly, W., and 140 Strand, W.C. | 1895. 1 vol. 4to (12 x 15), pp. I-X, 1-236, 13 pll. 137 text-figs. (12 full-p.). London. The narrative account of the author’s hunting experiences in South Africa in 1893, illustrated principally by sketches made by himself. Most of the book relates to mammals, but there are a great many accounts of the habits of various birds and excellent illustrations which demonstrate some of their peculiarities that have rarely, if ever, been described or depicted. 436 Fietp Museum or Natura. History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. Millais, John Guille. 1902. The natural history | of the | British | Surface-Feeding Ducks | by | J. G. Millais, F.Z.S. | Author of ‘A Breath from the Veldt’ [etc.]. | With 6 photogravures, 41 coloured plates, and 25 other illustrations | Longmans, Green, and Co. | 39 Paternoster Row, London | New York and Bombay ! 1902 | All rights reserved. vol. 4to (12144x13%), 3 pr. ll. (edition-no., illustr. tit. and tit.), pp. V-XIV, 1-107, pil. I-XLI (col.; by A. Thorburn and Millais and from photographs), 24 pll. (6 photograv.). London, New York and Bombay. Descriptions of the habits of the surface-feeding ducks of Great Britain. The pres- ent copy is No. 583 of a large paper edition of 600 copies. | Millais, John Guille. 1913. British | diving ducks | by | J. G. Millais, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., Etc. | Author of [etc., 4 lines.]. | Vol. I [II] | with thirty-two [forty-two] plates (twenty-two [seventeen ] of which are coloured) | by Archibald Thorburn, O. Murray Dixon, H. Grénvold | and the author | Longmans, Green and Co. | 39 Paternoster Row, London | New York, Bombay, and Calcutta | 1913 | All rights reserved. 2 vols. 4to (12x16). Vol. I, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-141, 32 pll. (22 col.; 8 photograv.; 2 collotype). Vol. II, pp. I-XII, 1-164, 42 pll. (17 col.; 6 photograv.; 19 collotype). London, New York, Bombay and Calcutta. A detailed monograph, beautifully illustrated. Miller, John Frederick. 1796. See Shaw, George, Cimelia Physica. Miller, Olive Thorne. 1885. Bird-ways | by | Olive Thorne Miller [Trade-mark.] | Boston and New York | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | 1885. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-227+1, 2 ll. (advt.). Boston and New York. Popular bird-studies and observations. Miller, Olive Thorne. 1894. A bird-lover in the | west | by | Olive Thorne Miller | [Trade-mark.] | Boston and New York | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | 1894. 1 vol. 8vo, 11. (advt.), pp. I-VII+1, 1-278. Boston and New York. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 437 A series of studies in bird life in the middle-western United States. Written in the form of essays, the book contains the results of careful observation clearly ex- pressed. Miller, Olive Thorne. 1897. Upon the tree-tops | by | Olive Thorne Miller | illustrated by J. Carter Beard | [Trade-mark.] | Boston and New York | Hough- ton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | 1897. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-IX+1, 11. (illustrs.), pp. 1-245-++1, 1 1. (index), to pll. Boston and New York. Popular essays on New England bird-life. Miller, Olive Thorne. 1904. With the birds | in Maine | by | Olive Thorne Miller | [Trade-mark.] | Boston and New York | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | 1904. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-I[X-+1, 1-300. Boston and New York. Essays on bird-life, based on the author’s observations in Maine. Milne Edwards, Alphonse. 1867-71. Recherches | anatomiques et paléontologiques | pour servir al’histoire des | oiseaux fossiles | de la France | par | M. Alphonse Milne Edwards | Professeur de zoologie [etc., 5 lines.]. | Ouvrage qui a obtenu le grand Prix des sciences physiques décerné par l’Académie des sciences en 1866. | Tome premier [Tome second; Atlas | Tome premier | Planches 1 a 96; Atlas | Tome second | Planches 97 A 200] | Paris | Victor Masson et Fils [Libraire de G. Masson (Vol. II and Atlas, Vol. II.)] | Place de L’Ecole-de- Médecine | 1867-1868 [1869-1871 (Vol. II and Atlas, Vol. II.)}. 4 vols. medium 4to. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-474, 1 1. (errata). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll., pp. 1-632. Atlas, Vol. I, 2 pr. 1l., 96 UL, pll. 1-96 (monochr.; 4 col.; 7 fold.). Atlas, Vol. II, 2 pr. Il., 104 IL, pll. 97-200 (monochr.; 2 col.). Paris. A comprehensive account of fossil birds, not entirely restricted to France, devel- oped in conjunction with osteological studies of modern forms. In addition to the descriptions of the new fossil forms, the work presents a mass of informa- tion relative to the characteristics and affinities of various taxonomic groups. The work was published in livraisons of which the Zoological Record cites I-17 in 1867, 18-25 (Vol. I concluding with 22) in 1868; 26-30 in 1869, and the completion of the work in 1871. The issuance of text did not always keep pace with that of the plates so that the two did not appear synchronously in all cases. The copy at hand was presented by the author to A(dolphe Théodore) Brongniart, (Paleobotanist). 438 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oecy, Vor. XVI. Milne Edwards, Alphonse. (Grandidier, Alfred.) 1874. Recherches | sur la | faune ornithologique éteinte | des | Iles Mascareignes et de Madagascar | par | M. Alph. Milne Edwards | Professeur de zoologie [etc., 2 lines.]. | Paris | G. Masson éditeur | Libraire de 1’Académie de Médecine | Place de 1’Ecole-de- Médecine | 1866 a 1873. 1 vol. royal 4to, tit:, pp. 1-147, pll. 1-33 (3 col.; 24 monochr.; 8 fold.; 6, 11 and 12 num. in Roman). Paris. Six essays on fossil birds reprinted from the author’s papers in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Ser. 5, Zoologie, Vol. VI, pp. 91-111, pll. 2-3, 1866; Vol. VII, pp. 144-156 and 194-220, pll. 7-8 and 10-13, 1867; Vol. X, pp. 325-346, pll. 15-18, 1869; Vol. XII, pp. 167-196, pll. 6-16, 1869; Vol. XIX, pp. 167-196, pll. 11-15, 1874 (all dates according to Zoological Record). As indicated in the collation, the present reprint is repaged and the plates are renumbered, in addition to which there are 5 extra plates; possibly there are other altera- tions. The paper on Aepyornis is by Milne Edwards and Grandidier. Milne Edwards, Alphonse. 1879-82. See Grandidier, Alfred, Histoire Physique, Naturelle et Politique de Madagascar; Oiseaux. Miner, John Thomas [Jack]. 1923(?). Jack Miner | and the Birds | and | some things I know | about nature | By | Jack Miner | of Kingsville, Ontario, Canada | Toronto | The Ryerson Press [Vignette, embracing first three lines. |. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, 8 pr. ll., pp. 1-178, frontisp. (portr.), 55 text-figs. Toronto. A rambling account of the author’s observations on, and experiences with, birds; illustrated by photographs. Mr. Miner has accomplished some interesting re- sults in the domestication and semi-domestication of wild geese and ducks. The book was copyrighted 1923; autographed by the author August 21st, 1924. Minot, Henry Davis. (Brewster, William.) 1895. The | land-birds and game-birds | of | New England | with descriptions of the birds, their nests | and eggs, their habits and notes | with illustrations | by | H. D. Minot | Second edition | edited by William Brewster | [Quot., 4 lines.] | [Blazon.] | Boston and New York | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | 1895. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X XIV, 1-492, 1 insert-slip (errata), frontisp. (portr.), pl. I, text-figs. 1-22. Boston and New York. A series of ornithological biographies based, for the most part, on the author’s personal observations. The book was written when the author was but seven- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 439 teen years of age but was well received because of its general accuracy and originality. The present edition is but little altered from the original except for footnotes supplied by the editor, William Brewster, and for certain changes in nomenclature and style as explained on pp. XIII and XIV. A supplement by Brewster is added to Minot’s accounts of the species, on pp. 466-480. The first edition was published in December 1876. The present copy contains the autograph of D. G. Elliot. Mitchell, Frederick Shaw. 1885. The | birds of Lancashire. | By | F. S. Mitchell, | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union. | Illustrated by J. G. Keule- mans, Victor Prout, | &c. | London: | John Van Voorst, Pater- noster Row. | MDCCCLXXXV. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-12 (tit., list of illustrs. and index), I-XVIII (introd.), 1-224, 3 ll. (list of subscrs.), frontisp. (map; fold.), 2 pll. (col.; by Keulemans), pll. III-XI (uncol.), 3 text-figs. London. An account of the local occurrence and habits of the species of birds found in Lancashire. A second edition (q.v.) appeared in 1892. Mitchell, Frederick Shaw. (Saunders, Howard.) 1892. The | birds of Lancashire | by | F. S. Mitchell | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union | Second edition | revised and annotated by | Howard Saunders, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. | With Additions by R. J. Howard, M.B.O.U., | and other Local Authori- ties | Illustrated by G. E. Lodge, Victor Prout, &c. | [Blazon.] | London: | Gurney & Jackson, 1, Paternoster Row. | [Successors to Mr. Van Voorst.] | MDCCCXCII. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-X XVI, 1-271, frontisp. (map; fold.), 6 pll. (on numbered pp.) 6 text-figs. London. A second edition of the work of the same title (q.v.) of 1885, with additions by the editor, Mr. Saunders. Contributions by R. J. Howard and many others are included in the general discussion and are not set apart as separate articles. Mivart, St. George. 1896. A monograph | of the | lories, | or | brush-tongued parrots, | composing the family Loriide. | By | St. George Mivart, F.R.S. | London: | R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1896. 1 vol. royal 4to, pp. I-LIII+1, 1-193, pll. I-LXI (col.; by J. G. Keule- mans), text-figs. 1-19, maps I-IV (col.). London. A thorough treatise on the group in question, with excellent, hand-colored plates. 440 Firtp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI. Moehring, Paulus Henricus Gerardus. (Nozeman, Cornelius; Vosmaer, Arnout.) 1906. Geslachten | der | Vogelen. | Door | Dr. Paulus Henricus Gerardus Moehring, | Raad en Lyf-Arts [etc., 4 lines.] | Uit het Latyn vertaald en met Aantekeningen vermeerderd, | door | Cornelius Nozeman, | En naar die Vertaaling uitgegeeven en met eene Voorre- | den, Aantekeningen en Naamlyft der voornaamste | Schryveren die over de Vogelen geschreeven | hebben vermeerderd, door | Arnout Vosmaer | [Decoration.] | Te Amsteldam. | By Pieter Meijer. op den Dam | MDCCLVIII. > Facsimile-Edition. 1 vol. imperial 8vo (74x10), tit., 13 ll, pp. 1-97-+1+1 1, pll. 20 and 48 (col.). ‘‘Amsterdam. 1758” Leipzig. 1906. A facsimile reproduction of Moehring’s treatise on systematic ornithology. The wrapper bears the following inscription. ‘Facsimile-Edition. Ed.: W. Junk. No. 9. | P. H. G. Moehring | Geslachten der Vogelen | [Avium general]. | Amsterdam 1758. | Exempl. No. . . . | [Vignette.] | Theodor Oswald Weigel | Leipzig. | 1906." The original ““Avium Genera” was published in 1752. Molina, Giovanni Ignazio. 1782. Saggio | sulla storia naturale | del Chili | del Signor Abate | Giovanni Ignazio | Molina. | [Design.] | In Bologna MDCCL- XXXII. | Nella Stamperia di S. Tommaso d’ Aquino. | Con licenza de’ Superiori. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. 1-367-+1., (1 map, missing). Bologna. An important, early work on the natural history of Chile.Ornithological matter occupies pp. 232-268 and 343-345. Numerous new species of birds are described and named. There are various translations into English, Spanish, French (Cf. ed. 1789.) and German, and a revised edition in Italian by Molina, dated 1810 (q.v.). The present edition contains, in the colophon, ecclesiastical authori- zation dated October 12, 1781. Molina, Giovanni Ignazio. (Gruvel.) 1789. Essai | sur | histoire naturelle | du Chili, | Par M. l’Abbé Molina; | Traduit de l’Italien, & enrichi de notes, | Par M. Gruvel, D.M. | A Paris, | Chez Née de la Rochelle, Libraire, rue du | Hurepoix, prés du pont Saint-Michel, no. 13. | M. DCC. LXXX- IX. | Avec Approbation et Privilége du Roi. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. J-XVJ, 1-351-+1. Paris. A French translation of Molina’s “Saggio sulla Storia Naturale del Chile,’’ 1782 (q.v.), with a few alterations and occasional notes by the translator, M. Gruvel. The ornithological matter appears to be practically identical in both editions, and in the present one occupies pp. 211-249 and 321-324. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 441 Molina, Giovanni Ignazio. 1810. Saggio | sulla storia naturale del Chili | di | Gio: Ignazio Molina | seconda edizione | accresciuta e arricchita di una nuova carta geografica | e del ritratto dell’ autore. | [Quot., 5 lines.] | Bologna 1810. | Tipografia de’ Fratelli Masi e Comp. 1 vol. medium 4to, 3 pr. ll. (tit., ded. and ded. address), pp. I-V-+1, 1-306, 1 1. (errata), frontisp. (portr.), 1 map (fold.). A revised edition of the author’s work first published in 1782 (q.v.). The text is largely rewritten with many additions and other changes. Ornithological mat- ter occupies pp. 197-226. Catalogo I of the original edition (which contained a summary of the species of animals and plants) has been eliminated but the descriptive notes in the general text have been considerably amplified. Names of a few of the birds have been emended and many species introduced which were not included in the original edition, but none of the species appear to be new. Trochilus galeritus of the original is renamed T. cristatus. Mommsen, August. (Krtiper, Theobald; Hartlaub, Carl Johann Gustav.) 1875. > Griechische Jahreszeiten. | Herausgegeben von | August Mommsen. | Heft III. | Inhalt: Zeiten des Gehens und Kommens und des | Briitens der Végel in Griechenland und Ionien. | Catalog von Dr. Kriper, mit Citaten und Zusatzen | von Dr. Hartlaub.- | Kalendar, vom Herausg.- | Litteratur, von Dr. Hartlaub. | Schles- wig. | Julius Vergas. | (Dr. Heiberg’s Buch- und Musikalien- handlung. | 1875. 1 vol. post 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (tit., ded. and pref.), pp. 155-330. Schleswig. A catalogue of the birds of Greece and outlying territory, based on a manuscript catalogue by Dr. Kriiper, annotated by Hartlaub, with a migration calendar by Mommsen and a bibliography by Hartlaub. The work as collated is Pt. III of the “Griechische Jahreszeiten’”’ of Mommsen, published (Hefte. I-V) from 1873-77: Montagu, George. 1802. Ornithological Dictionary; | or | Alphabetical Synopsis | of | British birds. | by | George Montagu, F.L.S. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | London: | printed for J. White, Fleet Street, | by T. Bensley, Bolt Court. | 1802. 2 vols. in 1 vol., post 8vo. Vol. I, tit., pp. I-XL, XLII, 162 ll. (signs. C-I, K-U and X-Y2; unpaged), frontisp. (col.; by Eliza Dorville). Vol. II, tit., 168 ll. (signs. B-I, K-U, X-Y; unpaged), 11. (errata to Vols. I and II). London. An exceedingly useful publication containing a great amount of information about British birds arranged alphabetically under the vernacular names of the spe- cies. Volume I contains the introduction, consisting of a general review of 442 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo oey, Vor. XVI. avian physiology, and the dictionary from A to L, inclusive. Volume II com- pletes the alphabet and contains, also, a short appendix, a systematic list of British birds, a glossary, a bibliography, and the errata to both volumes. A “Supplement to the Ornithological Dictionary”’ (q.v.) was issued in 1813, and the work, itself, passed through a number of subsequent editions. The present volume is bound uniformly with a copy of the Supplement, each con- taining the autograph of J. R. Balston. Montagu, George. 1813. Supplement | to the | Ornithological Dictionary, | or | synop- sis of British birds. | By | George Montagu, Esq. F.L.S. & M.W‘S. | Printed by S. Woolmer, Exeter; | and sold by S. Bagster, 81, Strand, T. and A. Arch, | Cornhill, and Thomas Underwood, 32, Fleet-Street, | London; of whom may be had “‘Testacea Brit- tanica, | or Synopsis of British Shells, and Supplement,,”’ (sic) with | plates coloured or plain. Also, ‘‘The Sportsman’s | Direc- tory, or Tractate on Gunpowder,” by the same | author. | 1813. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VI, 11. (list of pll.), 232 ll. (signs. B-I, K-T, V-Z and Aa-Ff; unpaged), 1 1. (errata), 24 pll. (uncol.; by Eliza Dorville). London. A supplementary volume, containing additions to the “Ornithological Diction- ary,”’ 1802 (q.v.). Signs. Aa8-Ff1 comprise an appendix; Ff2-Ff5, a ‘Definition of the parts of extraordinary trachee”’ and ‘‘Direction for amputating the Wing of a Bird.’’ The remainder of the volume contains the additions and alterations to the systematic catalogue, and the errata. The present copies of the Supple- ment and the original Dictionary are bound uniformly in two volumes, each containing the autograph of R. J. Balston. Montbeillard, Philib. Guénau de. 1874-83. See Buffon, Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux, 1770-86. Moore, John. 1858. See Eaton, John Matthews, A Treatise on the Art of Breeding and Managing .. . Pigeons. Moquin-Tandon, Aifred. 1841. See Webb, Philip Barker; and Berthelot, Sabin, [Histoire Naturelle des Iles Canaries] Ornithologie Canarienne. Moquin-Tandon, Alfred. 1857-58. See Bonaparte, Charles Lucien, Iconographie des Pigeons. Morris, Beverley Robinson. 1855. British | game birds | and | wildfowl. | By | Beverley R. Morris, Esq., A.B., M.D., T.C.D., | Memb: Wern: Club. | Illus- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 443 trated with sixty coloured plates. | London: | Groombridge and Sons, Paternoster Row. | 1855. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. I-IV, 1-252, 60 pll. (col.; by B. Fawcett). London. Descriptions and accounts of the habits of British game birds and wildfowl. The plates are hand-colored. There are several later editions of the work. Morris, Francis Orpen. 1866-67. A | natural history | of the | nests and eggs | of | British birds. | By | the Rev. F. O. Morris, B.A., | Member [etc., 2 lines. ] | Vol. I [-III]. | With seventy-eight [seventy-six; seventy-one] coloured plates. | London: | Groombridge and Sons, Paternoster Row. | M DCCC LXVI [M DCCC LXVII (Vol. ITT.)]. 3 vols. 4to (614x934). Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. III-IV, 1-156, 1 insert-slip. (regarding missing pll.), pll. I-X, XII-LIV, LVII-LIX, LXI-LXVIII, LXX-LXXXIII (col.). Vol. II, pp. I-IV, 1-148, pll. LXXXIV-XCIII, XCV-CXVIII, CXX-CLXI (col.). Vol. III, pp. I-IV, 1-140, pll. CLXTI-CCXXXII (col.). London. Accounts of the nesting habits of British birds, with colored plates of nests and eggs. The present edition appears to be a reissue of the first one (published in 1853-56), with the addition of pll. XL and XLII which were omitted from the original (as catalogued by Mullens and Swann). The second edition (q.v.) appeared in 1870-71 and was reissued later, while a revised fourth edition (q.v.) was published in 1896. Morris, Francis Orpen. 1870. A | history | of | British birds. | By | the Rev. F. O. Morris, B.A., | Member of the Ashmolean Society. | Second edition. | Volume I [-VI]. | [Quot. (mut. in Vols. V and VI.)] | London: | Bell and Daldy, York Street, Covent Garden. | M DCCC LXX. 6 vols. 4to (634x958). Vol. I, pp. I-XII, 1-303, 60 pll. (col.). Vol. II, pp. I-IV, 1-283, 61 pll. (col.). Vol. III, pp. I-IV, 1-272, 56 pill. (col.). Vol. IV, pp. I-IV, 1-264, 63 pll. (col.). Vol. V, pp. I-IV, 1-247, 65 pll. (col.). Vol. VI, pp. I-IV, 1-225, 60 pll. (col.). London. A voluminous work of a general nature, containing a mass of information, much of which is from unreliable sources and inaccurate. The plates, which are hand- colored, are fairly good, and the book early obtained considerable popularity on account of its readability and moderate cost. Mullens and Swann record 3 reissues of the first edition, four revised editions, and two cabinet editions. The present copy is of the second (first revised) edition. The first edition ap- peared in 1851-57, in monthly parts. 444 FreEL>D Museum or Naturat History—Zoo oecy, Vor. XVI. Morris, Francis Orpen. 1870-71. A | natural history | of the | nests and eggs | of | British birds. | By | the Rev. F. O. Morris, B.A., | Member of the Ash- molean Society. | Second edition. | Volume I [-III]. | London: | Bell and Daldy, York Street, Covent Garden. | M DCCC LXX [M DCCC LXXI (Vol. ITITI.)]}. 3 vols. 4to (634x934). Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. III-IV, 1-164, pll. I-LXXIX+XVII* (col.). Vol. II, pp. I-IV, 1-164, pll. LXXX-CLVI (col.). Vol. III, pp. I-IV, 1-171, pll. CLVII- CCXXXII (col.). London. The letterpress of the present edition, except for certain added matter and slight rearrangement, is identical with that of the edition of 1866-67 (q.v.). The pagination, however, is entirely changed. Morris, Francis Orpen. (Tegetmeier, William Bernhard.) - 1896. A natural history | of the | nests and eggs | of | British birds | by the | Rev. F. O. Morris, B.A. | Rector of Nunburnholme, Yorkshire | Fourth edition | revised and corrected by | W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S. | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union | with two hundred and forty-eight plates | chiefly coloured by hand | in three volumes | volume the first [-third] | London | John C. Nimmo | 14 King William Street, Strand | MDCCCXCVI. vols. 4to (634x10). Vol. I, pp. I-XIX-+1, 1-178, pll. -LXXIX, XVII*, XXVII*, XXXVII*, LVII* and LXXVII* (col.), 5 text-figs Vol. II, pp. I-VIII, 1-155, pll. LXXX-CLVI, LXXXIV*, CXIII*, CXVII*, CXX*, CXLI* and CLV* (col.). Vol. III, pp. I-XI+1, 1-207, pll. CLVII-CCXXXII, CLXXV*, CLXXXV*, CXCI*, CXCII* and CCXXII* (col.). London. In the present edition the text is much altered from that of the first and second editions, 1866-67 and 1870-71 (q.v.). The numbering of the plates is the same (with interpolations indicated by the figures with asterisks), and the plates are of the same design as the originals although they are executed in a very inferior manner. An introduction (pp. V-XIII) is from the pen of Tegetmeier who is probably responsible for many of the changes in the work. Ww Morris, Robert O. 1901. The | birds of Springfield | and vicinity | by | Robert O. Morris | Springfield, Mass. | Published by Henry R. Johnson | 19Ol. 1 vol. ato (6x834), pp. 1-54, frontisp. (map). Springfield. An annotated list of the species of birds known to have occurred within twenty- five miles of Springfield, Massachusetts. A short bibliography is appended. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 445 Morse, Albert P. 1912. A pocket list | of the | Birds of Eastern Massachusetts | with special reference to | Essex County | by | Albert P. Morse | Curator [etc., 3 lines.] | Author of [etc., 3 lines.] | Published by the | Peabody Academy of Science | Salem, Mass. | rgr2. I vol. 12m0, pp. 1-92, 8 ll. (seasonal charts), frontisp. Salem. An annotated list of species, giving the abundance, dates of appearance and habi- tat of each. The list is printed on but one side of the paper, leaving the oppo- site pages for manuscript notes. Morse, Silas R. (Stone, Witmer.) 1909. Annual Report | of the | New Jersey State | Museum | including a report of | the birds of New Jersey | their nests and eggs | And Notes on New Jersey Fishes, Amphibians and Rep- tiles | 1908 | Trenton, N. J.: | The John L. Murphy Publishing Company, Printers. | 1909. > Part II. | The birds of New Jersey | By Witmer Stone, | Curator Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. | Fellow American Ornithologists’ Union. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-432, 11. (‘‘Plates’’), frontisp., pll. 1-84 (by Audubon, Fuertes, Horsfall and Wilson and from photos.). Trenton. The ornithological portion of the present report, forming Part II (pp. 11-137 and 409 pt.—419 pt. with pll. 1-84), consists of a descriptive catalogue of the birds of New Jersey. Concise descriptions of each species are followed by notes on distribution, local occurrence, habits, etc. Tables for the determination of species are given under family headings. Part I contains the general annual report and Part III, the notes on fishes, amphibians and reptiles by Henry W. Fowler. Motley, James; and Dillwyn, Lewis Llewellyn. 1855. Part I. Price ros. 6d. | Contributions | to the | natural his- tory of Labuan, | and the adjacent | coasts of Borneo. | By | James Motley, of Labuan, | and | Lewis Llewellyn Dillwyn, F.L.S., ete. | London: | John Van Voorst, 1, Paternoster Row. | July 2nd, 1855. | Woodfall and Kinder, printers, Angel Court, Skinner Street, London. [Cover-title. ] 1 vol. royal 8vo, cover-tit., pp. 1-62, 1 1. (advt.), 12 pll. (col.; 5 ornithological by J. Wolf). London. July 2, 1855. All published of a proposed work on the zoology of Labuan. The present part contains descriptions of mammals, birds and reptiles with colored plates of some of the species. Among the birds, Copsychus stricklandi is new. The pres- ent copy is from the library of F. D. Godman. 446 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. Mudie, Robert. (Martin, W. C. L.) 1854. The | feathered tribes | of | the British Islands. | By | Robert Mudie. | Fourth edition, | revised by W. C. L. Martin, Esq. | Late one of the Scientific Officers of the Zoological Society of London. | Illustrated with twenty-eight plates, | containing fifty- two figures of birds, and seven | additional plates of eggs. | In two volumes, Vol. I [II]. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. MDCCCLIV. 2 vols. cap 8vo. Vol. I, illum. tit., pp. I-XXIV, 1 1. (list of pll.), pp. 1-422, 10 pll. (col.), vignette (on illum. tit.), pll. 1-4 (eggs: col.), 14 text-figs. Vol. II, illum. tit., tit., pp. 1-440, 9 pll. (col.), vignette (on illum. tit.), pll. 5-7 (eggs; col.), 5 text-figs. London. A popular account of the habits of British birds, illustrated with colored figures of some of the species. The author’s “twenty-eight plates” include text-figures (uncol.) and exclude frontispieces and the title-page vignettes. The first edi- tion was published in 1834; a fourth, in 1853. The illuminated title-pages in the present edition bear the date, 1853; the full title-pages, 1854, as transcribed. Muirhead, George. 1889-95. The | birds of Berwickshire | with remarks on their local distribution | migration, and habits, and also on the | folk-lore, proverbs, popular rhymes | and sayings connected with them | by | George Muirhead, F.R.S.E., F.Z.S. | Member [etc., 2 lines.]. | In two volumes | [Vzgneite.] | [Quot., 2 lines.]. | Vol. I [II]. | Edinburgh: David Douglas | 1889 [1895 | (All rights reserved.) ]. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XXVI, 1-334, 4 pll., map (col.), 76 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-XII, 1-390, 8 pll. (2 charts, 1 col.), 84 text- figs. Edinburgh. A popular account of the birds of Berwickshire, Scotland. Mullens, William Herbert; and Swann, Harry Kirke. 1916-17. A bibliography | of | British ornithology | from the earliest times | to the end of 1912 | including | biographical accounts of the principal writers | and bibliographies of their published works | by | W. H. Mullens, M.A., LL.M., F.L.S., M.B.O.U. | and | H. Kirke Swann | [Quot., 4 lines.]. | Macmillan and Co., Limited | St. Martin’s Street, London | 1917. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XX, 1-691 (675-691 on one side of paper only). London. An exceedingly useful and important work containing an enormous amount of information. Only those authors are included who have published separate works on British ornithology, and short notes by these are excluded. The work was published in six parts, issued as follows. Part I, pp. 1-112, June 20, 1916; 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 447 II, pp. 113-240, July 25, 1916; IT, pp. 241-?, Sept. 19, 1916; IV, pp. ?- 496, Dec. 4, 1916; V, pp. 497-?, Febr. 2, 1917; VI, ?-691, June 29, 1917. A supplement was issued in 1923 by Swann, under the title of ‘A Bibliography of British Ornithology from the Earliest Times; Supplement; A Chronological List of British Birds” (q.v.). The dates, but not the extent, of the various parts of the present title are given on the reverse of the title-page. I have secured the contents of a few parts from the Auk and the Zoological Record. Mullens, William Herbert; Swann, Harry Kirke; and Jourdain, Francis Charles Robert. 1919-1920. A | geographical bibliography | of | British ornithology | from the earliest times | to the end of 1918 | arranged under counties | being a record of printed books, published articles, | notes and records relating to local avifauna | By | W. H. Mullens, M.A., LLM., F.L.S., M.B.0.U., | H. Kirke Swann, F.ZS., M.B.0.U., and | Rev. F. C. R. Jourdain, M.A., M.B.O.U. | [Quot., 6 lines.]. | Witherby & Co. | 326, High Holborn, London | 1920. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-558. London. The present volume catalogues ‘‘all separate works, articles or notes in periodi- cals, dealing with local faunas” of British ornithology. The work was issued in six parts as follows. Part I, pp. 1-96, Nov. 7, 1919; II, pp. 97-192, Jan. 5, 1920; III, pp. 193-288, March 25, 1920; IV, pp. 289-384, May 27, 1920; V, PP. 385-480, July 1, 1920; VI, pp. 481-558, Sept. 1, 1920. The dates are given on the reverse of the title-page; the extent of these parts I have ascertained from the Auk. Miiller, Adolf; and Miller, Karl. 1897. > Thiere der Heimath. | Deutschlands Saugethiere und Vogel, | geschildert | von | Adolf und Karl Miller. | Mit Original- Illustrationen in Farbendruck nach Zeichnungen und Aquarellen | von | C. F. Deiker und Adolf Miller. | Zweites Buch. | Wesen und Wandel der Vogel. | Dritte Auflage. | Cassel 1897. | Verlag von Theodor Fischer. | Alleinvertrieb: Emil Strauss in Bonn. 1 vol. medium 4to, 4 pr. ll. (tit. and conts.), pp. 1-365, 24 pll. (col.; by C. F. Deiker and Adolf Miller), 5 text-figs. Cassel. A popular work on the birds and mammals of Germany, of which the second vol- ume, only, is at hand, containing the birds. Vol. I (not collated) contains the mammals. The first edition of the work was issued in 1882-3. Miiller, Johannes. 1847. Uber | die bisher unbekannten | typischen Verschiedenheiten der | Stimmorgane der Passerinen. | Von | J. Miller. | Gelesen ‘in der Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin am 26. Juni 1845 | und 14. Mai 1846. | Mit 6 Kupfertafeln. | Berlin. | Ge- 448 FreLtp Museum oF NaturRAL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. druckt in der Druckerei der Ko6niglichen Akademie der Wissen- schaften. | 1847. | [In Commission bei F. Dammler. (covered by pasted slip, lettered,-| Ferd. Diammler’s Buchhandlung. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, tit., pp. 1-71+1, 11., pll. I-VI. Berlin. A separately pages reprint of Miller’s paper on the syrinx of the Passeres, first published in the Abhandl. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1845, Phys, Kl., pp. 321- 392 and 405-406 (1845-46). The copy is bound in one volume with Burmeister’s ““Anatomie der Coracina scutata” and two papers on mammalia. The volume bears the autograph of P. L. Sclater. Miiller, Karl. 1897. See Miller Adolph; and Miller, Thiere der Heimath. Mulsant, Etienne; Verreaux, Jules; and Verreaux, Edouard. 1866? Essai|d’une | classification méthodique | des | trochilidés | ou | oiseaux-mouches, | par | E. Mulsant, | Sous-Bibliothécaire de la ville de Lyon [etc., 2 lines.], | et | Jules Verreaux, | Attaché au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Paris, | Edouard Verreaux, | Marchand- naturaliste. | Paris, | F. Savy, Libraire, Deyrolle, | rue Hautefeuille, 24 rue de la Monnaie, 19, | Verreaux, place Royale, 9. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. 1-98. Paris. A treatise on the classification of the hummingbirds, with descriptions and tables of the sugbenera and higher groups, and lists of the species. The work was originally published in the Mémoires de la Société Impériale des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg, XII, 1866, pp. 149-242. It was issued as preliminary to a larger work which appeared in 1873-78 as the “Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches ou Colibris’’ (q.v.). Mulsant, Etienne. 1868. Lettres 4 Julie | sur | l’ornithologie | par | E. Mulsant | sous-bibliothécaire de la ville de Lyon [etc., 5 lines.]. | Illustrées par Edouard Traviés | de | magnifiques dessins d’aprés nature, coloriés avec le plus grand soin | Paris | Ancienne Maison Morizot | A. Laplace, Libraire-Editeur | 3, Rue Séguier, 3 | Tous droits resérvés. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-367+1, 16 pll. (col.; by Traviés). Paris. A series of fifty-two ‘letters’ containing an elementary introduction to the study of birds. Mulsant, Etienne; and Verreaux, Edouard. 1873-78. Histoire naturelle | des | oiseaux-mouches | ou | colibris | constituant la famille des Trochilidés | par | E. Mulsant | Corre- spondant de l'Institut, | Conservateur de la Bibliothéque de la 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 449 ville de Lyon, | etc., etc., etc. | et feu | Edouard Verreaux | Tome premier [-quatriéme] | Lyon [Lyon-Genéve-Bale (Vols. II and III.); Paris (Vol. IV.)] | Au Bureau de la Société Linnéenne [H. Georg, Libraire-Editeur (Vols. II and III.); Deyrolle, Natura- liste (Vol. IV.)] | 2, Place Sathonay [No address (Vols. II and ITT.); 19, rue de la Monnaie (Vol. IV.)] | et chez tous les libraires et marchands naturalistes de France et de l’étranger [Vols. I and IV, only.] | 1874 [1876; 1877; 1877]. 4 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. I-V+1 (pref.), 1-343, 18 pll. (col.; by Bevalet). Vol. II, 3 pr. ll., pp. 1-327, 23 pill. (col.). Vol. III, 3 pr. ll., pp. I-I1I-+1 (emend. to Vol. IT), 1-303.) 10 pu. (col.). » Vol. TV,.3 pr. K., pp: 1-308) °7 pil.’ (col.). Lyons Geneva, Basel and Paris. A detailed monograph of the hummingbirds. The work was issued in 16 livrai- sons as follows. Vol. I, livr. 1, 1873; livr. 2, 1873 (Coues) or 1874 (Ibis); livrs. 3-4, 1874. Vol. II: livrs. 1-2, 1875; livrs. 3-4, 1876. Vol. III: livrs. 1-2, 1876; livrs. 3-4, 1877. Vol. IV: livrs. 1-2, 1877; livrs. 3-4, 1878. The extent of each livraison is indeterminate from the present copy but the Zoologica Irecord lists the various species figured on the plates as they appeared, from which it is possible to get the approximate dates of some of the illustrations. However, it is apparent that plates and text were not synchronous. For example, Dolero- mia fallax is discussed in Vol. I where it is accompanied (in the bound volume) by the plate of this species, but the Zoological Record notes the publication of the figure of this species in Vol. III, Pts. 3-4. A Supplement (q.v.) was pub- lished in 1879. Mulsant, Etienne; and Verreaux, Edouard. 1879. Histoire naturelle | des | oiseaux-mouches | ou | colibris | constituant la famille des Trochilidés | par | E. Mulsant | Cor- respondant [etc., 3 lines.] | et feu | Edouard Verreaux | [Vignette (col.).] | Supplement | Lyon - Genéve - Bale | H. Georg, Libraire- Editeur | 1877. [Tit. on original cover. ]. 1 vol. royal 4to, (cover-tit.), pp. 1-2, 1 1. (blank), 56 pll. (col.; by Bevalet and Mesplis). Lyons, Geneva and Basel. A series of plates intended to supplement those in the ‘‘Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches ou Colibris,’’ 1873-78 (q.v.). The letterpress consists of a list of the plates (incomplete), with references to the volume and page where each is to be inserted in the general work. Although the cover-title is dated 1877, the supplement appears not to have been issued until 1879, according to the Zoological Record. The addition of these plates to the general work has led, apparently, to the citation of a varying number of plates under the earlier dates. According to a recent advertisement, in which a copy in original covers is offered for sale, the present section of the entire work consists of 7 supple- ments in 5 parts. 450 Fretp Museum or Naturat History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Munn, Philip Winchester. 1905. See Kelsall, John Edward; and Munn, The Birds of Hamp- shire and the Isle of Wight. Murphy, Robert Cushman. 1925. Bird Islands of Peru | The Record of a Sojourn on the West Coast | By | Robert Cushman Murphy | Assistant Director of the American Museum of Natural History [etc., 5 lines.]. | Illustrated from Photographs | by the Author | G. P. Putnam’s Sons | New York & London | The Knickerbocker Press | 1925. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XX, 1-362, 32 pll. (photographic), 8 text-figs. New York and London. A narrative and descriptive account of the author’s investigations on the western coast of Peru, South America, in 1919-20, with reference to the “‘oceanic con- ditions . . . responsible for the abundance of life in Peruvian waters, as well as the interrelationships and distribution of this life.’’ A considerable part of the text and many of the illustrations relate to birds, especially to the important guano producing species of the region. Murray, James A. 1888-90. The | avifauna of British India | and its dependencies. | A systematic account, with descriptions of all the known | species of birds inhabiting British India, | observations on their habits, nidification, &c., | tables of their geographical | distribution in Persia, Beloochistan, | Afghanistan, Sind, Punjab, N. W. prov- inces, | and the peninsula of India generally, | with | woodcuts, lithographs, and coloured illustrations. | By | James A. Murray, F.S.A.L. | Mem. Nat. Hist. Soc. [etc., 5 lines; 6 lines (Vol. II.)]. | [Vignette.] | Volume I [II]. | London:-Triibner & Co., Ludgate Hill. | Bombay :-Education Society’s Press, Byculla. | 1888 [1890]. 2 vols. 4to (6%x9%). Vol. I, tit., pp. I-VI (conts.), 3 ll. (list of illustrs., errata and pref.), pp. I-X XIV (intr.), 1-325, 1 insert- slip, 22 pll. (12 col.; 1 fold.), 38 text-figs. Vol. II, tit., pp. I-VII+1 (pref. and list of illustrs.), I-XVII-+1 (conts.), 1-838, 1-42 (dis- tribution table), 2 Il. (addenda, Vol. I), 2 insert-slips (errata), 15 pll. (7 col.), 56 text-figs. London and Bombay. Title sufficiently explanatory. The work appears to have been issued in 7 parts as follows Vol. I, Pt. I, pp. 1-106, 1887; II, pp. 107-180, 1888 (?); II, pp. 181- 325, 1888 Vol. II: Pt. I, pp. 1-128, 1889 (?); II, pp. 129-294, 1889 (?); ITI, pp. 295-496. 1889; IV, pp. 497-838 and 2 ll. (addenda, Vol. I), 1890. The distribu- tion table at the end of Vol. II probably appeared with Pt. IV; likewise the introductory matter of the second volume. The introductory pages of Vol. I appeared with Pt. III of that volume. The separation of the various parts is marked by differences in the size of paper, signatures with but a single leaf, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 451 insertion of errata-slips, etc.; the Zoological Record defines the limits of Vol. II, Pt. IV and gives the date of commencement of the work as 1887. The work is cited but little. Murray, James A. 1890. The | avifauna of the island | of | Ceylon. | A systematic account, | with descriptions of all the known | species of birds inhabiting the island, also | observations on their habits, nidifica- tion, &c., | and tables of their geographical | distribution through- out India. | By | James A. Murray, F.S.A.L., | Mem. of the Natural Hist. and Anthrop. Soc. of Bombay [eic., 9 lines.] | [Vignette.] | London:-Kegan, Paul, Trench, Triibner & Co | Bombay :-Education Society’s Press, Byculla. | 1890. 1 vol. 4to (64%x9%), 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. I-XX XIV (introd. and table of conts.), 1 1. (list of illustrs.), pp. 1-382, 4 pll. (2 col.), 39 text-figs. London and Bombay. A volume composed of extracts from the author’s ‘‘The Avifauna of British India,” 1888-90 (q.v.). The text relating to the species of Indian birds which are found in Ceylon is copied verbatim, the introduction is reprinted, and most of the illustrations are the same as in the larger work. Museu Paulista. (Ihering, Hermann von; Ihering, Rodolpho von.) 1907. Catalogos | da | Fauna Brazileira | editados pelo | Museu Paulista | S. Paulo - Brazil | Vol. I | As aves do Brazil. | Pelo | Prof. Dr. Hermann von Ihering | Director do Museu Paulista | e | Rodolpho von Ihering | Custos do Museu Paulista | [Vignette.]. > As Aves do Brazil [etc.] . . . Sao Paulo | Typographia do Diario Official | 1907. I vol. 6mo (614x9, trimmed), 3 pr. ll., pp. I-X XXVIII, 3-485, maps I-II. Sao Paulo. An annotated list of the birds of Brazil, with notes on distribution and on the specimens of each species preserved in the Museu Paulista. A new genus and several new species and subspecies are described. The work forms Vol. I of a series of which several other volumes have since been issued, none of which is ornithological. Myers, Harriet Williams. 1922. Western birds | by | Harriet Williams Myers | Author of “The Birds’ Convention” | Vice-President of | ‘The California Audubon Society” | New York | The Macmillan Company | 1922 | All rights reserved. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-391, frontisp., 44 pll. (on 22 ll.). New York. 452 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. A popular account of the habits of some of the birds of the western coast of the United States. The scheme adopted for showing the classification of the spe- cies is unsatisfactory, and the terms are frequently misspelled, but the general text is clearly written and contains a variety of interesting notes. Nachtrieb, Henry F. (Hatch, P. L.) 1892. The Geological and Natural History Survey of | Minnesota. | First report | of the | State Zodlogist, | accompanied with | notes on the birds of Minnesota, By Dr. P. L. Hatch. | Henry F. Nach- trieb, State Zodlogist. | June, 1892. | Minneapolis: | Harrison & Smith, Printers. | 1892. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-9+1, 1-487. Minneapolis. All of the volume, except the first 9 pp., is occupied by the “Notes on the Birds of Minnesota, with Specific Characters. By P. L. Hatch, M.D.”’ Included in the latter is “A List of the Principal Popular Synonyms of the Birds of Minne- sota” and an index, both of which were prepared by Nachtrieb. The present copy is from the library of D. G. Elliot. Nansen, Fridtjof. (Collett, Robert.) 1899. > The Norwegian | North | Polar Expedition | 1893-1896 | Scientific results | edited by | Fridtjof Nansen | IV. | An account of the birds | by | Robert Collett | and | Fridtjof Nansen | Published by the Fridtjof Nansen Fund | for the Advancement of Science | Christiana London, Leipzig Jacob Dybwad New York, Bombay F.A. Brockhaus | 1899. Longmans, Green, and Co. 1 vol. medium 4to, tit., pp. 1-53-++1, 2 pll. (1 col.). London. The ornithological observations of the expedition forming Pt. IV of the complete work. The text is divided into four sections, —The Siberian Coast, The First Summer in the Ice, The Sledge-journey and Franz Josef Land, and The Last Two Summers in the Ice. ; Nash, C. W. 1900. Check list | of the | Birds of Ontario | and | catalogue of birds in the biological section | of the | museum. | Department of Education | Toronto. | Toronto: | Warwick Bro’s & Rutter, Printers, Etc., 68 and 70 Front St. West. | 1900. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-58. Toronto. An annotated list of species, giving the local status of each and noting those which are desiderata for the Museum of the Department of Education. A sec- ond list (q.v.) was published in 1905. Nash, C. W. 1905. Check list | of the | Vertebrates of Ontario and Catalogue of | Specimens in the Biological Section | of the Provincial Museum | 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 453 Birds | Department of Education | Toronto | [Blazon.] | Toronto | Printed and Published by L. K. Cameron, Printer to the King’s Most Excellent Majesty | 1905. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. 1-82, (orig. wrapper), 20 text-figs. Toronto. 1905 (post Nov. 15). An annotated list, giving the local status of each species and some diagnostic peculiarities of the families and orders. An asterisk denotes the species which are desiderata for the Provincial Museum. No reference is made to the author’s earlier “Check List of the Birds of Ontario,” 1900 (q.v.). Nash, Joseph. 1824. A | practical treatise | on | British song birds; | in which is given | every information relative to their | Natural History, Incubation, &c. | together with | the method of rearing and manag- ing both | old and young birds. | By Joseph Nash. | Illustrated with Engravings. | London: | Printed for Sherwood, Jones, and Co. | Paternoster-Row; | Sold by Joseph Nash, 39, Great Wind- mill-Street, | Haymarket. | 1824. 1 vol. 12mo, pp. I-VI, 11., pp. 1-102, 611. (advt.), 8 pll. (col.). London. A book for bird-fanciers, dealing with the rearing of cage-birds. Several later edi- tions were published (Cf. Nash, British Song Birds, 1872.). The preface is dated May 1, 1824. Nash, Joseph. 1872. British song birds: | A Practical Treatise | on their | habits, nidification, and incubation; | the mode of rearing young birds, | and their treatment in sickness and in health. | By Joseph Nash. | [Vignette.] | With Illustrations on Steel by Newton Fielding. | London: William Tegg. | 1872. 1 vol. 12mo, pp. 1-96, 8 pll. (col.), 16 text-figs. London. A treatise on the rearing of cage-birds. First published in 1824 under the title, “A Practical Treatise on British Song Birds,’’ etc. (q.v.). The present edition is essentially the same as the original; the text is slightly altered in places and the plates are poorly-colored copies. Naumann, Johann Andreas. (Naumann, Johann Friedrich. ) 1795-1817. Naturgeschichte | der | Land- und Wasser-Vogel | des nérdlichen | Deutschlands und angrinzender Linder, | nach eignen | Erfahrungen entworfen, und nach dem Leben | gezeich- net | von | Johann Andreas Naumann. | [Erster (Tit. of Vol. I nussing.)| Zweiter [Dritter; (Vierter - Tit. of Vol. IV missing.) | Band. | Mit Kupfern. | Kéthen, [1797 (Vol. J.)] 1799 [1802; (1803 - Vol. IV.)]. | Auf Kosten des Verfassers, | und in Kom- mission bei J. A. Aue. [No full title for ‘‘ Nachtrage.’’ |. 454 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. > Naturgeschichte | der | Land- und Wasser-Végel | des nérd- lichen | Deutschlands und angranzender Lander, | nach eignen | Erfahrungen entworfen, und nach dem Leben | gezeichnet | von | Johann Andreas Naumann. | Ersten [Erster (Vol. I, Pi. 6.); Zweiter; Dritter; Vierter] Bandes [Band (Vol. I, Pt. 6; Vols. II, III and IV, Pts. 1, 3 and 4.); Band. | (Vol. IV, Pt. 2.)] erstes [(Vols. I and IV.); erster (sic, Vols. II and III.); zweites (Vols. I and III.); zweiter (sic. Vol. II.); | Zweites (Vol. IV.); drittes (Vols. I, III and IV.); viertes (Vols. I and IV.); vierter (sic, Vol. III.); fanftes (Vol. I.); fanfter (sic, Vol. IIJI.); sechstes (Vol. III.); siebentes (Vol. III.); achtes (Vol. IITI.); (No subtit. for Vol. III, Pt. 9'.)] Heft. [No period (Vol. IV, Pt. 2.).] | Mit 8 Kupfertafeln. | Kéthen, 1796? [(Vol. I, Pts. 1-3.); 1797 (Vol.'\I, Pts. 4-6.); 1798 (Vol. Lf, Pt. 1.); 17909 (Vol. 2h Pee Vol. III, Pts. 1 and 2.); 1800 (Vol. III, Pis. 3-5.); 1801 (Vol. III, Pis. 6.and-7): 1802 (Vol. £9, Pt. & Vol. LV, Pt teas (Vol. IV, Pts. 2-4.)]. | Auf Kosten des Verfassers, | und in Kom- mission bei J. A. Aue. > Naturgeschichte [etc., 9 lines.] | Johann Andreas Naumann, | und | Friedrich Naumann, | der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Halle [etc., 2 lines. (Pts. 1 and 2.); 3 lines. (Pt. 3.); 4 lines. (Pts. 4-6.); 4 lines, mut. mut. (Pts. 7 and 8.)]. | Nachtrag. [Period omitted (Pts. 7 and 8.).] | Erstes [Zweites - Achtes] Heft. [Period omitted (Pts. 7 and 8.).| | Mit (mit (Pts. 7 and 8.)]8 Kupfertafeln. | Ko6then, 1804 [1805 (Pt. 2.); 1808 (Pi. 3.); 1811 (Pts. 4-6.); Auf Kosten der Verfasser (Pts. 7 and 8.)]. | Auf Kosten des Verfassers, [der Verfasser. (Pts. 4-6.); Kéthen, 18173. (Pts. 7 and 8.)] | und in Kommission bei J. A. Aue. [und in Kommission der Aueschen Buchhandlung. (Pts. 2 and 3.); line omitted (Pts. 4-8.).]. > Johann Andreas Naumann’s | ausfithrliche | Beschreibung | aller | Wald- Feld- und Wasser-Voégel, | welche sich | in den An- haltischen Fiirstenthtimern | und | einigen umliegenden Gegenden | aufhalten und durchziehen. | Ersten [Erster] Band finftes [sechs- tes] Heft. | Mit 8 Kupfertafeln. | K6éthen, 1797. | Auf Kosten des 1Leverkthn, Biographisches tiber die drei Naumanns und Bibliographisches tiber ihre Werke, 1904 On p. 63, the author concludes that no subtitle for this part ever appeared. *Leverkihn, l.c., pp. 61 and 62, records the date of 1795 as occurring on the original title- -pages of Pts. ir and 2 of Vol. Ti published i in peace ‘in Kommission bei Friedrich Osterloh.’’ With the change in publishers which occurred with Pt. 3, new title-pages were issued for the preceding two parts to agree with the third part, and the remainder followed in accordance. The original title-pages (or, more properly, subtitle-pages) of Pts. 1 and 2 are not preserved with this copy. ‘Leverkihn, l.c. p. 65, gives 1811 as the date on the title-page of this part. This may be a typo- graphical i the date is very clearly 1817 in both copies of this part at hand (Cf. reissue, same date 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 455 Verfassers, | und in Kommission bei J. A. Aue. [‘Original”’ subtitles. }}. 4 vols. and 8 suppls. in 9 vols., demy 8vo; (plates in demy folio, fold. and inserted in text). Vol. I, (tit. missing), frontisp. (portr.): Pt. 1, subtit., 2 ll. (pref.), pp. 1-54, pll. I-VIII (col.); Pt. 2, subtit. (=pp. 55-56), pp. 57-78, pll. IX-XVI (col.); Pt. 3, subtit. (=pp. 79-80), pp. 81-111-+1, pll. XVII-XXIV (col.); Pt. 4, subtit. (=pp. 113-114), pp. 115-154, 2 Il. (blank), pll. XXV-XXXII (col.); Pt. 5, subtit. (=pp. 155-156), orig. subtit. (extra), pp. 157-196, pll. XX XIII-XL (col.); Pt. 6, subtit., orig. subtit. (extra), Pp. 197-247, 7 pp. (unnum.,- ‘Register’ and errata), pll. XLI- REVIT (cols). Vol. Uy iit.. troatisp.. (ports, i: Pt. 1, subtit:, 11. (pref.), pp. 1-57-+1, pll. I-VIII (col.); Pt. 2, subtit., pp. 65-106, 11. (‘Register’), pll. IX-XV and XVII (=XVI, corrected in text) (col.). Vol. III, tit., frontisp. (portr.): Pt. 1, subtit. (=pp. 1-2), 11. (pref.,=pp. 3-4), pp. 5-39-+1, pll. I-VIII (col.); Pt. 2, subtit. (=pp. 41-42), pp. 43-72, pll. IX-XVI (col.); Pt. 3, subtit., pp. 72 (bts) - 115, 1 1. (blank), pll. XVII-XXIIII (col.); Pt. 4, subtit., pp. 120-169, pll. XXV-XXXII (col.); Pt. 5, subtit., pp. 173-218, pll. XX XITI-XXXX (col.); Pt. 6, subtit., 1 1. (‘Nachricht’), pp. 218-298, pll. XLI-XLVIII (col.); Pt. 7, subtit., pp. 299-350, 1 1. (advt.), pll. XLVIIII-LVI (col.; originally numbered XLVIII-LV, but altered by hand to present figures); Pt. 8, subtit., pp. 353- 401-+1, pll. LVII-LXIV (col.; LXII altered by hand from LXI); (Pt. 9, no subtit., pp. 403-480, pll. LX V—LXXII,—col.; entire part missing from this copy). Vol. IV (tit. missing), (frontisp. missing): Pt. 1, subtit., pp. 1-94, pll. I-VIII (col.); Pt. 2, subtit., pp. 95- 155+1, (pll. IX-XVI missing,—replaced by 8vo plates of reissue); Pt. 3, subtit., pp. 161-220, (pll. XVII-X XIV missing,—replaced by 8vo pll.); Pt. 4, pp. 223-280, 11. (‘Nachricht’), (pll. XXV-XXXII missing,—replaced by 8vo pll.). Supplement, (no general title-p. issued): Pt. 1, subtit. (=pp. 1-2), pp. 3-56, (pll. I-VIII missing,— replaced by 8vo pll.); Pt. 2, subtit., pp. 57-110, (pll. IX-XVI missing,—treplaced by 8vo pll.); Pt. 3, subtit., pp. 3-72, (pll. XVII- XXIIII missing,—replaced by 9 8vo pll., pl. XX being replaced by XX a and XX B); Pt. 4, subtit., pp. 177-237-+1, pll. XXV-XXXII (col.; 8vo; folio pll. not issued); Pt. 5, subtit. (=pp. 239-240), tLeverkihn, l.c., p. 61, records similar subtitles for all parts of Vol. I and a similar title for the com- plete volume, but adds that there is no copy of the work which is supplied with a full set of originals and substitutes. Since the region embraced by the ‘‘Ausfaihrliche Beschreibung’’ (Anhaltischen Furstenthamern) is less extensive than that included in the ‘‘Naturgeschichte”’ (Nordlichen Deutschlands und angranzender Lander), the former is assumed to constitute the original title of the work as first projected while the latter (adopted for the entire work) repre- sents the final title. 456 Fietp Museum oF Natura. History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. pp. 241-286, pll. XX XIII-XL (col.; 8vo; folio pll. not issued; the ‘L’ of XL is reversed); Pt. 6, subtit. (=pp. 287-288), pp. 289-342, pll. XLI-XLVIII (col.; 8vo; folio pll. not issued); Pt. 7, subtit. (=pp. 343-344), pp. 345-406, pll. XLIX-LVI (col.; 8vo; folio pll. not issued); Pt. 8, subtit. (=pp. 407-408), pp. 409-462, pll. LVII- LXIV (col.; 8vo; folio pll. not issued). Leipzig and Céthen. A monumental work on the birds of northern Germany and surrounding country. Begun as a series of descriptions of the birds of the Principalities of Anhalt (now part of Thuringia), Vol. I was issued under the title of “Johann Andreas Naumann’s ausftirliche Beschreibung aller Wald- Feld- und Wasser-Végel,” etc. (Cf. above transcription and footnote 4.). Pts. 1 and 2 of this volume were published in Leipzig in 1795 in commission with Friedrich Osterloh. With Pt. 3, the publisher was changed to J. A. Aue and new subtitle-pages were issued for the first two parts to agree with the new arrangement; these new sub- title-pages were also inscribed with the title of ‘Johann Andreas Naumann’s ausfthrliche Beschreibung,” etc., as were the subtitle-pages of Pts. 3-6 of Vol. I and the title-page for the completed volume. With the inception of Vol. II (perhaps beforehand) it apparently was determined to enlarge the scope of the work so as to include the birds of all of northern Germany and outlying regions, and the title was altered, in accordance with this plan, to ‘‘Naturgeschichte der Land- und Wasser-Végel des nérdlichen Deutschlands und angranzender Lan- der.’”’ For the sake of uniformity, a new title-page and new subtitle-pages were printed for Vol. I and its six parts, containing the new title, and in this form the work was carried to completion. On account of the various changes just men- tioned, two styles of title-page and three of subtitle-page are in existence; the present copy contains one of title and two of subtitle as transcribed above. The final title for the work, however, is ‘‘Naturgeschichte der Land- und Wasser-Végel.” With the early change in publisher, the reissued title-pages for Pts. 1 and 2 were inscribed with the date of the reissue, —the date of Pt. 3, —1796. J. F. Naumann, in the preface (p. VIII) to Vol. I of his ““Naturgeschichte der Végel Deutschlands,’’ 1822-60 (q.v.), gives the inclusive dates of the present work as 1796-1817, but there is no reason to doubt that the first two parts actually appeared in 1795 at Leipzig,as dated on the original subtitle-pages of these parts. Each part of the work contained 8 plates, drawn and (beginning with pl. XVI of Vol. 1, Pt. 1) engraved by the author’s son, Johann Friedrich Naumann (junior author of the supplementary parts). From Pt. 1 of Vol. I to Pt. 3 of the Supplement, the plates were in demy folio (largest example at hand, 10x 14%, trimmed); the remainder were in 8vo, —at least no folio plates are known beyond this point. Somewhere about the date of the first Supplement (1804), the artist commenced the preparation of a series of 8vo plates to take the place of the earlier folio issues, revising the composition and details of every plate and keeping only the original numbers of the plates and figures (with certain corrections) and dividing pl. XX of Suppl., Pt. 3, into two plates, XXa and XXB. This issue of 8vo plates constitutes an insoluble mystery. Various specu- lations have been advanced regarding the reasons for, and methods of, publica- tion and regarding the consequent disappearance of all but a very limited number of the original folio impressions. 7 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 457 The earliest folio plates undoubtedly were somewhat crude, compared with the later ones or with the 8vo plates, and it is conceivable that the artist may have wished to destroy these earlier examples of his handiwork and to replace them by the later, more perfect drawings, but this motive is by no means proven nor is the method clear by means of which such an object could have been accomplished. There is no printed record of any such transaction requested or fulfilled, and the artist-author later kept silent in the face of published request for information on the early work. Only three copies of the work are known which have the full number (192) of folio plates and at least one of these copies has been completed from an out- side source; nine copies are known which are more or less complete (including the present set, three copies are known in a very fragmentary form, —possibly more which are unrecorded. It seems incredible that the work could have been carried to completion with only fifteen subscribers or with double that number, assuming that half of the original copies have been destroyed; the author was not rich and was not subsidized and he advertised his work for sale at the low price of “1 thl. 16 gr.” per part (Vol. III, Pt. 7, advt. leaf). The present set, like others of the imperfect copies, has most of the plates in folio and the re- mainder in 8vo. Specimens are more common with all of the plates in 8vo; an example of this kind is catalogued below (q.v.). There are two issues of pl. XX XI of Vol. I, Pt. 4. In one of these the upper figure is looking forward to the left; in the other its body is directed to the right but its head is turned backwards to the left, and there are other differ- ences. The present copy is of the former type. The preface to Vol. III, Pt. 1 is dated, March 1789. In Suppl., Pt. 4, 1811 (which contains the description of the new genus Acrocephalus, p. 199) there is on p. 191 a reference to an occurrence ‘‘am 20. Mai dieses Jahres’’ which may be of assistance in fixing the date of this part. Leverkthn, l.c. (Cf. footn. 1.) gives a very thorough account of the Naumanns and their ornithological works including voluminous details regarding the present title. For further accounts see Lindner, Mitth. ornith. Ver. Wien., 18, pp. 109-111 and 125-128, 1894; Ornith. Monatsb., 21, pp. 47-49 and 52, 1913: Schiller, Ornith. Monatsb., 21, p. 67, 1913. To recapitulate, the present copy has all of the letterpress except that of Vol. III, Pt. 9, and this gap is filled by the text of the 8vo edition which is identical. The full title-pages of Vols. I and IV, missing here, are also supplied in the 8vo edition. The frontispiece of Vol. IV is missing from both sets. Of the folio plates there are 136 present, including all belonging to Vol. I; Vol. II; Vol. III, Pts. 1-8; and Vol. IV, Pt. 1 (lacking those of Vol. III, Pt. 9; Vol. IV, Pts. 2-4; and Suppl., Pts. 1-3). The 8vo plates (the only ones issued) for Suppl., Pts. 4-8, are all present. Vol. IV, Pts. 2-4 and Suppl., Pts. 1-3 are supplied with 8vo plates instead of the missing folio examples. There are no plates in this set for Vol. III, Pt. 9, but the 8vo plates for that number are in the 8vo set (q.v.). Naumann, Johann Andreas. (Naumann, Johann Friedrich.) 1795-1817. Naturgeschichte | der | Land- und Wasser-Vogel [etc., as in original edition collated above, except that full titles to Vols. 458 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. I and IV are present also, while Supplement Pts. 7 and 8 are missing; no “original”’ titles or subtitles for Vol. I in thts set.]. 4 vols. and 6 (should be 8) suppls. in 4 vols., demy 8vo; (all plates in demy 8vo, in separate vol.). Collation otherwise the same as in first edition except in the degree of completeness of the text and plates and some alterations in the numbering of the plates, as follows. Vol. I, title present, frontisp. missing, no ‘original’ title or subtitles; Pt. 4, no blank leaves. Vol. II, frontisp. missing. Vol. III, frontisp. missing; Pt. 3, no blank leaf; Pt. 9 present, complete. Vol. IV, title present, frontisp. missing. Supplement, Pts. 7 and 8 missing. Atlas of 216 plates in 8vo (col.) (should be 233; pill. XLIX-LXIV of Suppl., Pts. 7 and 8, missing); all plates correctly numbered and most of them marked with the volume-number except the following pll. of Vol. I—I-VIII, XXXIII, XLIII, XLIV, XLVI and XLVIII; Suppl., Pt. 3, pill. XX a and XX B replace pl. XX of the folio series (missing from the set of folio plates collated above). Leipzig and Céthen. The text of the present edition is identical with that which accompanied the folio plates (collated above), even to the inclusion of the corrigenda which often have no application here since the required alterations were made in the new plates. It is evidently the original text, intact. All of the plates, however, are in 8vo. Those of Suppl., Pts. 4-6 (7 and 8 missing) are the same as in the earlier issue since no folio plates were published for these parts, but the rest are new.! They are of entirely new designs and are related to the original folio plates only by reason of representing the same species and by carrying the same num- bers for plates and figures (with corrections as necessary and with the substitu- tion of two plates for one, as mentioned in the collation). These 8vo plates are unquestionably of later issue than the folio plates of corresponding numbers. A few of them are signed with the date of preparation and in every such case the date is subsequent to the date of publication of the original issue. The following examples have been noted. Vol. I, Pt. 3, pl. XVII, dat. 1804; folio dat. 1796. Vol. I, Pt. 4, pl. XXXI, dat. 1804; folio dat. 1797. Vol. I, Pt. 5, pl. XXXIV, dat. 1805; folio dat. 1797. Vol. I, Pt. 6, pil. XLI, XLII and XLVIII, dat. 1805; folio dat. 1797. Vol. III, Pt. 1, pl. I, dat. 1806; folio dat. 1799. Vol. III, Pt. 4, pl. XXXI, dat. 1807; folio dat. 1800. Vol. Ill, Pt. 9, pl. LX VII, dat. 1807; folio dat. 1802-03?. J. F. Naumann him- self (Naturg. Végel Deutschl., 13, p. 454), referring to pl. XLVI (fig. 105) of Vol. I, Pt. 6, (folio publ. 1797), says that the 8vo plate of the same species ap- peared “schon c. 10 Jahr spater.”” Exact dates of publication of any of the 8vo plates, except those which belong to Suppl., Pts. 4-8 as original issues, are unknown. The present copy lacks Suppl., Pts. 7 and 8, with the included plates. The gap is filled by the corresponding parts of the original edition (q.v.) which are identical with those missing here. 1The plates in Vol. IV, Pts. 2-4 and Suppl., Pts. 1-3 in the original copy collated above belong to the present edition, being substitutes for the folio plates which are missing from that copy. They are duplicated i in the present copy. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 459 Immediately after the completion of the present book, J. F. Naumann began the preparation of a work which he considered to be a second edition of the present title but which was so rewritten and improved that it should stand as a distinct production. A copy is collated below under J. F. Naumann, Natur- geschichte der Vogel Deutschlands, 1822-60 (q.v.). Naumann, Johann Friedrich. 1795-1817. See Naumann, Johann Andreas, Naturgeschichte der Land- und Wasser-Vogel des noérdlichen Deutschlands und an- granzender Lander. (Two issues; same date.) Naumann, Johann Friedrich. (Blasius, J. H.; Baldamus, Eduard; Sturm, Friedrich.) 1822-60. Johann Andreas Naumann’s, | mehrerer gelehrten Gesell- schaften Mitgliede, | Naturgeschichte | der | Vogel Deutschlands, | nach eigenen | Erfahrungen entworfen. | Durchaus | umgearbeitet, systematisch geordnet, sehr vermehrt, vervollstandigt, | und mit getreu nach der Natur eigenhandig gezeichneten und gesto- | chenen Abbildungen aller deutschen Vogel, nebst ihren Hauptver- | schiedenheiten, aufs Neue herausgegeben | von | dessen Sohne | Johann Friedrich Naumann, | der naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Halle [etc., 6 lines. (Vols. I-V.); 7 lines. (Vols. VI-IX.); 7 lines., altered (Vols. X-XI.); to lines. (Vol. XII).] | [Mono- gram.| | Erster [-Zwolfter] Theil. [ | Zweiten Bandes erste (zweite) Abtheilung. (Vols. II and IIT, only.) | Mit 48 colorirten und 2 schwarzen Kupfern [30 colorirten und 1 schwarzen Kupfer (Vol. IT.); 15 andi (III.); 23 andi (IV.); 28 and 1 (V.); 23 colorirten Kupfern (VJ.); 27 and 1 (VII.); 27 col. (VIII.); 28 and 1 (IX.); 31 col, (X.); 20 col. (XI.); 32 col. (XJI.)]. | Leipzig: Ernst Fleischer.1-| 1822 [(Vols. I and II.); 1823 (III.); 1824 (IV.); 1826 (V.); 1833 (VJ.); 1834 (VII.); 1836 (VIII.); 1838 (1 X.); 1840 (X.); 1842 (XI.); 1844 (XJI.)]. > J. A. Naumann’s | Naturgeschichte | der | Végel Deutsch- lands. | Herausgegeben | von | dessen Sohne | J. F. Naumann. | Dreizehnter Theil: | Nachtrage, | Zusatze und Verbesserungen. | 13r Theil. 1. > J. A. Naumann’s | Naturgeschichte | der | Végel Deutsch- lands. | Fortsetzung der Nachtrage, Zusatze | und Verbesserungen | von | Dr. J. H. Blasius, Dr. Ed. Baldamus | und Dr. Fr. Sturm. | 1The original Vol. I_bears the imprint of Gerhard Fleischer and the date 1820. The publishing firm changed to Ernst Fleischer with the issue of Vol. II and new title-pages for Vol. I appear to have been issued to correspond with the later volumes, if, indeed, the entire volume was not reprinted. Cf. Leverkithn’s ‘“Biographisches tber der drei Naumanns,”’ 1904, p. 37, footn. 460 FreLtp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Dreizehnter Theil, Schluss. | Stuttgart. | Hoffmann’sche Verlags- Buchhandlung. | 1860. 13 vols. in 15, post 8vo (534x834). Vol. I, pp. I-XXII, 23-516 (516= advt.), frontisp., pll. 1-48 (col.; by Fr. Naumann), 1 pl. (uncol.). Vol. II, 2 ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. I-IV (conts.), 1-508, frontisp., pll. 49-78 (col.). Vol. III, 1 1. (tit.), pp. 509-996+2 inserts (fold.) (no half-tit.), frontisp., pll. 79-93 (col.). Vol. IV, 1 1. (tit.), pp. I-II (conts.), 1-508, frontisp., pll. 94-116 (col.). Vol. V, 11. (tit.), pp. I-II (conts.), 1-504, frontisp., pll. 117-144 (col.). Vol. VI, 11. (tit.), pp. ITI-IV (conts.), 1-614, frontisp. (col.), pll. 145-166 (col.). Vol. VII, 11. (tit.), pp. III-IV (conts.), 1-554, I-X VI (addenda to Perdix rubra), frontisp., pll. 167-193 (col.). Vol. VIII, 1 1. (tit.), pp. III-VIII (pref.; no conts.), 1-560, frontisp. (belongs in Vol. IX), pll. 194-219 (col.), 1 text-fig. Vol. IX, 11. (tit.), pp. II-XI+1 (pref.; no conts.; p. IV wrongly printed VI), 1-810, frontisp. (col.; belongs in Vol. VIII), pll. 220-247 (col.). Vol. X, 11. (tit.), pp. III-VI (pref. and conts.; V-VI at close of vol.), 1-633, frontisp. (col.), pll. 248-277 (col.). Vol. XI, 1 1. (tit.), pp. III-VIII (pref. and conts.), 1-771, (frontisp., col., is out of place in Vol. XII), pll. 278-306 (col.). Vol. XII, 1 1. (tit.), pp. ITI-VIII (pref. and conts.), 1-646, 1 1. (errata), pp. 1-64 (index to Vols. I-XII), frontisp. (col.; belongs in Vol. XI; the proper frontisp. is between pll. 337 and 338 in the second volume of the atlas), pll. 307-337 (col.). Vol. XIII (1st part by Naumann), pp. 1-484 (no full title), 1 1. (obit. notice, pll. 338-370 (col.), (conclusion, by Blasius, Baldamus and Sturm), pp. 1-316, pll. 371-391 (col.; by Naumann and Sturm). Leipzig and Stuttgart. A complete natural history of the birds of Germany. While entitled ‘J. A. Nau- mann’s Naturgeschichte,”’ etc., the work is quite distinct from J. A. Naumann’s work, “‘Naturgeschichte der Land- und Wasser-Vogel des nérdlichen Deutsch- lands und angranzender Lander” of 1795-1817 (q.v.)., although the earlier book laid the foundations for the later one. A few of the plates are the same but most of them have been remodeled and many of them entirely redrawn while other new ones have been added. The volumes seem to have been issued regularly as indicated by the printed dates on the title-pages, except Vol. XIII. This volume, consisting entirely of supplementary notes and discussions, was begun by Naumann and issued in parts. Interrupted by Naumann’s death in 1857, it was then completed by Blasius, Baldamus and Sturm. There is considerable uncertainty about the dates and composition of the earlier parts. Judging from changes in typography, irregularities in signature marks, the appearance of new works in the synonymic references, and such other criteria, the follow- ing division seems probable. Part 1, pp. 1-80; 2, 81-192; 3, 193-254; 4, 255-304; 5, 305-370; 6, 371-418; 7, 419-466; 8, 467-486; “‘Fortsetzung der Nachtrage,” 1-316. Leverkihn (l.c., p. 39) quotes Blasius to the effect that Pts. 1-7, pp. 1- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 461 466, 28 pll., appeared from 1845-54; Carus and Engelmann give 1846-53 for the same 7 parts, and cite pp. 467-485 and the “Fortsetzung” under date of 1860. Engelmann credits the supplement, with 40 colored plates, to 1847. Naumann, Johann Friedrich; and Buhle, Christian Adolph. 1818-28. Die Eier | der | Vogel Deutschlands | und | der benach- barten Lander | in | naturgetreuen Abbildungen und Beschreibung- en [Semicolon added (Pts. IV and V.).] | nebst | einer tabel- larischen Uebersicht der Naturgeschichte | der hier vorkommenden Vogel [Comma added (Pts. IV and V.).} | von | Johann Friedrich Naumann und Dr. Christian Adolph Buhle [Comma added (Pts. IV and V.).] | Mitgliedern mehrerer [mehrern (Pis. IV and V.)] gelehrten Gesellschaften [Period added (Pis. IV and V.).] | Erstes [-Funftes] Heft [Period added (Pis. IV and V.).] | mit zwei illu- minirten Kupfertafeln [Period added (Pis. IV and V.).] | Halle | bei Karl August Kimmel | 1818 [1823; 1826; 1828; 1828]. 1 vol. (5 pts.) medium 4to. Pt. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. I-VI, 1-17 1-17+1, pll. I-II (col.). Pt. II, pp. I (tit.)-XII, 1-17, pill. III-IV (col.). Pt. III, pp. I (tit.)-VHI, 1-17, pll. V-VI (col.). Pt. IV, pp. I (tit.)-X, ITI-IX, 1-15, pll. VII-VIII (col.). Pt. V, 1 1. (tit.), pp. 1-17, 1-4, pll. IX-X (col.). TIllustr. wrapper with Pt. I. Halle. ‘ An early work on the nests and eggs of the birds of Germany and neighboring countries. The pages with Roman numeration contain essays on nests and nest-building, classification of birds, form and internal anatomy of eggs, embry- ology, brooding habits, etc. The general text is arranged in six parallel col- ummns containing (1) nomenclature of species; (2) description of species; (3) habi- tat; (4) food-habits; (5) nidification; (6) description of eggs. The colored plates of eggs were painted by Naumann. In 1860, a so-called second edition was published by Furchtegott Grassner under the title of “Die Vogel Deutschlands und ihre Eier’”’ (q.v.), but in reality this is a distinct work. Nehrkorn, Adolph. 1899. Katalog | der | Eiersammlung | nebst Beschreibungen | der aussereuropaischen Eier | von | Adolph Nehrkorn | Mit 4 Eier- tafeln in farbigem Steindruck | Braunschweig | Harald Bruhn | Verlagsbuchhandlung fir Naturwissenschaft und Medicin | 1899. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-256, 4 ll. (expl. of pll.), pll. I-IV (col.). Braunschweig. An annotated list of 3546 species of extra-European birds represented in the egg collection of the author. A brief description is given of most of the eggs, the distribution of the various species is given, and references are made to the Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum. A second edition appeared in 1910 (q.v.). The present copy was presented to P. L. Sclater by the author. 462 FreLtp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Nehrkorn, Adolph. 1910. Katalog | der | Eiersammlung | nebst Beschreibungen | der aussereuropaischen Eier | von | Adolph Nehrkorn | II. Auflage | Mit 4 Eiertafeln in farbigem Steindruck | Berlin | Verlag von R. Friedlander & Sohn | rg10. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-449+1, 4 ll. (expl. of pll.), frontisp. (portr.), pll. I-IV (col.). Berlin. This is a second edition of the author’s earlier work of the same title, 1899 (q.v.), prepared in the same style but cataloguing 5440 species and subspecies. A sup- plementary volume, ‘“‘Nachtrage zu Nehrkorn’s Eierkatalog’’ (q.v.) appeared in 1914. Nehrkorn, Adolph. 1914. Nachtrige | zu | Nehrkorn’s Eierkatalog | von | Adolph Nehrkorn | Mit 2 Eiertafeln in farbigem Steindruck | Berlin | Ver- lag von R. Friedlander & Sohn | 1914. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-46, 3 ll. (expl. of pll. and errata), pp. 49-128, pll. V and VI (col.; by Georg Krause). Berlin. A supplement to the author’s “Katalog der Eiersammlung,” 1910 (q.v.). A supplement, listing 327 additional species, is given, followed by a further supplement cataloguing 13 more species. A systematic list and an index are next in order, followed by the colored plates. The 5780 species and subspecies in the collection are then reviewed in systematic order, after which another additional supplement of 42 species is given, bringing the number of recognized forms represented in the collection to the total of 5822. Nehrling, Heinrich. 1889-91. Die | Nordamerikanische Vogelwelt. | Von | Heinrich Nehrling, | Kustos des 6ffentlichen Museums in Milwaukee [eitc., 2 lines.|. | Unter kiinstlerischer Mitwirkung von | Prof. Robert Ridgway vom Smithsonschen Institut und National-Museum | in Washington, Prof. A. Goéring in Leipzig, und Akademiemaler | Gustav Mutzel in Berlin. | [Vzgnette.] | Milwaukee, Wis. | Verlag von Geo. Brumder. | 1891. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. I1-XXIX-+1, 1-637+1, pll. I-XXXVI (col.; by R. Ridgway, A. Goring and G. Mitzel), text-figs. 1-10. Mil- waukee. A popular account of North American birds, of the English edition of which Elliott Coues was most euolgistic in his reviews. The German text (collated above) appeared in 13 parts, of which Pt. 1 appeared in 1889 (reviewed in Auk, July 1889). The Journal far Ornithologie acknowledged the receipt of Pts. 1- 6 in the number for Jan. 1890, 7-9 in Jan. 1891, 10-12 in Oct. 1891, and 13 in Oct. 1892, but the final part probably appeared in 1891, the date on the title- page and preface. An edition in English began simultaneously with the Ger- man (Pt. 1 is reviewed in the Auk for July, 1889), but it was not completed 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 463 before 1896. It appeared in two volumes under the title of “Our Native Birds of Song and Beauty,” to which it was changed from ‘“‘North American Birds,” under which the first few numbers were issued. It comprised 16 parts, but con- tained the same matter and the same illustrations as the edition in German. Nelson, Edward William. 1887. 49th | Mis. Doc. 1st Session, { No. 156. Report | upon | natural history collections | made in | Alaska | between the years 1877 and 1881 | by Edward W | Nelson. | Edited by Henry W. Henshaw. | Prepared under the direction of the Chief Signal Officer. | No. III. | Arctic Series of Publications issued in connection with the Signal Service, U. S. Army. | With 21 plates. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1887. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. 1-337, pll. I-XXI (12 col.; by L. and J. R. Ridgway and E. W. Nelson). Washington. An account of the birds, mammals, fishes and diurnal Lepidoptera, collected by Nelson in Alaska from 1877 to 1881. The introduction (pp. 11-34) contains the narrative of the expedition; the birds are treated on pp. 35-226 and pll. I-XII. Both the introduction and the ornithological portion are by Nelson. The volume forms No. III of the Arctic Series of Publications, of which No. II, “Contributions to the Natural History of Alaska’ by L. M. Turner, 1886 (q.v.) is also in the Ayer Ornithological Library. Senate. Nelson, Harry Leverett. 1889. Bird-Songs | about | Worcester. | By | Harry Leverett Nelson, A.M. | Boston | Little, Brown, and Company | 1889. I vol. cap 8vo, 3 pr. ll., pp. 3-131. Boston. A series of pleasantly written essays about birds, with particular notice of the songs of the various species. Nelson, Thomas Hudson. 1907. The birds | of Yorkshire. | Being a Historical Account of | the Avi-Fauna of the County, | by | T. H. Nelson, M.B.O.U. | with the co-operation of | W. Eagle Clarke, F.R.S.E., F.L.S. | and F. Boyes. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | London: | A. Brown & Sons, Limited, | 5 Farringdon Avenue, E.C. | And at Hull and York. | 1907. 2 vols. foliopost 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-X VIII, 1 insert-slip (errata), pp. XIX-XLV+1, 1-374, frontisp. (col.), illum. tit. (p. 3), 75 pll., 2 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-XII, 375-843, frontisp. (col.), illum. tit. (p. 3), 86 pll. (1 col.), 2 text-figs. London. A detailed account of the avifauna of Yorkshire, with special reference to the records (published and otherwise) of the local occurrences of the various species. 464 FieL>D Museum or NaturaL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Many interesting notes are given on methods of hunting, “egging,”’ etc., and on the habits of the birds. The work was originally commenced by W. Eagle Clarke, but under the present title the text was entirely rewritten by Hudson, although acknowledgements are made to Clarke and to F. Boyes for codpera- tion in the undertaking. Neumann, J. G. 1828. Allgemeine Uebersicht | der | Lausitz’schen | Haus- Land- und | Wasservoégel | von | J. G. Neumann. | Nebst einer illuminir- ten Steintafel. | Gérlitz, | in Commission bei C. G. Zobel. | 1828. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VI, 7-186, frontisp. (col.; by G. Heller). Gérlitz. A review of the birds of the Lausitz region. Schalow, in his “Beitrage zur Vogel- fauna der Mark Brandenburg,” p. 64, 1919, collates a copy with a slightly different title-page but of the same date and with similar pagination, etc. Newton, Alfred. 1862. See Blasius, J. H., A List of the Birds of Europe. Newton, Alfred. 1864-1907. See Wolley, John, Ootheca Wolleyana. Newton, Alfred. 1871-82. See Yarrell, William, A History of British Birds, fourth edition, 1871-85. Newton, Alfred. 1876. See Rowley, George D., Ornithology Miscellany, 1875-78. Newton, Alfred. 1880. See Desfontaines, René Louiche, The Willughby Society. Newton, Alfred. 1880. See Tunstall, Marmaduke, [Ornithologia Britannica], The Willughby Society. Newton, Alfred; and Newton, Edward. 1881. List of the birds of Jamaica | by | Alfred and Edward New- ton. | [Extracted from the Handbook of Jamaica for 1881.] | Jamaica: | Government Printing and Stationery Establishment, 79 Duke Street, Kingston. 1 vol. post 8vo, tit., pp. 103-117. Kingston. An extract from the Handbook of Jamaica for 1881, supplied with a new title-page but with pagination and general contents unaltered. The paper consists of an annotated list of species, giving vernacular names (as well as the scientific ones) and references to published accounts of local occurrences. A revised list was published in 1910 by P. L. Sclater (q.v.). 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 465 Newton, Alfred. 1882. See Scopoli, Giovanni Antonio, [Deliciae Florae et Faunae Insubricae], The Willughby Society. Newton, Alfred. 1883. See Audouin, Jean Victor, [Explication Sommaire des Planches d’Oiseaux de l’Egypte et de la Syrie], The Willughby Society. Newton, Alfred. (Gadow, Hans; Lydekker, Richard; Roy, Charles S.; Shufeldt, Robert W.) 1893-96. > A | dictionary of birds | by | Alfred Newton | assisted by Hans Gadow | with contributions from | is Wi ea 57 aad and | Robert W. Shufeldt, M.D. | (late United States’ Army) | Part I. (A-GA) [Part II. (GA-MOA); Part III. (MOA-SHEATHBILL); Part IV. (SHEATHBILL-ZYGODACTYLI, | together with index and in- troduction)] | London | Adam and Charles Black | 1893 [ 1893; 1894; 1896]. 1 vol. 8vo, 3 pr. Il. (half-tit., tit. and ded.; tit. and ded. missing), pp. VII-XII (pref., notanda, etc.; pref. missing), 1-124 (introd.), 1 1. (subtit., Pt. I.), 1 1. (missing), pp. V-VII+1 (note), 1-304, 11. (subtit., Pt. II.), pp. 305-576, 11. (subtit., Pt. III.), pp. 577-832, 11. (subtit., Pt. IV.), pp. 833-1088, 1 map (col.; fold.), 700 text-figs. London. A volume containing an enormous amount of information relating to various phases of ornithology, conveniently arranged in alphabetical order with copious cross-references. A work of which Coues once wrote (Auk, XIV, p. 236, April 1897), “Far and away the best book ever written about birds.”” The anatomical paragraphs were written by Gadow and are distinguished by having the titles in Italics. Roy contributed an article on flight; Lydekker, several paragraphs on fossils; and Shufeldt, accounts of several North American birds;—these notes being signed by their respective contributors. Issued in four parts, about as collated above except that the introductory matter up to the first subtitle (pp. I-XII and 1-124, introd.) appeared in the fourth part. The arrangement of pages is taken from the instructions to the binder on the reverse of the sub- title to Pt. IV; the present copy is wrongly assembled and certain pages are lacking. I have quoted the subtitles in the absence of the general title. A second edition, unabridged, was issued in one volume in October 1899. Newton, Edward. 1881. See Newton, Alfred and Edward, List of the Birds of Jamaica. 466 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vout. XVI. Nicoll, M. J. 1919. Ministry of Public Works, Egypt. | Zoological Service. | Handlist | of | the birds of Egypt, | by | M. J. Nicoll, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., | Assistant Director, Zoological Service. | Publication No. 29. | Cairo. | Government Press. | To be obtained either directly or through any Bookseller, | from the Government Publi- cations Office, Old Ismailia Palace, | Sharia Qasr el ’Aini, Cairo. | 1919. | Price: P.T. 15. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-119, frontisp. (map.; col.; fold.), pll. 1-31 (8 col.; pll. 1-22 on 11 Il.; pll. 24-31 with legends on backs of preceding pll.). Cairo. A descriptive list of Egyptian birds. References are given, where possible, to Shelley’s ‘‘A Handbook to the Birds of Egypt,” 1872 (q.v.). The uncolored plates are from photographs of skins; the colored ones, from drawings. The introduction is dated October 24, 1919. Nilsson, Sven. 1817-21. Ornithologia | Svecica. | Auctore | Sv. Nilsson, | Philo- sophie Doctore, | in Academ. Lundensi adjuncto [etc., 2 lines.) in Acad. Lundensi, etc., 4 lines. (Vol. II.)]. | Pars prior [posterior]. | Cum X [II] tabulis zeneis pictis. | Havniea, MDCCCXVII [MD- CCCXXI]. | Apud J. H. Schubothium, Aula Regiz Bibliopolam. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, 4 pr. Il. (tit., ded. and half-tit.), pp. 1-317-+1, pll. I-VIII, IX fig. 1 and IX fig. 2 (=10 pll., col., fold.). Vol. II, pp. I-XIV, 1-277, 11. (subtit.), pll. X-XI (col., fold.). Copenhagen. A descriptive catalogue of Swedish birds. Numerous new names are proposed which are untenable, being antedated by other valid terms. The work appears to have been issued in two parts as collated, but Pt. II contains two subtitle- pages lettered “Fasciculus prior’ and ‘‘Fasciculus posterior,’’ respectively, which indicate a possible division. ‘‘Fasciculus prior’’ occurs between pp. 112 and 113, on the first leaf of the signature ending on p. 126; ‘‘Fasciculis posterior’ is on p. 133 (134 blank), at the end of its signature. The texture of the paper on p. 135 and the pages immediately following appears to be slightly different from that of the preceding pages, indicating a possible separation in dates of printing or publication. The preface was signed on Dec. 6, 1830. Nitsch, Christian Ludwig. (Burmeister, Hermann.) 1840. System | der | Pterylographie | von | Christian Ludwig Nitzsch. | Nach seinen handschriftlich aufbewahrten Untersuch- ungen | verfasst | von | Hermann Burmeister, | Professor der Zoologie an der Universitat zu Halle. | Mit X Kupfertafeln. | Halle, | Eduard Anton | 1840. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, pp. I-XII, 1-228, pll. I-X. Halle. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 467 A dissertation on pterylography, edited by Burmeister from the manuscript of Nitzsch and supplemented by an additional plate (pl. I) with explanation (pp. 227-228) on the structure of the feather, by the editor. The manuscript was prepared by Nitzsch as a revision of his earlier work, only one part of which was published, in 1833, under the title of ““Pterylographia avium pars prior.” Nordenskiold, Nils Adolph Erik von. (Palmén, Johan Axel.) 1887. [Vega-expeditionens vetenskapliga Iakttagelser bearbetade af deltagare i resan och andra forskare utgifna af A. E. Norden- skidld] > Bidrag | till kinnedomen om | Sibiriska Ishafskustens fogelfauna | enligt | Vega-expeditionens | iakttagelser och sam- lingar | bearbetade | af | J. A. Palmén. | Bd V. 16. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. 241-511, tables 1-8 (fold.), 1 text-fig. (map). Stockholm. The ornithological portion of Nordenskidld’s report on the voyage of the Vega, published in 5 vols., 1882-87. The present contribution forms part of Vol. V and consists of a detailed report, by Palmén, on the birds of the Arctic coasts of Siberia, not restricted to the material secured by the expedition. Many of the species discussed are commonly found in Arctic North America (some of them are properly Nearctic species) and their distribution in Alaska and northern Canada is, therefore, discussed. A detailed bibliography of the orni- thology of all Arctic regions, arranged geographically, and a tabular arrange- ment of species, showing distribution and records, are important additions to the text. Larus argentatus Vegae is described as new. Norris, J. Parker, Jr. 1899. Some facts about the consistency | of the chairman of the | A. O. U. Committee on Bird Protection | and an answer to his | ‘‘Hints to young students.” | by | J. Parker Norris, Jr. | Phila- delphia: | privately printed | 1899. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-10. Philadelphia. A defense of egg-collecting in large series. North, Alfred John. 1901-14. Australian Museum, Sydney. | Special Catalogue, No. I. | Nests and eggs of birds | found breeding | in | Australia and Tasmania, | by | Alfred J. North, C.M.Z.S., | Colonial Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union, Corresponding Fellow of the American | Ornithologists’ Union. | Ornithologist, Australian Museum [Ornithologist to the Australian Museum (Vols. II- IV.)]. | (Second edition of Catalogue No. XII., entirely re-written | with additions). | Volume I [-IV]. | Printed by order of the Trustees of the Australian Museum. | R. Etheridge, Junr., J. P., Curator. | Sydney. | F. W. White, printer [general printer (Vols. II-IV.)], 468 FieELD Museum or NaturaL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. 344 Kent Street. | June, 1901 - July, 1904 [November, 1906, July, 1907, September, 1909 (Vol. IJ.); 1912 (Vol. III.); 1913- 1914 (Vol. IV.)}. 4 vols. folio (size of royal 4to). Vol. I, pp. I-VII-+1, 1-366, 15 printed guard-sheets, 1 insert-slip (erratum), pll. Ar-A8 and B IJ-B VII, 73 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-VII+1, 1-380, 11 printed guard-sheets, 3 insert-slips (ed. notes), pll. A 9-A 13, B VIII-B XIII, 73 text-figs. Vol. III, pp. I-VII+1, 1-362, 7 printed guard-sheets, pll. A 14-A 17, B XIV-B XVI, 59 text-figs. Vol. IV, pp. I-VIII, 1-472; 12 printed guard-sheets, pll. A 18-A 20, B XVII-B XXV, 96 text-figs. Sydney. A voluminous report, containing descriptions of the plumages, eggs and nesting habits of supposedly all the birds found breeding in Australia and Tasmania; partly original and partly compiled from correspondence, published notes, etc. Unfortunately, many published records were ignored, making the work less complete than it would otherwise have been. H. L. White (Emu, 15, pp. 57-65, 1915) gives a list of omissions. Plates ‘‘A’’ are of nests; ““B”’ are of eggs. The work appeared in 17 parts, the dates and contents of which are given in the introductory pages of the various volumes (p. III of Vols. I-III; p. II of Vol. I). These dates are correct but omit to mention the introductory matter of the volumes. In the cases of Vols. II-IV, the introductory matter is dated the same month as that given for the issue of the last part in each of those volumes. In Vol. I, the introduction is dated October, 1904 but the last part of that volume is dated July 11. Possibly the introductory matter formed a final (separate) part; if so it would bring the total number of parts in all volumes to 18. A supplement was issued in the Records of the Australian Museum, Vol. 1, No. 6, 1891. Noska, Max. (Tschusi zu Sclimidiwlien Victor Ritter von. ) 1895. Das kaukasische Birkhuhn | (Tetrao mlokosiewiczi Tacz.) | Eine monographische Studie | von | Max Noska, | weiland Jagd- leiter Sr. kaiserl. Hoheit des Grossftirsten Sergei Michailowitsch, | unter Mitwirkung | von | Victor Ritter von Tschusi zu Schmid- hoffen, | Herausgeber [etc., 5 lines.]. | Mit einer colorirten Tafel. | (Separatabdruck aus ‘‘Ornith. Jahrb.”’, VI., 1895) | Hallein 1895. | Druck von Johann L. Bondi & Sohn in Wien, VII., Stiftgasse 3. | Verlag des Ornithologischen Jahrbuches. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I-V+1, 1 1., pp. 1-98, frontisp. (col.; by B. Geisler). Hallein. A monographic study of the Caucasian Black Cock, edited and supplemented by Tschusi zu Schmidhoffen from the manuscript of Noska. The work was originally published in four instalments in the Ornithologischer Jahrbuch, Vol. VI, 1895, Heft 2, pp. 100-125; Heft 3, pp. 129-150; Heft 4, pp. 169-182; and 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 469 Heft 5, pp. 209-243, 1 pl. The title-page and table of contents have been added to the present impression and the pagination is altered. The present copy was complimentary to D. G. Elliot from Tschusi zu Schmidhoffen. Novara, Reise der dsterreichischen Fregatte—; Vogel. 1865. See Witllerstorf-Urbair, B. von. Nozeman, Cornelius. 1758. See Moehring, P. H. G., Geslachten der Vogelen. Nozeman, Cornelius. (Houttuyn, Martinus; Sepp, Christian. ) 1770-1829. Nederlandsche | Vogelen; | Volgens hunne huishouding, [... aard en (Vol. IV.)] | aert, en eigenschappen beschreeven [eigenschappen beschreven (Vol. IV.); aard, en eigenschappen beschreven (Vol. V.)] | door | Cornelius Nozeman, | Leeraer [Leeraar (Vols. IV and V.)] der Remonstranten [Comma added (Vols. II-V.).] | en Mede-directeur van ’t Bataefsch [het Bataafsch (Vols. IV and V.)]| Genootschap | der proefondervindelyke wys- begeerte [proefondervindelijke wijsbegeerte (Vols. IV and V.)]| te Rotterdam. {| en verder, na zyn [zijn (Vols. IV and V.)] ed. over- lyden [overlijden (Vols. IV and V.)], door | Martinus Houttuyn, | medicine Doctor, | lid van de Hollandsche Maatschappy [Maat- schappij (Vols. IV and V.) en van het Zeeuwsch | Genootschap der Weetenschappen [Wetenschappen (Vols. IV and V.).} | Alle naer ’t leven [’t leeven (Vols. II and ITI.); het leven (Vols. IV and V.)] geheel nieuw en naeuwkeurig [....... naauw- OPO, EV tern tre naauwkeurig (Vol. V.)] | geteekend [keurig getekend (Vol. IV.); getekend (Vols. II and ITI.)], in ’t {het (Vols. IV and V.)] koper gebragt, en natuurlyk [Last two words transferred (Vol. IV.); en natuurlijk (Vol. V.)] | gekoleurd [en natuurlyk gekleurd (Vol. IV.); gekleurd (Vol. V.)] | door, en onder opzicht van | Christian Sepp en Zoon. | [No vol. no. (Vol. I.); Tweede Deel; Derde Deel; Vierde Deel; Vijfde en laatste Deel]. | Te Amsterdam, | By Jan Christian Sepp, Boekverkoper. [ . .. . Boekverkooper. (Vol. II.); By J. C. Sepp en Zoon, Boek- verkoopers. (Vol. III.); By J. C. Sepp en Zoon, (Vol. IV.); By Jan Christian Sepp en Zoon Boekverkoopers. (Vol. V.)] | MDCCLXX [MDCCLXXXIX (Vol. II.); MDCCXCVII (Vol. III.); Boekverkoopers. | MDCCCIX (Vol. IV.); MDCCCXXIX Yor. Viv}: 5 vols. imperial folio. Vol. I, illum tit., 3 pr. ll. (tit., pref. and conts.), pp. 1-92, 50 pll. (col.; by Sepp; 2 fold.). Vol. II, illum tit. (same as in Vol. I), tit., pp. I-II (pref.), 1 1., pp. 93-194, I-IV (index, 470 FreLp Museum oF NatTurAL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Vols. I and II), 50 pll. (col.). Vol. III, illum. tit. (new), 3 pr. I. (tit., pref. and conts.), pp. 195-294, 50 pll. (col.). Vol. IV, illum. tit. (same as in Vol. III), 3 pr. ll., pp. 295-394, I-IV (index, Vols. III and IV), 50 pll. (col.). Vol. V, illum. tit. (new), tit., pp. I-VI (pref., corrig. Vols. I-IV, conts.), 395-500, 50 pll. (col.). Amsterdam. A popular account of the birds of Holland, illustrated by hand-colored plates of all of the species, and of the nests and eggs of some of them. The birds and their habits are described in detail. It appears to be the first comprehensive work on the ornithology of the region. It was begun by Nozeman, who died in 1789, and was taken up by Houttuyn who completed the work. The dates on the title-pages appear to be accurate, but Blaauw, in “Notes from the Leyden Museum,” Vol. XV, p. 185, 1893, cites the dates as follows,—1770, 1789, 1812, 1826 and 1829,—a discrepancy of 15 and 17 years, respectively, in Volumes III and IV. No particulars are given and the citations may be in error. The work is sometimes quoted as Nozeman and Sepp. Nuttall, Thomas. 1832-34. A | manual | of the | ornithology | of the | United States and of Canada. | By | Thomas Nuttall, A.M., F.L.S., &c. [&c.” omitted] | The land [water] birds. | Cambridge [Boston]: | Hilliard and Brown, [Hilliard, Gray, and Company.] | booksellers to the university. [Line omitted.] | M DCCC XXXII [M DCCC XXXIV]. 2 vols. 12mo. ‘Land birds’’, pp. I-VIII (I-IJ, VII-VIII missing), 1-683, 53 woodcuts. ‘‘Water birds’, pp. I-VII+1, 1-627, 61 woodcuts. Cambridge and Boston. The original edition of Nuttall’s work, one of the early landmarks in the history of American ornithology. Descriptions of the species, including various new ones, and copious notes on their habits, based partly on personal observations and partly on the writings of Wilson, Audubon and others, are united to form an authoritative and readable text. A second edition of Vol. I (q.v.) was issued in 1840. The present copy is from the library of Charles Robert Bree who secured it from that of Rev. John Fleming. Nuttall, Thomas. 1840. A | manual | of the | ornithology | of the | United States and of Canada. | By | Thomas Nuttall, A.M., F.L.S. &c | Second edition, with additions. | The land birds. | Boston: | Hilliard, Gray, and Company. | MDCCCXL. 1 vol. 12mo, pp. I-VIII, 1-832, 53 woodcuts. Boston. A revised edition of the first volume of the earlier work of the same title, 1832-34 (q.v.), with “new species and many additional observations......... de- rived from my friend Audubon as well as the result of a journey made by my- self and Mr. Townsend across the continent to the coast of the Pacific.” Al- though cited by Coues as consisting of two volumes (including the water birds), the present edition appears, properly, to comprise only the single volume on the 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 471 land birds. The second volume often found associated with this one (as in the present case), either is a copy of the original edition or is printed from the original plates without alteration of any kind, including the date. The present copy is autographed by Capt. George A. McCall. Nuttall, Thomas. (Chamberlain, Montague.) 1891. A | popular handbook | of the | ornithology | of the | United States and Canada, | Based on Nuttall’s Manual. | By Montague Chamberlain. | [Vignette=ruby-throated hummer (blue-winged teal).] | Vol. I [II]. | The land birds [game and water birds]. | Boston: | Little, Brown, and Company. | 1891. 2 vols. demy 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XLVIII, 1 1, pp. 1-473, frontisp. (col.; by Ernest E. Thompson), 87 woodcuts (+1 headpiece). Vol. II, pp. I-VII-+1, 1-431, frontisp. (col.), 86 woodcuts. Boston. Based on Nuttall’s ‘Manual’ with part of the descriptions rewritten and sup- plementary notes added to Nuttall’s account of habits, distribution, etc. The woodcuts are, in a great many cases, copied from Yarrell’s ‘‘History of British Birds,” 1837-43 (q.v.), and possibly from other sources, but some of them are new. There is a later edition of the same work. Nuttall, Thomas. 1904. See Weed, Clarence Moores, Bird Life Stories, Book I. Oates, Eugene William. 1883. A handbook | to the | birds of British Burmah, | including those found in the adjoining | state of Karennee. | By | Eugene W. Oates, | Executive Engineer, Public Works Department of India (British Burmah). | Vol. I [II]. | London: | R. H. Porter, 6 Tenterden Street, W., | and | Messrs. Dulau & Co., Soho Square, W. | 1883. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, 4 pr. ll. (tit. and conts.), pp. 1-431. Vol. II, pp. I-XXX (incl. ded., pref. and introd.), 11. (errata), pp. 1-493, 1 map (col.; fold.). Copy in original covers. London. March and June, 1883. Detailed descriptions, accounts of distribution and habits, and bibliographic references for 780 species of birds. The dates are from the original wrappers. Oates, Eugene William. 1889-90. See Hume, Seean O., The Nests and Eggs of Indian Birds, Second Edition. Oates, Eugene William; and Blanford, William Thomas. 1889-98. The fauna of British India, | including | Ceylon and Burma. | Published under the authority of the Secretary of | State for India in Council. | Edited by W. T. Blanford. | Birds.- 472 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. Vol. I [-IV]. | By | Eugene W. Oates [W. T. Blanford, F.R.S. (Vols. III and IV.)]. | London: | Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Calcutta: Bombay: Thacker, Spink, & Co. Thacker & Co., Limited. Berlin: | R. Friedlander & Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse. | 1889 [1890; 1895; 1898]. 4 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XX, 1-556, text-figs. 1-163, 8 text-figs. (unnum.). Vol. II, pp. I-X, 1-407, text-figs. 1-107. Vol. III, pp. I-XIV, 1-450, text-figs. 1-102, 4 text-figs. (unnum.). Vol. IV, pp. I-XXI-+1, text-figs. 1-127. London. The ornithological numbers of a series of eight volumes, including two on fishes, one on reptiles and batrachians, one on mammals, and the present four on birds. The first two volumes on birds were written by Oates; the last two by Blanford who was also the author of the volume on mammals and the editor of the entire series. The present volumes contain a thorough monograph of the birds of India, Ceylon and Burma, with descriptions of the various plumages, measurements, notes on distribution and habits, and detailed synonymies. A bibliography is included in Vol. IV. A so-called second edition of this work (in reality an entirely new presentation of the subject) was begun in 1922 and is still in course of publication (Cf. Baker, E. C. Stuart, The Fauna of British India—Birds, 1922-date.). Court, Fleet St. Oates, Eugene William. 1898-99. A manual | of the | game birds of India. | Part I.-Land Birds [Part II.-Water Birds]. | By | Eugene William Oates, | Author of [etc., 5 lines.]. | Date of Publication, February 10, 1898 [May 18, 1899]. | Published for the author by | Messrs. A. J. Combridge & Co., | Bombay, | 1898 [1899]. 2 vols. 16 mo. Vol. I, pp. I-IX+1, 1 1. (conts.), pp. 1-431. Vol. II, pp. I-VI, 2 ll. (conts. and errata), pp. 1-506. Bombay. A book intended for the Indian sportsman. It contains brief, simple descriptions of the game birds of the country, the scientific and vernacular names, and some account of the habits of each. Oates, Eugene William. 1901-05. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Collection of Birds Eggs, 1901-12. I Ober, Frederick Albion. (Lawrence, George Newbold.) 1899. Camps in the Caribbees: | the adventures of a naturalist | in the Lesser Antilles. | By | Frederick A. Ober. | [Quot., 2 lines.] | Boston | Lee and Shepard Publishers | 1899. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XVIII, 1-366, 4 pll., 30 text-figs. Boston. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 473 An interesting narrative of the author’s experiences while on an ornithological expedition to the Lesser Antilles in 1876. Notes on the bird-life of the islands are scattered throughout the text, and in the appendix (pp. 347-366) is given a catalogue of all the species noted (from Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1, pp. 46-69, 185- 198, 232-242, 265-278, 349-360 and 449-462) followed by descriptions of the new species (from Ann. New York Acad. Sciences) by Lawrence. The first edition was published in 1880. Oberholser, Harry C. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. 1892. See Sharpe, Richard B.; and Ogilvie-Grant, Catalogue of the Picariae in the Collection of the British Museum. See, also, British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XVII. Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. 1893. Catalogue | of the | game birds | (Pterocletes, Galline, Opisthocomi, Hemipodii) | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | By | W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1893. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XXII. Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. 1893. See Whitehead, John, Exploration of Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo. Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. 1895-97. Allen’s Naturalist’s Library. | Edited by R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D., F.L.S., Etc. | A hand-book | to the | game-birds. | By | W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, | Zoological Department, British Museum. | Vol. I [II]. | Sand-grouse, Partridges, Pheasants [Pheasants (Continued), Megapodes, Curassows, | Hoatzins, Bus- tard-quails]. | London: | W. H. Allen & Co., Limited, | 13, Water- loo Place, S.W. | 1895 [1897]. vols. crown 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XIV, 1 1., pp. 1-304, pll. I-XXI (col.; by J. G. Keulemans and others), 14 text-figs. (variously num.). Vol. II, pp. I-XIV, 11., pp. 1-316, 2 ll. (advt.), pll. X XII- XXXIX, XXXa, XXXVa and XXXVIIIA (col.; XXV wrongly numbered XXVI). London. N 474 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Based on Vol. XXII of the Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum, by the same author (Cf. British Museum, 1874-98.), the present little work is a concise monograph of all the species of game birds in the world known at the time of publication. The descriptions of the various species are given in non-technical detail, and the habits and distributions are discussed at some length. Two new species are described in the second volume. Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. 1898. See Sharpe, Richard Bowdler; and Ogilvie-Grant, Catalogue of the Plataleae, etc., in the Collection of the British Museum. See, also, British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XX VI. Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. 1905. See Annandale, Nelson; and Robinson, Herbert C., Fasciculi Malayenses. Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. (Wells, Thomas.) 1912. General index | to | A Hand-list | of the | Genera and Species | of | Birds. | [Nomenclator avium tum fossilium | tum viventium.] | Volumes I.-V. | Edited by | W. R. Ogilvie-Grant. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row, E.C.; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1912. | All rights reserved. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1 1. (editor’s pref.), pp. 1-199, 1-30 (advt.). London. A consolidation of the indices in Vols. II-V of Sharpe’s “Hand-list,” 1899-1909 (q.v.), with corrections of errors noted in the originals. According to the editor’s preface, the work was first entrusted to Thomas Wells; the final index was issued under supervision and editorship of Ogilvie-Grant. The editor’s preface is dated March 11, 1912. Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. 1912. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Collection of Birds’ Eggs, 1901-12. Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. 1916. See British Ornithologists’ Union, Reports on the Collections made by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. Oldham, Charles. 1910. See Coward, Thomas A., The Vertebrate Fauna of Cheshire and Liverpool Bay. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 475 Oldham, Charles. 1919-24. See Witherby, Harry Forbes, A Practical Handbook of British Birds. Olina, Giovanni Pietro. 1684. Vccelliera | overo discorso | della natvra, | e proprieta di diversi vecelli, | e in particolare di qve’che cantano. | Con il modo di prendergli, | conoscergli, alleurgli, e mantenergli. | E con le Figure cauate dal vero, e diligentemte [sic] intagliate | dal Tem- pesta, e dal Villamena. | Opera di Gio. Pietro Olina | novare se dottor di legge | Dedicata | al Sig. Cavalier dal Pozzo. | In Roma, Presso M. Angelo de Rossi, 1684; [Tztle enclosed in broad, figured border. |. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, 5 pr. Il. (pl. on reverse of last), pp. 1-77-+1 (1-68 on one side of leaves, with plates on reverse), 6 ll. (index), 69 pll. (by Tempesta and Villamena), 2 tail-pieces and numerous engr. capitals, etc. Rome. A curious old volume, containing descriptions of numerous birds and of the methods of catching and training them; illustrated by etchings. A former edition was published in 1622. Olphe-Gaillard, Léon. 1884-91. Contributions | ala | faune ornithologique | de | l'Europe occidentale | Recueil | comprenant | les espéces d’oiseaux qui se reproduisent dans cette région | ou qui s’y montrent réguliérement de passage | augmenté | de la description des principales espéces exotiques | les plus voisines des indigénes | ou susceptibles d’étre confondues avec elles | ainsi que 1’énumération des races domes- tiques |. Par Léon Olphe-Gaillard | Bayonne | Imprimerie-Li- brairie Lasserre | 1884. 40 fascicules+-introductory matter (in 4 vols.). Pp. I-X XVIII (tit. and pref.). Fasc. I, pp. 1-116. II, pp. 1-38. III, pp. 1-109, 1 pl. IV, pp. 1-107. V, pp. 1-21. VI, pp. 1-56. VII, pp. 1-31. VIII, pp. 1-46. IX, pp. 1-43. X, pp. 1-110. XI, pp. 1-55. XII, pp. 1-54. XIII, pp. 1-56. XIV, pp. 1-189, 1 pl. XV, pp. 1-129, 1 pl. XVI, pp. 1-74. XVII, pp. 1-62. XVIII, pp. 1-71. XIX, pp. 1-96. XX, pp. 1-69. XXI, pp. 1-88. XXII, pp. 1-110. XXIII, pp. 1-66. XXIV, pp. 1-96. XXV, pp. 1-24. XXVI, pp. 1-82, 1 pl. XXVII, pp. 1-129. XXVIII, pp. 1-82+1 1. (unnum;=pp. 21 bis+1), XXIX, pp. 1-106. XXX, pp. 1-144. XXXI, pp. 1-59. XXXII, pp. 1-148. XXXIII, pp. 1-34. XXXIV, pp. 1-112. XXXV, pp. 1-38. XXXVI, pp. 1-88. XXXVII, pp. 1-94. XXXVIII, 476 FieLpD Museum oF NaturAL History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. pp. 1-68. XXXIX, pp. 1-74+8 bis, 1 pl. XL, pp. 1-32, 1-20 (index to entire work). Bayonne. A review of the birds of western Europe with synonymy, descriptions and critical notes. Numerous extralimital species are discussed. The work appeared in parts as indicated in the collation, but not in the order of present arrangement which is according to the adopted classification. The dates are given on most of the subtitle-pages, as follows. Fasc. I, undated (=1884); II, June 1887; III, May 1888; IV, June, 1888; V, undated (= March 1885); VI, May 1887. VII, June 1887; VIII, Oct. 1886; IX, Oct. 1886; X, Oct. 1886; XI, Nov. 1886; XII, Dec. 1888; XII, Febr. 1890; XIV, June 1891; XV, April 1891; XVI, Oct. 1887; XVII, Febr. 1889; XVIII, March 1889; XIX, May 1889; XX, Aug. 1889; XXI, Sept. 1889; XXII, March 1887; XXIII, Jan. 1888; XXIV, Aug. 1888; XXV, Aug. 1888; XXVI, July 1891; XXVII, Aug. 1891; XXVIII, Sept. 1891; XXIX, Nov. 1891; XXX, March 1890; XXXI, April 1890; XXXII, May 1890; XXXIII, undated (=June 1885); XXXIV, Nov. 1890; XXXV, Dec. 1890; XXXVI, Jan. 1890; XXXVII, Jan. 1886; XXXVIII, March 1886; XXXIX, May 1886; XL, June 1886. The dates of Fascs. I, V and XXXIII are from current reviews in the Ibis. In the present set, Fascs. I-XIII constitute Vol. I; XIV- XXI, Vol. II; XXII-XXX, Vol. III; and XXXI-XL, Vol. IV. Oort, E. D. van. See Van Oort, E. D. Ord, George. 1808-14. See Wilson, Alexander, American Ornithology. 1824 (-25). Idem. 1828-29. Idem. 1831. See Wilson, A.; and Bonaparte, American Ornithology. 1832. Idem. 1840. See Wilson, Wilson’s American Ornithology. 1853. Idem. 1876. See Wilson, A.; and Bonaparte, American Ornithology. 1877. Idem. 1878. Idem. Ord, George. (Rhoads, Samuel N.) 1894. Areprint | of the | North American Zoology, | by | George Ord. | Being an exact reproduction of the part originally compiled | by Mr. Ord for Johnson & Warner, and first | published by them in their | second American edition | of | Guthrie’s geography, | in | 1815 | Taken from Mr. Ord’s private, annotated copy. | To which is added an appendix on the more important | scientific and historic gestions (sic) involved. | By | Samuel N. Rhoads. | Published by the editor. | Haddonfield, New Jersey. | 1894. 1926. ‘ CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 477 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. VII-X (introd.), 11. (blank), 1 1. (facsim. of tit. of Vol. II of reprinted work), 1 p. (blank), pp. 290-361-+1 (orig. pag. of reprinted article), 1-90 (appendix and index). Haddonfield. A verbatim reprint of the title-page and pp. 290-361 of Vol. II of William Guthrie’s ‘A New Geographical, Historical, and Commercial Grammar; and Present State of the Several Kingdoms of the World.—Second American Edition Im- proved.—Philadelphia:—1815.’’ The subject matter consists of lists of the mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians of North America, with biographical sketches of some of these and of a few fishes and insects. The accounts of the birds are taken largely from Wilson. A number of new species are described. The original work is extremely rare. The appendix, by Rhoads, contains annotations relative to the foregoing text. Osbeck, Pehr. (Georgi, Johann Gottlieb; Toreen, Olof; Eckeberg, Carl Gustav.) 1765. Herrn Peter Osbeck | Pastors zu Hasslof und Wortorp, der K6énigl. Schwedischen | Akademie zu Stockholm und der Kon. Gesellschaft zu Upsala, | Mitgliedes | Reise | nach Ostindien und China. | Nebst O. Toreens Reise nach Suratte | und | C. G. Ekebergs Nachricht von der Landwirtschaft | der Chineser. | Aus dem Schwedischen tibersetzt | von | J. G. Georgi | [Deszgn.] | Mit 13 Kupfertafeln. | Rostock, | verlegts Johann Christian Koppe, | 1765. — 1 vol. demy 8vo, 3 pr. Il. (tit., ded.), pp. I-X XIV, 11. (expl. of pll.), pp. 1-552, 13 ll. (indices), pll. 1-13 (fold.; none of birds). Rostock. An account of the author’s travels in China and the East Indies in 1750-53. The present edition is a translation of the original work which was published in Stockholm in 1757. Voluminous notes on the natural history of the regions traversed are given throughout the volume. Many of these relate to birds, for which binomial names are used. Forster’s edition in English was published in 1771. Osculati, Gaetano. (Cornalia, Emilio.) 1850. Esplorazione | delle | regioni equatoriali | lungo il Napo ed el fiume delle Amazzoni | Frammento | di un | viaggio fatto nelle due Americhe | negli anni 1846-1847-1848 | da | Gaetano Oscu- lati | Membro Corrispondante della Societa’ Geografica di Parigi | Corredata di 2 Carte topografiche e di 20 Vedute e Costumi | ritratti dal vero dallo stesso Autore. | Milano | Tipografia Bernar- doni | dicontro alla Chiesa di S. Tomaso | 1850. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. 1-320, pll. I-VIII, XI-XII, 1 pl. (unnum. = pl. XIII of text; fold.; by Cornalia), 2 maps (1 fold.). Milan. Narrative and description of the author’s voyage and travels from Panama to Ecuador, across the Andes and down the Amazon, with notes on the zoology 478 Fretp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. of the regions traversed. Pp. 301-315 are occupied by Cornalia’s annotated check-list of the collection of vertebrates brought back by Osculati, given under the title of ‘““Vertebratorum synopsis | in Museo Mediolanense extan- tium | que | per novam orbem cajetanus Osculati | collegit | Annis 1846- 47-48 | speciebus novis vel minus cognitis adjectis | nec non descriptionibus atque inconibus illustratis | curante | A2milio Cornalia | Med Doct. Cathed. Histor. Natur. Spec. in Ces. Reg. Archigym. Ticin. Assist. | Cum tab. lithogr. una.’’ Various new species, not of birds, are described in this paper. A second edition of the volume was published in 1854, including a portrait and pll. IX and X, not given in the first edition. Oudart, Paul Louis. 1820-21. See Vieillot, L.P. ;and Oudart, La Galerie des Oiseaux, 1820-26, Oustalet, Emile. 1882. See Révoil, Georges, Faune et Flore des Pays Comalis. Oustalet, Emile. 1891. Ministéres de la Marine et de 1’Instruction Publique. | Mission scientifique | du | Cap Horn. | 1882-1883. | Tome VI. | Zoologie. | Oiseaux, | par | E. Oustalet. | Paris, | Gauthier-Villars et Fils, Imprimeurs-Libraires | de 1’Ecole Polytechnique, du Bureau des Longitudes, | Quai des Grands-Augustins, 55. | 1891. 1 vol. medium 4to, tit. (wrapper), pp. 1-341-+1 1., pll. 1-6 (col.; by J. G. Keulemans). Paris. A report on the birds secured by the French expedition to Cape Horn in 1882-83 (pp. 1-251), followed by an account of species obtained by other investigators in the region but not secured by the expedition (pp. 251-341). Two species are described as new (pp. 98 and 105), but one, Tinamotis ingoufi, was previously described by the same author in the Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., Ser. 7, 9, p. 18, 1890, under the same name. The present copy is from the library of P. L. Sclater, to whom it was presented by the author. Over, William H.; and Thoms, Craig S. 1920. South Dakota | Geological and Natural History Survey | Freeman Ward, State Geologist | Bulletin 9 | Birds | of | South Dakota | By | William H. Over and | Craig S. Thoms | Series XXI March 1920 No. 9 | Bulletin | University of South Dakota | Entered as second-class matter [etc., 2 lines. ]. 1 vol. 8vo, 5 pr. ll., pp. 13-142, frontisp. (col.; by Horsfall), 21 pll. (half-tone). Vermilion. March 1920. An annotated list of 322 species and subspecies of birds recorded from South Dakota. A bibliography is appended. Owen, Jean A. 1922. See Johns, Charles Alexander, British Birds in their Haunts. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 479 Owen, Richard. 1834. See Gould, John, A Monograph of the Ramphastidae. 1847. See Gould, John; (Sturm, J. H.C.F.), J. Gould’s Monographie der Ramphastiden, 1841-47. 1852-54. See Gould, John, A Monograph of the Ramphastidae, second edition. Owen, Richard. 1879. Memoirs | on the | extinct wingless birds of New Zealand; | with an appendix | on those of | England, Australia, Newfound- land, Mauritius, and Rodriguez. | By | Richard Owen, C.B., F.R.S. | Foreign Associate of the Institute of France, etc. | Vol. I. Text [Vol. II. Plates]. | London: | John Van Voorst, 1 Paternoster Row. | 1879. 2 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-X, 1-465+1, 1-7-+1 (Appendix), 1-48 (Suppls. [-III), frontisp. (fold.; by Gould and Richter), 1 pl., text-figs. 1-2, 1-39, 4 text-figs. (unnum.). Vol. II, pp. I-XIV, pll. I-CXVIII, XXa, XLIa and XLIIa (25 fold.), 1-2, I-V, 1 map. (col.; fold.). London. A series of 41 articles on the given subject, which is most thoroughly treated. Paessler, Carl Wilhelm Gottfried. 1855-63. See Baedeker, Fr. W. J., Die Eier der Europaeischen Voegel. Page, Thomas J. (Cassin, John.) 1859. La Plata, | the | Argentine Confederation, | and | Paraguay. | Being a narrative of the exploration of the tributaries of the | River La Plata and adjacent countries during the years | 1853, 54, ’55, and ’56, | under the orders of the United States Govern- ment. | By Thomas J. Page, U.S.N., | Commander of the Expedi- tion. | With Map and Numerous Engravings. | New York: | Harper & Brothers, publishers, | Franklin Square. | 1859. vol. 8vo, tit., pp. IX-XXII, 23-632, 3 ll. (advt.), frontisp., 46 text-figs., (map missing). New York. HH The narrative of the expedition, with descriptions of the country and localities at many of which zoological specimens were secured. Appendix J, pp. 599-602, gives a list, by Cassin, of the species of birds secured by the expedition, so far as they had been determined at the date of publication, with notes on a few of them. The expedition was primarily nautical, and the collection of natural history specimens was incidental. 480 FreLD Museum oF NaturaL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Pallas, Peter Simon. (Boddaert, Pieter.) 1767-70. Dierkundig | mengelwerk, | in het welke | de nieuwe of nog duistere | zoorten van dieren | Door naauwkeurige Afbeelding- en, Beschryvingen en | Verhandelingen opgehelderd worden. | In het Latyn beschreeven | door den Hooggel. Heer | P. S. Pallas, M.D. | Hoogleeraar in de natuurlyke Historie, [etc., 4 lines.]. | Vertaald en met Aanmerkingen voorzien | door | P. Boddaert. M.D. | Oudrad der Stad Vlissingen [etc., 2 lines.]. | VI stukken. | Abraham van Paddenburg, Met Plaaten. | Te Utrecht, | By en 1770. J. van Schoonhoven. 1 vol. (6 pts.) foliopost 4to, tit., pp. I-VIII, 1-32 (Pt. I.), 1-38 (Pt. II.), 1-35 (Pt. III.), 1-32 (Pt. IV.), 1-2, (3-4 missing; dedication), 5-30 (Pt. V.), 1-24 (Pt. VI.), 25-28 (bibliogr.), 1 1. (index), pll. A-B (Pt. I.), I-IV (Pt. II.), 4 pil. (Pts. IN-VL.) (=10 pil’; cols 1 of birds). Utrecht. A series of memoirs on various zoological subjects, translated by Boddaert (with the addition of annotations) from the Latin of Pallas. Each of the six parts has its special subtitle-page differing from the general title-page principally in the indication of serial number and contents, and in the varying dates. The dates, as printed, are as follows. Pt. I, 1767 (pref. dated October 4); II, 1768; III, 1769; IV, 1769; V, 1770; VI, 1770. Part VI, only, contains ornithological matter and is devoted to a discussion of the ‘‘Poulpeeintades” and the ‘‘Pape- gaaiduikers” (Guinea Fowls and Puffins). Pallas, Peter Simon. 1776-78. P. S. Pallas, | D.A.D. Professors der Naturgeschichte [etc., 5 lines.], | Reise | durch | verschiedene Provinzen | des | Russischen Reichs | in einem ausftthrlichen Auszuge. | Erster [-Dritter] Theil [ | vom Jahr 1770-1771. (Vol. IJ.); in denen Jahren 1772-1773. (Vol. III.)] | mit vielen [22 (Vol. II.); 51 (Vol. III.)] Kupfern. | Frankfurt und Leipzig, | bey Johann Georg Fleischer, | 1776 [1777; 1778]. 3 vols. in 4, cap 8vo and folio (7x9). Vol. I, 4 pr. ll. (tit., pref. and conts.), pp. 1-384, 1-52 (appendix), pll. A-I, K-O and C* (fold.; C** missing?; in atlas). Vol. II, 1 pr. 1. (tit.), pp. 1-464, 1-51-+1 +2 ll. (appendix, errata and list of pll.), 2 ll. (conts.), pll. I, II, AB, CD, EFGHI, K-Z and T* (all but I fold. and in atlas). Vol. III, 5 pr. ll. (tit., pref. and conts.), pp. 1-488, 1-80 (appendix), 12 Il. (index and list of pll.), pll. I, A-I, K-Z, Aa-Ii, Kk-Nn, G* and Gg* (all but I fold. and in atlas). (Atlas, 76 pll., fold.; 15 from Vol. I, 21 from II and 4o from III, noted under their respective vols.) Frankfurt and Leipzig. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 481 The history of the author’s journeys in Russia, with appendices describing the natural history of the region, mostly concerning botany. The birds are dis- cussed in the appendix of Vol. II, pp. 7-18, and figured on pll. CD and EFGHI. Plate C** is listed on p. 52 of the appendix to Vol. I but appears to be missing from the set. Owing to the discrepancy in the size of the plates and text, the plates, except I of Vol. II and I of Vol. III, have been bound in a separate volume without title-page. This is the second edition of the work, the first, in 4to, having been issued in 1771-76. Pallas, Peter Simon. 1778. P.S. Pallas | Medicine Doctoris | miscellanea | zoologica | Quibus nove imprimis atque obscure | animalium species. | describ- untur | et observationibus iconibusque | illustrantur. | [Vzg- nette.] | [Quot., 3 lines.] | Lugduni Batavorum, | Apud Sam. et Joan. Luchtmans, | MDCCLXXVIII. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. 1-6, VII-XIJ, 1-224, pll. I-XIV (fold.; 1 partly ornithological). Leyden. A second edition of this work, the first edition of which was published in 1766. The volume consists of detailed descriptions of a variety of animals, including, as the sole ornithological species, ‘‘Grus crepitans seu Psophia linnzt” on pp. 66-71 and pl. I. Palmén, Johan Axel. 1873. See Wright, Magnus von, Finlands Foglar, 1859-1873. Palmén, Johan Axel. 1876. Ueber die | Zugstrassen der Vogel | von | J. A. Palmén, | Docent der Zoologie an der Universitat Helsingfors. | Mit einer lithographirten Tafel. | Leipzig, | Verlag von Wilhelm Engel- mann. | 1876. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1-292, 1 1. (errata), 1 map (col.; fold.). Leipzig. 1876 (post July). A detailed study of the migration of Palaearctic birds; partly new, partly trans- lated from the author's ““Om Foglarnes Flyttningsvagar’’ published in Helsing- fors in April 1874. The preface of the present work is dated July 1876. Palmén, Johan Axel. 1887. See Nordenskidld, Nils Adolph Erik von, Vega-expeditionens Vetenskapliga Iakttagelser. Palmer, William. 1899. The Avifauna of the Pribilof Islands. See [Jordan, David Starr, The Fur Seals and Fur-Seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean. 482 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. Paris, Paul. 1906. Les Oiseaux | d’Europe | Tableaux Synoptiques | par | Paul Paris | Préparateur de Zoologie a la Faculté des Sciences de Dijon | Dessins de Maurice Dessertenne | [Design.] | Paris | Lucien Laveur, Editeur | 13, rue des Saints-Péres | 1906 | Tous droits résérves. 1 vol. 12mo, pp. 1-248, 2 ll. (table and conts.), pll. -XXV (on num. pp.), text-figs. I-CI. Paris. Synoptic tables to groups and species or subspecies of 560 European birds. Most of these are illustrated by line drawings of full figure or specific detail. The book appears to be a very useful and compact manual for identification of species. French vernacular names are given, and the species found in France are starred for recognition. Paris, Paul. 1921. Federation Francaise des Sociétés de Sciences Naturelles | Office Central de Faunistique | Faune | de France | 2 | Oiseaux | par | P. Paris | Préparateur a la Faculté des Sciences de Dijon | Avec 490 figures | Paris | Paul Lechevalier, 12, Rue de Tournon (VIe) | 1921 | Ouvrage honoré d’une subvention de 1’Académie des Sciences de Paris | (fondations R. Bonaparte et Loutreuil ). 1 vol. royal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-473, text-figs. I-XXX, 1-460. Paris. A manual of French ornithology, with synoptic tables and full descriptions. The work forms the second volume of an irregular series treating of the various zoological groups of the country. Parkhurst, H. E. 1897. Song birds and | water fowl | by | H. E. Parkhurst | Author of the “Birds Calendar’ | [Quot., 2 lines.] | Illustrated | New York | Charles Scribner’s Sons | 1897. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-286, 18 pll. (by L. A. Fuertes). New York. A series of popular essays on bird life. Parrot, Carl. 1911. See Wytsman, Paul, Genera Avium, 1905-14. Parry, William Edward. (Ross, James Clark.) 1826. Journal | of a | third voyage for the discovery of a | north- west passage | from the Atlantic to the Pacific; | performed in the years 1824-25, | in His Majesty’s ships | Hecla and Fury, | under the orders of | Captain William Edward Parry, R.N., 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 483 F.R.S., | and Commander of the Expedition. | Illustrated by numerous plates. | Published by authority of the Lords Com- missioners | of the Admiralty. | London: | John Murray, | Pub- lisher to the Admiralty, and Board of Longitude. | MDCCCXXVI. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, pp. I-XXVII+1, 11. (dir. to binder and errata), pp. 1-186, 1 1., pp. 1-151 (appendix), 7 pll. (1 fold.), 4 maps (1 fold.), 3 text-figs. London. The official report on the expedition. The appendix contains (pp. 96-108 of the same) Ross’s report on the birds collected or observed by the expedition. Patten, Charles Joseph. 1906. The | aquatic birds | of Great Britain and Ireland | by | Charles J. Patten, M.A., M.D., Sc.D. | Professor of Anatomy [etc., 3 lines.] | with many illustrations | London | R. H. Porter | 7, Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1906. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-X XX, 1-590, pll. I-LVI, text-figs. 1-68. London. A detailed treatment of the subject, with descriptions, measurements, notes on habits and distribution, and references to colored figures of the species in other publications. The plates are mostly half-tones from photographs; some are from drawings by the author. Patterson, Arthur H. 1903. See Dutt, W. A., The Norfolk Broads. Patterson, Arthur H. 1905. Nature | in | eastern Norfolk | by | Arthur H. Patterson | Associate Member [etc., 2 lines.] | with twelve illustrations in colour | by F. Southgate, R.B.A. | Methuen & Co. | 36 Essex Street W.C. | London. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-352, 1-40 (advt.), 12 pll. (col.; by Frank Southgate), 1 map. London. General observations on the fauna of eastern Norfolk, prefaced by an autobio- graphical introduction, and followed by an annotated catalogue of the birds, fishes, mammals, reptilians, amphibians, stalk-eyed crustaceans and mollusks of the region. The birds are treated in detail on pp. 108-268. Patterson, Arthur H. 1907. Wild life | on a Norfolk estuary | by | Arthur H. Patterson | Associate Member of the Marine Biological Association | of the United Kingdom | with a prefatory note | by Her Grace the Duchess of Bedford | with forty illustrations | Methuen & Co. | 36 Essex Street W.C. | London. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XV+1, 1-352, 1-47 (advt.), frontisp., 39 text-figs. (14 full-p.). London. 484 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Natural history observations in Norfolk, England, illustrated by the author’s sketches. Most of the book is ornithological and contains an abundance of original material on avian habits and characteristics. Paulsen, J. H. 1846. See Holbdll, Carl, Ornithologischer Beitrag zur Fauna Groenlands. Payne-Gallwey, Ralph. 1882. The | fowler in Ireland | or | notes on the haunts and habits | of | wildfowl and seafowl | including | instructions in the art of shooting and capturing | them | by | Sir Ralph Payne-Gallwey, Bart. | With numerous illustrations | London | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row | MDCCCLXXXII. 1 vol. demy 8vo, 11. (tit.), pp. V-XIII+1, 1-503+1, 8 ll. (ruled for keeping a record of birds killed), pll. 1-17, 82 text-cuts. London. A hunter’s account of the game birds of Ireland, and especially of the methods used in shooting and trapping them. Peabody, William B. O. 1839. See Massachusetts, Reports on the Fishes Reptiles and Birds of—. Pearson, Henry J. 1899. ‘‘Beyond Petsora | eastward’? | Two summer voyages to | Novaya Zemlya | and the islands of | Barents Sea | by | Henry J. Pearson | with appendices | on the botany and geology | by | Colonel H. W. Feilden | London | R. H. Porter | 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W | 1899. 1 vol. 8vo (7x94), pp. I-XIV, 1-335, frontisp. (col.; by Grénvold), pll. 1-88, 2 maps (fold.), 6 figs., figs. 1-5. London. The diary of two ornithological voyages to the island of Novaya Zemlya and nearby localities. Appendix G, pp. 311-324, contains an annotated list of the species of birds observed by the party; the general text is largely ornithological. Pearson, Henry J. 1904. Three summers among | the birds of | Russian Lapland | by | Henry J. Pearson | Author of ‘“‘Beyond Petsora Eastward”’ | with history of | Saint Triphon’s monastery | and appendices | London | R. H. Porter | 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1904. 1 vol. 8vo (634x9%4), pp. I-XVI, 1-216, pll. 1-68 (1 fold.), 1 map (col.; fold.). London. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 485 Diaries of three ornithological visits to Russian Lapland. Appendix I, pp. 192-201, contains a tabulated list of birds. Pearson, T. Gilbert. 1896.. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Pearson, T. Gilbert. 1918. Tales from Birdland | [Vzgnette.] | by | T. Gilbert Pearson | Secretary, National Association of Audubon Societies [etc., 3 lines.| | [Blazon.] | Illustrations by | Charles Livingston Bull | Garden City New York | Doubleday, Page & Company | 1918. I vol. crown 8vo, 6 pr. Il., pp. 1-237, frontisp. (col.), 45 text-figs. New York. A series of ten stories about birds for juvenile readers. Pearson, T. Gilbert; Brimley, C. $.; and Brimley, H. H. 1919. North Carolina Geological and | Economic Survey | Joseph Hyde Pratt, State Geologist | Volume IV | Birds of North Caro- lina | by | T. Gilbert Pearson, C. S. Brimley, and H. H. Brimley | [Seal.] | Raleigh | Edwards & Broughton Printing Co. | State Printers | 1919. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I-XXIII-+1, 1-380, pll. 1-24 (col.; by Robert Bruce Horsfall and (1) by R. Brasher), A-E, 1 map, text- figs. 1-275. Raleigh. A descriptive catalogue of the birds of the state, with bibliography, sith tables, etc. Profusely illustrated. Pearson, T. Gilbert. 1923. The | bird study book | by | T. Gilbert Pearson | Secretary, National Association | of Audubon Societies | [Blazon.] | Coloured frontispiece | pen and ink drawings by | Will Simmons | and six- teen photographs | Garden City New York | Doubleday, Page & Company | 1923. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XV+1, 1-258, frontisp. (col.; by L. A. Fuertes), 16 pll. (photogrs.), 26 text-cuts. Garden City and New York. A book of general information about birds for beginners in ornithology. Methods of bird study, bird life, migration, economic value, effects of the settlement of the country, bird protection and suggestions for teaching bird study are among the topics interestingly and authoritatively treated. 486 FieLp Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Peirce, B. K. 1890. Audubon’s adventures | or | life in the woods | by B. K. Peirce, D.D. | Eight illustrations | [Blazon.] | New York: Hunt & Eaton | Cincinnati: Cranston & Stowe | 1890. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. 1-252, frontisp., 7 pll. (num. pp.). New York and Cincinnati. An account, for juvenile readers, of many of the incidents and adventures in the life of Audubon. Pelt, Lechner, A. A. van. See Van Pelt Lechner, A. A. Pelzeln, August von. 1865. See Wiillerstorf-Urbair, B. von, Reise der dsterreichischen Fregatte ‘‘Novara,” Vogel. Pelzeln, August von. 1882. See Holub, Emil; and Pelzeln, Beitrége zur Ornithologie Siidafrikas. Pelzeln, August von. 1868-70. Zur | Ornithologie | Brasiliens. | Resultate von Johann Natterers Reisen | inden Jahren 1817 bis 1835. | Dargestellt | von | August von Pelzeln, | Custos [etc., 3 lines.]. | Wien. | Druck und Verlag von A. Pichler’s Witwe & Sohn, | 1871. 1 vol. post 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-462, I-LIX-+1 (itinerary and resumé of spp.), 1-18 (addenda and index), 2 maps (col.; 1 fold.). Vienna. A detailed catalogue of the collection of birds made in Brazil by Johann Natterer during the years 1817 to 1835. ‘The collection consisted of 12,293 bird-skins representing 1238 species. These are arranged and listed and the new forms are described. Pp. 344-390 contain an analysis of the avifauna of Brazil. Pp. 391-462 contain a list of all known Brazilian species, compiled from various sources, comprising a total of 1680 species. The work appeared in four parts, dates for which are printed on the reverse of the title-page, but these dates as well as that on the title-page are unreliable. Dr. C. E. Hellmayr has kindly furnished me with the list of the contents of each part, obtained from a copy of Pts. I-III in original covers which is pre- served in the Museum Heineanum in Halberstadt. The dates on these original covers agree with the dates on the reverse of the title-page of the volume. The following notes are available. Pt. I (pp. 1-68, 3 pr. ll., pp. I-XXXI and the route map) bears the date 1868 but the preface is dated September 1867 and the part was noticed in the Journal fur Ornithologie for September 1867, although this number of the Journal may not have appeared until 1868; it is likewise mentioned by Sclater and Salvin in a paper read before the Zoological Society of London on January 23, 1868, although this paper was not published 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 487 until the following year in the Proceedings for 1868, p. 55. Part I, therefore, must remain dated 1868 with a strong probability that it was actually pub- lished in 1867. Pt. II (pp. 69-188 and XXXIII-XLIII) is dated 1869 but was presented to the Deutsche Ornith. Gesellschaft at a meeting held on October 6, 1868; furthermore, the publishers have advised Dr. Hellmayr that the part was published in late September of that year. Pt. III (pp. 189-390, XLV-LIX and regional map) is dated 1870 and was presented to the Deutsche Ornith. Gesellschaft at a meeting held on February 1 of that year. Pt. IV (pp. 391- 462, 1-18=addenda and index, and title-page) is dated 1870 and was pre- sented to the Deutsche Ornith. Gesellschaft at a meeting held on Oct. 3 of that year, being reviewed in the Journal fir Ornithologie for September. The work is indispensable to the student of South American ornithology. Pelzeln, August von; and Madarasz, Julius von. (Lorenz, Ludwig von.) 1887. Monographie | der | Pipride | oder | Manakin-Végel | von | August von Pelzeln und Dr Julius von Madardsz | unter Mitwirkung von | Dr. Ludwig von Lorenz. | Inhalt der I. Liefe- rung: | [List of contents with page and plate references; in two columns.] | Budapest | 1887. [R. Friedlander & Sohn | Berlin, N.W., Carlstr. 11. (On pasted slip.) |. 1 vol. demy folio, cover-tit., pp. 1-13-+1, Be I-V (col.; by Julius von Madardasz). Budapest. The first and only part issued of a projected monograph of the manakins. Penard, Arthur Philip. 1908-10. See Penard, Frederick Paul; and Penard, De Vogels van Guyana. Penard, Frederik Paul; and Penard, Arthur Philip. 1908-10. De vogels van | Guyana | (Suriname, Cayenne en De- merara) | door | Frederik Paul Penard | en | Arthur Philip Pe- nard [ | Tweede deel (Vol. II.)] | [Vignette.] | Uitgave van | Wed. F. P. Penard | Paramaribo [’s-Gravenhage | Martinus Nijhoff | 1910 (Vol. II, on slip pasted over same imprint as in Vol. J.)]. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. IX- XLITI+1, 1-587, 1 p. (advt.), 161 text-cuts. Vol. II, 2 pr. Il. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-587, 122 text-cuts. Paramaribo. A descriptive catalogue of the birds of Guiana, illustrated by half-tones. A state- ment on the reverse of the title-page of Vol. II gives the dates of publication as follows: I, April 1908; II, May rg10. Pennant, Thomas. 1761-66-? The | British zoology. | Class I. Quadrupeds. | II. Birds. | Published under the Inspection of the | Cymmrodorion 488 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zoo toey, Vou. XVI. Society: | instituted for the | Promoting Useful Charities, and the Knowledge of | Nature, among the Descendants of the | ancient Britons. | Illustrated with | One Hundred and Seven Copper Plates. | London: | Printed by J. and J. March, on Tower-Hill, for the Society: | And Sold for the Benefit of the British Charity- School on | Clerkenwell-Green. M,DCC,LXVI. 1 vol. superroyal folio (1414x21), 7 pr. ll. (tit., ded., pref. review of Class I, and errata), pp. 1-162, 2 ll. (index), 132 pll. (col.; by P. Paillou, Desmoulins, G. Haulner, C. Collins, P. Brown and G. Edwards)... London. A descriptive account of the birds and mammals of Great Britain. Issued in four parts from 1761 to 1766 with the 107 plates (9 of mammals and 92 of birds) as specified on the title-page. To this a fifth part was added later with 25 additional plates (2 of mammals and 23 of birds), making 132 plates in all (1r of mammals and 121 of birds). Most of the plates are by Paillou. This, the original edition, was anonymous; the author’s name appeared on the title- page for the first time in the 5th edition (according to Coues), but occurred at the end of the preface in earlier ones (Cf. 4th edition, 1776-77.). The text of the ornithological section of the present work occupies pp. 57-162. Pennant, Thomas. 1769. > Indian zoology. 1 vol. demy folio, (no tit.), pp. 1-14, pll. I-XII (col.). London. The first number of a projected work on Indian zoology which, in this form and edition, was abandoned after the issue of the first part, here collated. The plates, including three unpublished ones, were presented to Johann Reinhold Forster who used them in his “Zoologia Indica’”’ or ‘‘Indische Zoologie”’ (Cf. Latham and Davies, Faunula Indica, 1795.). A second edition of the present work (q.v.), including a translation of Forster’s additions to it, appeared in 1790. The material for the present work is said to have originated in notes and drawings made in India by John Gideon Loten. Pl. I is mammalogical; the remainder are ornithological. See J. A. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 24, pp. 111-116, 1908, for a review of this, and the second, edition. There is no title-page. The title transcribed above is taken from the heading of the pages of text. Pennant, Thomas. 1776-77. British zoology. | Vol. I [-III; no similar tit. for Vol. IV.}. | Class I. Quadrupeds [Class II. Division II (Vol. II.); Class III. Reptiles (Vol. IIT.)]. | II. Birds [Waterfowl (Vol. IT.); IV. Fish (Vol. III.)]. | Fourth edition. [With an | appendix. (Vol. II.); line omitted (Vol. III.)| | Warrington: | printed by William Eyres, | for Benjamin White, at Horace’s Head, | Fleet Street [Fleet-Street (Vols. IJ and III.)], London. | MDCCLXXVI. > British zoology. | Vol. IV. | Crustacea. Mollusca. | Testacea. | 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 489 [Quot., 3 lines.| | [Vignette, col.] | London, | Printed for Benj. White, | MDCCLXXVII. 4 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, illum. subtit., pp. I-XXXIII+1, 1-160, (illum subtit.=pl. XVI), pp. 161-418, pll. I-LIX (58 col.; 1 fold.; by Griffiths, DeSeve, Paillou, etc.). Vol. II, (illum tit.=pl. LX), 2 pr. Il. (tit. and subtit.), pp. 421-786, pll. LX-CIII and App. I-IX (col.), 1 sheet of music (fold.). Vol. III, illum. tit., 2 pr. ll. (tit. and subtit.), pp. 3-425+1, pll. I-LXXIII+ XII* (73 col.; 2 fold.), 3 text-figs. Vol. IV, illum. tit. (no printed one), 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and ded.), pp. III-VIII, 5 ll. (index to pll.), pp. 1-154, 1 1. (cor- rigenda), pll. -XCIII+IX a (col.). Warrington and London. The 8vo issue of the fourth edition (the 4to being entirely different) of Pennant’s work (Cf. orig. ed., 1761-66.). The illuminated title-pages and subtitle-pages of Vols. I-III bear a London imprint at variance with the Warrington imprint on the printed title-pages but agreeing with that on the illuminated (and only) title-page of Vol. IV. The second illuminated subtitle-page of Vol. I and the illuminated title-page of Vol. II are numbered as plates; none of the others are so numbered. The regular issue of this edition appears to have uncolored plates. The ornithological matter is contained in Vol. I, pp. 153-418, pll. XV-LIX and Vol. II entire. Only Vol. I is inscribed ‘Fourth edition.” The copy contains the bookplate of W. H. Mullens. Pennant, Thomas. 1781. Genera | of | Birds | [Vzgmette.] | London. | Printed for B. White | MDCCLXXXI. 1 vol. demy 4to, 3 pr. ll. (engr. tit., author’s note, ded.), pp. I-XXV+1 (pref. and expl. of tit.-vign.), 1-68, 1 1. (index), pll. I, II, III-IV (on one pl.), V-XVI (=15 pll.). London. The second edition. According to the author’s note, the work was written in 1772 and presented (for use in classwork) to Dr. Robert Ramsay who published the first edition in 1773, without plates. The work consists of a general discus- sion of ornithology, followed by diagnoses of 95 genera under English names. The Latin names are given in the synonymy of each genus and in a table of classification (pp. XXII-XXV), to which someone has added, in manuscript, the page-references. It seems to have been the original intention to figure an example of each genus, but the appearance of Latham’s “General Synopsis of Birds,” 1781-85 (q.v.), discouraged the project, as noted on p. 57. Pennant, Thomas. : Introduction 1784-85. Arctic zoology. | Vol. I [II]. Pius t Chiadeubeds: [Class II. Birds.] | [Vignette.] [ |Pied Duck, No 488 (Vol. JI.)] | London: | printed by Henry Hughs. | M.DCC.LXXXIV [M.- DCC.LXXXV]. 490 FietD Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. 2 vols. demy 4to. Vol. I, tit., pp. I-CC (introd.), 7 ll. (index to introd., pref. and list of pll.), pp. 1-185, frontisp., pll. I-VIII (1 fold.), tit.-vignette. Vol. II, tit. pp. 187-586, 7 ll. (index and errata), pll. IX-X XIII (of birds), tit.-vignette. London. Originally intended as a sketch of the zoology of North America but later altered to include descriptions of the quadrupeds and birds of the northern parts of Europe and Asia. Vol. I contains the introduction, with its account of the north- ern regions and incidental mention of birds and other animals, and the detailed discussion of the mammals. Vol. II is entirely ornithological. No binomial names are used, except in the synonymy, but the full descriptions of new (and other) forms formed the basis for Latin names subsequently applied by Gmelin and Latham. In 1787 a supplementary volume was issued, often cited as Vol. III of the complete work. Later editions were published in English and German. Pennant, Thomas. (Latham, John; Davies, Hugh; Forster, Johann Reinhold. ) 1790. Indian Zoology, | Second Edition. | [Vzgnette; col.] | London. | Printed by Henry Hughs, for Robert Faulder. | MDCCXC. 1 vol. medium 4to, illum. tit., pp. I-VIII, 1-161-+11 1 1. (errata), pll. I-XVI (col.; 14 ornithological). London. A reprint of Pennant’s original “Indian Zoology,” 1769 (q.v.), with a translation of certain matter which was added by Forster in his Latin-German edition of 1781 (Cf. Latham and Davies, Faunula Indica, 1795.), and a list of oriental and near-oriental animals, entitled, ‘“The Indian Faunula.”’ Pages 1-12 contain a translation of “An Essay on India’ by Forster; pp. 13-27, ‘‘On the Birds of Paradise and the Phoenix,” also by Forster. Pp. 27-56 contain the descriptions of the birds, fishes and the single mammal figured on the sixteen plates. Pll. VII, IX, XIV and XVI are new to this edition of Pennant being taken from Forster. ‘The Indian Faunula”’ occupies pp. 57-161 (67-86 ornithological), and is credited by Pennant to Latham (for the portion on insects) and Davies (for the remainder). The names of the mammals and birds are given only in English, but to the remainder of the species Latin binomials are assigned. The ‘‘Faunula” was reprinted by Forster, with some additions and with Latin names for the birds and mammals, in his second (1795) edition of his work. The present copy has the plates colored (rare thus), and has the flyleaf inscribed, “To the honorable Sir William Jones this book is presented as a small mark of the esteem in which the character of Sir William is held by his most obedient servant Thomas Pennant London March 27th. 1792.” Petit-Thouars, Abel Aubertdu. (Prévost, Florent; Des Murs, M.A.P.O.) 1846-55. > Voyage | autour du monde | sur la frégate | La Vénus | commandée | par Abel du Petit-Thouars | Capitaine de vaisseau, Commandeur de la Légion d’honneur. | Zoologie | Mammiféres, Oiseaux, Reptiles et Poissons | Paris | Gide et J. Baudry, édi- teurs | Rue Bonaparte, 5 | 1855. 1Pp. 59-62, belonging to the copy, are missing but their place has been supplied by pp. 57 (dupl.)-62 from a demy 4to copy of the same work. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 491 > Voyage | autour du monde | sur la frégate | La Vénus, | pendant les années 1836-1839, | publié par ordre du roi, | sous les auspices du Ministre de la Marine, | par | M. Abel du Petit- Thouars, | Capitaine de vaisseau, Grand-Officier de la Légion- d’Honneur. | Atlas de Zoologie. | Paris | Gide et Cie, éditeurs, | Rue des Petits-Augustins, 5, prés la Quay Malaquais. | 1846. 2 vols. 8vo (text) and superroyal folio (atlas). Text, 2 pr. Il. (half- tit. and tit.), pp. I-ITI+1, 1-351. Atlas, 3 ll. (half-tit., tit. and table of pll.), pll. 1-13 (Mammals; 12 col.; by J. C. Werner), 1-10 (Birds; 9 col.; by Oudart), 1-3 (Reptiles; col.; by Oudart), 1-10 (Fishes; col.; by Werner), 1-24, 1(bis), 2(bis), 3(bis) (Mollusks; 26 col.; by Borromée, Oudart, A. Alberti, J. Alberti, V. Gottis and Nouvian), 1-15+15(bis) (Zoophytes; 13 col.: by Borromée and Oudart). Paris. The entire report of the voyage of the Vénus occupies 11 vols. of text and 4 vols. of plates, and was issued from 1840-64. The ornithological portion of the account of this voyage was written by Prévost and Des Murs and occupies pp. 177-284 of the volume on zoology, collated above. The volume was issued entire in July 1855 as Vol. V, Pt. 1 of the entire “Voyage,”’ but portions of it appeared earlier, that on the birds in 1849 (Cf. Sherborn, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7, Vol. 8, p. 492, 1901.). The plates appeared in 1846 with the list which accompanies them, and as they contain the new scientific names, the latter must be quoted from the plates and not from the text. The two volumes at hand are richly bound with pigskin lining, and contain the bookplate- impression of Henry Arthur Johnstone. Philippi, Rudolph Amandus. 1860. Reise | durch | die wueste Atacama | auf | Befehl der chilenischen Regierung im Sommer 1854-54 | unternommen und beschrieben | von | Doctor Rudolph Amandus Philippi | Professor der Zoologie [etc., 7 lines.] | Nebst einer Karte und XXVII Tafeln. | Halle, | Eduard Anton. | 1860. 1 vol. royal 4to, pp. I-[X+1, 1-192, 1-62 (Florula Atacamensis), pll. I-12 (11 monochr. and col.; 2 fold), I and II (fossils), I-VI and I unnum. (Zool.; col.), I-VI (Botan.), 1 map (fold.), text-figs. 1-4+1 unnum. Halle. A general account of an expedition to the Desert of Atacama Chile. The birds are treated briefly on pp. 161-165 and pll. (Zool.) III-V, where two new species are described, both of which were published earlier in other places. An edition in Spanish was issued at Halle contemporaneously with the German one col- lated herewith; the prefaces in both are dated September 3, 1858. Phillip, Arthur. (Ball, Henry Lidgbird; Watts, John; Latham, John.) 1789. The | voyage | of | Governor Phillip | to | Botany Bay; | with an | Account of the Establishment of the Colonies of | Port 492 Fretp Museum or Natura. History—Zootoey, Vout. XVI. Jackson & Norfolk Island; | compiled from Authentic Papers, | which have been obtained from the several Departments. | to which are added, | The Journals of Lieuts. Shortland, Watts, Ball, & Capt. Marshall; | with an Account of their New Discoveries | [ Vignetie.] | embellished with fifty five Copper Plates, | The Maps and Charts taken from Actual Surveys, | & the Plans & Views drawn on the Spot, | by Capt. Hunter, Lieuts. Shortland, Watts, Dawes, Bradley, Capt. Marshall, &c. | London | Printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly. | MDCCLXXXIX. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, engr. tit., pp. 1-6, 11. (errata), pp. I-VIII, 41. (list of subscrs.), 2 ll. (list of pll.), pp. I-X (conts.), 1-298, I-LX XIV (appendix), 1 1. (advt.), 54 pll.+tit.-vignette (31 col.; 7 fold.; 19 col., of birds). London. 1789 (post Nov. 26). The narrative of the European settlement of Australia under Governor Phillip, compiled from official records and other sources. Incidental remarks are made regarding birds, both in the general account and in the portions of the work taken from the journals of Lieuts. Ball and Watts. Special discussions of various animals of the region are found in Chapters XV and XXII (pp. 144- 168 and 267-298), much of which relates to birds. These are usually ascribed to Latham, to whom acknowledgement is made by the editors for unspecified drawings and descriptions. No binomial names are used herein, but Latham included some of the species (many of which are here figured for the first time) in his “Index Ornithologicus,”’ 1790 (q.v.). Second and third editions of the present work were issued in 1790, and German and French editions in 1791. The last plate is dated November 26, 1789; the dedication, November 25, 1789. Phillips, John C. 1922-25-?. A natural history of | the ducks | by | John C. Phillips | Associate Curator of Birds in the Museum | of Comparative Zo- dlogy at Harvard College | with plates in color and in black and white | from drawings by | Frank W. Benson, Allan Brooks | and [Louis Agassiz Fuertes] | Louis Agassiz Fuertes [and | Henrik Grénvold] | Volume I [-III] Plectropterine, Dendrocygnine, Anatine (in part) |The genus Anas (Vol. IJ.); Anatinz (concluded) and Fuliguline (in part) (Vol. IIJ.)] | [Blazon.] | Boston and New York | Houghton Mifflin Company | The Riverside Press Cambridge | 1922 [1923; 1925]. 3 (-?) vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-X, 11. (list of maps), pp. 1-264, pll. 1-18 (9 col.), maps 1-27 (1 fold.). Vol. II, pp. I-XII, 1-409, pll. 19-44 (20 col.), maps 28-65 (6 fold.). Vol. III, pp. I-IX-+1, 1 1. (list of maps), pp. 1-383, pll. 45-70 (21 col.), maps 66-95 (4 fold.). Boston and New York. A monographic account of the ducks of the world, containing synonymy, descrip- tion, distribution, abundance, habits and other characteristics of each of the 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 493 species. The illustrations are very fine. According to the half-title, the work will be complete in four volumes. Phillott, D. C. 1908. See Taymur Mirza, The Baz-Nama-yi Nasiri. Pidgeon, Edward. 1827-35. See Cuvier, The Animal Kingdom. Pleske, Theodor Dmitrievich. 1889-92. Ornithographia | Rossica. | Ornithologhisheskaya fauna Die Vogelfauna | des | Rossiiskoi imperii russischen Reichs | von | T. D. Pleske. Th. Pleske. | Tom’ II. Band II. | Sylviinae. | S.- Peterburgh’ 1801. - St.-Pétersbourg, 1891. | Commissionaires de a St.-Pétersbourg: M. Eggers et Cie et J. Glasunof; a Riga: a Leipzig see M.N. Kymmel; Voss’ Sortiment (G. Haessel). | Prix: 12 J3bl. 35 Kop.=30 Mark go Pf. 1 vol. medium 4to, tit., pp. 1-13-+1 (pref. to vol.), I-LIII-+1, 1-12 (pref. to Pt. I), 2 ll. (subtit. and pref. to Pt. II), 1-431-+1, 431 (bis)-665+1, 4 ll. (expl. of pll.), pll. I-IV (col.; by G. Mitzel), text-figs. 1-20, (orig. wrapper of Pt. II.). St. Petersburg. l’Académie Impériale des sciences: A detailed monograph of the warblers (subfam. Sylviinae) of Russia. The work was issued in 5 parts as follows. Part I, pp. I-VIII, 1-154, pl. I, 1889; II, 2 11. (subtit. and pref. of Pt. II), pp. IX-XVIII, 155-320, pl. II, 1889; III, pp. XIX- XXXII, 321-431-+1, 1890; IV, pp, XXXIII-XL, 431 (bis)-560, pl. III, 1890; V, pp. XLI-LIV, 561-665-+1, tit., pp. 1-13-++1, 1892. The preface of the entire volume and the imprint on the reverse of the title-page are dated December 1891, but Pt. V appears to have been issued the year afterward. The preface of Pt. I is signed Dec. 18, 1888; the subtit.-p. of Pt. II is dated on the reverse, October 1889, and the preface of that part, September 13, 1889. The duplicated page (p. 431) appears to be a reimpression without change. Although this volume is entitled Vol. IJ, no Vol. I was issued before or afterward, and an evident intention to publish similar volumes on other groups of Russian birds was never carried out. The present work is printed with the general text in both Russian and German, in parallel columns. Pocci, Franz Graf von. 1906. Franz Graf v. Pocci. | Der Fasan in Bayern | cine historische und zoologische Darstellung | Mit 10 farbigen Tafeln in Auto- typie | und zahlreichen Textbildern | Munchen 1906 | Kommis- sionsverlag von Emil Hirsch. 494 FieLp Museum oF Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 8 pr. ll., pp. 1-225, pll. I-X (col.; 1 fold; 1 map, fold.; II-VII by Eugen Rosenfeld), text-cuts 1-47 (num. only in index). Munich. An account of pheasants and pheasant-rearing in Bavaria. Pokagon, Simon. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. Pollen, Francois P. L.; and Dam, D. C. van. (Schlegel, Hermann.) 1867-68. Recherches | sur la | fauna de Madgascar | et de | ses dépendances, | d’aprés les découvertes | de | Francois P. L. Pollen et D. C. Van Dam. | 2me partie. | Leyde, | J. K. Steenhoff, Edi- teur. | 1868. Mammiféres et oiseaux | par | H. Schlegel, | Docteur en Philosophie [etc., 2 lines.] | et | Francois P. L. Pollen, | Agent Consulaire [etc., 3 lines.]. 1 vol. imperial 4to, pp. I-XIX-+1, 1-186, pll. 1-40 (38 col.; by J. G. Keulemans?; 11-40 ornithological). Leyden. A report on the mammals and birds of Madagascar, based on the collections of Pollen and Dam, but including all known forms whether secured by these investigators or by other workers. Numerous new species are described, but some of these were previously described in other places. The present volume is No. 2 of the series which consists of 5 volumes, all that have been published. Vol. 2 was issued in 4 livraisons, of which I-III appeared in 1867 and IV in 1868 according to current reviews in the Ibis. Authorship of this volume is by Schlegel and Pollen, but the exact portion attributable to each is uncertain. The ornithology occupies pp. X-XIX and 30-163, 165-166, 168-171, 172 (pt.) 173-174 and portions of the indices. The plates are very good. Pollard, Hugh B. C. 1924. See Kirkman, Frederick B.; and Hutchinson, British Sporting Birds. Pope, A. (Ingersoll, Ernest.) 1878. Part first. tee Green-winged Teal. The American Snipe. Upland game birds | and | water fowl “ | United States. | By A Pope Jr | Published by | Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. | Copyright by A. Pope, Jr., 1878. | Chemical Eng. Mandel & Werlitz, Boston. [Cover-tit.] 1 vol. elephant, cover-tit. 20 Il., 20 pll. (col.; num. and unnum.) New York. (1877?-) 1878. A series of chromolithographs accompanied by a brief account of each of the species figured. The text, according to Coues, is by Ernest Ingersoll. The work was issued in ten parts, each with two pll. and the corresponding text. The copy recorded by Coues appears to have the copyright dated 1877 for the first part 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 495 and 1878 for the remainder; the set at hand has the first part copyrighted in 1878, as collated above. The title on the wrapper of Part First is the only title in the copy. Portlock, Nathaniel. 1789. A | voyage round the world; | but more particularly to the | north-west coast of America: | performed in 1785, 1786, 1787, and 1788, | in | the King George and Queen Charlotte, | Captains Portlock and Dixon. | Embellished with twenty copper-plates. | Dedicated, by permission, to | His Majesty. | By Captain Nathan- iel Portlock. | London: | printed for John Stockdale, opposite Burlington-House, Piccadilly; | and George Goulding, James Street, Covent Garden. | M,DCC,LXXXIX. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. I-XII, 1-384, I-XL, 14 pll. (5 col.), 6 maps (fold.). London. An official account of the voyage, interspersed with ornithological and other zoolog- ical notes and with five hand-colored plates of birds. Another account of the voyage was published the same year under a nearly identical title, by Captain George Dixon (q.v.), the junior officer of the expedition. Powys, Thomas Lyttleton. See Lilford, Lord. Poynting, Frank. 1895-96. Eggs of British birds, | with an account of their breeding- habits. | Limicole. | With 54 coloured plates. | By | Frank Poynting. | London: | R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1895-6. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. I-VIII, 127 ll. (var. paged), 54 pll. (col.). London. Compiled accounts of the nesting habits of British shore birds, with excellent plates in color depicting the eggs of the species in considerable individual variation. The work was issued in four parts, with contents and dates as specified on p. XVI of the volume in question. The various accounts are paged separately for each species and the plates are unnumbered, but on pp. III and IV of the introductory matter, the final pagination and numbering of plates are given. The present copy is bound as issued, without reference to this final arrangement. Praeger, William G. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. 496 Fietp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Pratt, George B. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Prentis, Walter. 1894. Notes | on the | birds of Rainham | including the | District between Chatham and Sittingbourne | by | Walter Prentis | [Monogram.] | London | Gurney & Jackson, I, Paternoster Row | (Successors to Mr. Van Voorst) | MDCCCXCIV. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. 1-92. London. Random notes on various local birds of the region, arranged by species. Prévost, Florent. 1838-43. See Knip, Madame, Les Pigeons. Prévost, Florent. 1846-55. See Petit-Thouars, Voyage Autour du Monde sur le Frégate La Vénus. Prévost, Florent; and Lemaire, C. L. 1864. Histoire naturelle | des oiseaux | d’Europe | par | Florent Prévost, | Aide-Naturaliste de Zoologie au Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, | Chevalier de la Légion d’Honneur | et | C. L. Lemaire | Docteur en Médecine | avec 80 planches représentant 200 sujets | peintes d’aprés nature | gravées sur acier par Pauquet | Paris | F. Savy, Libraire-Editeur | 24, Rue Hautefeuille | Tous droits réservés. 1 vol. 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-203-+1, I-XII (X mis- printed XX), illum. tit., pll 1-80 (col.; by Pauquet), 2 pll. (figs. 1-32). Paris. An account of the birds of Europe, discussed under vernacular names but with some synonymy presented for each species. Only a portion of the avifauna of Europe is discussed, with the apparent intention of adding later volumes, which, however, were never issued. The colored plates are steel engravings, hand- colored. An appendix (pp. I-XII) treats of bird collecting and preservation, illustrated by the uncolored plates. This volume is a revision of Lemaire’s earlier (1846) work of the same title forming the third volume (Ser. 2, No. 1) of the second edition of the “Bibliotheque Zoologique.”’ The first edition was published in 1837 (Cf. Lemaire, Bibliothéque Zoologique> Hist. Nat. des Ois. Exotiques, 1836.). Przheval’skii, Nikolai Mikhailovich. 1877-78. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 497 Provancher, |’Abbé. 1874. Les | oiseaux insectivores | et | les arbres d’ornement | et | forestiers | Par | l’Abbé Provancher. | [Vzgnette.] | Publié sur demande de |’Hon. P. Fortin, Ministre des Terres de la Couronne. | Québec: | Atelier Typographique de C. Darveau, | No. 8, Rue La Montagne, Basse-Ville. | 1874. 1 vol. (pamphlet) 8vo, pp. 1-30-+1 1., 4 text-figs. + tit.-fig. Quebec. 1874 (post August 12). A brief discussion of some beneficial birds of Quebec, with a plea for their protec- tion. The latter part of the pamphlet (pp. 19-30) relates to the planting of ornamental and other trees and is supplied with a separate title-page. Pucheran, Jacques. 1853. See Dumont d’Urville, J., Voyage au Pole Sud et dans ’Océanie sur les Corvettes l’Astrolabe et la Zélée, Zoologie, 1842-54. Pycraft, William Plane. 1907. See British Museum, National Antarctic Expedition 1901-1904; Natural History Vol. II. Pycraft, William Plane. 1910. See Godman, F. D., A Monograph of the Petrels, 1907-10. Pycraft, William Plane. 1910. A history of birds | by | W. P. Pycraft | Zoological Depart- ment, British Museum | with an introduction by | Sir Ray Lankester, K.C.B., F.R.S. | and numerous illustrations and dia- grams | Methuen and Co. | 36 Essex Street W. C. | London. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XXXI-+1, 1-458, 11. (imprint), pp. 1-47 (advt.), 35 pll. (2 col., by G. E. Lodge; 1 fold.), text-figs. 1-50. London. According to the author’s preface, the book is a study of bird life from the point of view of the evolutionist. There is considerable information and some specu- lation in the work. A preliminary title-page assigns the book to a place as Vol. II in ‘Animal Life | an evolutionary natural history” to be issued in four volumes. Pycraft, William Plane. 1910-13. See Kirkman, Frederick Bernuf Bever, The British Bird Book. Pycraft, William Plane. 1922. Birds in Flight | by | W. P. Pycraft | Zoological Department [etc., 8 lines.| | Illustrated by | Roland Green, F.Z.S. | London | 498 FreLD MusEumM oF NaTurRAL History—Zoo.oecy, Vou. XVI. Gay & Hancock Limited | 34 Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, W.C.2. | 1922 | All Rights Reserved. 1 vol. 8vo (7144x934), pp. I-X, 1-133, 29 pll. (12 col.; 9 on num. pp.). London. A popular discussion of the flight of birds and of some of the means of recognizing British species in flight. The illustrations are both accurate and artistic. Pycraft, William Plane. 1924. See Kirkman, Frederick B.; and Hutchinson, British Sporting Birds. Quarles, E. A. 1916. American Pheasant | Breeding and | Shooting | By | E. A. Quarles | Director, Department of Game Breeding [etc., 2 lines.] | With 50 Halftone Illustrations | Hercules Powder Company | Wilmington, Del. | 1916. 1 vol. 8vo, 4 pr. Il., pp. 1-132, 4 ll. (index), frontisp., text-figs I-21, IA, 3A-3D, 5A, 5B, 6A, 6B, 7A, 8A, IOA, IIA, 16A and 16B, 14 text-figs. (unnum.). Wilmington. A treatise on the breeding, shooting, preserving and marketing of the Ring-neck Pheasant. Quelch, John J. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Quelch, John J. 1921. See Chubb, Charles, The Birds of British Guiana, 1916-1921. Quoy, Jean René Const. 1824-26. See Freycinet, Voyage Autour du Monde... sur les corvettes . . . Uranie et la Physicienne. Quoy, Jean René Const. 1830-35. See Dumont D’Urville, Jean, Voyage de Découvertes de l Astrolabe. Radde, Gustav Ferdinand Richard. 1863. > Reisen | im | Siiden von Ost-Siberien | in | den Jahren 1855-1859 incl. | im auftrage der kaiserlichen geographischen Gesellschaft | ausgefithrt | von | Gustav Radde. | Band II. | Die Festlands-Ornis des siidostlichen Siberiens. | Hierzu 15 chromo- lithographische Tafeln. | St. Petersburg. | Buchdruckerei von W. Besobrasofi & Co. | 1863. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 499 1 vol. royal 4to, 3 pr. ll. (tit., ded. and half-tit. (expl. of frontisp. on reverse), pp. 1-392, pll. I-XV (col.; by Radde; XI=frontisp.; IT duplicated). St. Petersburg. A report on the ornithology of the expedition. Vol. I of the series, published the preceding year, contained the mammals. The present copy is in the original wrappers. Radde, Gustav Ferdinand Richard. 1884. Ornis Caucasica. | Die Vogelwelt des Kaukasus | systematisch und biologisch-geographisch beschrieben | von | Dr. Gustav Radde | Direktor des Kaukasischen Museums und der 6ffentlichen Bibliothek | in Tiflis | Mit 26 Tafeln und 1 Karte. | Kassel. | Verlag von Theodor Fischer. | 1884. 1 vol. medium gto, pp. I-XI-+1, 3 ll. (expl. of frontisp., list of subscrs. and conts.), pp. 1-592, frontisp. (col.), pll. -XXV (col.; by Radde), I map (col.; fold.), 6 text-figs. Cassel. A catalogue of the birds of Caucasia, with systematic and distributional notes on each species and descriptions of several new forms. The work appears to have been issued in four parts, but I am unable to distinguish each part. At the meeting of the Deutsche Ornithologische Gesellschaft on May 5, 1884, the first lieferung (probably with 2 pll.) was presented. At the meeting on Sep- tember 1, 1884, 2 parts (embracing lieferungen 2 to 16 and 12 pll.) were pre- sented. The Ibis for January 1885 reviews three parts of the work (including pp. 1-480 (?) and pll. I-XVI). The entire work was reviewed by Madarasz in the “Zeitschr.f.d.Gesammte Ornith.”’ for January 1885; the preface of the work is dated August 1884 and the title-page, 1884; so the final work probably appeared near the close of the year 1884. Pages 588 and 589 contain a first supplement to the work. The second supplement was published in the “Journ. f. Orn.” XXXIII Jahrg., pp. 74-81, 1885. The third and fourth supplements were published in the “Ornis’’ for 1887, pp. 457-500; and 1890, pp. 400-441, respectively. A reprint of the fourth supplement, paged 1-43, is inserted in the present copy, together with a portrait of Radde extracted from the ‘“‘Orni- thologische Monatschrift, Vol. XII, 1903. Raine, Walter. 1892. Bird-nesting | in | north-west Canada | by | Walter Raine. | Illustrated. | Toronto: | printed by Hunter, Rose and Company. | 1892. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1 1., pp. 1-197, 34 pll. (6 col.; 28 monochr.), 6 text-figs. Toronto. A popular account of an oological excursion to north-western Canada. The illus- trations are by the author. The colored plates are of eggs; the monochromes are of birds, mammals and scenery. 500 Firtp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Ralfe, Pilcher George. 1906. [Jilustr.| | The Birds | of the | Isle of Man | by P. G. Ralfe | Member of the British Ornithologist’s (sic) Union | Edinburgh. David Douglas. 1905. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-LV-+1, 1-321-+1, 1 1. (advt.), (photograv. title=p. 3), 47 pll., 2 maps (col.; fold.). Edinburgh. A popular account of Manx ornithology, giving the distribution, history, vernacu- lar nomenclature and occasional notes on the habits of Manx birds. The intro- duction is descriptive of the region. The photogravure title-page bears the date 1905, but the Zoological Record, the Ibis, and Mullens & Swann agree in citing 1906 as the date of publication. The present copy is from the library of R. J. Balston who has added occasional marginal notes. Ramsay, Robert George Wardlaw. 1881. See Hay, Arthur, The Ornithological Works of Arthur, Ninth Marquis of Tweeddale. Ramsay, Robert George Wardlaw. 1923. Guide to the | birds of Europe and | North Africa | by | Colonel R. G. Wardlaw Ramsay | President [etc., 2 lines.] | witha biographical memoir by | William Eagle Clarke, LL.D. | Gurney and Jackson | London: 33 Paternoster Row | Edinburgh: Tweed- dale Court | 1923. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-355+1, 2 ll. (advt.), frontisp. (portr.). London and Edinburgh. A pocket manual, giving descriptions of all the species and subspecies of European and North African birds and noting their ranges or distribution. Genera and higher groups are characterized in their places. Rapine, J. I921. See Ménégaux, A.; and Rapine, Les Noms des Oiseaux trouvés en France. Rastall, R. H. Ig11. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. Rathbun, Frank R. 1880-82. Bright feathers | or | Some North American | birds of beauty. | By Frank R. Rathbun. | Illustrated with Drawings made from Nature, and carefully | Colored by Hand. | [Monogram.] | Auburn, N. Y. | Published by the Author. | 1880. 5 parts royal 4to. Pt. I, pp. I-VII+1, 9-24, 1 pl. (col.), 2 decorations, 1 text-fig. (col.). Pt. II, pp. 25-40, 1 pl. (col.), 1 decoration. Pt. III, pp. 41-56, 1 pl. (col.), 1 text-fig. (col.), 2 decorations. Pt. IV, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 501 PP. 57-72, 1 pl. (col.), text-figs. 1 and 2, 3 decorations. Pt. V, pp. 73-88, 1 pl. (col.), 2 text-figs., 2 decorations (insert,-portrait of author, in each part). Auburn. All published of a work intended to describe and figure “ten or more species (in as many parts) of such birds as are found in the North-eastern portion of the United States, most attractive for their plumage colorations.’’ Much of the text is quoted from other authors; the remainder is written in attempted literary style but with an inexperienced hand, and is full of poetic fancies and allusions. The species treated are the Purple Finch, Rose-breasted Grosbeak, Goldfinch, Yellow Warbler and Redstart. Part I is dated 1880; II, 1881; III-V, 1882. The original price was $1.00 per part. The present set is in original wrappers. Rathke, Martin Heinrich. 1833. See Eschscholz, Friedrich, Zoologischer Atlas, 1829-33. Ray, John. 1676. See Willughby, Francis, Ornithologiae. Ray, John. 1678. See Willughby, Francis; and Ray, The Ornithology of Francis Willughby. Ray, John. (Salerne, Francois. ) 1767. L’Histoire naturelle, | éclaircie | dans une de ses parties principales, | l’ornithologie. | qui traite | des oiseaux | de terre, de mer et de riviere, | tant de nos climats que des pays étrangers. | Ouvrage traduit du Latin du Synopsis avium de Ray, augmenté d’un | grand nombre de descriptions & de remarques historiques sur le carac- | tere des Oiseaux, leur industrie & leurs ruses. | Par M. Salerne, Docteur en Médecine a Orléans, Correspondant | de l’Académie Royale des Sciences. | Enrichi de trente-une Figures dessinées d’aprés nature. | [Design.] | A Paris, | Chez Debure Pere, Libraire, Quai des Augustins, a l’Image | Saint Paul. | M. DCC. LXVII. | Avec approbation, et privelege du roi. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. I-XII, 2 ll. (‘‘Approbation” and ‘‘Privelege du Roi’, errata and dir. for placing pll.), pp. 1-464, pll. 1-31 (figures occasionally in Roman) (by Martinet). (Interleaved, 10 pll. from Buffon, Sonnini ed.; col., by DeSeve). Paris. This work, according to its own title-page, is a translation of the “Synopsis Methodica Avium” (1713) of John Ray! with additions by Salerne, but the additions often far exceed the translations which serve mainly as a basis for 1‘Joannis Raii | ee | methodica bees & Piscium; | opus posthumum | — — Londini: | — — MDCCKXIII,” from copy in Field Museum library; ornithological portion listed also separately under same date by Engelmann, 502 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. the extended remarks by Salerne. The book, like Ray’s ‘‘Synopsis’’ is post- humous. The subject matter consists of a review of the birds of the world, with brief descriptions, notes on distribution and habits, vernacular names, and other such matter. The volume was intended to form one of a series of which at least one other part (on ‘‘La Lithologie, la Conchyliologie et la Zo- omorphose,” by Ant. Jos. Dezollier d’Argenville) was issued, in 1742-57. The interleaved plates from the Sonnini edition of Buffon’s ‘Histoire Naturelle,” 1800-05 (q.v.) are extraneous. Rea, Paul Marshall. 1910. See Wayne, Arthur Trezevant, Birds of South Carolina. Reed, Carlos Samuel. 1907. Ornitolojia econémica | Las Aves Chilenas | consideradas mui especialmente | desde el punto de vista bioldéjico | por | CArlos S. Reed, | Miembro titular [etc., 7 lines.]. | Obra ilustrada con muchos grabados | i precedida de una introduccion del | Prof. Carlos E. Porter, C.M.Z.S. | Director i Jefe [etc., 6 lines.]. [Vig- nette.| | Concepcion | Lithografia e imprenta ‘‘Concepcion” - Soulodre, Juanchuto & Ca, | 1907. I vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 15-131-+1, frontisp. (portr.; on p. VII), text- figs. 1-30. Concepcion. Brief accounts of some of the more common Chilean birds. Reed, Carlos Samuel. 1916. Museo Educacional de Mendoza | Las aves | de la | Provincia de Mendoza | por | Carlos S. Reed, F.Z.S, | Director Fundador del Museo | de Mendoza | Trabajo presentado a la primera reunién nacional | de la | Sociedad Argentina de Ciencias Naturales | Celebrada en la Ciudad de Tucuman, en la primavera de 1916. [Quot., 2 lines.] | (Parte I, Lista sistematica) | Mendoza | Imprenta de Guillermo Kraft | 1916. 1 pamphlet (7x10%4), pp. 1-47, 1 insert-slip (errata). Mendoza. An annotated check-list of the birds of Mendoza Province, Argentina. References are given to the Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum and to Dabbene’s “Catalogo Sistemdtico y Descriptivo de las Aves Argentinas,” with vernacular names and notes on distribution. Reed, Charles K.; and Reed, Chester A. 1914. Guide to | taxidermy | by | Chas. K. Reed | and | Chester A. Reed, B.S. | Author of [etc., 3 lines.]. | Illustrated by | Drawings and Photographs of Mounted Specimens | by the Authors and Mr. N. F. Stone. | New edition - Enlarged and Re-written. | Twentieth Thousand | Worcester, Mass., | Chas. K. Reed, | 1914. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 503 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. 1-304, 2 Il. (index), 45 pll. (on num. pp.), numerous marginal drawings, (col. fig. on cover). Worcester. A manual of taxidermy, copiously illustrated. On pp. 233-304 there is given a “List of Birds of North America, together with a fair valuation of the eggs, skins and mounted specimens of each.” Reed, Chester Albert. 1904. North American birds eggs | by | Chester A. Reed, B.S. | Author [etc., 2 lines.] | Illustrating the eggs of nearly every | species of North American birds | [Col. fig.] | New York | Doubleday, Page & Company | 1904. 1 vol. 8vo, 5 pr. ll. (tit., pref., list of illustrs., conts. and half-tit.), pp. 1-356, frontisp. (col.), col. fig. on tit., 656 half-tone cuts (84 of nests and eggs; 572 of eggs only), 273 marginal sketches, (col. fig. on cover). New York. A brief account of the nests and eggs of each of the North American birds, with notes on distribution and a short description of the differentiating characters of the species. Most of the eggs are pictured by an excellent half-tone figure of a typical specimen. Reed, Chester, Albert. 1911. Camera studies | of | wild birds | in their homes | by | -Chester A. Reed, B.S. | Author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | With More than 200 Illustrations from Photographs | of Living Wild Birds | rort | W. B. Clarke Company | Boston, Mass. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. 1-312, frontisp. (col.), 6 pll. (col.; by Reed; on 3 ll.), text-figs. 2-260 (photographic). Boston. A running account of the author’s experiences in photographing and observing birds, and of the habits of the various species discussed; illustrated with a large number of very good photographs of nests and eggs, young and parent birds. Reed, Chester, Albert. 1912. American | game birds | by | Chester A. Reed, S.B. | Author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | Illustrating more than one hundred species | in natural colors | Charles K. Reed | Worcester, Mass. | 1912. 1 vol. (32m0; 434x678), pp. 1-64 (57-64 advt.), frontisp. and 48 pll. (col.; on num. pp.), 12 text-figs. (also col. figs. on front and back cover). Worcester. A brief account of the habits of each of the North American game birds, illustrated by colored portraits of most of the species. The book is intended for the sportsman. 504 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. Reed, Chester Albert. 1912. Wild birds | of | New England | by | Chester A. Reed, S.B. | colored illustrations | Chas. K. Reed, | Worcester, Mass. | rg12. 1 vol. (pamphlet; 5x7), tit., pp. 5-52, 2 ll. (advt.), frontisp. (col.), 41 text-figs. (40 col.). Worcester. Brief accounts of the habits and characteristics of a number of the common or striking birds of New England. The text is in two distinct parts. On the lower portion of all the pages, running throughout the volume, is a more or less con- tinuous account of various species, not illustrated. The upper part of each page contains the account of a particular species, illustrated by a colored figure taken from one or the other of the author’s popular bird guides, “Land Birds” or “Water Birds.’’ A chart of seasonal distribution is given at the close of the volume. Reed, Chester Albert. 1914. See Reed, Charles K.; and Reed, Guide to Taxidermy. Reed, Chester Albert. 1923. Bird Guide | Land birds east of the Rockies | from parrots to bluebirds | by | Chester A. Reed | Author of | North American Birds’ Eggs, [etc., 2 lines.]. | Garden City New York | Doubleday, Page & Company | 1923. 1 vol. 32mo (5%4x3%,-long), pp. 1-228, 6 ll. (advt.), 196 figs. (192 col., by the author). Garden City and New York. A recent edition of this popular, pocket-sized handbook for the identification, in the field, of the common eastern land birds of North America. The first edition was published in 1906. A colored figure is given of each species, together with a brief discussion of each and with a “field key’”’ at the close of the volume. The colors of most of the figures are less accurate than in the early editions of the work. The volume forms Pt. 2 of the “‘Bird Guide,” being accessory to a similar volume on water birds. A companion volume is found in the author’s “Western Bird Guide,” 1923 (q.v.). Reed, Chester Albert. 1923. Western Bird Guide | Birds of the Rockies and West to the Pacific | Illustrations by | Chester A. Reed, B.S.; Harry F. Harvey; R. I. Brasher | [Trade mark.] | Garden City New York | Double- day, Page & Company | 1923. 1 vol. 32mo0 (514x3%,-long), pp. 1-252, 234 figs. (233 col.). Garden City and New York. A work similar in construction to the author’s “Bird Guide’’ (Cf. ed. 1923.), to which it forms a companion volume. The figures of the various species are smaller than in the other work, and, consequently, show details less clearly. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 505 Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1836-?._ > Praktisch-gemeinniitzige | Naturgeschichte | der | Vogel | des | In- und Auslandes | von | H. G. L. Reichenbach. | Kupfersammlung, | erster Theil mit 408 Abbildungen der | Schwimmvogel, | namlich fur die Gattung: | [Double column, 11 lines; list of genera and no. of figs.] | Leipzig. | Verlag der Wagner’schen Buchhandlung. | 1836. > Das Thierreich. | Zweiter Band. | Vogel. I. Schwimmvégel. > Sumpfvégel oder Stelzvégel. 2 pts. superroyal 8vo. ‘“‘Schwimmvégel,” tit., 7 Il. “Sumpfvégel,” 6 ll. Leipzig. Part of the original work,—precursor of Reichenbach’s “Die Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte,” 1845-63 (q.v.); catalogued by Engelmann as ‘‘Der Natur- freund, od. praktisch Gemeinntitz. Naturgesch. des In- und Auslandes,’’ etc., 1834-43. The text at hand consists of a list of the figures on the plates, (1-408, Schwimmvogel; 417-731, Sumpfv6gel), with vernacular and scientific names and the habitats of the species. The plates are missing. In general, the numbering of the figures as indicated in the text shows no affinity to that of the figures in the ‘‘Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte,” but in a few cases (Alba- trosses and Flamingoes), the numbering agrees and points to a probability that some of the figures of the present work were adapted for use in its successor. Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1845-63. > [Die vollstandigste Naturgeschichte des In- und Aus- landes, etc. Abtheilung IJ. Végel.] (11 vols.) demy 4to, royal, superroyal and imperial 8vo. 1028 pll. (922 col.). Under the above title are grouped various parts of a detailed, comprehensive work which was issued under a variety of cover-titles at irregular intervals in a most confusing manner. The entire work is extremely puzzling as to arrange- ment and method of appearance and I can find no complete and accurate colla- tion of the various components. As nearly as I can decide from available material and references, the history of the work is somewhat as follows. The book started as “Der Naturfreund, oder praktisch-gemeinniitzige Naturgeschichte des In- und Auslandes,’”’ 1834-43. Of this early work, two parts are present in the set at hand (Cf. Praktisch-gemeinniitz. Naturg. der Vogel, 1836-7). In 1884, the title was changed and the work continued (or begun anew) as quoted above. Several numbers of plates were issued under subtitles of “Die vollstandigste Naturgeschichte der Schwimmvégel [Sumpf- vogel], etc., 1845-48 (q.v.), shortly thereafter followed by installments of text. At first, the text consisted merely of a ‘Synopsis Avium’’ or list of species containing references to the illustrations. These synopses were continued for five groups of birds, the Natatores to the Gallinaceae, and were considered as Nos. I-III of a series, although I and II are not actually so numbered. They were issued in 1847 and 1848. The series of plates includes many not discussed in the “Synopsis” (apparently being of later issue), and to discuss these, a 506 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. leaflet called, ““Novitiae ad Synopsin Avium’’, Nos. IV-VII (VI being missing from the present set) was issued from time to time in 1850 and 1851. At the close of each number of this ‘‘Novitiae,” is a summary of the plates published to date in the respective groups of birds, arranged according to classification, with necessary interpolations. In the meantime a series of uncolored plates of anatomical details was pub- lished in four parts in 1849 and 1850 under the title of ““Avium Systema Natur- ale,” without accompanying text. The text appeared in 1853 as Lieferung 3 of the ‘““Handbuch”’ (mentioned below). In 1851 the plates were continued, be- ginning with the Alcedineae and running through the Picinae but excluding the Trochilinae. There were five fasciculi of these plates, each of which was accompanied (or shortly followed) by a descriptive text entitled, “Handbuch der Speciellen Ornithologie.’’ The various parts of this text were each prefixed by a list of species, with plate-references, entitled ‘“Incones ad Synopsin Avium,’’ sometimes paged with the text, sometimes unpaged, and numbered VITI-XII in continuation of the “Synopsis” and ‘“Novitiae.’’ The original wrappers of these parts are marked as Lieferungen 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6. Lief. 3 comprised the text of the ““Avium Systema Naturele’” and 8 is said to have been the first portion of the special text relating to the pigeons (mentioned later); 7 and other numbers subsequent to 8, if any, I can not trace. The five parts properly belonging here are dated from 1851-1854. Following the Picinae, the plates of the Trochilinae appeared from 1855 to 1857, but, instead of the regular text, a revision of a former brief paper by the author was published with the first of the plates in 1855, under the title of ‘“Trochilinarum Enumeratio;’’ this serves as the only available letterpress for the plates of this group. The pigeons, already briefly treated in the ‘‘Synopsis” and “‘Novitiae VI” were taken up in detail in a special paper called, ‘‘Die vollstandigste Naturge- schichte der Tauben,”’ of which the first part was issued in 1861 as Lief. 3 of the ‘‘Handbuch.”’ A second part, with 9 new plates, appeared as Lief. 9 and 10 of the “Central Atlas’’ but it was paged in continuance of the first part. The portions of the first part of the volume which deal with the Curassows and Guans (pp. 129 pt. -160) appear to have been issued also in another form as Lief. 1 and 5 of the ‘Central Atlas.’’ This ‘‘Central Atlas’? seems to have been a medium for producing miscellaneous addenda to the earlier parts of the book and contains a number of papers on Mammalia belonging to Abtheilung I of the entire work. Lieferungen 1, 5, 9 and 10 have been mentioned. Lief. 6-8, 11-13 and 17-19 were issued in 1862 and 1863 and contained a descriptive account of “Die Singvégel’’ (as far as completed) with 51 plates, separately numbered. Two other titles are sometimes considered as part of the above general work, the ‘‘Deutschlands Végel,’”’ 1842, and “Die Végel Neuhollands,” 1845-50. Both seem to have been issued also separately, the former as part of ‘‘Deutsch- land Fauna’”’; the latter, at least, utilized the plates of the larger work. In the volume on Natatores examined, there are 8 leaves of text relating to pll. 1-14 as finally arranged, which I am unable to place satisfactorily (Cf. Die vollst. Naturg. der Schwimmvé6gel.). The plates exhibit a multiplicity of styles of numbering which I have discussed under the separate portions of the work where they appear. Detailed collation of the various sections may be found under the following heads. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 507 1836-? Praktisch-gemeinntitzige Naturgeschichte der Vogel. 1845-48. Die Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte der Schwimmvégel [mut. mut.]. 1849-53. Avium Systema Naturale. 1851-54. Handbuch der Speciellen Ornithologie. 1847-48. Synopsis Avium. 1850-51. Novitiae ad Synopsin Avium. 1861-62. Die Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte der Tauben. 1848-? [Die Haushithner.] 1862-63. Die Singvégel. 1855-57. Trochihnarum enumeratio. 1862-63. [Central Atlas.] The species figured are indexed by Adolph Bernhard Meyer in his “Index zu L. Reichenbach’s Ornithologischen Werken,’’ 1879 (q.v.). Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1845-48. Die | vollstindigste Naturgeschichte | der | Schwimm- végel: [Sumpfvégel: ; Wasserhithner u. Rallen. ; Tauben | und taubenartigen Vogel. ; Huhnervégel] | Aves Natatores [Aves Grallatores; Fulicariae et Rallariae. ; Columbariae. ; Aves Gal- linaceae] | Oiseaux nageurs. [Oiseaux Echassiers. ; Les | Foulques et les Rales ; Les | Pigeons, | les | Pénélopes | et les | Hoccos. | Oiseaux Gallinacées] | von | H. G. L. Reichenbach, | Direct. d. zoolog. Museum [K. zoolog. Museum (Fulicariae et Rallariae); K. zoolog. Mus. (Columbariae)|in Dresden. | Dresden und Leipzig. [Engr. border surrounding title. }. 5 vols. in 4 (pt.) imperial 8vo. ‘“‘Natatores’’, engr. tit., 8 ll. (expl. of pll. 1-14), pll. 1-111, 111a and 111b (col.). ‘‘Grallatores,’’ engr. tit., pll. 112-186 (col.). ‘“‘Fulicariae et Rallariae,’’, engr. tit., pll. 187-219+197b(=391) (col.). ‘‘Columbariae’’, engr. tit., pll. 220- 277, 236b, 240b, 245b, 253b, 257b (col.: Novit. I-VII, 271b, 271¢, 272b and 273b incl. in vol.; cf. “Die voll. Naturg. der Tauben,”’ 1861-62.). ‘‘Gallinaceae’’, engr. tit., pll. 281-390 (col.: 321b, 365a- 365ag and 365b incl. in vol.; cf. ““Die Haushithner’’ 1848?) Dresden and Leipzig. The plates of the Natatores to Gallinaceae are found under the above-quoted engraved title-pages. There appear to be several styles of issue represented here. Some of the plates are of full size on heavy paper; others are smaller on a poorer quality of paper, some of these being remounted on larger, heavy paper to agree with the rest of the set. The only text for most of these plates is found in the “Synopsis Avium” and the “‘Novitiae ad Synopsin Avium,” 1847-48 and 1850-51 (q.v.). The Columbariae are further treated in ‘Die Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte der Tauben,” 1861-62 (q.v.). A few of the plates of the Gallinaceae seem to belong to a separate issue entitled, ‘‘Die Haushthner, 1848? (q.v.). The numbering of the plates is very confusing. Throughout the entire series (except the plates of ‘Die Singvégel,’”’ the “Avium Systema Naturale”’ 508 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vo. XVI. and a few others) each plate bears a serial number in the upper right-hand cor- ner. This serial number runs from I to DCCCLV and seems to indicate, in a measure, the order of preparation of the plates. From the Natatores to the Gallinaceae, it is the number used for reference in the ‘Synopsis Avium.”’! Some of the plates carry a “‘Suppl.’’ number in the middle of the upper mar- gin. This number indicates the position of these plates as they are to be inter- polated in the series; the plates marked in this way were probably prepared correspondingly later than most of the regular series, judging by the higher numbers given to the individual figures of birds on them. The “Suppl.’”’ number, however, is not used for any reference in the text. A further set of the plates of the Natatores—Gallinaceae have a third num- ber, prefixed by “‘Novit.” in the upper left-hand corner. These plates are not discussed in the “Synopsis” and appear to have been issued after the publica- tion of the corresponding portions of that pamphlet. On the middle of the upper margin of these plates there is still a different number with a qualifying letter (such as XXXb, XIa, etc.), indicating the position of each plate in the primary series. These plates are discussed (with a few exceptions) in the ‘‘Novitiae’’ where all three of their numbers are used for reference. In addition to the above enumerations, a table is given at the close of each number of the “‘Novitiae,” showing the final arrangement of all the plates issued to date in the respective portions of the work and assigning an Arabic numeral (sometimes qualified by a letter) to each plate. These Arabic numerals are placed, or it is requested that they be placed, at the bottom of the plates in question, where sometimes they may be found in the series from the Natatores to the Gallinaceae. In the descriptive text to the Columbariae, they are used as reference-numbers. With the exception of the additional plates of “Die Haushthner” and of the Columbariae, they may be checked by the lists in the various numbers of the ‘“‘Novitiae.’’ With the further exceptions of 111a, 111b and 197b (=391) and lacking 278-280, they are continuous throughout this series. The dates of the plates are not definitely ascertainable, but as only those of the Natatores which are treated in the first number of the ‘“‘Synopsis”’ are named on the plates, most of the dates are unimportant. The work appeared in livraisons of about 10 pll. each as is indicated by notes in some of the numbers of the ‘‘Synopsis’’: Natatores, Grallatores and Fulicariae et Rallariae (I-CXX- IX), 13 livrs.; Columbariae (CX X-CLXXVIIJI), 5 livrs.; Gallinaceae (CLX XIX -CCLXIII), 12 (?) livrs. Assuming that the plates discussed in the ‘“‘Novitiae’’ (but not in the ‘‘Synopsis’’) appeared after the “‘Synopsis,’’ the inclusive dates may be indicated thus (after data from Meyer’s ‘Index zu L. Reichenbach’s Orn. Werken’’). Natatores, Febr. 20, 1845- (post) 1848. Grallatores, June 3, 1846- (post) 1848. Fulicariae and Rallariae, Dec. 30, 1846- (post) 1848. Colum- bariae (pll. 220-277), June 16, 1848. Gallinaceae (pll. 281-390), June 16, 1848. At the beginning of the volume on Natatores there are 8 leaves of text relat- ing to pll. 1-4 as finally arranged; since certain ‘‘Novitiae’”’ plates are included these leaves must date after the “‘Synopsis I.’’ This text I am unable to place in its proper position as regards publication. The pages are the full size of the 1Pll. I and III of the original series appear to have been cancelled since those numbers do not agree with the list in the ‘‘Synopsis.’’ They were replaced by I and Ia (for I) and CCCXLIV (for III) discussed in the ‘‘Novitiae’’ (Cf. infra.). 1926. | CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 509 plates (8x1034) and the brochure is entitled, ““Die Végel’’—“Ordo Primus’’— “Natatores.’’ Each page, after the title-leaf, treats of one plate and gives the name and distribution of the species figured. Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1847-48. Cito continuatur | Lipsiae apud Friedericum Hofmeister. | Synopsis avium | iconibus coloratis hucusque rite cognitarum specierum illustrata | auctore | Ludovico Reichenbach, | Musei Zoologici Dresdensis Directore. > No. III. Febr. 1848. | Incessament continue. | Leipsic: Frederic Hofmeister. | Synopsis Avium | ornithologie méthodique | concernant | les genres et les espéces des oiseaux de toutes les parties du monde, | réunissant les découvertes les plus récentes, ouvrage orné de plus de cinq mille portraits | exactes et colorées, la plupart aprés les types originaux vivants ou conservés dans le | Museum Royale de Saxe et dans d’autres musées célébres, a la suite les détails caracteris- | tiques externes et anatomiques des genres, executés par la main et sous les yeux | de l’auteur | L. Reichen- bach, | Direct. du Museum Roy. d’Hist. Nat. de Saxe etc. 3 pts. royal 8vo. Pt. 1 (Natatores, Grallatores, and Rasores - Fuli- cariae et Rallariae), 4 ll. Pt. II (Columbariae), 2 ll. Pt. III (Gallinaceae), 3 ll. Leipzig. 1848, 1847 and Febr. 1848. The catalogue of species figured on the original series of plates in Reichenbach’s “Die Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte de Schwimmvégel [—Huhnervégel],’’ 1845-48 (q.v.). References are given to the plates by their original numbers (afterwards changed). Additional plates subsequently published for these same groups are catalogued in the “Novitiae ad Synopsin Avium,” 1850-51 (q.v.). There are no special title-pages; the above titles head the initial pages in the various parts. Pt. III is from a French edition of the work. The engraved title-page of the Columbariae, which contains 56 numbered figures of domestic pigeons, is treated as a plate and its figures are named in the text. Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1848? (Die Haushiihner, vollstandigste Darstellung aller bis jetzt bekannten Haupt- und Nebenracen und ihrer ursprtinglichen Stammeltern. 185 Abbildgn. auf 15 Taf. ] The above title is quoted from Carus and Engelmann. No text is cited there for this work. The volume of the Gallinaceae in Reichenbach’s ‘‘Die Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte der Schwimmvo6gel [Huhnervoégel],” 1845-48 (q.v.) contains 15 plates of domestic fowls, Nos. 365a-365ag and 366-373, which probably form the illustrations included under the above title. Of these, 366-373 belong to the regular issue of the plates of the Gallinaceae; the remainder are probably of special issue for this present work. No definite date is available. 510 FreELD MusEeuM oF NaTurRAL History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI. Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1849-53. Avium systema naturale. | Das | nattirliche System | der | Vogel | mit hundert Tafeln gréssentheils Original-Abbildungen der bis jetzt entdeckten | fast zwdlfhundert typischen Formen. | Vorlaufer | einer | Iconographie der Arten der Vo6gel aller Welttheile, | welche, | nachdem bereits fast dreitausend Ab- bildungen erscheinen sind, | ununterbrochen fortgesetzt wird | von | L. Reichenbach, | Director am k. zoolog. Museum in Dresden [etc., 2 lines.]. | Erscheinen sind: | Taf. I-LI den 1. December 1849. | Taf. LII-LXI! den 1. Marz 1850. | Taf. LX XII-LXXXVI den 1. Juni 1850. | Taf. LX X XVII? den 1. August 1850. | Dresden und Leipzig: | Expedition der vollstandigsten Naturgeschichte. | Leipzig: | Friedrich Hofmeister. | 1850. [Title also in French, with imprints of Berlin, Paris, Strasbourg, London, St. Petersburg and Cambridge. } 1 vol. royal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (Fr. and Ger. tits.), pp. I-VIII (pref.), 1-36 (gen. text), I-XX XI (synoptic list), 7 engr. subtits., pll. I-C. Dresden and Leipzig. The descriptive text and plates to the groups from the Alcedineae to the Picinae (excepting the Trochilinae) in the author’s “Die vollstandigste Naturge- schichte,”’ 1845-63 (q.v.). Each part is prefixed by an “Icones ad Synopsin Avium”’ consisting of a list of species with references to plates and figures, some- what similar to the “Synopsis Avium,” 1847-48, and “Novitiae ad Synopsin Avium,” 1850-51 (of the Grallatores to the Columbariae), and numbered in continuation of those series. The portions collated under this title were issued in 5 Lieferungen under the cover-title of ““Handbuch der speciellen Ornithologie.” Lief. I contained Icones VIII with text and plates; 2, Icones IX, etc.; 3, (original wrapper not present) consisted of the text to the ‘““Avium Systema Naturale,” 1849-53 (q.v.), not included under the present title; 4, contained Icones IX (=X), etc.; 5, Icones XI, etc.; 6, Icones XII, etc.*. The Trochilinae should have begun in Lief. 5 but were deferred until later, being issued eventually without other text than the ‘“Trochilinarum enumeratio,” 1855-57 (q.v.). A few of them may have constituted Lief. 7. Lief. 8 appears to have consisted of the first part of ‘Die Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte der Tauben,” 1861-62 (q.v.). The plates in the present series are numbered primarily as shown in the above collation but some of them, which were prepared out of proper sequence, bear an additional number with a qualifying letter indicating their proper place in final arrangement; thus “CCCCIIIb=CCCCLXXVII” or ‘“CCCC- XVIII=CCCCIXb.” Some of the plates have been transferred to a very 1Should be LXII; correctly given in the French title. *Should be ‘‘Taf. LXXXVII-C”; correctly given in the French title. *According to A. B. Meyer’s “Index zu L. Reichenbach’s Orn. Werken,”’ 1879, the plates of the Picinae are dated May 27, and the text, October 1, 1855. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 511 different section of the work. Plates adjacent to the original position of these transferred numbers carry an inscription indicating the consequent hiatus in the continuity of the series at these points. These plates deal entirely with the details of heads, feet, wings and tails of birds, illustrating the various genera and forming a sort of introduction to the author’s ‘Die Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte,’’ 1845-63 (q.v.). They were possibly issued as cited in the titles but are grouped in nine sections, each under a special, engraved subtitle as follows. Natatores, pll. I-X, Grallatores, pll. XI-XVIII; Rasores, pll. XIX-XXXII; Insessores Investigatores, pll. XX XIII- LI; Insessores Trepidatores, pll. LII-LXXI; Insessores Enucleatores, pll. LXXII-LXXXVI; Insessores Raptatores, pll. LX XVII-C. The text, whose preface is dated October 1, 1852, contains a general review of the classification of birds, with a systematic catalogue of genera and typical species, but includes only the Natatores to Gallinaceae; apparently it was never completed. It was issued as Lieferung 3 of the ‘‘Handbuch der Speciellen Ornithologie,’ 1851-54 (q.v.), but is paged separately and has no direct connection with that title except as both are parts of the same general work. Richmond (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 53 p. 615, footn. 1917) regards the actual date of publication as 1853. References are given to the plates and figures in the “Vollstandigste Natur- geschichte.” Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1850-1851. No. IV [V;VII]. | Dec. 1850 [1. Juli 1851; 1.September 1851]. | Novitiae | ad | synopsin avium. | Neueste Entdeckungen und Nachtrage | zur | Vervollstandigung der Classe der Vogel bei Erscheinung des Textes. 3 pts (should be 4) royal 8vo. Pt. IV (Natatores), 3 ll. Pt. V (Grallatores and Rasores), 3 ll. [Pt. VI missing (Columbariae), 11.] Pt. VII (Gallinaceae), 2 ll. Leipzig. The catalogue of the species which are figured on the plates published subse- quently to those listed in the “Synopsis Avium,” 1847-48 (q.v.). Three numbers are used for reference, all three of which appear on the plates in question,—the original serial number, a ‘‘Novitiae’’ number (so designated), and a number defining the position of the plate in the complete series (Cf. “Die Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte der Schwimmvé6gel,” 1845-48.). At the close of each number of the ‘‘Novitiae,”’ there is a table of the complete series of plates to date, in the group treated, with an Arabic numeral for each. Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1851-54. Icones ad Synopsin Avium. Cf. Reichenbach, Handbuch der Speciellen Ornithologie. Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1851-54. [Handbuch | der| speciellen Ornithologie. | Beschreibender Text zu der vollstandigsten Kupfersammlung | der | Vogel aller Welttheile | von | Dr. Ludwig Reichenbach, | Director (etc., 3 lines.). | Dresden und Leipzig, | Expedition der vollstandigsten 512 Fretp Museum or NaturaL History—Zoo toey, Vou. XVI. Naturgeschichte. | 1851. ] > Continuatio 1 Decembris 1851. No. VIII. Alcedineae. Continuatio 1 Marti 1852.. Continuatio 1 August 1853. No. IX. Meropinae.’ No. IX (=X?) Scansoriae. ; A. Sittinae. Continuatio 1. Nov. 1853. Continuatio 1. Oct. 1854 No. XI. Scansoriae. No. XII. Scansoriae. B. Tenuirostres. C.’ Picinae a. Dacninae. . b. Certhiinae. (c. Trochilinae.) d. Upupinae. Icones | ad | Synopsin Avium | hucusque rite cognitarum | auc- tore | Ludovico Reichenbach, | Musei Regii zoolog. Dresdensis Directore. 1 vol. in 4, imperial 8vo. (2 ll.; half-tit. and tit. missing), 3 ll. (subtit., Icones VIII, and ded.), pp. 1-44 (text to Alcedineae), 4 ll. (subtit., ded. and Icones IX), pp. 45-144 (text to Meropinae), 2 ll. (subtit. and ded.), pp. 145-218 (Icones IX=X and text to Sittinae), 2 Il. subtit. and ded.), pp. 219-336-+224b+1 p. (Icones XI and text to Tenuirostres, except Trochilinae), 2 ll. (subtit. and ded.), pp. 337- 434 (Icones XII and text to Picinae), 5 wrappers, pll. CCCXCII- CCCCLXXI, CCCCLXXVII-DVI, DX-DCLXXXI (DX wrongly num. DC) (col.). Dresden and Leipzig. Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1855-57. Trochilinarum | enumeratio | ex | affinitate naturali re- ciproca primum ducta provisoria | auctore | Ludovico Reichen- bach, | Musei Regii Zoologici [etc.]. | Editio post illam in cl. Caban- isii diario ornithologico oblatam | secunda | emendata et aucta. | Lipsiae | apud Friedericum Hofmeister. | 1855. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. 1-12, pll. DCLXXIX-DCCCLYV (col.). Leipzig. A second, revised edition of the author’s ‘‘Aufzahlung der Colibris,’’ 1854 (issued with Journal fir Ornithologie, Vol I), probably published for the purpose of forming a sort of ‘Synopsis Avium”’ for this group to accompany the plates in the author’s “Die Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte,”’ 1845-63. References are given to pll. 679-805 (numbered in Roman on the plates) and a dotted line with “Rchb. t.’’ provides space for the future numbering of the species listed but not yet illustrated. No other text appeared for the hummingbirds. The plates (according to A. B. Meyer’s ‘Index zu L. Reichenbach’s Orn. Werken,”’ 1879) appeared from July 18, 1855 to January 12, 1857; the text on July 18, 1855. The plates are numbered consecutively without interruption from DCLXXIX to DCCCLYV. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 513 Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1861-62. Die | vollstaindigste Naturgeschichte | der | Tauben | und | taubenartigen Végel: | Wallnister, Erdtauben, Baumtauben, Hocco’s. | Columbarie | Megapodine, Peristerine, Columbine, Alectorine. | Von|H. G. L. Reichenbach. | Mit 461 Abbildungen auf 65 Kupfertafeln, dazu folgen noch 72 Abbildungen | Novitiz. | Dres- den und Leipzig. | Expedition der vollstandigsten Naturgeschichte. > [Idem, 7 lines.] | in zwei Abtheilungen | mit nunmehr 559 illuminirten Abbildungen. | Zweite Abtheilung: | Neu entdeckte | Taubenvégel | und Nachtrage zu den schon beschriebenen. | Hierzu neun neue Tafeln mit 98 Abbildungen. | Von [etc., 4 lines.]. t vol. demy 4to, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. 1-162, 2 Il. (tit. and ded.), pp. 161-206, [1 1. (engr. tit.) ], pll. [220-277, 230b, 236b, 240b, 245b, 253b, 257b]| 272b, 273b, “‘Novit.’’ I-Novit-IX (col.). Dresden and Leipzig. A complete descriptive text to the pigeons and their allies (as classified by the author). The plates cited above in brackets belong to the original series of “Die Voll. Naturg. der Schwimmvégel [Tauben]’, 1845-48 (q.v.), listed in the Synopsis Avium,’’ 1847-48, and the “‘Novitiae,’”’ 1850-511. Pp. 1-128 appear to have been issued regularly in 1861 but regarding the rest of the first part of this volume there is some uncertainty. In footnotes to pp. 3 and 4 of “Die Singvégel,’’ 1862-63 (q.v.), the statements are made that the genus Penelope was specially treated in Pt. V of the “Central Atlas” and that Pt. I of the same dealt with the Hoccos (Curassows). In the present volume, the Curassows occupy pp. 129 (pt.)-141 (pt.), and Penelope with its allies, pp. 141 (pt.)-160, agreeing with the number of pages for Pts. I and V of the “Central Atlas’ as catalogued by the British Museum (Natural History). As exhibited by the copy at hand, however, the letterpress for these two groups is inseparable from the rest of the volume and indivisible on account of overlapping text and signatures, so the same reading matter may have been issued both as part of the present volume and as Pts. I and V of the “‘Central Atlas.’’ A review in the Ibis for October 1861, p. 405, announces the complete account of the Columbariae, including the family Cracidae, as appearing in the eighth Lief- erung of the “Handbuch der speciellen Ornithologie,’ which would imply that the whole of the first part came out entire. According to a footnote on p. 205 of Pt. II of the present work, pll. 272b and 273b appeared with the ‘‘Central Atlas’’ No. 1, but they are discussed, not in the text on the Curassaos in Pt. I, but in Pt. II. Pt. II, with pll. ‘“Novit.” I-VII and VIII-IX (=271b and 271c), appeared later, in 1862, as Nos. IX and X of the ‘“‘Central-Atlas.” Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1861-63. [Central Atlas. | This section of the author’s “Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte des In- und Aus- landes” appears to have been devoted to miscellaneous portions of various 1This number of the ‘‘Novitiae"’ is missing from the set at hand; hence there is a little uncertainty about the plates catalogued therein. 514 Fretp Museum or NaturAL History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. other subtitles, including some non-ornithological parts of the complete work. The ornithological portions, in the present copy, have been distributed and will be found collated under the subtitles of their respective heads, as follows: Pts. I-V. See Die Vollst. Naturg. der Tauben, 1861-62. Pts. VI-VIII. See Les Oiseaux Chanteurs, 1862-63. Pts. IX-X. See Die Vollst. Naturg. der Tauben, 1861-62. Pts. XI-XIII. See Les Oiseaux Chanteurs, 1862-63. Pts. XVII-XIX. See Les Oiseaux Chanteurs, 1862-63. Reichenbach, Heinrich Gottlieb Ludwig. 1862-63. Les Oiseaux Chanteurs. The Song-Birds. | Die Singvégel | als | Fortsetzung der vollsténdigsten Naturgeschichte | und zu- gleich als | Central-Atlas | fur zoologische Garten und fur Thier- freunde. | Ein | durch zahlreiche illuminirte Abbildungen | illus- trirtes Handbuch | zur | richtigen Bestimmung und Pflege | der Thiere aller Classen. | Herausgegeben | von | H. L. Ludwig Reich- enbach | K. Sachsischem Hofrathe [etc., 3 lines.]. | Dresden und Leipzig: | Expedition der vollstandigsten Naturgeschichte | und durch alle Buchhandlungen des In- und Auslandes zu erhalten. I vol. superroyal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. 1-43+1, 1 1. (sub- tit.), pp. 45-70, 71 (subtit.) -90, I-X (list of spp.), pll. I-L and LXI (45 col.). Dresden and Leipzig. A descriptive text to accompany the plates of “Song-Birds” in the author’s “Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte’’ and issued with them. The three parts comprise Nos. VI-VIII, XI-XIII and XVII-XIX of the “Central Atlas.” The text is divided, as collated above, by subtitle-dedication leaves (‘Fort- setzung der Singvégel’’ and “Zweite Fortsetzung der Singvdgel’’). Pt. I, contained pll. I-XV; II, pll. XVI-XXXI; ITI, pll. XX XII-L and LXI, accord- ing to the context; the Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History) makes a division at pll. XXX and XXXI. Only Ploceidae (Weaver Finches) are treated in the volume. This marks the end of the ornithology of the “Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte”’ which was never completed or carried beyond this point. Reichenow, Anton. 1878-83. Vogelbilder aus fernen Zonen. | Abbildungen und Be- schreibungen | der | Papageien. | Allen Naturfreunden, insbeson- dere den Liebhabern auslandischer Stubenvégel | und Besuchern zoologischer Garten | gewidmet von | Dr. Ant. Reichenow. | Aquarelle von G. Mitzel. | Kassel, | Verlag von Theodore Fischer. | 1878-1883. 1 vol. medium folio, 5 pr. ll., 33 Il. (gen. text), 4 ll. (suppl.), pll. 1- 33 (col.; by G. Miitzel). Cassel. A series of colored plates illustrating the known parrots, accompanied by short descriptions of each and notes on their distribution. The supplement contains 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 515 descriptions (without figures) of the species discovered after the publication of the other portions of the work. Issued in 11 parts of 3 plates each, as fol- lows. Unless otherwise noted, the dates are those on which copies of the parts were presented to the Deutsche Orn. Gesellschaft. Pt. 1, pll. 1-3, ante Oct. 4, 1878; 2, pll. 4-6, 1878 (Zool. Rec.); 3-4, pll. 7-12, ante Sept. 1, 1879; 5, pll. 13-16, 1880 (Journal fir Orn. for July); 6, pll. 16-18, ante Oct. 6, 1880 (noted at meeting); 7, pll. 19-21, ante Febr. 7, 1881; 8-9, pll. 22-29, 1881-82 (so noted in Journ. fir Orn. for Jan. 1882); 9, ante March 6, 1882 (noted at meeting); 10, pll. 28-30, 1882 or ante Jan. 8, 1883 (presented on Jan. 8, 1883); 11, pll. 31-33, 1883 (noted Journ. ftir Orn. for July). Reichenow, Anton. 1882-84. Die Vodgel | der Zoologischen Garten. | Leitfaden zum Studium der Ornithologie | mit besonderer Berticksichtigung der in Gefangenschaft ge- | haltenen Vogel. | Ein Handbuch fur Vogel- wirthe. | Von | Dr. Ant. Reichenow. | [Vzgnette.] | In zwei Theil- en. | Leipzig, 1882 [1882-1884]. | Verlag von L. A. Kittler. 2 vols. in 1 vol., post 8vo. Vol. 1 pp. I-XXX, 1-278, 1 text-fig. Vol. II, pp. I- XIX + 1, 1-456. Leipzig. A descriptive catalogue of birds which are to be found in zoological gardens. The introduction deals with the general classification of birds and shows a genealogical tree for the various families and higher groups. The general text contains short descriptions of 1559 species, with incidental notes on others, giving the distribution and the Latin and German vernacular names of each, and with English and French vernacular names added in most cases. Vol. I contains the ‘‘Parkvégel;’’ Vol. II, the “Stubenvégel.’’ Vol I is noted in the Journae fir Ornithologie for April, 1882; Vol. II was presented to the Deutsche Ornithologische Gesellschaft on March 7, 1884. Reichenow, Anton. 1890. See Heine, Ferdinand; and Reichenow, Nomenclator Musei Heineani Ornithologici. Reichenow, Anton. 1894. Die Vogel | Deutsch-Ost-Afrikas. | Von | Dr. Ant. Reiche- ~ now, | Kustos der Ornithologischen Abtheilung der Kgl. Zoolo- gischen Sammlung in Berlin, [etc., 4 lines.]. | Mit ttber 100 in den Text gedruckten, schwarzen und farbigen Abbildungen | nach der Natur gezeichnet von | Anna Held. | 1894. | Geographische Ver- lagshandlung Dietrich Reimer, Berlin. | (Hoefer & Vohsen.). vol. imperial 8vo (trimmed), 2 pr. ll. (tit. and half-tit.), pp. 1-250, 11. (errata), text-figs. 1-108 (44 col.). Berlin. A hand-book of the birds of German East Africa, with brief descriptions of all groups and tables for the determination of the species. A history and bibliog- raphy of the ornithology of the region are prefixed to the general discussion, and the reference to the original description of each species is given in the 516 Fretp Museum or NaTturRAL History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. text. A table to the families is added at the close of the work. Although separately titled and paged, this work forms part of Vol. III of Franz Stuhl- mann’s ‘‘Mit Emin Pascha ins Herz von Africa,” this volume being devoted to the vertebrate fauna of “Die Thierwelt-Ost-Afrikas und der Nachbarge- biete. Herausgegeben unter Redaktion von — — K. Mobius,” etc. Vol. I contained the general narrative, IV the invertebrate fauna, and VII the geog- raphy and geology,—all of the work published. Reichenow, Anton. 1900-05. Die | Végel Afrikas | von | Ant. Reichenow | Erster Band [-Dritter Band; Atlas] | [Blazon.] | Neudamm | Verlag von J. Neumann | 1900-1901 [1902-1903; 1904-1905; 1902]. 4 vols. imperial 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-CIV, 1-706, frontisp. (portr.), 1 pl. (maps, col.), text-figs. 1-10, 1 text-fig. (unnum.). Vol. II, pp. I-XVI, 11. (subtit.), pp. 1-752. Vol. III, pp. -XXV-+1, 11. (subtit.), pp. 1-880. Atlas, pp. 1-50, 30 pll. (col.; by Bruno Geisler and T. G. Meisner), maps A-C (col.; fold.), 5 text-figs. Neudamm. A complete monograph of the birds of Africa. The work was published in 6 parts as follows. Vol. I, Pt. 1, pp. IJI-XCVI, 1-320, 1900, before Oct. 5}. Vol. I, Pt. 2, pp. XCVII-CIV, 321-706, Nov. 19012. Vol. II, Pt. 1, pp. 1-384, 1-46 (Atlas), pll. I, IV, XI, XIV and XV (as numbered in index), Maps. A-C, 1902’. Vol. II, Pt. 2, pp. 385-752, (I-XVI ?), pll. II, V, IX, X, XII and XIII, May 1903. Vol. III, Pt. 1, pp. 1-416, pll. III, XVI, XXVII and XXIX, July 1904. Vol. III, Pt. 2, pp. 417-880, I-X XV, 47-50 (Atlas), pll. VI, VII, VIII, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVIII and XXX, October 1905. Dates for Vol. II, Pt. 2 and Vol. III are as given on p. 726 of Vol. II and 880 of Vol. III. The Atlas is composed of the maps and plates and their indices which were issued with the various parts of Vols. II and III. Reichenow, Anton. 1902. Die Kennzeichen | der | Vogel Deutschlands | Schlissel zum Bestimmen, | deutsche und wissenschaftliche Benennungen, | geographische Verbreitung, Brut- und Zugzeiten | der deutschen Vogel | Von | Prof. Dr. Ant. Reichenow | Kustos der Ornitholo- gischen Abtheilung des Kénigl. Zoologischen Museums in Berlin | Generalsekretar der Deutschen Ornithologischen Gesellschaft | Mit erlauternden Abbildungen | [Blazon.] | Neudamm | Verlag von J. Neumann | 1902. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1-150, 1 1.+pp. 1-14+1 1. (advt.), pll. I-VIII, text-figs. 1-5, 51, 52, 81, 1 text-fig. (unnum.). Neudamm. 1Copy laid on table at meeting of Deutsche Orn. Ges. Cf. J. f. O., 1901, p. 105. *Advertised in Ornith. Monatsber. for Nov. 1901, as having been published. *On p. 726 of this volume, the date of publication of the first part is said to have been June 1902, but Hellmayr, in Archiv. far Naturg., II, Heft. 1 p. 117, 1902, says it appeared in August. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 517 A handbook of the birds of Germany, with synoptic tables but no descriptions. Latin names are given, with the date of original publication, and one or more vernacular names are added. Synonymy is restricted to the names adopted in Naumann’s “Naturgeschichte der Végel Deutschlands,” 1822-60 (q.v.), and Reichenow’s ‘‘Systematisches Verzeichniss der V6gel Deutschlands,” 1889. Reid, Philip Savile Grey. 1903-05. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Collection of Birds’ Eggs, 1901-12. Reider, Jakob Ernst von; and Hahn, Carl Wilhelm. 1830-35. Fauna Boica | oder | gemeinntitzige | Naturgeschichte | der | Thiere Bayerns | bearbeitet und herausgegeben | von | Jakob Ernst von Reider, | Landgerichtsassessor und mehrerer gelehrten Gesellschaften | Mitgliede | und | Dr. Carl Wilhelm Hahn, | Naturhistoriker. | Zweite Abtheilung. | Végel. | Mit 182 fein ausgemalten Tafeln. | Nurnberg, 1835. | In der E. H. Zeh’schen Buchhandlung. > Deutschlands Végel | in | Abbildungen nach der Natur | mit Beschreibungen, | von | Dr. Carl Wilhelm Hahn. | Erste [Zweite] Abtheilung. | Landvégel [Sumpf- und Wasser- végel]. | Mit 110 [72] illuminirten Tafeln. | Nurnberg, 1835. | In der E. H. Zeh’schen Buchhandlung. 2 vols. post 8vo (letterpress demy 8vo). Vol. I, 2 pr. Il. (subtit. and tit.), pp. ITI-LXII, 180 ll., rog pll. (col.). Vol. II, subtit., 116 11, 73 pil. (col.). Nuremberg. The ornithological portion of Reider and Hahn’s “Fauna Boica,’’ consisting of Lieferungen 2, 8, 12, 29, 16, 17, 18, 20 and 22-27 [in the order of appearance, according to the Cat. Libr. British Museum (Nat. Hist.)], and forming Part II of the complete work. Under its separate subtitle of ‘““‘Deutschlands Végel’’ it is, itself, divided into Parts I and II. ‘Most of the ornithology is by Hahn whose name appears alone on the subtitle-page. The general text (unpaged) consists of descriptions and discussions of the various species which are figured on the plates. Most of the signatures are signed by Hahn, many are unsigned, and at least one is followed by Reider’s name. A general review of the contents is given on the numbered pages in Vol. I, where the plates, themselves un- numbered, are catalogued as if numbered in sequence from 1 to 182. The nomenclature of this review is not consistent with that of the general text nor that of the plates, nor do the text and plates always agree in this respect. Reiser, Othmar; and Fithrer, Ludwig von. 1894-1905-date. Materialien | zu einer | Ornis balcanica. [ | Her- ausgegeben | vom | Bosnisch-Herzegowinischen Landesmuseum | 518 FreELD Museum oF NaTtuRAL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. in Sarajevo. (Vols. III and IV.)] | II [-IV]. | Bulgarien (Einschliesslich Ost-Rumeliens und der Dobrudscha). Griechenland und die griechischen Inseln (Vol. III.); Montenegro. (Vol. IV.) (mit Ausnahme von Kreta). von | Othmar [Otmar (Vol. III.)] Reiser, | Custos [Kustos (Vol. III.)| am Bosn.-Herceg. [-Herzeg. (Vol. III.)] Landesmuseum. [ | und | Ludwig v. Fithrer. (Vol. IV.)] | Mit drei Tafeln in Farbendruck und einer Karte [Mit 4 Tafeln in Farbendruck, 5 Abbildungen in Schwarzdruck | und einer Karte (Vol. ITII.); Mit zwei Tafeln in Farbendruck und einer Karte (Vol. IV.)]. | Wien, 1894 [1905 (Vol. III.); 1896 (Vol. IV.)]. | In Commission [Kommission (Vol. III.)] bei Carl Gerold’s Sohn. 3 vols. (II-IV), imperial 8vo. Vol. II, pp. I-XII, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-204, pll. I-III (col.), 1 map (fold.). Vol. III, pp. I-XIV, 1-589, 1 1. (guard-sheet, expl. of pl. III), pll. I-IV (col.; by Kleinschmidt), 1 map (col.; fold.), 4 text-figs. Vol. IV, pp. I-X, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-149, pll. I-II (col.), 1 map (col.; fold.). Vienna. A series of monographs of Balkan birds, including those of Bulgaria, Greece and Montenegro. Vol. I, not yet published, is planned to contain the birds of Bosnia and Herzegovina. Rennie, James. 1831-35. > The library of entertaining knowledge. | The | archi- tecture | of | birds. | London: | Charles Knight, Pall Mall East; | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, & Green, Paternoster Row; | Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh; Atkinson & Co., Glasgow; | Wakeman, Dublin; Willmer, Liverpool; & Baines & Co. Leeds. | MDCCCXXXI. > The library of entertaining knowledge. | The | domestic | habits of birds. | London: | Charles Knight, 22, Ludgate Street, and | 13, Pall-Mall East; | Longman, Rees [etc., 4 lines.] | MDCCCXXXIII. > The library of entertaining knowledge. | The | faculties of birds. | London: | Charles Knight, 22, Ludgate Street. | MD- COCXIEXV. 3 vols. 12mo. (Architecture), pp. I-XII, 1-392, 2 ll. (advt.), 78 text-cuts. (Domestic habits), pp. I-XVI, 1-379, 82 text-cuts. (Faculties), pp. I-XVI, 1-338, 15 pll., 49 text-cuts. London. The three volumes, according to the general index in the last one, complete the subject of ornithology as presented in “‘The Library of Entertaining Knowledge.” All three works are pure compilations but bring together a large number of 4926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 519 facts and fancies which are presented in a popular manner. The volume on the architecture of birds was reissued under the title of “Bird Architecture” in 1844. Révoil, Georges. (Oustalet, Emile.) 1882. Georges Révoil | Faune et flore | des | pays Comalis | (Afrique Orientale). | [Vzgnette.] | Paris | Challamel Ainé, éditeur, 5, Rue Jacob. | 1882. 1 vol. 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. VII-VIII, 1-14 (Mammals), 1-14 (Birds), 1-25 (Reptiles and Batrachians), 1-12 (Fishes), 1-108 (Mollusks), 1-39 (Geology and Paleontology), 1-104 (Insects), 1-70 (Plants), 1-78 (Toxicology), frontisp. (col.), pll. I-II (1 col.; Mammals), I (col.; by J. Terrier; Birds), I-III (Reptiles and Fish), I-IV+2 pll. (unnum.) (Mollusks), I-IV (Paleontology), I (col.; Insects), I-VI (Plants), text-figs. 1-3 (Geology), 1-5 (Toxi- cology). Paris. A series of papers dealing with the collections made by Révoil in Somaliland, written by various authors. Oustalet is responsible for the birds and his con- tribution (pp. 1-14 and pl. I) contains an annotated list of 21 species, one of which (Merops Revoilii) is described as new. Pt. I of the entire work, consist- ing of the Anthropological report, is missing from the set. Rey, Eugéne. 1872. Synonymik | der | Europdischen Brutvégel und Gaste. | Systematisches Verzeichniss | nebst | Angaben tber die geogra- phische Verbreitung der Arten | unter besonderer | Beriicksichti- gung der Brutverhaltnisse | von | Dr. Eugéne Rey. | Halle, | G. Schwetschke’scher Verlag. | 1872. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 11. (subtit.), pp. 1-257. Halle. A list of 618 species of birds regularly or occasionally found in Europe (including 217 which are visitors from other countries, extinct forms, aberrations, varieties, etc.), with notes on the distribution of each species and with bibliographic references to published accounts and to illustrations of the birds and their eggs. Rey, Eugéne. 1889-1905. Die Eier | der | Vogel Mitteleuropas | von | Dr. Eugéne Rey. | Mit tiber 1500 farbigen Eierabbildungen auf 128 Tafeln, | nach Originalen der Sammlung des Verfassers. | Band I: Text [II: Tafeln]. | Gera-Untermhaus. | Lithographie, Druck und Ver- lag von Fr. Eugen Kohler, | 1905. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, tit., pp. 1-681, 1 text-fig. Vol. II, tit., pll. 1-128 (col.; by A. Reichert). Gera-Untermhaus. A descriptive account of the oology of central Europe, with chromolithographic illustrations of the eggs. The work was issued in 30 Lieferungen, the contents of 520 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI. which have been noted for me by Dr. Hellmayr who reviewed part (1899, 1902, 1903 and 1904) of the work in the Archiv far Naturgeschichte. The dates are not all available. Lief. 1, pp. 1-24, pll. 1-5, 1899 (Summer; rev. Orn. Monatsb. Aug. 1899); 2, pp. 25-40, pll. 6-9 and 13, August 1899 (Hellmayr) ; 3-4, pp. 41-72, pll. ?, ante Aug. 1900 (rev. Orn. Monatsb.); 5-6, pp. 73-104, pll. ?, ante Aug. 1900 (rev. Orn. Monatsb.); 7-8, pp. 105-136, pll. ?, ante Febr. 1901 (rev. Orn. Monatsb.), 9-11, pp. 137-184, pll. ?, 9-10 ante July 1901 (rev. Orn. Monatsb.), —11, 1901 (Hellmayr); 12-14 and 15-16, pp. 185-232 and 233-264, pll. 35, 36, 60, 69-77, 79-81,—12-14 ante Febr. 1903 (rev. Orn. Monatsb.),—15-16 ante May 1903 (rev. Orn. Monatsb.,—Zool. Rec. reviews Pt. 16 as of 1902); 17-20, pp. 265-312, pll. 82, 83, 87-95, 97, 98, 100-106, 1903 (Hellmayr); 21-23 and 24-25, Pp. 312-328 and 329-376, pll. 84-86, 96-99, 107-111, 120-123, 125-128, ante July 1904 (rev. Orn. Monatsb.); 26, pp. 377-408, pll. 53-57, 1904 (Zool. Rec.); 27-30, pp. 409-681, pll. ?, ante Oct. 1905 (complete work rev. Orn. Monatsb.). Rhoads, Samuel N. 1894. See Ord, George, A Reprint of the North American Zoology by George Ord. Rich, Walter H. 1907. Feathered Game | of the | Northeast | By | Walter H. Rich | with illustrations by the author | New York | Thomas Y. Crowell & Co. | publishers. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-432, frontisp. (col.), 85 pll. New York. A popular account of 87 game birds of north-eastern North America, with general descriptions, notes on habits, distribution, methods of hunting, etc. The work is excellently written and accurate, and is illustrated with a profusion of draw- ings which add to its value. It is intended for the sportsman but is of distinctly broader utility. Richard, A. 1825-28. See Buffon, George Louis Leclerc, Oeuvres Complétes de Buffon, Richard ed. Richardson, John. 1831. See Wilson, Alexander; and Bonaparte, American Ornithology. Richardson, John. (Swainson, William.) 1832. > Fauna | Boreali-Americana; | or the | zoology | of the | northern parts | of | British America: | containing | descriptions of the objects of natural history collected on the late northern land | expeditions under command of Captain Sir John Franklin, R.N. | Part second, | the birds. | By | William Swainson, Esq., F.R.S. [etc., 2 lines.]. | and | John Richardson, M.D., F.R.S. [etc., 3 lines.] | surgeon and naturalist to the expeditions. | Illus- trated by numerous plates and woodcuts. | Published under the 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 521 authority of the Right Honourable the Secretary of State | for Colonial Affairs. | London: | John Murray, Albemarle-Street. | MDCCCXXXI. 1 vol. (2nd of 4 vols.) foliopost 4to, pp. I-LXVI, 1 1. (half-tit.), pp. 1-523-+1 (errata), 1 insert-slip, pll. 24-33, (33 dupl., 34 missing), 35, 36, 35 (bis=37), 38-73 (col.; by Swainson), 72 text-figs. London. An important work on the birds of North America north of the forty-eighth paral- lel. Detailed descriptions are given, with synonymy and critical remarks, and there are lengthy discussions (by Swainson) on the Quinary System of classifi- cation with relation to the species treated or in general. The authorship is divided. In general Swainson is responsible for the classification and synonymy and Richardson for the actual descriptions, with most of Swainson’s contribu- tions further identified by his subjoined initial. Some of the new names are by one author, some by the other, and the remainder by both, as stated in each instance. The plates are by Swainson. The work exists, also, with uncolored plates. The date on the title-page is 1831, but Richmond (Auk, 1899, p. 327) gives February, 1832 as the correct date. The work is first mentioned in the Magazine of Natural History for March 1832 (p. 186), as having been pub- lished in 1831, and it is reviewed in the same periodical for May, 1832 (pp. 360- 364), as having appeared in 1832. Swainson, himself, in his ‘“‘On the Natural History and Classification of Birds’ in Lardner’s ‘Cabinet Cyclopaedia,” Vol. I, p. 218, 1836-37 (q.v.), cites the work under date of 1831 as ‘‘1 vol. in 2 parts.”’ If the latter statement is not misleading (on account of the entire ornithological volume forming the second part of the ‘‘Fauna’’), it is possible that a Pt. I of the “Birds” (limits unknown) was issued in 1831, and the re- mainder in 1832. I can find no confirmation of the statement by Swainson. The work is sometimes quoted as ‘“‘Northern Zoology.”” In a portion of Swain- son’s controversy with Vigors, in a letter written October 1, 1831 and published in the Mag. Nat, Hist. 4, p. 483 (Nov., 1831), Swainson refers the reader to “North. Zoology, vol. ii, p. 315,” saying that, “I have there, long ago, spoken,”’ etc. This implies, but does not prove, that p. 483 of the work in question had been published at least by the 1st of October, 1831. Robert Jameson, in his edition of Wilson’s ““American Ornithology,” 1831 (q.v.), 4 pp. 244-362, gives some extracts from the proof sheets of the present work intermixed with selec- tions from other authors and personal remarks of his own. It is possible that these pages from Jameson antedate the publication of the present work. Richardson, John; and Gray, John Edward. (Gray, George Robert; Sharpe, Richard Bowdler.) 1844-75. The | zoology | of the | voyage of H. M. S. Erebus & Terror, | under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross, R.N., F.R.S., | during the years | 1839 to 1843. | By authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. | Edited by John Richardson, M.D., F.R.S., &c. | and | John Edward Gray, Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., &c. | Vol. I [II]. | Mammalia, Birds [Reptiles, Fishes, Crustacea, Insects, Mollusca]. | London: | E. W. Janson, 28, Museum Street, W.C. | M.DCCC.XLIV.-M.DCCC.LXXV.. 522 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. 2 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-XII, 1-12, 12a-12d, 13-53, 11. (subtit.), pp. 1-39, frontisp. (map; col.), pll. I-X, XIV-XVIII, 19-22, 25-29, 1 pl. (unnum.), pll. 1-37+32bis (=63 pll. of mammals; 17 col.), I-11, 13-21, 23-35, 1*, 11 (bes=11*), 20* and XXI* (=37 pil; ot birds; col; by J. Wolf and others). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and conts.), pp. 1-19+1, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. III-VIII, 1-139+1, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-51+1, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-7, pll. 1-20 (Reptiles), 1-10, XI- XII, 13-18, XIX, 20-60 (Fishes), 1-4 (Crustacea), 1-10 (Insects), 1-3+IV (Mollusca). London. The zoological report of the expedition of the Erebus and Terror to New Zealand and Antarctic regions. The section on birds (pp. 1-39 of Vol. I) consists of a report on the birds of New Zealand by G. R. Gray and an appendix to the same prepared by R. B. Sharpe. Gray’s original paper was published in parts (as was all of the work) at dates which are not all definitely known. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. I, p. XLIX, 1922) cites pp. 1-8, 1844; and 9-20, 1845. To this, Mathews (Birds of Australia, Suppl. 4, Pt. I, p. 61, 1925) adds from Newton and Pucheran (references not given) the information that pp. 9-12 were issued in Pt. IX in June 1845, and 17-20 with pl. 21 in Oct. 1845. Pp. 21-39 and pll. 1, 7, 20*, 27, 29, 30, 31 and 32 are cited in the Zoological Record for 1875, being the portion published by Sharpe. A complete list of the plates issued originally, and those issued with the appendix, is given by Sharpe on pp. 38-39 of the present work, Vol. I. A new title-page, or subtitle, is supplied for the ornithology (and similarly for most of the other sections of the work). This differs from the general title-page in the date, here given as ‘‘M.DCCC.XLVI.- M.DCCC.LXXV.”, and in lines 13 and 14 of the original which are here re- placed by the following 6 lines, “‘Birds. | By | George Robert Gray, F.R.S., &c., | and | R. Bowdler Sharpe, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., | Of the Zoological Department, British Museum.” Ridgway, Robert. 1874. See Baird, Spencer F.; Brewer; and Ridgway, A History of North American Birds, Land Birds. Ridgway, Robert. 1877. See King, Clarence, Professional Papers, Engineer Dept., U. S. Army, No. 18, Rept. of the Geol. Explor. Fortieth Parallel. Ridgway, Robert. 1881. Department of the Interior: | U. S. National Museum. | 24 | Bulletin | of the | United States National Museum. | No. 21. | Published under the direction of the Smithsonian Institution. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1881. > Nomen- clature | of | North American Birds | chiefly contained in the | United States National Museum. | By | Robert Ridgway. | Wash- ington: | Government Printing Office. | 1881. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-94. Washington. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 523 Pp. 11-57 are occupied by a check-list of species and subspecies with vernacular names and a serial number for each. An appendix is given on pp. 59-84 with tabulated lists of species eliminated from former catalogues; added since former catalogues; provisionally included in the check-list; known to be stragglers; supposedly valid but not found since described by Audubon or Wilson; vari- ously restricted in distribution; recently described but untenable; introduced from foreign countries or escaped from confinement; etc. P. 85 contains adden- da; pp. 86-87, a table of families showing number of genera and species of each; pp. 87-89, a concordance of the serial numbers of the present check-list with those of Baird’s ‘Catalogue of North American Birds” of 1859 (Cf. same tit., 1858.). The present paper is said by the author to be “a revised edition, very materially modified” of his own former catalogue, published in 1880 on pp. 163-246 of Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 3, but not issued separately. Ridgway, Robert. 1881. A | revised catalogue | of the | birds | Ascertained to Occur in Illinois. | By Robert Ridgway. | Bloomington, Ill.: | Pantagraph Printing Establishment. | 1881. < (Cover-tit.) Illinois State Lab- oratory | of | Natural History | Bulletin No. 4. | A catalogue of the birds of Illinois. | By | Robert Ridgway. | Bloomington, ll.: | Pantagraph Printing and Binding Establishment. | May, 1881. 1 vol. post 8vo, tit., pp. 163-208, (orig. wrapper). Bloomington. May 1881. An annotated list of 339 species, prefaced by a iivipancaigzl and a discussion of the topography of the state. Ridgway, Robert. 1883. Great International Fisheries Exhibition. | London, 1883. | United States of America. | C. Catalogue | of the | aquatic and fish-eating birds | exhibited by the | United States National Museum. | By | Robert Ridgway, | Curator, Department of Birds, U. S. National Museum. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1883. | 227A - 1. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-46. Washington. An annotated list of the species of birds exhibited by the. U. S. National Museum at the Exhibition in London, giving the distribution of each species and the data for each specimen. This report occupies pp. 139-184 of Bull. 27, U. S. Nat. Mus., dated 1884, but, like other papers of its kind, was issued in small numbers, as soon as it was printed,—in this case in 1883. The separate pagination of this advance copy is given in the final issue of the complete bulletin together with the regular pagination of the latter. Ridgway, Robert. 1884. See Baird, Spencer F.; Brewer; and Ridgway, The Water Birds of North America. 524 Fretp Museum or Naturat History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Ridgway, Robert. 1886. See American Ornithologists’ Union, The Code of Nomen- clature and Check-list of North American Birds. Ridgway, Robert. 1887. A | manual | of | North American Birds. | By | Robert Ridgway. | Illustrated by 464 outline drawings of the | generic characters. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott Company. | 1887. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-IV, 11. (obit.), pp. V-XI+1, 1-631, frontisp., pll. I-CXXIV (on 62 ll.). Philadelphia. A complete manual of the birds of North America, with full descriptions of the essential characteristics of each species arranged in the form of tables, and with tables for the determination of the higher groups. The work was reviewed by the Auk in October 1887 from advance sheets received August 5, but general distribution was at a later date, since the leaf (pages unnumbered) containing the obituary of Baird is dated August 20. A second edition of the work (q.v.) appeared in 1896. Ridgway, Robert. 1889. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Check-list of North American Birds, Abridged Edition. 1889. Idem. Supplement to the Code of Nomenclature and Check- list. Ridgway, Robert. 1889-95. See (Illinois) State Laboratory of Natural History, Natural History Survey of Illinois, The Ornithology of Illinois. Ridgway, Robert. 1892. See American Ornithologists’ Union, The Code of Nomen- clature. 1895. Idem, Check-list of North American Birds, Second Edition. Ridgway, Robert. 1896. A | manual | of | North American Birds. | By | Robert Ridgway. | Illustrated by 464 outline drawings of the | generic characters. | Second edition. | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott Company. | 1896. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XIII+1, 1-614, frontisp., pll. I-CXXIV (on 62 ll.). Philadelphia. The second edition of the earlier work of the same title, 1887 (q.v.), with typo- graphical and other corrections. Species added to the North American fauna since the first edition, if they are not included as extralimital forms in the earlier work, are grouped together in the appendix on pp. 583-614. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 525 Ridgway, Robert. 1901-19-date. Smithsonian Institution. | United States National Museum. | Bulletin | of the | United States National Museum. | No. 50. [ | Part II (-VII; this tutle not printed with Pt. VIII.).] | [Seal] | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1901 [1902; 1904; 1907; 1911; 1914; 1916]. > The birds | of | North and Middle America: | a descriptive catalogue | of the | higher groups, genera, species, and subspecies of birds | known to occur in North America, from the | Arctic lands to the Isthmus of Panama, | the West Indies and other islands | of the Caribbean Sea, and the | Galapagos Archipelago. | By | Robert Ridgway, | Curator, Divi- sion of Birds. | Part I [-VIII]. | Family Fringillide - The Finches [mut. mut., 1-8 lines, single and double column.]. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1901 [-r919]. 8 vols. (to date), 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XXX, 11. (errata), pp. 1-715, pll. I-XX. Vol. II, pp. I-XX, 1-834, pll. I-X XII. Vol. III, pp. I-XX, 1-801, pll. I-XIX. Vol. IV, pp. I-XXII, 1-973, pll. I-X XXIV. Vol. V, pp. I-X XIII-+1, 1-859, pll. I-X XXIII. Vol. VI, pp. I-XX, 1-882, pll. I-XXXVI. Vol. VII, pll. I-XIII+1, 1-543, pll. I-X XIV. Vol. VIII, (no gen. tit.), pp. I-XVI, 1-852, pll. I-XXXIV (on 17 ll.). Washington. This monumental work, still in course of publication, is a detailed, taxonomic monograph and the most complete book of its kind ever attempted. It is indis- pensable to the systematist of North and Middle American ornithology. The actual dates of publication of Vols. I-VII are given in the preface (p. III) of Vol. VIII. The dates are as follows. Vol. I, Oct. 24, 1901; II, Oct. 16, 1902; Ill, Dec. 31, 1904; IV, July 1, 1907; V, Nov. 29, 1911; VI, April 8, 1914; VII, May 5, 1916; VIII, June 26, 1919 (rev. Auk). Each volume contains a list of the contents of all volumes to date. Ridgway, Robert. 1910. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Check-list of North American Birds, Third Edition. Ridgway, Robert. 1922. See Gault, Benjamin T., Check List of the Birds of Illinois. Riesenthal, Oskar von. 1876-78. Die | Raubvégel Deutschlands | und | des angrenzenden Mitteleuropas. | Darstellung und Beschreibung der in Deutschland und den benach- [benachbarten] | barten Landern von Mittel- europa vorkommenden Raubvégel. | Allen Naturfreunden | be- sonders aber | der deutschen Jagerei | gewidmet von | O. v. 526 Fietp Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.tocy, Vor. XVI. Riesenthal, | Oberférster [Oberférster, Mitglied (etc., 2 lines. | Atlas]. | Cassel. | Verlag [Druck und Verlag] von Theodor Fischer. | 1876 [ No date. ]. 2 vols. 8vo and medium folio. Text, pp. I-XXI+1, 1-522, 1 pl. (unnum.), pll. I-V, 1 text-fig. Atlas, tit., pll. I-LX (col.; by the author). Cassel. A detailed account of the birds of prey of Germany and adjacent parts of Europe. The discussion of each species is divided into sections on description, distribu- tion, life-history and methods of hunting. According to a contemporary review in the Zoological Record, the nomenclature adopted is antiquated even for that date. The chromolithographic plates vary in quality; some of them are very fair. The work was issued in parts of which the Zoological Record for 1876 records the first; the same journal for 1877 records the apparent conclusion of the work with Pts. II-XII of text and II-XIV of PEA, but the introduction (p. XVI) is dated 1878. Riesenthal, Oskar von. 1883. See Robert, Leo Paul; and Riesenthal, Gefiederte Freunde. Rijksmuseum van Naturlijke Historie. (Schlegel, Hermann; Goffin, A.; Jentink, F. A.) 1862-81 (-1907). Muséum | d’histoire naturelle | des | Pays- Bas. | Revue méthodique et critique | des | collections | déposées | . | Leyde, | E. J. Brill, | 1862. > Museum | d’histoire naturelle | des | Pays-Bas, | par | H. Schlegel. | Revue méthodique et critique | des | collections | déposées dans cet | établissement. | Tome VII [VIII]. | Con- tenant: | Monographie 40 [41]: Simiae [Tinami]. | Leide, E. J. Brill. > Museum | d’histoire naturelle | des | Pays-Bas | par | H. Schlegel. | Table alphabétique. | (Volumes I-VIII) | par | Dr. F. A. Jentink. | Leide, E. J. Brill. | 1881. 9 vols. (should be 10) in 7, 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, 1-22 (Buceros), 1-98 (Buccones), (1 1. “Aves Rapaces. Résumé Général”; belongs in Vol. II), pp. 1-85 (Cuculi), 1-149 (Coraces). Vol. II, (no. tit.), pp. 1-30 (Oti), 1-45 (Striges), 1-36 (Falcones), 1-12 (Circi), 1-57 (Astures), 1-13 (Asturinae), 1-30 (Buteones), 1-24 (Aquilae), 1-12 (Milvi), 1-10 (Pernes), 1-10 (Polybori), 1-12 (Vultures), 1 1 (‘“‘“Résumé,”’ etc.; bound in Vol. I), 1-156 (Revue de Oiseaux de Proie). Vol. III, (no tit.), pp. 1-166 (Psittaci), 1-14 (Merops), 1-8 (Momotus), 1-52 (Alcedines), 1-47 (Revue des Alcedines), 1-16 (Pitta), 1-19 (Revue des Bréves,-Pitta). Vol. IV, (no tit.), pp. 1-180 (Columbae), 1-14 (Struthiones), 1-80 (Cursores). Vol. V, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 527 (no tit.), pp. 1-112 (Scolopaces), 1-79 (Ralli), 1-26 (Ciconiae), 1-64 (Ardeae), 1-16 (Ibis). Vol. VI, (no tit.), pp. 1-122 (Anseres), 1-40 (Procellariae), 1-52 (Lari), 1-44 (Sternae), 1-44 (Pelecani), 1-52 (Urinatores). Vol. VII, 2 pr. Il. (tit. and pref.), (pp. 3-20; from Vol. IX; index), 1-356 (Simiae). Vol. VIII, tit., pp. 1-86 (Tinami and Megapodii). (Vol. IX), pp. 1-61-+1, 1 1. (errata), (pp. 3-20 bound in Vol. VII) (Index to Vols. I-VIII). Leyden. A critical review and catalogue of the collections of the Rijksmuseum van Natur- lijke Historie. As presented, the work consists of a series of separately paged monographs of different groups. As will be noted, Vol. VII deals with mammals; all the remaining volumes except IX (Index) are ornithological. Numerous new species are described. Vol. IX (Index) is by Jentink and Vol. I, pp. 1-98 (Buccones) is by Goffin; the remainder of the work, as here collated, is by Schlegel. More recently, in 1907, Vol. X has been published, consisting of a catalogue of avian fossils by E. D. van Oort. This volume is not in the series at hand. The work appeared in 14 livraisons (excluding Vol. X). Each mono- graph is dated separately on its initial page but the dates appear to be those of the completion of the manuscript or of printing, not of publication, al- though they sometimes furnish approximate dates for the livraisons in which they appeared. The approximate dates and the contents of the various livraisons are as follows. Livr. 1, tit. and pref., Buceros, Falcones, Aquilae, Astures, Asturinae and Butsones, 1862 (post Oct. 30—date of pref.). Livr. 2, Milvi, Pernes, Polybori, Vultures, Oti, Striges, Circi, Pitta, Buccones pp. 1-66 and Aves Rapaces- Résumé General, 1863 (antea July—rev. Ibis). Livr. 3, Buccones pp. 67-98, Ardeae, Alcedines and Merops pp. 1-12, 1863 (post June—date of Merops). Livr. 4, Merops pp. 13-14, Momotus, Ibis, Pelecani, Procellariae and Lari, 1863 (post August—date of Lari). Livr. 5, Sternae, Cuculi, Psittaci and Scolo- paces pp. 1-86, 1864 (post November—date of Scolopaces). Livr. 6, Scolopaces pp. 87-102, 1864. Livr. 7, Scolopaces pp. 103-112, Ciconiae, Cursores and Ralli pp. 1-76, 1865 (bet. April and October—date of Ralli and rev. Ibis). Livr. 8, Ralli pp. 77-79 and Anseres pp. 1-108, 1866 (post May—date of An- seres). Livr. 9, Anseres pp. 109-122, Coraces and Urinatores, 1867 (post April— date of Urinatores). Livr. 10, Struthiones, Columbae and Revue des Oiseaux de Proie, 1873 (post July—date of Revue). Livr. 11, Revue des Bréves, Rev. des Perroquets and Rev. des Alcedines, 1874 (post June—date of Rev. des Alcedines). Livr. 12, Simiae, 1876 (dat. March). Livr. 13, Tinami and Megapodii, 1880 (dat. March). (Livr. 14), Index, 1881. Rives, William C. 1884. List of the birds of Cobham, | Virginia. | By William C. Rives, Jr., M.D. | Newport, R. I.: | Davis & Pitman, Printers. | 1884. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-16. Newport. An annotated list of 128 species of birds observed by the writer at various times at Cobham, with notes as to abundance, dates of arrival, etc. 528 FreELD Museum or NaTurRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. Rives, William C. 1890. Proceedings | of | The Newport | Natural History Society, | [Seal.] | 1889-90. | Document VII. | A Catalogue of the Birds of the Virginias, | by Wm. C. Rives, M.A., M.D. | Newport, R. I.; | printed for the Society by T. T. Pitman, | October, 1890. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-100, 1 map (col.). Newport. October 1890. An annotated list of 305 species of birds recorded from Virginia and West Virginia, preceded by a chapter on early accounts of the birds of the region, a bibliog- raphy of recent literature and a description of topographical and biological features of the area under discussion. Robbins, Reginald Chauncey. 1901. Bird-killing as a method | in ornithology. | By | Reginald C. Robbins. | Cambridge, Mass. | Printed by | E. W. Wheeler. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-16. Cambridge. 1901 (post Oct.). An involved presentation of the author’s theories on the subject of ornithology as studied from dead birds. Robert, Leo Paul; and Riesenthal, O. von. 1883. Gefiederte Freunde. | Sechzig Aquarelle | angenehmet und | nttzlicher Végel Mittel-Europas | gemalt von | Leo Paul Robert | geschildert von | O. von Riesenthal. | Leipzig, | Arnoldische Buchhandlung. > Gefiederte Freunde. | Bilder zur Naturgeschichte | angenehmer und | ntitzlicher Végel Mittel-Europas. | Nach der Natur gemalt | von | Leo Paul Robert. | Sechzig chromolithographirte Tafeln in Klein-Folio. | Lithographie von Thurwanger—Farbendruck von Lemercier & Co in Paris. | Mit erlauterndem Text | von | O. von Riesenthal. | Leipzig | Arnoldische Buchhandlung. 2 vols., royal 8vo and medium folio. Text, pp. I-X, 1-162. Atlas, 2 ll. (tit. and conts.), 60 pll. (col.). Leipzig. A descriptive account of nearly a hundred central European birds, with the majority of the species illustrated by chromo-lithographs. The text is by Riesenthal; the plates are by Robert and form the central feature of the work, according to the title. Roberts, Thomas S. 1907. See Wilcox, Alvin H., A Pioneer History of Becker County Minnesota. Robinson, E. Kay. 1922-23. See Finn, Frank, Birds of our Country. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 529 Robinson, Herbert C. 1905. See Annandale, Nelson; and Robinson, Fasciculi Malayenses. Robinson, Philip Stewart. 1894. Birds of the wave | and woodland | by | Phil Robinson | author of | ‘‘Noah’s Ark” ‘‘The Poets’ Birds” etc. | Illustrated by Charles Whymper | and others | London | Isbister and Company Limited | 15 & 16 Tavistock Street Covent Garden | 1894. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. 1-224, frontisp. (on p. 4), 44 text-figs. (17 full-p.). London. Popular essays on bird life. Robson, J. (?) (Edwards, George.) 1776. Some | memoirs | of the | life and works | of | George Edwards, | Fellow of the Royal and Antiquarian Societies. | [Quot., 4 lines.] | London: | printed for J. Robson, bookseller, New Bond Street. | MDCCLXXVI. 1 vol. crown folio, tit., pp. 1-38, 4 pll. (3 fold.; by Edwards; 2 orni- thological). London. A sketch of the life of Edwards, apparently by Robson, occupies pp. 1-26. The remainder of the pamphlet consists of reprints of various papers by Edwards extracted from the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, and two addenda to certain accounts in his “Gleanings of Natural History,” 1758-64 (q.v.). An erratum is given for Linne’s ‘Catalogue of the Birds...... contained in Edwards,” (q.v.) published the same year, with a copy of which the present title is united. Robson was the purchaser (May 1, 1769) of all the remaining copies of Edward’s Natural History, the original copper-plates, letter-press and all articles in Edward’s possession relative to the same. The unpublished drawings, how- ever, were purchased by the Earl of Bute. Rodd, Edward Hearle. (Harting, James Edmund; Rodd, F. R.) 1880. The | birds of Cornwall | and | the Scilly Islands | by the late | Edward Hearle Rodd | edited | With an Introduction, Appendix, and Brief Memoir of the Author | by | James Edmund Harting | with portrait and map | London | Tribner & Co., Ludgate Hill | 1880 | [All Rights reserved ]. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-LVI, 1-320, frontisp. (portr.), 1 map (fold.). London. Miscellaneous ornithological notes made by E. H. Rodd and published, from time to time, in The Zoologist, from 1843 to 1880. These notes, transcribed in chronological sequence, have been rearranged by the editor to bring together the various portions dealing with each species, as begun by the author prior to his death. The appendix, by the editor, contains notes for insertion in the text. Pp. 281-298 contain “‘A few leaves from the journal of a sportsman and naturalist on the Scilly Islands,’’ by the author’s nephew, F. R. Rodd. 530 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zoovtoey, Vor. XVI. Rodd, F. R. 1880. See Rodd, Edward Hearle, The Birds of Cornwall and the Scilly Islands. Rollinat, R. 1914. See Martin, R.; and Rollinat, Description et Moeurs des Mammiféres, Oiseaux, Reptiles, Batraciens et Poissons de la France Centrale. Romer, Fritz; and Schaudinn, Fritz. (Schalow, Herman.) 1904. > Fauna Arctica. | Eine Zusammenstellung der arktischen Tierformen, mit besonderer Berticksichtigung | des Spitzbergen- Gebietes auf Grund der Ergebnisse der Deutschen Expedition in das | Nérdliche Eismeer im Jahre 1898. | Unter Mitwirkung zahl- Dr. Fritz Romer in Frankfurt a.M. Band IV, Lieferung I. | Die reicher Fachgenossen herausgegeben von und Dr. Fritz Schaudinn in Berlin Vogel der Arktis | von | Herman Schalow | in Berlin. | Verlag von Gustav Fischer in Jena. | 1904. [Cover-title.] 1 vol. imperial 4to, cover-tit., 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 81-288. Jena. A systematic review of the birds of the Arctic Ice-sea and its islands, with con- siderable synonymy, some descriptions, and notes on the distribution and time of occurrence of each of the 270 forms of birds included in the discussion. A lengthy bibliography precedes the general text, and distribution-tables and a comparative study of the Arctic and Antarctic avifaunas are appended. The work, entirely by Schalow, forms No. 2 of the first livraison of Vol. IV of the “Fauna Arctica’’ edited by Rémer and Schaudinn and published in five volumes, 1900-10. The title transcribed above is from the original wrapper which bears the date 1904, the year in which the work was reviewed by Hellmayr in the Archiv far Naturgeschichte, although later bibliographers have quoted the date as 1905. The present copy is autographed by Schalow who presented it to Tschusi zu Schmidhoffen. Roney, H. B. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. Rood, E. Irene. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Roosevelt, Robert B. 1866. The | game-birds | of the | coasts and lakes of the northern states | of America. | A full account of the sporting along our sea- | shores and inland waters, with a com- | parison of the merits of 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 531 breech- | loaders and muzzle- | loaders. | By Robert B. Roose- velt, | Author of [etc., 2 lines.] | New York: | Carleton, Publisher, 413 Broadway. | M DCCC LXVI. 1 vol. 12mo, pp. I-VI, 7-336, 1 text-fig. New York. A popular account of the ducks and shore birds of the northeastern United States, with descriptions of some of them (taken from Giraud’s Birds of Long Island, 1844, q.v.).. The text is devoted, principally, to methods of hunting and to various hunting experiences of the author. Rosenstock, Rudolph. 1895. See Gatke, Heinrich, Heligoland as an Ornithological Ob- servatory. Ross, Alexander Milton. 1872. The | birds of Canada: | with descriptions of their | plumage, habits, food, song, nests, eggs, | times of arrival and departure. | By | Alexander Milton Ross, | M.D., M.A., M.R.S.L., Eng. | Member of the Royal Linnzan Society of Belgium [etc., 4 lines.]. | Second edition. | Illustrated. | Toronto: | Roswell and Hutchin- son, | 1872. 1 vol. 16mo, pp. I-XVI, 1-152, 1-6 (advt.), 38 text-figs. Toronto. An annotated list of species. The descriptions mentioned in the title are mostly lacking in sufficient detail to make them very serviceable. The illustrations are woodcuts,—poor copies (after Audubon and Wilson) or worse originals. The first edition was issued late in 1871. Ross, James Clark. 1826. See Parry, William Edward, Journal of a Third Voyage for the Discovery of a North-west Passage. Ross, John. (Edwards, John; Beverly, Charles James; Leach, W. E.) 1819. A | voyage of discovery, | made under the orders of the admiralty, | in | His Majesty’s ships | Isabella and Alexander, | for the purpose of | exploring Baffin’s Bay, | and inquiring into the probability of a | north-west passage. | By John Ross, K.S. Captain Royal Navy. | London: | John Murray, Albemarle-Street. | 1819. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), 1 insert-slip (errata), pp. I-XXXIX-+1, 1-252, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. ILCXLIV (appendix), frontisp. (chart), 31 pll. and charts (15 col.; 12 fold.; 1 ornithologi- cal), 10 text-figs. London. 1819 (post March 1). The narrative of the exploring expedition made during the year 1818. Various observations on natural history are noted from time to time in the general text and the complete “Zoological Memoranda” are found in Appendix No. 2, of which pp. XLVIII-LXIV and 1 pl. (col.) relate to birds. Captain Ed- ward Sabine was attached to the expedition for the purpose of assisting in the 532 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. observation and collection of natural history data and specimens, and was placed in charge of this branch of the work by Captain Ross. On the return of the expedition, Sabine declined to furnish any report on the grounds of lack of ability and knowledge of any branch of natural history except ornithology, yet he published ‘‘A Memoir on the Birds of Greenland’’ (Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 12, pt. 2, pp. 527-559, pl. 30, 1819) based on his notes of the voyage. The zoological report in the present work is accredited by Ross to John Ed- wards and C. J. Beverly, Surgeon and Assistant Surgeon, respectively, of the Isabella, and to W. E. Leach who revised the paper. Leach and Joseph Sa- bine, brother of Edward Sabine, previously described the new species of birds in the Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 12, pt. 2, pp. 520-523, pl. 29, 1819 (Sabine) and Thomson’s Annals of Philos., 13, pp. 60-61, 1819 (Leach). The final plates in the book are dated as being published March 1, 1819. Rothschild, Walter. 1893-1900. The | avifauna of Laysan | and the | neighboring is- lands: | with a complete history to date of the | birds of the Hawaiian possessions. | By | The Hon. Walter Rothschild, Ph.D. | Illustrated with coloured and black plates | by Messrs. Keulemans and Frohawk; | and plates from photographs, showing bird-life and scenery. | London: | R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1893-1900. 1 vol. in 2 vols., imperial 4to, tit., pp. I-XX (pref., bibl., notes on origin and distrib. of Hawaiian birds, list of pll.), I-XIV (introd. notes), 1-320, (Di) 1-(Di) 21, 1 insert-slip (errata; in Pt. I) 83 pll. (55 col., 20 collotype, 6 monochr.), 6 text-figs. London. A monograph of the birds of Laysan and adjoining regions. The work was issued in three parts as follows. Part I, pp. I-XIV, 1-58, 41 pll., August 1893; Il, pp. 59-126, 15 pll., November 1893; III, pp. I-XX (pref., etc.), (Di) 1-(Di) 21, 127-320, 27 pll., December, 1900. In the present copy pp. I-XIV and 1-4 are out of place, being bound between pp. 46 and 47. Part III, except for pp. 1-XX (pref., etc.), is bound in a separate volume with original wrapper included. The edition was limited to 250 copies. Rothschild, Walter. 1898. Das Tierreich. | Eine Zusammenstellung und Kennzeichnung der | rezenten Tierformen. | Herausgegeben | von der | Deutschen Zoologischen Gesellschaft. | Generalredakteur: Franz Eilhard Schulze. | 2. Lieferung. | Aves. | Redakteur: A. Reichenow. | Paradiseidae | bearbeitet von | The Hon. Walter Rothschild. | Mit 15 Abbildungen im Texte. | Ausgegeben im April 1898. | Berlin. | Verlag von R. Friedlander und Sohn. | 1898. 1 vol. (pt.) superroyal 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1-52, text-figs. 1-15. Berlin. April 1898. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 533 A monograph of the Birds of Paradise, with tables for the determination of the species, genera, and higher groups, notes on synonymy, the ranges of the var- ious forms and short descriptions of all groups. See also under ‘‘Tierreich.”’ Rothschild, Walter. 1907. Extinct birds. | An attempt to unite in one volume a short account of | those Birds which have become extinct in historical’ | times—that is, within the last six or seven | hundred years.‘%:To which are | added a few which still | exist, but are on | the verge of | extinction. | By | The Hon. Walter Rothschild, | Ph.D., F.Z.S. | With 45 Coloured Plates, embracing 63 subjects, and | other illustrations. | London. | Hutchinson & Co., Paternoster Row, E. C. | 1907. 1 vol. imperial 4to, pp. I-XXIX-+1, 1-244, 1 1, pll. 1-42, 4A, 5A, 24A-24C, 25A, 25B (45 col.; by Keulemans, Lodge, Grénvold, Smit and Frohawk). Lendon. A detailed account of the subject, with short descriptions, histories of the known facts relating to the species and a good bibliography. The plates are excellent. Rowley, George Dawson. (Boucard, A; Dresser, H, E.; Finsch, O.; Gurney, J. H., Jr.; Meyer, A. B.; Newton, Alfred; Przheval’skii, Nikolai Mikhailovich; Salvin, Osbert; Sclater, P. L.; Seebohm, Henry; Sharpe, R. B.; Swinhoe, R.; Tweeddale, Arthur (=Hay, Arthur); and Wodzicki, Casimir.) 1875-78. Ornithological miscellany. | Edited by | George Dawson Rowley, M.A., F.Z.S., | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union. | Volume I [-III]. | London: | Tritbner and Co., Ludgate Hill, E. C. Bernard Quaritch, 15 Piccadilly. | R. H. Porter, 6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, W. | 1876 [1877; 1878]. | [All rights reserved. ]. > Ornithological miscellany. | By | George Dawson Rowley, M.A., F.Z.S. | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union. | [Quot., 4 lines.] | London: | Tribner and Co., Ludgate Hill, E. C. | Brighton: | Thomas Page, North Street. | 1875. | [All rights reserved. ]. 3 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, 10 Il. (half-tit., tit., ded., pref., dates of publ. of Vol. I, conts.=pp. III-IV, illustrs.=pp. V-VI, not. to binder, errata-2 Il.), pp. 1-321, 6 ll. (expl. of maps, orig. tit. and lists of pll. accompanying each part), 66 pll. (41 col., by Keule- mans; 22 monochr.), 1 text-fig. Vol. II, 8 ll. (half-tit., tit., dates of publ., conts.=pp. III-IV, illustrs.=pp. V-VI, errata 2 ll., subtit.), pp. 1-477, 7 ll. (lists of pll. issued with each pt. and editor’s note), 58 pll. (37 col.; 9 monochr.; 2 fold.), text-figs. 1-3. Vol. III, 7 ll. 534 Fietp Museum or Natura. History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. (half-tit., tit., dates of publ., conts.=pp. III-IV, illustrs.=pp. V-VI, errata, subtit.), pp. 5-276, 4 ll. (lists of pll. issued with each pt., 36 pll. (26 col., 1 fold.; 1 monochr.), 3 text-figs. London. A collection of papers of miscellaneous ornithological nature, issued in 14 parts at irregular intervals. The first numbers were written entirely by Rowley, but the work, as it progressed, included contributions by various other authors and partook somewhat of the nature of a periodical. A number of important papers are included in the three volumes, being published in instalments. The dates of each part are given in the containing volume. The original covers, with dates, are bound in with the text in the present copy. Roy, Charles S. 1893-96. See Newton, Alfred, A Dictionary of Birds. Rudolf, Franz Karl Josef, Crown Prince of Austria. (Danford, C. G., transl. ) 1889. Notes | on | sport and ornithology | by | His Imperial and Royal Highness the late Crown Prince | Rudolf of Austria. | Trans- lated, with the author’s permission, | by | C. G. Danford. | [Mono- gram.| | London: | Gurney and Jackson, 1 Paternoster Row. | (Successors to Mr. Van Voorst.) | 18809. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-648, frontisp. London. A translation, by C. G. Danford, of Prince Rudolf’s “Jagden und Beobachtun- gen,”’ published in Vienna in 1887. The work consists of hunting and shooting sketches, accounts of travels, and ornithological notes of a more technical nature. The book is replete with valuable field observations, mostly ornitho- logical. Riippell, Eduard Wilhelm Peter Simon. (Cretzschmar, Ph. J.) 1826-28. Atlas | zu der Reise im nérdlichen Afrika | von | Eduard Ruppell. | Erste Abtheilung | Zoologie. | Herausgegeben | von | der Senkenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft. | Frankfurt am Main | Gedruckt und in Commission bei Heinr. Ludw. Brén- ner | 1826. > Atlas | zu der Reise im nérdlichen Afrika | von | Eduard Rippell. | Végel [mut. mut.]. | Bearbeitet | von | Dr. Med. Ph. J. Cretzschmar [mut. mut.].|Frankfurt am Main. | Ge- druckt und in Commission bei Heinr. Ludw. Brénner. | 1826 (mut. mut. }. vol. demy folio. 3 pr. ll. (tit., ded. and dedic. pref.), pp. I-VI (introd.), 1 1. (subtit.-Saugethiere), pp. 1-78, 1 1. (subtit.-V6gel), pp. 1-55, 1 1. (subtit.-Reptilien), pp. 1-24, 1 1. (subtit.-Wirbellose Thiere), pp. 3-47+1+11., 11. (subtit.-Fische), pp. 1-141-+1+1 1, pll. 1-30 (27 col.), 1-36 (col.; by F. C. Vogel and H. von Kittlitz; ornithological), 1-6 (col.), 1-12 (11 col.), and 1-35 (33 col.; 1 fold.). Frankfort am Main. ~ 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 535 The zoology of Ruppell’s journey in northern Africa and the district of the Red Sea from 1822-27. According to Engelmann, the work appeared in 20 parts, The ornithological portion was written by Cretzschmar and contains descrip- tions of the species of birds (some of them new), all of which are illustrated on the 36 colored plates in this section of the work. The subtitle of this section bears the date 1826 but Ruppell, in his “Neue Wirbelthiere,” p. 50, quotes pl. 28 of the present work under date of 1827. In the Zoological Journal, IV, p. 385, (for Oct. 1828 to Jan. 1829), Pts. I-VIII of the work are reviewed in detail. The eight numbers are credited with six plates each, including some plates belonging to other non-ornithological sections of the work; their orni- thological contents embrace pp. 1-38 and pll. 1-25. A second ‘‘Abtheilung’”’ was intended to contain the geography of the expedition, but was never issued as such; the “Reisen in Nubien,” etc., 1829, and the ‘Voyage dans 1’Afrique et en Nubie”’ 1826 et seq., appear to constitute the equivalent. A continuation of the present portions of the work is found in the “Neue Wirbelthiere zu der Fauna von Abyssinien gehérig,’’ 1835-40 (q.v.). Riippell, Eduard Wilhelm Peter Simon. 1835-40. Neue Wirbelthiere | zu der | Fauna von Abyssinien gehGrig, | entdeckt und beschrieben | von | Dr. Eduard Ruppell. | Frankfurt am Main. | In Commission bei Siegmund Schmerber. | 1835-1840. > [Idem, 6 lines.] | Saugethiere [V6gel; Amphibien; Fische des rothen Meeres] Frankfurt am Main. | In Commission bei Siegmund Schmerber. | 1835. 1 vol. medium folio. 2 pr. Il. (tit. and pref.), 2 Il. (subtit.-Saugethiere, ded.), pp. 1-40, 1 1. (subtit.-Végel), pp. 3-116, 1 1. (subtit.-Am- phibien), pp. 1-18, 2 ll. (subtit.-Fische, pref.), pp. 1-148, pll. 1-14 (13 col.), 1-42 (col.; by F. C. Vogel; ornithological), 1-6 (col.), 1-33 (21 col.). Frankfort am Main. A continuation of Ruppell’s ‘Atlas zu der Reise im nérdlichen Afrika,’’ containing descriptions of new mammals, birds, reptiles and fishes. The work appears to have been issued in 13 Lieferungen (according to the preface) during the years 1835 to 1840. A review, in the Magazine of Zoology and Botany, 1, No. III, Pp. 275, 1846 (after Aug. 25), records 6 parts issued at intervals of three months beginning January 1, 1835. Two ornithological parts are included in this review, embracing pll. 1-12 and pp. 1-32. On p. 109 of the Mag. Zool. Bot. 1, No. 1, 1837, is the statement that each of the first four fasciculi was devoted to a separate section of the subject, so that part 1 of the birds (pp. 1-16 and pll. 1-6) seems to be properly dated 1835. Part 2 of the birds is probably referable to 1836. Page 81 must have been published in or after March 1837}; p. 94 in or after 18387; and p. 99 in or after 1839%. The preface is dated May 1, 1840. The author’s “‘Systematische Uebersicht der Végel Nord-Ost-Afrika’s,”’ 1845 (q.v.), is supplementary to the present work. {Reference given to William Swainson, Birds of West Africa, Vol. I (q.v., 1837). *Reference given to Andrew Smith, Illustr. Zool. S. Africa, Pt. 2 (q.v., 1838-39). *Reference given to Rappell’s monograph of the genus Colius. 536 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Riippell, Eduard Wilhelm Peter Simon. 1845. Systematische Uebersicht | der | Vogel Nord-Ost-Afrika’s | nebst | Abbildung und Beschreibung von fiinfzig Theils unbekannt- en, | Theils noch nicht bildlich dargestellten Arten. | Von | Dr. Eduard Rippell. | Fortsetzung | der neuen Wirbelthiere, zu der - Fauna von Abyssinien gehoerig. | Frankfurt A.M. | In Commission _ der Schmerber’schen Buchhandlung. | (Nachfolger H. Keller.) | 1845. vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-140, pll. 1-50 (col.; by Wolf). Frankfort am Main. 1845 (during or after July). An ornithological supplement to the author’s ‘‘Neue Wirbelthiere,” 1835-40 (q.v.), containing descriptions of new and recently discovered birds from north- eastern Africa. The hand-colored illustrations (backgrounds not colored) are very good, and appear to represent some of the earlier work of the artist. The preface is dated July 1845. Russ, Karl. (Schultze, Leonora, transl.) 1884. The | speaking parrots: | A Scientific Manual. | By Dr. Karl Russ, | Author of [etc., 3 lines.] | Translated by | Leonora Schultze, | and revised by Dr. Karl Russ. | London: | L. Upcott Gill, 170, Strand, W. C. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-296, 9 pll. (8 col.; by A. F. Lydon), figs. 1 and 2. London. An account of the speaking parrots as cage-birds, with short descriptions of each and with occasional notes on their habits in nature, prefaced by a general dis- cussion of feeding, training, preservation of health, etc. The work is a transla- tion of the author’s “Die Sprechenden Papageien” published in 1882. Russell, Alexander. 1756. The | natural history | of | Aleppo, | and | parts adjacent. | Containing | A Description of the City, and the Principal | Natural Productions in its Neighborhood; | together with | An Account of the Climate, Inhabitants, and Diseases; | particularly of the Plague, with the Methods used by the | Europeans for their Preser- vation. | By Alex. Russell, M.D. | London: | Printed for A. Millar, in the Strand. | MDCCCLVI (sic). 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. I-VIII, 1-266, 5 ll. (index and errata), pll. 1-12, XIII-XVI (col.; fold.; 9-11 ornithological). London. A general description of Haleb, or Aleppo, Syria, from observations made by the author during his residence there as a physician from 1742 to (at least) 1753. The ornithology of the region is discussed on pp. 63-72, with colored plates of three of the species which are described (but not named) as new. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 537 Russell, William Howard. 1881. See Hay, Arthur, The Ornithological Works of Arthur, Ninth Marquis of Tweeddale. Riist, Dr. 1897. Katalog | der | systematischen Vogelsammlung | des | Provinzial-Museums | in Hannover. | Hannover. | Druck von Wilh. Riemschneider. | 1897. 1 vol. 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-106, (orig. wrapper). Hannover. A list of the 1376 species and subspecies of birds in the systematic bird-collection of the Provincial Museum of Hannover, with notation of the sex, locality and donor of the various specimens of each form. The local species are further catalogued in a separate paper issued the same year (q.v.). The preface is signed by Dr. Rist. ? Riist, Dr. 1897. Katalog | der | Vogelsammlung | aus der | Provinz Han- nover. | Hannover. | Druck von Wilh. Riemschneider. | 1897. 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. 1-24, (original wrapper). Hannover. A list of 248 local species of birds in the Provincial Museum of Hannover, with the sex, locality and donor indicated for each specimen. The entire collection, including foreign species and the present series, are treated in a similar paper issued the same year (q.v.). The preface to the larger work is signed by Dr. Rist, from which it appears probable that the present paper is by the same author. Sage, John Hall; Bishop, Louis Bennett; and Bliss, Walter Parks. 1913. State of Connecticut | Public Document No. 47 | State Geological and Natural History Survey | Commissioners | [List of Comm., 5 lines.| | Superintendent | William North Rice | Bulle- tin No. 20 | [Seal] | Hartford | Printed for the State Geological and Natural History Survey | 1913 > The Birds of Connecticut | By | John Hall Sage, M.S. | Secretary of the American Ornithologists’ Union | and | Louis Bennett Bishop, M.D. | Fellow of the American Ornithologists’ Union | assisted by | Walter Parks Bliss, M.A. | [Seal] | Hartford | Printed for the State Geological and Natural History Survey | 1913. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-370. Hartford. The present work is divided into two parts. Part I contains an annotated list of the species of birds known from Connecticut. Part II (pp. 259-360), by Bishop, alone, contains a discussion of economic ornithology arranged according to the natural groups of birds. A bibliography of Connecticut ornithology is presented with Part I. 538 Frerp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, VoL. XVI. Sagra, Ramon de la. (d’Orbigny, Alcide Dessalines.) _ 1839-40. > Histoire | physique, politique et naturelle | de | Vile de Cuba | par | M. Ramon de la Sagra [par M. Ramon de la Sagra (Atlas.)], | Directeur du Jardin Botanique de la Havane, | Cor- respondant de l'Institut Royal de France, etc. | Mammiféres par M. Ramon de la Sagra; [Ornithologie; Atlas], traduction [par Alcide par M. S. Berthelot. d’Orbigny. (Ornith.); line omitted (Atlas.)| | [Destgn; Vignette (Atlas.).] | Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur [Libraire-Editeur (Atlas.)], | Libraire de la Société de Géographie | et de la Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, | Rue Hautefeuille, 23. | 1840 [1839 (Ornith.; n. d. (Atlas.).]. 3 vols. in 2, 8vo, and medium folio. Mammiféres, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., subtit. and conts.), pp. I-XLV-+1, 1-18. Ornithologie, pp. I-XXXI-+1, 1-336. Atlas, 2 pr. Il. (tit. and conts.), pll. I-VIII (col.; mammals), I-XXXII+XIX bis (col.; by Prétre and E. Traviés; birds). Paris. The mammalogy and ornithology of Ramon de la Sagra’s history of Cuba. This work was issued, 1839-61, in two editions, Spanish and French,—the former probably the earlier although both bear the same dates on the respective parts. Engelmann divides the publication into 75 livraisons and quotes the mammals and birds in one volume (as above) as well as in two volumes, separately. The ornithological portion, by d’Orbigny, dates from 1839. Probably only 32 plates (I-XXXI and XIX bis) were issued originally; the list of plates in the Atlas tabulates only these and there is evidence that the final plate of eggs (pl. XXXII) was not issued until 1843 (Cf. Sagra, Album d’Oiseaux de Cuba.). The work contains a summary of the knowledge of Cuban birds to date, as well as descriptions of the new forms contained in de la Sagra’s collections. The present copy contains the autograph of Wm. Jardine on an original wrapper which is bound in the volume of text. Sagra, Ramon de la. 1843. Album | d’oiseaux de Cuba | réunis pendant le voyage | de | M. Ramon de la Sagra | dédié | a S.M. la Reine Isabelle II. | [Vignette.| | Paris | Imprimerie et lithographie de Maulde et Renou, | Rue Bailleul, Nos 9 et 11. | 1843 > Histoire | physique, politique et naturelle | de | l’ile de Cuba | par M. Ramon de la Sagra | Directeur du Jardin Botanique de la Havane, | Correspon- dant de l'Institut Royal de France, etc. | Atlas | [Vzgnette.] | Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Libraire-Editeur, | Libraire de la Société de Géographie, | Rue Hautefeuille, 21. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 539 2 vols. in 1 vol., demy folio and medium folio. Text, pp. 1-16. Atlas, 2 Il. (tit. and conts.), pll. I-VII (col.; mammals), I-XXXII-+- XIXbis (col.; by Prétre, E. Traviés and Hublier; birds). Paris, The present work is somewhat puzzling. The text appears to consist of a very general discussion of the rich variety of Cuban bird-life, followed by a synoptic list of species supposedly copied from d’Orbigny’s arrangement in de la Sagra’s ‘Histoire Physique, Politique et Naturelle de I’Ile de Cuba, Ornithologie,’’ 1839-40 (q.v.). As printed in the present book, the list presents a great number of changes from the original,—most of the changes being alterations in spelling, two of them being changes of genera, but probably all of them being due to errors in copying. The authorship is in doubt, but, presumably, the entire work was arranged by the publishers. In the latter part of the text the announce- ment is made of the present issue of an album consisting of the ornithological plates from the “Histoire,” together with an additional plate of eggs (=pl. XXXII) drawn from specimens received by Baron Delessert from José Ramon de la Paz Morejon. The album in which this letterpress is bound contains plates of both mammals and birds, prefaced by the same list of contents as in the original “Histoire.”” The title-page is reprinted with certain alterations; the vignette is redrawn; the word, ‘Atlas,’ is in plain, instead of ornamental, type; a line of print is withdrawn from above the last line on the page, and the address of the publisher is given as “Rue Hautefeuille 21” instead of “23,” while general typographical changes are apparent throughout. The plates appear to be from the same copperplates except that the first of both mammals and birds bears the signature, ‘‘N Rémond imp. r. Vieille-Estrapade, 15, Paris.” instead of ‘‘Bougeard imp.” as on the originals and on all the remainder in the present issue. The coloration of the plates presents numerous variations from that of the examples of the original at hand. Saint-Hilaire, Alexandre Bourjot. See Bourjot Saint-Hilaire, A. Saint-Hilaire, Isidore Geoffroy. See Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Isidore. St. John, Claude. 1911. Our canaries | A Thoroughly Practical and Comprehensive Guide to the successful | keeping, breeding and exhibiting of every known | variety of the domesticated Canary | By | Claude St. John | Written in conjunction with C. A. House and G. E. Weston and many | leading present-day authorities on the various breeds | Thirty-two coloured plates | also a large number of Illustrations in wash and line | By H. Norman | Issued from the Offices of | “Cage Birds,” 154 Fleet Street | London, E.C. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, tit., pp. I-II, 3-382, 63 pll. (32 col.; by H. Nor- man), 159 text-cuts. London. 540 FreLp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. A detailed work as explained by the title, forming an authoritative handbook for the canary-fancier. The plates (colored and uncolored) illustrate the various breeds of these birds. St. John, H. C. 1880. Notes and sketches | from the | wild coasts of Nipon | with chapters on cruising after | pirates in Chinese waters | By Captain H. C. St. John, R.N. | [Vgnetie.] | Edinburgh: David Douglas | MDCCCLXXX. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XXIII+1, 1-392, 8 pll. (monochr.), 5 maps (col.; 1 fold.), 43 text-figs. (7 ornithological; incl. tit.-vignette). Edinburgh. 1880 (circa November). Sketches of Japanese life, customs and country, with numerous notes on the bird life of the region scattered through the volume. Salerne, Francois. 1767. See Ray, John, L’Histoire Naturelle, Eclaircie dans une de ses Parties Principales, l’Ornithologie. Salvadori, Tommaso. 1881. See Thomson, C. Wyville, Reports on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger; Report on the Birds. Salvadori, Tommaso. 1891. Catalogue | of the | Psittaci, or parrots, | in the | collection | of the British Museum. | By | T. Salvadori. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Pater- noster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1891. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XX. Salvadori, Tommaso. 1893. Catalogue | of the | Columbe, or pigeons, | in the | collec- tion | of the British Museum. | By | T. Salvadori. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1893. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. X XI. Salvadori, Tommaso. 1895. Catalogue | of the | Chenomorphe | (Palamedezx, Phoeni- copteri, Anseres), | Crypturi, | and | Ratitze | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | By | T. Salvadori. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Pater- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 541 noster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1895. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XXVII. Salvadori, Tommaso. 1905-10. See Wytsman, Paul, Genera Avium, 1905-14. Salvin, Francis Henry; and Brodrick, William. 1855. Falconry | in | the British Isles. | By | Francis Henry Salvin | and | William Brodrick. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLYV. 1 vol. medium 4to (744x114), pp. I-VI, 1 1., pp. 1-147, pll. I-XXIV (col., by Brodrick; VIII wrongly numbered VII). London. A complete treatise on the art of falconry, with descriptions and illustrations of the various species of hawks used in England in that sport. A second edition (q.v.) was issued in 1873. Salvin, Francis Henry; and Brodrick, William. 1873. Falconry | in | the British Isles. | By | Francis Henry Salvin | and William Brodrick, B.A. | Second edition, revised and enlarged. | London: | John Van. Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLXXIITI. 1 vol. foliopost 4to (74x11), pp. I-VIII, 1 1. pp. 1-171, pll. 1-28 (col.; by Brodrick). London. A second edition, with some additions to the text, of the work of the same title (q.v.) published in 1855. The plates are all redrawn, owing to the destruction of the original lithographic stones, and several new ones added. Salvin, Osbert. 1866-69. See Sclater, Philip Lutley; and Salvin, Exotic Ornithology. Salvin, Osbert. 1873. See Sclater, Philip Lutley; and Salvin, Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium. Salvin, Osbert. 1876. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. Salvin, Osbert; and Godman, Frederick DuCane. 1879-1904. > Biologia | Centrali-Americana. | Aves. | Vol. I [-IV]. | (Text.) [(Plates - Vol. IV.)] | By | Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., &c., | and | Frederick DuCane Godman, D.C.L., F.R.S., &c. | 1879-1904 [1888-1897; 1897-1904; 1879-1904]. 542 Firetp Museum or Natura. History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. 4 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-XLIV, 1-512. Vol. II, 2 pr. I1., pp. 1-598. Vol. III, pp. I-IV, 1-510. Vol. IV, pp. I-VII, pll. 1-79, 15a, 54a, 58a, 58b and 59a (col.; by J. G. Keulemans). London. sumptuous monograph of the birds of Central America, forming part of the work treating of the complete natural history of the same region. Of the birds, 1413 species are treated and 149 figured. The present portion appeared in 74 of the 257 parts in which the work was issued. The various signatures are dated so that there is no need to collate the work by parts except as regards the plates. Salvin died in 1898 and Godman completed the work with the assistance of R. B. Sharpe and W. R. Ogilvie-Grant. All portions of Vol. III after p. 184 bear Godman’s name, only, on the original wrappers. The plates appeared as follows (according to dates on the original wrappers). Pll. 1-3, Sept. 1879; 4, Nov. ’79; 5, Febr. ’80; 6 and 7, April ’80; 8, Aug. ’80; 9 and 10, Febr. ’81; 11, Aug. ’81; 12, Dec. ’81; 13, Febr. ’82; 14, March ’83; 15, May ’83; 15a, 16 and 17, Nov. ’83; 18-21, Dec. ’83; 22 and 23, Febr. ’84; 24, Dec. '84; 25-27, April ’86; 28, June ’86; 29 and 30, Aug. ’86; 31 and 32, Oct. ’86; 33-35, April ’87; 36, Dec. ’88; 37-40, Febr. ’89; 41-43, Dec. '90; 44 and 45, July '91; 46-48, Sept. ’91; 49-51, Febr. ’92; 52 and 53, March ’92; 54 and 55, May ’92; 54a, 56 and 57, Sept. ’92; 58, 58a and 58b, Nov. ’94; 59, 59a and 60, Jan. ’95; 61 and 62, Nov. ’97; 63, Dec. 1900; 64 and 65, Jan. ’o1; 66, Febr. ’01; 67-69, March ’02; 70, May ’o2; 71, Dec. ’02; 72 and 73, Febr. ’03; '74 and 75, April ’03; 76 and 77, May ’03; 78 and 79, April ’04. A general introductory volume by Godman, contains matter, part of which is of interest ornithologically. Printed by Taylor and Francis, London. Salvin, Osbert. 1880. See Smith, Andrew, Sir Andrew Smith’s Miscellaneous Orni- thological Papers, The Willughby Society. Salvin, Osbert. 1881. See Thomson, C. Wyville, Reports on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger; Report on the Birds. Salvin, Osbert. 1882. A catalogue | of the | collection of birds | formed by the late | Hugh Edwin Strickland, M.A. | Fellow of the Royal, Linnean [etc., 3 lines.] | by | Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S., &c. | Strickland Curator in the University of Cambridge. | Cambridge: | at the. University Press. | 1882. 1 vol, 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-652, 1-31-+1 (advt.). Cambridge. A list of 6006 specimens of birds in the Strickland collection, arranged according to the “‘Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalum” of Sclater and Salvin, 1873 (q.v.), with references to the original description, to Strickland’s writing and to a few other important publications under each species. Date, locality and collector, where these are known, are given for each specimen. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 543 Salvin, Osbert. 1882. See Leach, William Elford, Systematic Catalogue of the Specimens of the Indigenous Mammalia and Birds that are pre- served in the British Museum, The Willughby Society. Salvin, Osbert. 1883. See Barton, Benjamin Smith, Fragments of the Natural His- tory of Pennsylvania, The Willughby Society. Salvin Osbert; and Hartert, Ernst. 1892. Catalogue | of the | Picariew | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Upupe and Trochili, | by | Osbert Salvin. | Coracie, | of the families | Cypselide, Caprimulgide, Podargide, and | Steatornithide, | by | Ernst Hartert. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1892. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XVI. Salvin, Osbert. 1896. See Saunders, Howard; and Salvin, Catalogue of the Gaviae and Tubinares in the Collection of the British Museum. Also, British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XXV. Salvin, Osbert. 1897-98. See Lilford, Lord, Coloured Figures of the Birds of the British Islands, 1891-98. Samuels, Edward Augustus. 1868. Among the birds: | a series of sketches for | young folks, | illustrating the | Domestic Life of our Feathered Friends. | By | Edward A. Samuels, | author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | Boston: | Nichols and Noyes. | 1868. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-223, 4 pll., 9 text-figs. Boston. A work for juvenile readers in which the author “‘has endeavored to weave among the woof of facts regarding our most familiar birds, their habits and peculi- arities, a warp of romantic fancy; believing that such will be more attractive than plain... .descriptions.” Samuels, Edward Augustus. (Couper, William.) 1869. Ornithology and odlogy | of | New England: | containing | full descriptions of the birds of New England, and adjoining | states and provinces, arranged by a long-approved | classification and nomenclature; | together with | a complete history of their habits, 544 FretD Museum or Naturat History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. times of arrival and departure, | their distribution, food, song, time of breeding, and | a careful and accurate description | of their nests and eggs; | with | Illustrations of many Species of the Birds, and accurate Figures | of their Eggs. | By Edward A. Samuels, | Curator of Zoology in the Massachusetts State Cabinet. | Boston: | Nichols and Noyes. | 117, Washington Street. | 1869. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-587, frontisp. (col.; after Audubon), pll. I-IV (eggs), 23 pll. (after Audubon), 38 text-figs. Boston. An early edition of a work first published in 1867. It consists of technical des- criptions and classification taken from Baird (“Pacific Railroad Surveys,” Vol. IX, 1858), and general discussions of the species largely extracted from Wilson, Nuttall and Audubon, with some original matter. William Couper supplied notes on the occurrence and distribution of certain species in Quebec, on pp. 80-81, 368-372, 396, 477-478 and 571-573, as in the first edition (Cf. Coues.). An appendix, not in the original edition, is added on pp. 575-578 to include a few species recorded by various authors but not mentioned in the body of the work. The illustrations are from various sources. Those of the eggs were prepared by M. M. Tidd and Nathan Brown; the frontispiece and most of the unnumbered plates (one of which is an uncolored copy of the frontispiece) are copied from Audubon. The book passed through a number of editions under various titles, at least three of which were issued in 1883. Cf. Samuels, The Birds of New England, 1883, and Our Northern and Eastern Birds, 1883. Samuels, Edward Augustus. (Couper, William.) 1883. The | Birds of New England | and | adjacent states: | con- taining descriptions of the birds of New England, and adjoin- | ing states and provinces, arranged by a long-approved | classification and nomenclature; | together with | a history of their habits, times of arrival and departure, their | distribution, food, song, time of breeding, and a | careful and accurate description of | their nests and eggs: | with | Illustrations of many Species of the Birds, and accurate Figures | of their Eggs. | By Edward A. Samuels, | Curator of Zoology in the Massachusetts State Cabinet. | With an appendix containing supplementary notes. | Tenth edition, revised and enlarged. | Boston: | Lockwood, Brooks, and Company, | 17 Franklin Street. | 1883. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-591, frontisp. (col.; after Audubon), pll. I-IV (eggs), 23 pll. (mostly after Audubon), 38 text-figs. Boston. The present title covers the tenth edition of the author’s ‘Ornithology and Odlogy of New England,” 1867, from which it differs only in a new title-page, a differ- ent frontispiece and a more extended appendix on pp. 575-583. Couper’s contributions are mentioned in the discussion of the edition of 1869 (q.v.). Another edition, under the title of ““Our Northern and Eastern Birds” (q.v.) appeared also in 1883. 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 545 Samuels, Edward Augustus. (Couper, William.) 1883. Our | Northern and Eastern Birds. | Containing descrip- tions of the birds of the northern and | eastern states and British provinces; | together with | a history of their habits, times of arrival and departure, | their distribution, food, song, time of breeding, and | a careful and accurate description of | their nests and eggs; | with | illustrations of many species of the birds, | and accurate figures of their eggs. | By Edward A. Samuels. |* New York: | R. Worthington, 770 Broadway. | 1883. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-VII-+1, 1-600, frontisp. (col.; after Audubon), 34 pll. (6 col.; by A. Pope and after Audubon), 35 text-figs. New York. This work, issued the same year as “The Birds of New England and Adjacent States, Tenth Edition’ (q.v.), differs from that work in its altered title and title-page, the addition of 5 new colored plates after Audubon, a different frontispiece, 5 new drawings by A. Pope, the omission of several cuts and the revision of a small portion of the text. The Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History) records another edition of the same title, date and publisher as the present one, with the addition of a supplement from Hodder’s “American Fauna;’’ this work I have not seen. Couper’s contribu- tions are on pp. 80-81, 368-372, 394 (instead of 396 as in the 1oth ed.), 477-478 and 571-573. Sandys, Edwyn; and Van Dyke, T. S. 1902. Upland game birds | by | Edwyn Sandys | and | T. S. Van Dyke | illustrated by L. A. Fuertes, A. B. Frost | J. O. Nugent, and C. L. Bull | [Vignette.] | New York | The Macmillan Com- pany | London: Macmillan & Co., Ltd. | 1902 | All rights reserved. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-IX-+1, 11., pp. 1-429+1, 1 p. (advt.), frontisp., 8 pll. New York. A popular work forming one of the volumes in The American Sportsman’s Library, edited by Caspar Whitney. Concise descriptions of the various species are followed by notes on habits and hunting experiences woven into a very readable narrative which contains a great deal of information. Pages 377-417 (on the quail and grouse of the Pacific Coast) are by Van Dyke; the remainder of the discussions are by Sandys. A companion volume in the same series is Sanford, Bishop and Van Dyke’s ‘‘The Water-fowl Family,’”’ 1903 (q.v.). Sanford, L. C.; Bishop, L. B.; and Van Dyke, T. S. 1903. The water-fowl | family | by | L. C. Sanford, | L. B. Bishop | and | T. S. Van Dyke | [Vignette.] New York | The Macmillan Company | London: Macmillan and Co., Ltd. | 1903 | All rights reserved. 546 FieLp Museum or NaturAL History—Zootoecy, Vou. XVI. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-IX-+1, 1-598, 11. (advt.), 20 pll. (16 bird-portrs., by Fuertes). New York. A sportsman’s reference book, with accounts of the habits of the various species of ducks and geese, rails and shore-birds of North America, prefixed by de- scriptions and notes on the distribution of each and interspersed with accounts of hunting experiences. The discussion of the waterfowl of the Pacific coast (pp. 503-564) is by Van Dyke, the general account is by Sanford, and a care- fully prepared chapter on the diagnoses of families and genera is unaccredited but is ascribed to Bishop (together with other technical matter in the first part of the work) by the reviewer in the Auk 20, pp. 313-314, July 1903. The work forms one of the volumes in the American Sportsman’s Library, in which a companion volume is Sandys and Van Dyke’s “Upland Game Birds,”’ 1902 (q.v.). Sarasin, Fritz; and Roux, Jean. 1913. Fritz Sarasin & Jean Roux | Nova Caledonia | Forschungen Recherches scientifiques | in Neu-Caledonien und en Nouvelle Calédonie | auf den Loyalty-Inseln et aux Iles Loyalty | A. Zoologie | Vol. I - L.I | 1. Dr. Fritz Sarasin, Die Vogel Neu- Caledoniens und der | Loyalty-Inseln | Mit 3 Tafeln in Litho- graphie und 6 Abbildungen im Text | Wiesbaden | C. W. Kreidels Verlag | 1913. 1 vol. medium 4to, 4 pr. ll. (tit., subtit., conts. and short subtit.), pp. 1-78, 3 ll. (expl. of pll.), pll. I-III (2 col.; by Frz. Krauss), text-figs. 1-6. Wiesbaden. A critical list of the birds of New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands, giving the detailed insular distribution of each, the specimens collected by the Sarasin and Roux expedition, and notes on habits, relationships, etc. Numerous new species and subspecies are described. The work as collated above constitutes the ornithological report by Sarasin, forming part (Vol. I, Lief. I) of a complete report on the expedition to the islands in question, and should be quoted as Sarasin in Sarasin and Roux. Saunders, Howard. 1881. See Thomson, C. Wyville, Reports on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger; Report on the Birds. Saunders, Howard. 1882-85. See Yarrell, William, A History of British Birds, fourth edition, 1871-85. Saunders, Howard. 1883. See Vieillot, Louis Jean Pierre, Analyse d’une Nouvelle Orni- thologie Elémentaire, The Willughby Society. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER,. 547 Saunders, Howard. 1889. An illustrated manual | of | British birds. | By | Howard Saunders, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. | Editor of [eic., 2 lines.]. | With illustrations of nearly every species. | [Monogram.] | London: | Gurney and Jackson, 1, Paternoster Row. | (Successors to Mr. Van Voorst.) | 1889. 1 vol. post 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), 1 insert-slip (errata), pp. IV-VI-+1, IX-XL, 1-754, 3 maps (col., fold.), 373 text-figs. London. A handbook of non-technical information relative to British birds, considered by some reviewers to be the best work of its kind ever published on British birds. It forms, in effect, a condensed “‘Yarrell,” of the fourth edition of which (1871-85, q.v.) Saunders was part editor. Each of 367 species is briefly de- scribed and its distribution, breeding habits and claims for recognition as British are discussed in accounts restricted to two pages. Most of the species are figured by woodcuts taken largely from the drawings by E. Neale in Yarrell’s “History of British Birds,” 1837-43 (q.v.), with the addition of some new ones by G. E. Lodge and J. G. Keulemans. The preface contains the diagnostic characters of the various genera arranged in the order of classification adopted in the general text. An appendix supplies additional notes on certain species from information secured, apparently, after the work was in press. The present copy is from the library, and contains the bookplate of, J. Lewis Bon- hote, whose manuscript notes are pencilled through the volume. There is added, also, a fragment of a letter, apparently from Mrs. Leverton of Truro, regarding a certain specimen mentioned in the text (Bartram’s Sandpiper). A second edition (q.v.) was published in 1899. Saunders, Howard. 1892. See Mitchell, Frederick Shaw, The Birds of Lancashire. Saunders, Howard; and Salvin, Osbert. 1896. Catalogue | of the | Gavie and Tubinares | in the | collec- tion | of the | British Museum. | Gavie | (terns, gulls, and skuas) | by | Howard Saunders. | Tubinares | (petrels and alba- trosses) | by | Osbert Salvin. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1896. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XXV. Saunders, Howard. y, 1899. An illustrated manual | of | British birds. | By | Howard Saunders, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. | Editor of [etc., 2 lines.]. | With 384 illustrations and 3 coloured maps. | Second edition, revised and enlarged. | [Monogram.] | London: | Gurney and Jackson, 1, Paternoster Row. | (Successors to Mr. Van Voorst.) | 1899. 548 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XL, 1-776, 3 maps (col., fold.), 390 text-figs. London. Of the same general plan as the first edition, 1889 (q.v.), the present work has been largely rewritten to bring the subject matter to date, although still, with a single exception, keeping to the limits of two pages for each species. Numerous species are added, bringing the total to 384, with a consequent increase in the number of woodcuts. Savi, Adolfo. 1873. See Savi, Paolo, Ornitologia Italiana, 1873-76. Savi, Paolo. 1827-31. Ornitologia | Toscana | ossia | descrizione e storia degli uccelli | che trovansi nella Toscana | con l’aggiunta | delle des- crizioni di tutti gli altri | proprj al rimanente d’Italia | del Dottore | Paolo Savi | Professore di Storia Naturale [etc., ro lines (Vol. I.); 11 lines (Vol. II.); 15 lines (Vol. ITI.).]. | Tomo primo [secondo; terzo] | Pisa | Dalla Tipografia Nistri [Tipografia Nistri E Cc. (Vol. III.)] | MDCCCXXVII [MDCCCXXIX; MDCCCXXXI]. 3 vols. crown 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XLIV, 1-302, text-figs. I-IV, 14 text-figs. (unnum.). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-383-++1, 12 text-figs. Vol. III, 2 pr. Il. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-296, 1-113 (synoptic tables), 5 text-figs. Pisa. A descriptive catalogue of the birds of the Department of Tuscany, Italy. Full descriptions of the species, genera and higher groups are given, with some synonymy, vernacular nomenclature in local and foreign terms, dates of oc- currence, notes on life-history, etc. Several species are described as new, but the author’s ‘“‘nobis”’ usually denotes simply a change in generic position of the species. Volume III contains (pp. 237-296) seven indices, to the Latin, Italian, French, English and German names, general subject matter, and errata, res- pectively; pp. 183-236 contain the appendices to Vols. I and II. The sepa- rately paged synoptic tables form a part of Vol. III, according to the signatures, although Engelmann, who lists 4 vols. of the work, may have considered them as forming a separate volume. Savi, Paolo. (Savi, Adolfo.) 1873-76. Ornitologia Italiana | opera postuma | del Prof. Comm. | Paolo Savi | Senatore del Regno. | Volume Primo [Secondo; Terzo] | [Monogram.] | Firenze. | Successori Le Monnier. | 1873 [1874; 1876]. 3 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and pref.), pp. 1-478, text-figs. I-IV, 12 text-figs. (unnum.). Vol. II, pp. 1-485, 14 text- figs. Vol. III, pp. 1-214, 4 text-figs. Florence. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 549 A work on the birds of Italy similar to, and based on, the author’s “Ornitologia Toscana,” 1827-31 (q.v.). Many species are treated here that are not dis- cussed in the earlier work, but numbers of the descriptions are copied and the text-figures are the same (with the omission of one). An index is given to each volume and Vol. II contains a general index to the three volumes. The appendices, vernacular indices (except the Italian which is embodied in the general index) and synoptic tables are omitted. A short preface is given by Adolfo Savi, the son of the author, since the work was published after the death of the elder Savi. Savigny, Marie Jules-César Lelorgne de. 1810. Systéme | des | oiseaux | de l’Egypte et de la Syrie, | pré- senté a l’assemblée générale de la Commission, | le 29 Aofit 1808, | Par Jules-César Savigny, | Membre de 1’Institut d’Egypte. | [Design.|] | A Paris, | de l’Imprimerie Impérriale. | M.DCCC.X. 1 vol. 4to (size of demy folio) and double-elephant folio (plates; unbound). Text, pp. 1-54. Atlas, pll. 1-14 (by Barraband). Paris. A separately paged reprint! of the ornithological portion of Vol. I of the Natural History of the “Description de l’Egypte, ou recueil des observations et des recherches qui ont été faites en Egypte pendant l’expédition de l’armée Fran- gaise [1798-1801],” etc., published in 9 vols. (text) and 10 vols. (Atlas) from 1809-30. The present portion appeared originally in the first livraison (on PP. 63-114) in 1809, according to a footnote on p. 3 of Savigny’s “Observations sur le Systeme des Oiseaux de l’Egypte et de la Syrie,”’ 1811 (q.v.). The “Observations” and the present work are bound in one volume in the copy at hand. The present title embraces the systematic arrangement of some Egyptian and Syrian birds (27 species of birds of prey), with diagnoses of species and groups, and extensive synonymy. The plates are much more comprehensive than the text and of most of them no mention is made by Savigny, although they were destined for inclusion in portions of the work which he was unable to complete through failure of his eyesight. The descrip- tion of the species figured on the plates was afterwards undertaken by Audoin, who, in 1826, published his ‘‘Explication Sommaire des Planches d’Oiseaux de l’Egypte et de la Syrie” (q.v.) in Part 4 of Vol. I of the Hist. Nat. of the “Description de l’Egypte.”’ Savigny, Marie Jules-César Lelorgne de. 1811. Description | de l’Egypte, | publiée | par les ordres | de | Napoleon-Le-Grand. | Histoire Naturelle. | Supplément | No. 1. Observations | sur | le systéme des oiseaux | de l’Egypte et de la Syrie, | par Jules-César Savigny, | Membre de 1’Institut d’Egypte. A Paris, de l’Imprimerie Impériale. 1811. 1 vol. 4to (size of demy folio), 2 pr. ll. (tit. and subtit.), pp. 1-54. Paris. sI am unable to ascertain whether the reprint is a distinct issue or merely an author's separate with distinct pagination and title-page such as is common in many early French publication, 550 Fretp Museum or NaTturat History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. A lengthy dissertation in justification of the author’s views expressed in his “Systeme des Oiseaux de l’Egypte et de la Syrie,” 1810 (q.v.). Although marked as a supplement to the “Description de l’Egypte,” this contribution does not appear to form an integral part of that extensive work and is not included in the collation of it given by the British Museum (Natural History) nor in Sherborn’s anaylsis of the dates of publication of the natural history portions of the work (in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 285). It is not men- tioned in “A Bibliographic Account and Collation of La Description de l’Egypte” (printed for, but marked as not published by, the London Institu- tion in 1838) nor can I find it in a copy of the complete work in the John Crerar Library, Chicago. The preface is dated December 5, 1810 but the imprint at the bottom of p. 16 is 1811. With the present copy is bound the reprint of the “Systéme des Oiseaux,’”’ collated elsewhere. If the latter is also distinct from the complete “Description de l’Egypte” it may have been issued with the present paper as part of the “Supplément,”’ but I am inclined to think otherwise. Saxby, Henry Linckmyer. (Saxby, Stephen H., ed.) 1874. The | birds of Shetland | with | observations on their habits, migration, | and occasional appearance. | By the late | Henry L. Saxby, M.D., | edited by his brother, | Stephen H. Saxby, M.A., | Vicar of East Clevedon, Somerset. | Edinburgh: | Maclach- lan & Stewart, 64 South Bridge. | London: Simpkin, Marshall, & Co. | MDCCCLXXIV. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XV-+1, 11. (addenda et corrigenda), pp. 1-398, pll. I-VIII (monochr.). Edinburgh. Detailed notes on the numerous species of birds found in Shetland; based on personal observations. The work was left incomplete at the author’s death and was finished by his brother, principally from the author’s notebooks, but with occasional inserted remarks. The present copy is from the library of R. J. Balston. Saxby, Stephen H. 1874. See Saxby, Henry Linckmyer, The Birds of Shetland. Schaffer, Jacob Christian. 1774. Jacobi Christiani Schaeffer | S.S. Theologiae et Philosophiae Doctoris [etc., 8 lines.] | Elementa | ornithologica | iconibvs | vivis coloribvs expressis | illvstrata. | [Vignette.] | Ratisbonae | Typis Weissianis, MDCCLXXIV. 1 vol. medium 4to, 44 ll. pll. I-LXX (col.; XX XVIII missing). Ratisbon. The work is divided into four sections as follows. I, “De Avivm Facie et Strvctvra externa,’’ pll. I-IV; II, “De Avivm Classibvs et Ordinibvs,” pl. V; III, ‘““Tabvlae Genervm Characteristicae,”’ pll. VI-XVI; IV, ‘Genera Avivm in Germania praecipve Bavaria et Palatinatv circa Ratisbonam habitantivm, nidificantivm 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 551 et migrantivm,” pll. XVII-LXX. A reissue with altered title-page was published in 1779. Schalow, Herman. 1904. See Romer, Fritz; and Schaudinn, Fauna Artica, Die Vogel der Arktis. Schalow, Herman. 1919. Beitrige zur Vogelfauna der | Mark Brandenburg | Mate- rialen zu einer Ornithologie | der norddeutschen Tiefebene auf Grund eigener | Beobachtungen und darauf gegritndeter Studien | von | Herman Schalow | Mit 1 Photogravure und 13 Lichtdruck- tafeln | Berlin | Deutsche Ornithologische Gesellschaft | ror9. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1 1. (conts.), pp. 1-601-++1, 14 pll. Berlin. A detailed account of the ornithology of the Province of Brandenburg, Germany. In addition to the faunistic discussion (pp. 159-426), there is a very extensive bibliography, a history of Brandenburg ornithology, a systematic list of species, accounts of provincial ornithological collections (public and private), a section on folk-lore, historical notes, and biographical chapters on various noteworthy, local ornithologists. Schaudinn, Fritz. 1904. See Romer, Fritz; and Schaudinn, Fauna Arctica. Schilling, Wilhelm. 1822. See Brehm, Christian Ludwig; and Schilling, Beitrage zur Vogelkunde, 1820-22. Schinz, Heinrich Rudolf. 1815. See Meisner, Friedrich; and Schinz, Die Vogel der Schweiz. Schinz, Heinrich Rudolf. 1819-30. Beschreibung und Abbildung | der | kinstlichen Nester und Eyer der Vogel, | welche | in der Schweiz, in Deutschland und den angrenzenden Landern briiten. | Mit illuminirten Kupfern. | Von | H. R. Schinz, Med. Dr. | Mitglied der Wetterauischen Gesell- schaft [etc., 4 lines.]. | Zurich, | bey Orell Fiassli und Compagnie 1830. 1 vol. (2 parts) royal 4to, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. I-IV (pref.), 1-28, 1-119-+1, 1-4 (list of pll.), pll. 1-33 (col.; nests, birds and eggs), 1-40-+36a (col.; eggs). Zitrich. A series of popular descriptions of the nests and eggs of the birds of Switzerland, Germany and adjoining countries, accompanied by colored plates. The work 552 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. appeared in 13 sections, each of which was planned to contain three plates of nests and three of eggs; it is not certain that this plan was followed throughout. The plates in the first part of the work (pp. 1-128 and pll. 1-33) illustrate nests, eggs and birds; those of the second part (pp. 1-119 and pll. 1-40-+36a show only the eggs. Schinz, Heinrich Rudolph. 1821-25. See Cuvier, Georges L. C. F. D., Das Thierreich. Schinz, Heinrich Rudolph. 1837. See Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fiir die Gesammten Natur- wissenschaften, Fauna Helvetica, Verzeichniss der in der Schweiz vorkommenden Wirbelthiere, etc. Schinz, Heinrich Rudolph. 1840. Europdische Fauna | oder | Verzeichniss der Wirbelthiere | Europa’s | von | Dr. Heinrich Schinz, | Professor der Zoologie an der Hochschule in Zitrich, [etc., 8 lines.]. | Erster [Zweiter] Band. | Saugethiere und Végel [Reptilien und Fische]. | Stutt- gart. | E. Schweizerbarts Verlagsbuchhandlung. | 1840. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XXIV, 1-448. Vol. II, pp. I-VIII, 1-535. Stuttgart. Descriptions of the vertebrates of Europe. The birds occupy pp. 97-425 and 427-440 of Vol. I. A new name is Sitta saxatilis. Schinz, Heinrich Rudolf. 1846-53. Naturgeschichte | der Vogel. | Bearbeitet | von | Dr. Hans Rudolf Schinz, | Prof. der Zoologie in Zurich [etc.]. | Mit sorgfaltig kolorirten Abbildungen | nach der | Natur und der vorziiglichten mnaturwissenschaftlichen Werken gezeichnet. | Zweite, | umgearbeitete und sehr vemehrte Auflage. | Zurich, | Verlag von Franz Hanke. | 1854. 1 vol. crown folio and royal 4to, tit., pp. I-XXVII+1, 11. (pref. and conts.), pp. 1-253, pll. A-F (4 col.), 1-120 (col.). Zurich. A general review of the birds of the world with popular descriptions and accounts of the habits of representative species of the various groups. Some synonymy is given and one species (Pipra iris) is described as new. The earlier plates are passably good but the less said of the later ones, the better. The work was published in 21 Lieferungen of 6 pll. each with accompanying text. The first three Lieferungen appeared in 1846, (noted by Engelmann), the eighth in 1851 (probably late April or May; see below) and the last in 1853 (noted by Carus and Engelmann), although the title-page bears the date 1854. Lieferungen 1-7 were published by Meyer & Zeller, the remainer by Hanke. The introduc- tion and signatures 1-19 of the general text are in folio, the remainder in 4to, and there is a change in typography from sign. 18 to sign. 19 (from pp. 72 to 1926, CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 553 73). Bound with the volume are 7 wrappers, but these are all dated 1851, and differ only in the numbers of the included Hefte, which are written by hand. These wrappers contain a prospectus of the work, dated April 1851, in which seven Lieferungen (containing 42 plates) are said to have been published to date while Lieferung 8 is promised for the close of the month. Schigler, E. Lehn. (Winge, Herluf.) 1925-date. Danmarks | fugle | med henblik paa dei Grgnland, paa Feroerne og i | kongeriget island forekommende arter | Af | E. Lehn Schigler | Formand for Dansk Ornithologisk Forening [etc., 6 lines.| | [Vignette.] | Bind I [All published to date. | Indledning og andefugle (Anseriformes) | Gyldendalske Bognandel. Nordisk Forlag. Kgbenhavn | Egmont H. Petersens Kgl. Hof-Bogtrykkeri | MCMXXV. 1 vol. (to date) imperial 4to. Vol. I, 6 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., ded., pref. and conts.), pp. 11-552, pll. I-XCVIII (55 col.), text-figs. 1-159+ 37a (10 col.), 58 text-cuts (unnum.). Copenhagen. The first volume of an elaborate work on the birds of Denmark, now in course of publication. An extended bibliography is followed by a chapter on avian anatomy and a general discussion of the Danish Avifauna. Herluf Winge con- tributes (pp. 244-255) a paper on avian remains in the kitchen-middens. The remainder of the volume comprises the detailed discussion of the Anseriformes. The work is profusely illustrated with excellent plates figuring most of the species in series which show variations, etc. Schlegel, Hermann. 1841-51. Abhandlungen | aus dem | Gebiete | der | Zoologie und vergleichenden Anatomie, | von | H. Schlegel. | 1 Heft. | Leiden, | A. Arnz & Comp. | 1841. | Zu beziehen durch alle solide Buchhand- lungen des In- und Auslandes. [Tztles to Hefte II and III missing; possibly not published. | 3 pts. in 1 vol., folio (834 x 11%). Pt. I, tit., pp. 1-44, 1 1. (expl. of pll.), 1 pl., pll. II-VI (2 col.). Pt. II, pp. 1-12, pll. VII-IX (col., fold.). Pt. III, pp. 1-20, 1 1. (postscript), pll. X-XV (col., of birds). Leiden. Parts I and II relate to mammals; III, to birds, being devoted to the genus Falco. The following are the subtitles of the third part. ‘Beschreibung einiger neuen grossen Edelfalken, aus Europa und dem nordlichen Afrika,” pp. 1-11; ‘‘Fort- setzung der Abhandlung tber die grossen, langschwanzigen Edelfalken,’”’ pp. 12-20. Several new species or subspecies of falcons are described herein, and new names are used for various other forms. According to Engelmann, and Carus and Engelmann, Pt. I appeared in 1841; II and pp. 1-10, pll. X-XI of Pt. II, in 1843; pp. 11-20, pll. XII-XV of Pt. III, in 1851. Hartert (Die Végel der Palaarktischen Fauna, 1903-22, q.v.) cites all pages of Pt. III as of date **7844-,” and Swann (‘Synopsis of the Accipitres,”’ 1921-22, q.v.) gives 1844,” 554 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. but the last half of the part could not have been issued before September 1849 since on p. 15 there is a reference to a specimen taken during that month and year. The third edition of the A.O.U. Check-List of North American Birds, under Falco mexicanus, cites the date as 1850, but Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. CXIII, 1922) gives dates for the whole work as ‘1841, 1843, 1851,” thus agreeing, apparently with Carus and Engelmann. Schlegel, Hermann. 1844. Kritische Ubersicht | der | Europaischen Vogel | von | Dr. H. Schlegel. | Conservator [etc., 3 lines.]. | Leiden | bei A. Arnz u. Leipzig Paris bei Fr. Fleischer. | bei Roret. des | oiseaux d’Europe [etc.; dupl. tit. in French. ]. 1 vol. 8vo, 5 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., ded., pref. and subtit., in German and French), pp. T-CXXXV-+1 (Pt. I.), 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-116 (Pt. II.). Leyden. The present work is divided into two parts. The first of these contains a catalogue of species with Latin, German and French names, a list of synonyms, and an account of the distribution given in German and French in parallel columns. The second part contains critical notes on certain of the species, including descriptions of new forms, also given in both languages in parallel columns. See also the note under Siebold, Philipp F. von, “Fauna Japonica,” 1844-50. Comp. | 1844. > Revue critique | Schlegel, Hermann. 1844-50. Sie Siebold, Philipp Franz von, Fauna Japonica. Schlegel, Hermann, and Verster de Wulverhorst, A. H. 1844-53. Traité | de | fauconnerie | par | H. Schlegel | et | A. H. Verster de Wulverhorst. | Leiden et Dusseldorf | chez | Arnz & Comp | 1844-1853 | [Design, occupying entire page.] | Erfunden u. auf Stein gez. von J. B. Sonderland. 1 vol. double-elephant folio, 3 pr. ll. (lith. tit., ded. and pref.), pp. 1-90, I-VI (bibl.), 1 1. (expl. of pll. and ind.), 16 pll. (14 col., by J. B. Sonderland, Portman, van Wouw, M. Wolf, C. Scheuren and G. Saal), 11 vignettes and 11 misc. figs. (on tit.). Leyden and Dusseldorf. A general treatise on the art of falconry. Most of the plates contain life-sized portraits of the species of hawks used in falconry; two are of apparatus and two of hawking scenes. The work appears to have been issued in parts and bears the date 1844-53, which is that given by most bibliographers; Engelmann, how- ever, quotes Livraison I as of date 1846. Schlegel, Hermann. (Susemihl, Johann Conrad; and Susemihl, Erwin Eduard.) 1845. Die | Europdischen Tag-Raubvégel | beschrieben, | von | Dr. H. Schlegel, | Conservator des niederlandischen Reichsmu- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 555 seums (etc., 2 lines.]. | Mit 44 Tafeln colorirter Stahlstiche | von | Johann, Conrad und Erwin Eduard Susemihl. | Darmstadt, | Ver- lag der Kunstanstalt von C. Susemihl & Sohn. 1 vol. royal 8vo, tit., pp. 1-100, pll. 1-39, 1a, 3a, 7a, 35a and 38a (col.; by H. Hoffmeister, H. Schlegel and C. Susemihl & Sohn). Darm- stadt. A reprint of pp. 1-100 and the corresponding plates of J. C. and E. E. Susemihl’s “Abbildungen der Vogel Europas,’’ 1839-51, the text of which, so far as it was published, was written by Schlegel. The work consists of descriptions of the diurnal birds of prey of Europe, with an account of the distribution treated in detail. The illustrations are engravings, carefully colored by hand. Schlegel, Hermann. 1850. See Bonaparte, Charles Lucien; and Schlegel, Monographie des Loxiens. Schlegel, Hermann. 1859. De | vogels van Nederland | beschreven en afgebeeld | door | H. Schlegel, | Directeur van ’s Rijks Museum van Natuurlijke Historie. | Met 362 gekleurde platen. | Te Leyden, bij | D. Noot- hoven van Goor. | 1860. 2 vols. in 3, crown 8vo. (Vol. I), pp. I-VIII, 1-699+1. (Vol. II), 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), 362 pll. (col.; 178 in one vol., 184 in other). Leyden. 1859 (1854-58). A general work on the birds of Holland, with short descriptions, synonymy and an account of the distribution of each of the species. A systematic list of species follows (pp. 617-642) with references to pages of text and to plates. An index (pp. 643-694), a short bibliography (pp. 695-699) and a list of errata complete the volume. The plates have been bound in two volumes with the half-title inserted in one and the title in the other. The figures are well-drawn and pleasing. The work was originally issued in 45 parts from 1854 to 1858 under the title of “Fauna van Nederlands—Vogels,” by H. S. Schlegel and J. H. Herklots, being intended as part of a comprehensive work on the fauna of the country. The plan was discontinued before more than the birds were treated, and the original publisher, Trap, sold the entire edition to van Goor who issued it (according to Carus and Engelmann) in 1859 with a new title-page (as above) and with a preface by Schlegel dated December 24, 1858. The original Pts. 1-7 are acknowledged in the Journ. fur Orn. for July 1855; 8-46, l.c. for March 1860; entire work reviewed, l.c. for Sept. 1862. This work is not to be con- fused with the author’s ornithological volume, also dated 1860, of the ‘‘Natuur- lijke Historie van Nederland,” (q.v.). Schlegel, Hermann; and Westermann, G. F. 1860. De toerako’s | afgebeeld en beschreven | door | H. Schlegel, | onder medewerking | van | G. F. Westerman. | Opgedragen aan | 556 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. B. M. den Koning. | Uitgegeven door | het Koninklijk Zodlogisch Genootschap | Natura Artis Magistra. | Amsterdam. 1860. 1 vol. antiquarian folio (2134x2734), pp. 1-24, 1 1. (synopsis), 17 pll. (col.). Amsterdam. An account of the Touracos (fam. Musophagidae). The general text, in Dutch, contains a description of each species with distribution, synonymy and other notes. The synopsis contains Latin diagnoses of the species. The plates are excellent and suggest the work of Wolf. I am uncertain as to the exact distribu- tion of authorship between Schlegel and Westermann. Schlegel, Hermann. 1860. > Natuurlijke historie | van | Nederland. | De Dieren van Nederland. | Gewervelde dieren, | door | Prof. H. Schlegel. | Haarlem, | A. C. Kruseman. | 1860. 1 vol. post 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., subtit.), pp. I-LXXI+1 (introd.), I-II (subtit.), 1-263+1, 54 ll. (subtit. and expl. of pll.), pll. 1-35 (col.), 1-18 (16 col., 2 monochr.). Haarlem. A rather general account of the birds of Holland; illustrated by a series of excellent plates depicting heads, feet, etc., and a second series (of inferior quality) illus- trating various habitats and their occupants. The volume forms part of a more comprehensive series on the natural history of Holland. The date of publica- tion is not unquestioned. Carus and Engelmann list only 2 parts (pp. “VI, XXXII, 128’), while Cabanis (Journal far Orn., April 1860) acknowledges the receipt of 1 part; Taschenberg does not record the remainder of the volume, but, instead, catalogues a second edition of the whole natural history under dates of 1867-69, published by G. L. Funke, Amsterdam. The John Crerar Library, Chicago, has a copy of the volume on birds, published by Funke in 1868, which is evidently of this second edition. Pagination and plates are as in the first edition. I can find no record of the concluding portions of the first edition of the birds, but Snouckaert van Schauburg (Avifauna Neerlandica, 1908, q.v.) cites all portions of the volume as of 1860, which is probably correct. The Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) cites a ‘““Tweede Druck” (which must be a third edition, instead) published in Haarlem in 1878. There is also “De Vogels van Nederland” (q.v.) dated, likewise, 1860, but probably published the year before. Schlegel, Hermann. 1862-81. See Rijksmuseum van Naturlijke Historie, Muséum d’His- toire Naturelle des Pays-Bas, 1862-81 (-1907). Schlegel, Hermann. 1863-66. De vogels | van | Nederlandsch Indié, | beschreven en afgebeeld | door | H. Schlegel. | Les oiseaux | des Indes Neér- landaises, | décrits et figurés. par | H. Schlegel. | Leiden, Amster- dam, | E. J. Brill. G. L. Funke. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 557 1 vol. royal 4to, tit., pp. 1-38, 11. (indes to pll.), pil. 1-6 (col.) (end of Pitta); pp. 1-68, 1 1. (index to pll.), pll. 1-16 (col.) (end of Ijsvo- gels); pp. 1-79-+1, 2 ll. (index to pll.), pll. 1-28 (col.) (end of Valk- vogels, Accipitres). Leyden and Amsterdam. 1863, 1864 and 1866. Three parts comprising all published of a work on the birds of the Dutch East Indies. The descriptive text, including descriptions of several new species, is in both Dutch and French. The plates (some of which, at least, are by J. Smit) have the figures in miniature but are of high quality. Taschenburg quotes ‘Haarlem, A. C. Kruseman’’ as well as “‘Amst., G. L. Funke,” as publisher's imprint. The title-page is a subsequent insert. In the present copy, the Alce- dinidae or Ijsvogels are bound following the Accipitres. The dates are from reviews in the Zoological Record for 1865 and 1866. Schlegel, Hermann. 1868. See Pollen, F. P. L.; and Dam, Recherches sur le Faune de Madagascar. Schlegel, Richard. 1925. Die Vogelwelt des | nordwestlichen | Sachsenlandes | Ver- such einer Avifauna der Leipziger Flachlandsbucht, | zugleich ein Beitrag zur Zoogeographie | des Freistaates Sachsen | von | Rich- ard Schlegel | [Vignette.] | Leipzig 1925. Verlag von Max Weg. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-V-+1, 11. (conts.), pp. 1274, 4 pll. (portrs.). A study of the local distribution and occurrence of the birds of northwestern Saxony, with bibliography and biographies of resident ornithologists. The species and subspecies of birds, herein treated, number 269. Schley, Frank. 1877. Frank Schley’s | American Partridge | and | pheasant shoot- ing | written by himself, | describing the | haunts, habits, and methods of hunting and shooting the Ameri- | can partridge; quail. | ruffed grouse; pheasant. | With | directions for handling the gun, hunting the dog, and the art | of shooting on the wing. | Contain- ing | a history of the partridges and grouse inhabiting North | America. | Illustrated. | Frederick, Md.: | Baughman Brothers. | 1877. 1 vol. post 8vo (sign. in 4to), pp. 1-222, 8 pll. Frederick. 1877. A book intended for the hunter, being devoted principally to methods of hunting. On pp. 9-39 and 125-138 are descriptions of the various species of North American Tetraonidae taken from Vol. III of Baird, Brewer and Ridgway’s “History of North American Birds, Land Birds,”’ 1874 (q.v.). Schmarda, Ludwig Karl. 1871-72. Zoologie | von | Ludwig K. Schmarda. | Zwei Bande. | I [II]. Band. | Mit 269 [353] Holzschnitten. | Wien, 1871 [1872]. | 558 FreLD Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. Wilhelm Braumiiller | K. K. Hof- und Universitatsbuchhandler. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-X, 1-372, text-figs. 1-269. Vol. II, pp. I-XII, 1-584, text-figs. 270-622. Vienna. A text-book of general zoology. The birds are discussed in Vol. II, pp. 399-472. Schultze, Leonora. 1884. See Russ, Karl, The Speaking Parrots. Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fiir die Gesammten Naturwissenschaften, Allgemeinen. (Schinz, Heinrich Rudolph.) 1837. Fauna Helvetica | oder | Verzeichniss | aller bis jetzt in der Schweiz entdeckten Thiere. | Auf Veranstaltung | der allgemeinen | Schweizerischen Gesellschaft | fur die | gesammten Naturwissen- schaften | entworfen. > Verzeichniss | der | in der Schweiz vorkommenden | Wirbel- thiere, | von | Professor H. R. Schinz, | als | Erster Theil | der auf Veranstaltung der allgemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fur die | gesammten Naturwissenschaften entworfenen | Fauna hel- vetica. | (Aus dem ersten Bande der ‘‘neuen Denkschriften’’ der allgemeinen Gesellschaft fiir die gesammten | Naturwissenschaften besonders abgedruckt.) | Neuchatel, | in der Buchdruckerei von Petitpierre. | 1837. 1 vol. demy 4to. pp. 1-165+1, 1 1. (conts.), 1 pl. (col.). Neuchatel. Pt. I of the Fauna Helvetica (of which 3 parts were published in 1837 and 1840), consisting of a discussion of the vertebrates of Switzerland. The ornithology occupies pp. 34-133. One new species, Anas purpureo-viridis, is described. The subject matter of the present volume appeared the same year in Vol. I of the Neue Denkschriften der allgemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fur die gesammten Naturwissenschaften, as indicated on the titles transcribed above; whether differing in any way from the present impression, I am unable to say. The pagination appears to be the same. Schrenck, Leopold von. 1860. [Reisen und Forschungen in Amur-Lande in den Jahren 1854-1856, etc.] > Dr. L. v. Schrenck’s | Reisen und Forschungen | im | Amur-Lande. | Band I. | Zweite Lieferung. | Végel des Amur-Landes. | Mit 7 Tafeln. 1 vol. demy 4to. pp. 1-165+1, 1 1. (conts.), 1 pl. (col.). Neuchatel. Pape). Berlin. The ornithological portion of Schrenck’s work which was published from 1858-95 (-1900?). The present portion contains a detailed account of the birds ob- served by the author and by Maack and Maximowicz, including 190 species. A supplement (pp. 519-565) lists and discusses other species discovered by various observers or suggested as of probable occurrence in the Amur region 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 559 of south-eastern Siberia, which forms the geographical basis of the entire work. One new species and one new subspecies are described, but the former is ante- dated and the name of the latter preoccupied. The reverse of the subtitle- page bears the date of printing as June 1860. The work is reviewed in the Ibis for 1861, pp. 202-8. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1853. A | synopsis of the Galbulide | by | Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. I vol. 8vo, pp. 1-10, (orig. wrapper). Edinburgh. A revised edition of several papers on Galbulidae published by Sclater in Jardine’s “Contributions to Ornithology”’ for 1852. As noted by Coues, the wrapper of this paper supplies some important data with reference to the publication of the ‘‘Contributions.’”’ The wrapper also bears the date of publiation of the present title and (in the present copy) the inscription, ““M. Jules Verreaux fr. the Contributor.” Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1857-58. A | monograph | of | the birds forming | the tanagrine genus Calliste; | illustrated by | coloured plates of all the known species. | By Philip Lutley Sclater, M:A., | Fellow [etc., 5 lines.]. | [Design.] | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLVII. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XVII+1, 1-104, (4 original wrappers), 45 pll. (col.; by Oudart), 1 map (col.). London. — A discussion of all the known species of the tanagers belonging to the genus Calliste as then understood. Synonymy, Latin diagnoses and an account of variations, relationships, habits, etc., are given for each species, all but four of which are figured on excellent plates. The work was published in four parts, of the extent and dates of which I am uncertain. The copy at hand contains four original wrappers, but they are all alike, undated and with the part-number inserted by hand. A prospectus of the work announces the publication at short intervals of four parts, each to contain about twelve plates and the corresponding letterpress. The preface is dated December 1, 1857 although Carus and Engelmann give 1858. There is a break suggested between pp. 64 and 84 where signature ‘F’ contains 10 ll. instead of the ordin- ary 8 ll. Sclater himself, in the Ibis, 1876, p. 407, says he published the work in 1858, but this may refer only to the last part; in the Ibis, 1863, p. 450 he says the work was completed in December 1857, but this may refer only to the manuscript. Additions to the monograph were published by Sclater in the Ibis for 1863, pp. 450-452. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1861-62. Catalogue | of | a collection | of | American birds | belonging to | Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., | Fellow [etc., 3 lines.] | [Vignette.] | [Quot., 3 lines.] | London: | N. Trubner and Co., Paternoster Row. | 1862. 560 FieLp Museum oF Natura History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 11. (list of illustrs. and errata), pp. 1-338, pll. I-XX (col.; by J. Jennens). London. A catalogue of the author’s collection of some 4100 specimens of American birds, representing 2169 species and containing 386 type-specimens. Each specimen is listed and the principal synonyms of each species are given. A number of new species are described. There is a little doubt as to the date or dates of publication. There are 24 signatures, each of which, except the introductory one, bears its date of printing, beginning with May 1, 1861 and closing with May 16, 1862, while the title-page is dated, simply, 1862. Cabanis, in the Journal fir Ornithologie acknowledges the receipt of various installments as follows. Signs. I and II in Journ. fir Orn. for May, 1861; III-VIII, Sept. 1861; IX-X and XI-XII, Jan. 1862; XIII-XVI, March 1862; and XVII-XXIII with introductory matter, Sept. 1862. Coues says, “Some copies of the sheets were distributed as printed.” The author, as reviewer for the Ibis, in the Ibis for 1862, p. 379, calls the work a “lately completed ‘Catalogue’ ’’ and does not givea date. Tribner and Co., on the wrapper of the Ibis for July and October, 1862, advise that “Only 100 copies of the perfect work have been prepared.’’ The evidence seems to point to the issue of signs. I-XII (pp. 1-192) at various dates in 1861, approaching the dates of printing, and of the remainder of the volume at various periods in 1862. Copies without plates are also in existence. Sclater, Philip Lutley; and Salvin, Osbert. 1866-69. Exotic ornithology, | containing | figures and descriptions of new or rare species | of | American birds, | by | Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., | Secretary [etc., 2 lines.]; | and | Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S. | London: | Bernard Quaritch, 15 Piccadilly. | 1869. 1 vol. demy folio, pp. I-VI, 1-204, pll. I-C (col.; by J. Smit), 10 text- figs. London. Descriptions, figures and critical notes, with synonymies, distribution and some biographical account, of 104 species of Neotropical birds. At the end of many of the articles there is given a summary of the congeneric species in America. The hand-colored plates are excellent. The work was planned originally, as may be suggested by the title, to include new and interesting birds from the whole of the world, but was later restricted to America south of the United States. The book was issued in thirteen parts, the dates of which are given by Coues (2nd Inst., p. 286). These dates do not agree, always, with those printed at the close of each article. As given by Coues, they are as follows (with the addition of pagination). Part I, pp. 1-16, pll. I-VIII, Oct. 1, 1866; Il, pp. 17-32, pll. IX-XVI, Feb. 1, 1867; III, pp. 33-48, pll. XVII-XXIV, May 1, 1867; IV, pp. 49-64, pll. XXV-XXXII, Aug. 1, 1867; V, pp. 65-80, pll. XXXIII-XL, Jan. 1, 1868; VI, pp. 81-96, pll. XLI-XLVI, April 1, 1868; VII, pp. 97-112, pll. XLVII-LVI, July 1, 1868; VIII, pp. 113-128, pll. LVII-LXIV, Aug. 1, 1868; IX, pp. 129-144, pll. LXV-LXXII, Dec. 1, 1868; X, pp. 145-160, pll. LXXIII-LXXX, Jan. 1, 1869; XI, pp. 161-176, pll. LX XXI-LXXXVIII, June 1, 1869; XII, pp. 177-192, pll. LX XXIX-XCVI, Aug. 1, 1869; XIII, pp. 193-204, I-VI, pll. XCVII-C, Nov. 1, 1869. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 561 Sclater, Philip Lutley; and Salvin, Osbert. 1873. Nomenclator | avium neotropicalium | sive | avium que in regione neotropica hucusque reperte sunt | nomina systematice disposita adjecta sua cuique | speciei patria accedunt generum et | specierum novarum diagnoses. | Auctoribus | Philippo Lutley Sclater, A.M. Phil. Doct. | Soc. Reg. Lond. Socio | Soc. Zool. Lond. Secretario. | et | Osberto Salvin A.M. | Soc. Reg. Lond. Socio. | [Vigneite.] | Londini: | Sumptibus auctorum. | MDCCC- LXXIII. 1 vol. 4to (8144x134), pp. I-VIII, 1-163. London. A synoptic list of the species of birds inhabiting America south of the United States, a total of 3,565. The name and Neotropical distribution of each is given. The appendix (pp. 155-163) contains the original descriptions of 9 new genera and 31 new species. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1877. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1879-82. A monograph | of the | Jacamars and Puff-birds, | or | Families Galbulide and Bucconide. | By | P. L. Sclater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., &c., | Secretary to the Zoological Society of London. | [Vignette.] | Benedicte omnes volucres celi dominum. | London: | published for the author by | R. H. Porter, 6 Tenterden Street, W.; and | Dulau and Co., Soho Square, W. 1 vol. royal 4to, pp. I-LII, 11. (list of subscrs.), pp. 1-171, pll. I-LV (col.; by Keulemans), text-figs. 1-13-++vign. on title, (7 orig. wrappers). London. A complete monograph of the two groups of birds mentioned in the title, with descriptions, synonymies and voluminous notes on the various species. The introductory chapter contains synoptic tables for the determination of genera and species and general remarks on all the groups. A bibliography is supplied on pp. XLV-LII. The hand-colored plates are excellent. The work was published in seven parts the dates and extent of which are given on the original wrappers that are bound with the volume. Part I, Oct. 1879, pp. 1-32, pill. I-VIII; II, Jan. 1880, pp. 33-60, pll. IX-XVIII; III, May 1880, pp. 61-84, pll. XIX-XXVII; IV, Nov. 1880, pp. 85-108, pll. XXVIII-XXXV; V, July 1881, pp. 109-132, pll. XXXVI-XLIV; VI, Nov. 1881, pp. 133-160, pll. XLV-LIV; VII, July 1882, pp. 161-171, I- LII, 11., pl. L. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1881. See Thomson, C. Wyville, Reports on the Scientific Results of . the Voyage of H. M. S. Challenger; Report on the Birds. 562 Fretp Museum or NaturAL History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1882. See Forster, John Reinhold, A Catalogue of the Animals of North America, The Willughby Society. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1884. See Wagler, Johann Georg, Wagler’s six ornithological mem- oirs from the ‘Isis,’ The Willughby Society. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1886. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Fringilliformes: Part II. | Containing the families | Coerebide, Tanagride, and Icteride. | By | Philip Lutley Sclater. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1886. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XI. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1888. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Oligomyode, | or the families | Tyrannide, Oxyrhamphide, Pipride, Cotingide, | Phytotomide, Philepittide, Pittide, | Xenicide, and Eurylemi- dz. | By | Philip Lutley Sclater. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1888. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XIV. Sclater, Philip Lutley; and Hudson, William Henry. 1888-89. Argentine ornithology. | A | descriptive catalogue | of the | birds of the Argentine Republic. | By | P. L. Sclater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Etc. | with notes on their habits | by | W. H. Hud- son, C.M.Z.S., | late of Buenos Ayres. | [Vignette.] | The Cariama [Burmeister’s Cariama]. | Volume I [II]. | London: | R. H. Porter, 6 Tenterden Street, W. [18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W.] | 1888 [1889]. 2 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-X XIV (XVII-XXIV issued with, and bound with, Vol. II), 1-208, pll. I-X (col.; by Keulemans), 1 fig. (on tit.). Vol. II, pp. I-XVI, 1-251, pll. XI-XX (col.; by Keule- mans), 17 text-figs., 1 fig. (on tit.). London. An account of 434 species of birds from Argentina, with concise descriptions and brief synonymy of each from the pen of Sclater, and with detailed notes on habits by Hudson. Hudson’s portion of the work was reprinted in 1920 under the title of “Birds of La Plata by W. H. Hudson” (q.v.). The hand-colored plates in the present work are very fine. The introduction, paged for insertion in Vol. I, was issued with Vol. II. The appendix (pp. 221-232) in Vol. II gives a short bibliography and gazetteer. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 563 Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1890. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Tracheophone, | or the families | Dendrocolaptide, Formicariide, | Conopophagide, and Pteroptochide. | By | Philip Lutley Sclater. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1890. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XV. Sclater, Philip Lutley; and Shelley, George Ernest. 1891. Catalogue | of the | Picariz | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Scansores and Coccyges, | containing the families | Rhamphastide, Galbulide, and Bucconide, | by | P. L. Sclater, | and the families | Indicatoride, Capitonide, Cuculide, | and Musophagide, | by | G. E. Shelley. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1891. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XIX. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1892. See James, Harry Berkeley, A New List of Chilean Birds. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1906-09. See Wytsman, Paul, Genera Avium, 1905-14. Sclater, Philip Lutley. 1910. Revised list of the | birds of Jamaica | (Based on the List of Alfred and Edward Newton in | the ‘Handbook of Jamaica for 1881.’) | by | P. L. Sclater, Dr. Sc., F.R.S. | Reprinted from the ‘Handbook of Jamaica for 1910.’ | Kingston, Jamaica: | The In- stitute of Jamaica. | Agents in London, H. Sotheran, & Co., 140 Strand W.C., and 28 Piccadilly, W. | 1910. 1 vol. post 8vo, tit., pp. 1-24. Kingston. A repaged reprint, with separate title, of pp. 596-619 of the Handbook of Jamaica for 1910. The text consists of a revision of Alfred and Edward Newton’s “List of the Birds of Jamaica, 1881 (q.v.), with the addition of a statement of the habitat of each species, general notes on the Jamaican avifauna and on each family of birds represented in it, and augmented bibliographic references. Sclater, William Lutley. 1901-06. See Stark, Arthur Cowell; and Sclater, The Fauna of South Africa; The Birds of South Africa, 1900-06. Birds of South Africa, 1900-06. 564 Fretp Museum or NaturAL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Sclater, William Lutley. 1912. A history of | the birds of Colorado | by | William Lutley Sclater | M.A. (Oxon.) [etc., 2 lines.] | with seventeen plates and amap | Witherby & Co. | 326 High Holborn London | 1912. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXIV, 1-576, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-16, 1 map. London. A handbook of Colorado ornithology, containing descriptions, references to Colo- rado records, distribution of species and notes on habits. Much of the work is complied (of necessity owing to the brevity of the author’s residence in Colorado before undertaking the work) but consequent errors are not numerous. The contour map (after Rydberg ?) is said by Henderson (Auk, XXIX, p. 429, 1912) to be inaccurate. A bibliography and gazetter are given at the close of the work. Sclater, William Lutley. 1912. See Shelley, George Ernest, The Birds of Africa, 1896-1912. Sclater, William Lutley. 1924. Systema avium | Ethiopicarum. | A systematic list of the birds of | the Ethiopian region. | By | William Lutley Sclater, M.A., M.B.O.U. | Prepared in conjunction with Special Committees of the | British and American Ornithologists’ Unions. | Published by the | British Ornithologists’ Union | and sold by | Wheldon and Wesley, Ltd., 2-4 Arthur Street, | New Oxford Street, W.C.2. | 1924. 1 vol. (all pub. to date) 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1-304. April 30, 1924. A carefully prepared check list of all known species and subspecies of Ethiopian birds, with their accepted scientific and vernacular names, references to original description, type localities and distribution for each. The wrapper notes this as Part I of the work and advises of the future publication of the remaining portions. The current review in the Auk disclaims any participation by the American Ornithologists’ Union in the preparation of the volume to date. Scopoli, Giovanni Antonio. 1769-72. Ioannis Antonii Scopoli [Comma added (Vols. IV and V.).] | Phil et Med. Doct. [etc., 8 lines.; omitted (Vols. II and ITI.); S. C. R. & Apost. Maiestatis in Montanisticis, etc., 6 lines. (Vols. IV and V.).] | Annus I [-V]. | Historico- | naturalis. | Descrip- tiones avium | musei proprii | earumque rariorum, quas vidit | in vivario | Augustiss. Imperatoris, | et | in museo Excell. Comi- tis | Francisci Annib. Turriani [8 lines., mut. mut. as follows: I. Iter Goroziense. | II. Iter Tyrolense. | III. De Cucurbita Pepone obser- | vationes. | IV. Lichenis Islandici Vires me- | dice. (Vol. II.); I. Solutio Questionis, an Medici olim Roma | pulsi, ut ait 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 565 Plinius. | II. Luis Boville symptomata, cause, discri- | mina, remedia, preservativa & cu- | rativa. | III. Observationes alique de Czruleo Bero- | linensi, aliisque Laccis. | IV. Experimenta de Minera aurifera Na- | gyayensi. (Vol. III.); I. Dissertatio de Apibus. | II. Dubia Botanica. | III. Observationes Oeconomicz. | IV. Fungi quidam rariores in Hungaria | nunc detecti. (Vol. IV.); I Emendationes et Additamenta ad Ann. I. II. | III. IV. | II. Tentamen Mineralogicum I. De Minera Ar- | genti alba. | III. Tentamen Mineralogicum II. De Sulphure. | IV. Tentamen Minera- logicum III. De Pseudoga- | lena, Auripigmento, aliisque. | V. Observationes Zoologicae. (Vol. V.)][ | Vignette (Vols. II-V.).] | Lipsie, | Sumtib. [Svmtib. (Vols. II-V.)] Christ. Gottlob Hil- scheri, | MDCCLXVIIII [MDCCLXIX; MDCCLXIX; MDCC- LXX; MDCCLXXIT]. 5 vols. in 1, cap 8vo. Vol. I, pp. 1-168. Vol. II, pp. 1-118. Vol. III, 3 pr. ll. (tit., ded., pref.), pp. 6-108, 1 1. (corrigenda). Vol. IV, pp. 1-150, 2 pll., 1 chart (fold.). Vol. V, pp. 1-128. Leipzig. A series of miscellaneous papers on natural history, as indicated in the lists of contents on the various title-pages. Annus I and Annus V contain all the ornithology. The first is entirely ornithological and is devoted to descriptions of the birds in the author’s collection, in the emperor’s aviary at Vienna, and in the ‘Museum Turrianum.’”’ Numerous new species and genera are des- cribed. The last volume contains, among other matter, a sort of supplement to the first volume, with discussions of some species not included in the original list. Falco pannonicus is new, being, apparently, the earliest name for the bird recently known as Falco cherrug. Scopoli, Giovanni Antonio. (Alfred Newton, ed.) 1882. The Willughby Society. | Scopoli’s | ornithological papers | from his | Deliciae | Florae et Faunae Insubricae | (Ticini: 1786 - 1788) | [Vignette.] | Edited by | Alfred Newton, M.A., F.R.S., etc. | London: MDCCCLXXXII. [Deliciae florae et faunae insubricae, seu novae, e minus cognitae species plantarum et animalium, quas in Insubria austriaca, tam spontaneas, quam exoticas vidit, descripsit et aeri incidi curavit. (Title from Engelmann) ]. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-IV, “69-71, 36-37, 84-96, 37’ (=1-19), 20. “Pavia. 1786 and 1788.”’ London. 1882. A verbatim reprint of the ornithological portions of Scopoli’s work, reduced in size from the original folio and published by The Willughby Society (q.v.). The original work was published in three volumes,—the first two in 1786 and the last in 1788. The ornithological matter is as follows. Observationes zoologicae. De Alaudis nostratibus. Pt. I, 1786, pp. 69-71. Falco rufus. Pt. II, 1786, pp. 36 and 37. 566 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Specimen zoologicum exhibens Characteres genericos, & specificos, necnon Nomina trivialia novorum Animalium. Quae Clarissimus Sonnerat in China, & in Indiis orientalibus nuper detexit. Pt. II, 1786, pp. 84-96. Fringilla alpina. Pt. III, 1788, p. 37. The first, second and third papers are not of especial importance, but the third contains a discussion of the mammals and birds treated in Sonnerat’s “Voyage a la Nouvelle Guinée,” 1776 (q.v.), and “Voyage aux Indes Orientales et a la Chine,” 1782 (q.v.), with short diagnoses and the first application of binomial names to the species. The preface of the reprint, by the editor, con- tains an account of the life of the author and some review of the book. Scott, H. H. 1909. Victoria Museum, Launceston, Tasmania. | Memoir | on | The Wedge-Tailed Eagle | ‘“‘Uroztus Audax.” | (Latham) | A Study in Avian Osteology. | With the Compliments of | the Museum Committee. | Photographs by F. E. Burbury, Esq., and L. C. Pitfield, Esq. 1 vol. post 8vo, 8 ll., 2 pll., (orig. wrapper). Launceston. 1909 (post Nov. 18). An osteological study of a specimen of the Wedge-tailed Eagle. The date (of the manuscript) appears on the last page. Scott, William Earl Dodge. 1898. Bird studies | an account of the land birds | of eastern North America | by | William E. D. Scott | with illustrations from original | photographs | New York and London | G. P. Putnam’s Sons | The Knickerbocker Press | 1898. 1 vol. 8vo (8x10), 3 pr. Il. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. V-XII, 1-363, 11. (advt.), frontisp., 165 text-cuts (many full-p.). New York and London. An account of the habits and distinguishing characteristics of the land birds of North America ‘‘east of the Mississippi River, Lake Winnipeg, and the western borders of Hudson’s Bay, together with Greenland and the islands which naturally group themselves with the mainland of the region.”’ Six typical habi- tats are selected and the birds which occur in each are discussed in sequence. A systematic table of species is given at the close of the volume. The illustra- tions are from photographs of live birds, mounted specimens, dried skins and freshly-killed examples, with some birds’ nests and occasional landscapes. Scott, William Earl Dodge. 1903. The | story of a bird lover | by | William Earl Dodge Scott | [Blazon.] | New York | The Outlook Company | 1903. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XI+1, 1-372, frontisp. and cover-fig. New York. The author’s autobiography, dealing with the training and experiences of an ornithologist from his earliest recollections to the date of writing. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 567 Seebohm, Henry. 1876. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. Seebohm, Henry. 1880. Siberia in Europe: | a visit to the valley of the Petchora, | in north-east Russia; | with descriptions of the natural history, mi- gration | of birds, etc. | By Henry Seebohm, | F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S. | With map and illustrations. | London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | 1880. | The right of Translation is reserved. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XV+1, 1-311-+1, 1-24 (advt.), 2 pll. (col.), 1 map (fold.), 48 text-figs. London. The narrative of the author’s journey in company with J. A. Harvie-Brown through parts of Russia in search of the breeding grounds of the Gray Plover, Little Stint, Sanderling, Curlew Sandpiper, Knot and Bewick’s Swan. Observa- tions on the bird life of Russia constitute the larger part of the text and are connected by the running account of the journey. The colored plates are taken from the “Ibis” for 1876, pll. V and VII. A companion volume is found in the author’s later “Siberia in Asia,’’ 1882 (q.v.). The present copy of the work was presented to Edward Hargitt by the author. Seebohm, Henry. 1881. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Cichlomorphz: Part II. | containing the family | Turdide | (Warblers and Thrushes). | By | Henry Seebohm. | London: | printed by order of the Trus- tees. | 1881. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. V. Seebohm, Henry. 1882. Siberia in Asia: | a visit to the valley of the Yenesay | in eastern Siberia, | With description of the natural history, migra- tion | of birds, etc. | By Henry Seebohm, | author of ‘Siberia in Europe.’ | With map and illustrations. | London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street. | 1882. | The right of Translation is reserved. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XVIII, 1-304, 1-32 (advt.), 1 map (col.; fold.), 68 text-figs. London. The account of an overland journey through Siberia in 1877 on ornithological and ethnological research. Notes on the bird life of the region are thoroughly inter- spersed with the narrative and a resumé of the ornithological results of the expedition is given in Chapter XXV, pp. 288-298. The book forms a companion volume to the author’s earlier ‘Siberia in Europe,’’ 1880 (q.v.). The two volumes were combined, revised and reissued in 1901 as “The Birds of Siberia.” 568 Fretp Museum or NaATurRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. Seebohm, Henry. (Dixon, Charles.) 1882-85. Ahistory | of | British birds, | with coloured illustrations | of their | eggs. | By | Henry Seebohm. | Vol. I [Vol. II; Vol. III; Plates]. | London: | published for the author by | R. H. Porter, 6 Tenterden Street, W., | and | Dulau & Co., Soho Square, W. | 1883 [1884; 1885; 1885]. 4 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XXIII-+1, 1-614, 30 text-figs++-many decorations. Vol. II, pp. I-XXXIII+1, 1-600, 34 text-figs-++decors. Vol. III, pp. I-X XIV, 1-684, 40 text-figs.+decors. Vol. ‘‘Plates’’, tit., pp. 1-18, pll. 1-68 (col.). London. A debatable work on the life-histories, habits, breeding, distribution, variation and classification of British birds. A considerable amount of first-hand information is given from field observations, and the work is valuable for these, but there are many statements which have been questioned by critics. The classification adopted by the author follows a principle of ‘auctorum plurimorum”’ in which priority is disregarded and that name used which has a majority of previous authors behind it. There are numerous caustic remarks, in criticism of anteced- ent and contemporary authors, which might have been made in more pleasant style. Detailed introductions are given in the three volumes of text; that one in the second volume, “On the Protective Colour of Eggs,” was written by Charles Dixon. The work appeared in six parts, two to each of the first three volumes. Part Lis usually cited as of 1883, but it is reviewed under date of 1882 in the Ibis for January 1883 (p. 114). Part II appeared in 1883; III (to p. 288, Vol. IL) in 1883; IV in July 1884; V and VI in 1885, including the list of plates bound (with all the plates) in a separate volume. The plates, although the title- page to their volume is dated 1885, appeared with the various parts from 1882- 1885. A second edition of the entire work appeared in 1896 with plates printed in Paris, and these plates, with occasional notes added, were reissued in 1904. Seebohm, Henry. 1887. The | geographical distribution | of the family | Charadriidz, | or the | Plovers, Sandpipers, Snipes, | and their allies. | By | Henry Seebohm, | author of [etc., 2 lines.] | [Vignette.] | London: | Henry Sotheran & Co., | 136, Strand, W.C. and 36, Piccadilly, W.; | Manchester: 49, Cross Street. 1 vol. royal 4to, pp. I-XXIX-+1, 1-524, 21 pll. (col.; by Keulemans; nos. I-X XI in index), 247 text-figs, 1 text-map, 17 decorations+fig. on title-p. London and Manchester. A monograph (in spite of the author’s disclaimer on p. 5.) of the shore birds of the world, usually considered as representing several distinct families but united by the author into a single family. The prefatory matter (Chapters I to VIII, pp. 1-65) is devoted to general remarks on classification, evolution, differentiation of species, glacial epochs, migration, ‘“The Paradise of the Charadriidae,”’ zoo- logical regions and subspecific forms. The main body of the text discusses the various species of shore birds in order, with considerable detail. The work met 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 569 with a varied reception owing to the debatable character of many of the author’s views on classification, but it is, nevertheless, a valuable repository of informa- tion on the subject. There is no date on the title-page but the back of the cover bears the date 1888. Sharpe, in Seebohm’s “Coloured Figures of the Eggs of British Birds,” 1896 (q.v.), p. X, gives the date of publication as 1887 on the basis of a copy of the work in his possession bearing the inscription ‘‘Christmas, 1887.’’ The work is based on the collections of J. E. Harting, Shelley, and Swin- hoe, together with Harting’s manuscript notes (which were gathered with the intention of publishing a monograph of the shore birds) to which Seebohm acknowledges free access. The hand-colored plates are excellent. Seebohm, Henry. 1890. The birds | of the | Japanese Empire. | By | Henry See- bohm, | author of [etc., 5 lines.] | with numerous woodcuts. | London: | R. H. Porter, 18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square. | 1890. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XXIV, 1-386, frontisp. (map), 98 text-figs. London. An attempt to collect the available information respecting Japanese ornithology into a single volume. The work shows extreme carelessness in preparation and much of the information it presents is still half-concealed, owing to the manner of presentation. Synonyms are rarely quoted and then only in the general text; the descriptions of the various species are too brief to be of much service; new names are used without designation as such and sometimes without diag- nostic characters; distribution is often erroneously given; species of earlier authors are occasionally dismissed summarily, without adequate reason. In the text the author takes occasion to treat of the general classification of birds, whether Japanese or not, and defines all subclasses, orders and suborders of the class Aves, This discussion presents some modifications of the author’s views on the same subject which he expressed in his work of a few months’ earlier date, the ‘‘Classification of Birds,’”’ 1890 (q.v.). An annotated bibliography is given in the early part of the volume. A critical review of the work was given | by Stejneger in the Auk for January, 1891, pp. 99-101. Seebohm, Henry. 1890. Classification | of | birds; | an attempt to diagnose the sub- classes, orders, suborders, | and some of the families of existing birds. | By | Henry Seebohm. | London: | R. H. Porter, 18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1890. . 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-53. London. A treatise on the taxonomy of the higher groups of birds. Fourteen orders and thirty-six suborders are diagnosed and the definitive characters analyzed for all of the suborders, in a tabular form that is easily read. Two arrangements of the orders into subclasses are given,—one with six subclasses, the other with five; the former is used in the body of the work. The author later modified his views in his “The Birds of the Japanese Empire,’’ 1890 (q.v.), and in a ‘‘Supplement,”’ 1895, to the present work. However the proposed scheme of classification may be criticised, considerable information is presented in the work. 570 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Voi. XVI. Seebohm, Henry. 1893. See Whitehead, John, Exploration of Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo. Seebohm, Henry. (Sharpe, Richard Bowdler, ed.) 1896. Coloured figures | of the | eggs | of | British birds, | with descriptive notices, | by | Henry Seebohm, | author of [etc., 5 lines.]. | Edited | (after the author’s death) | by | R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D., Etc., | Assistant Keeper, Sub-Department of Vertebrata, | British Museum. | Sheffield: | Pawson and Brails- ford. | 1896. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-X XIV, 1-304, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-59-+58a (col.). Sheffield. Short accounts of the breeding habits and the occurrence in the British Islands of the birds of the country. The text is modeled after, and is in some cases a condensed reproduction of, that of the author’s larger, ‘History of British Birds,” 1882-85 (q.v.). The plates, in chromo-lithograph, represent typical examples of the eggs of the various species and are very good. A memoir of Seebohm, by Sharpe who edited the whole work, is included, fittingly, in the volume. Seebohm, Henry; and Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1898-1902. A | monograph of the Turdide, | or | family of Thrushes. | By the late | Henry Seebohm, | author of [etc., 4 lines.]. | Edited and completed | (after the author’s death) | by | R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D., F.L.S., etc. | Assistant-Keeper, Sub- Department of Vertebrata, British Museum. | Volume I [II]. | London: | Henry Sotheran & Co., | 37 Piccadilly, W., and 140 Strand, W.C. | 1902. 2 vols. 4to (1144x15). Vol. I, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-337, frontisp. (portr.), pll. I-LX XVIII (col.; by Keulemans). Vol. II, pp. I-IX-+1, 1-250, pll. LXXIX-CXLIX (col.; by Keulemans). London. A thorough monograph of a limited section of the family Turdidae, comprising the genera Geocichla, Turdus, Merula and Mimocichla as recognized by the authors (a group usually further divided by most authors). Synonymy anda brief Latin diagnosis of each species are followed by detailed notes. Several new species are described. The hand-colored plates by Keulemans are ex- cellent. Seebohm had most of the plates prepared but, at his death, left his manuscript unfinished. Sharpe undertook to edit and complete the work, but found that the manuscript in hand covered only the genus Geocichla, leaving the much greater portion still to be written; this was done entirely by Sharpe. Seebohm’s text occupies pp. 1-91, excluding certain species of Geocichla in those pages which were written by Sharpe. The remainder of the work is Sharpe’s, whose initials appear at the foot of each article contributed by him. The work was issued in 13 parts, as follows. Part I, pp. 1-40, pll. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 571 I-XII, ante April 1898; II,, pp. 41-76, pll. XIII-X XIV, ante July 1898; ITI, pp. 77-114, pll. XXV-XXXVI, ante Oct. 1898; IV, pp. 115-212, pll. XX XVII- XLVIII, Oct. 1898; V, pp. 213-266, pll. XLIX-LX, ante April 1898; VI, pp. 267-312, pll. LXI-LXXII, ante Oct. 1899; VII, pp. 313-337 (Vol. I), 1-32 (Vol. II), pll. LXXIII-LXXVIII (Vol. I), LXXIX-LXXXIV (Vol. II), Dec. 1899; VIII, pp. 33-70, pll. LXXXVI-XCVII, ante July 1900; IX, pp. 71-100, pll. XCVITI-CVIII+LXXXV, 1900; X, pp. ror-126, pll. CIX-CXX, 1900; XI, pp. 127-156, pll. CX XI-CXXXII, ante July 1901; XII-XIII (double no.), pp. 157-250, I-XI-+1 (Vol. I), 1-IX-+1 (Vol. II), pll. CX XXIII-CXLIX, 1902. Dates are from the reviews in the Zoological Record and the Ibis. Selby, Prideaux John. (1821)-1834 (-1839?). Plates | To | Selby’s Illustrations | of British Ornithology | [Vignetie.] | Designed & Engraved by W. H. Lizars. | Edinburgh; | published by W. H. Lizars, | and Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown & Green | London. Plates | To | Selby’s Illustrations | of | British Ornithology. | Water birds. | Vol. II. | [Vignette.] | MDCCCXXXIV., | Printed for the proprietor, & published by W. H. Lizars, Edinburgh; | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green & Longman, London; | and W. Curry Junr. & Co. Dublin. 2 vols. double-elephant folio. Vol. (I), engr. tit., pll. I-XXXI, MA REN-UMV Ee TET, KEE oes), STIL, XV AVIT*, XVII, XXVI*, XXVII*, XXXII (bts= X X XIT?), XXXIV*, XXXVI (a lis, ML ALY, XV LI) Lies), LVI", LVIII*, LXIV*, A-D (col.); I-IV (plain) (=93 pll.; col.). Vol. ITI, engr. tit., pll. I-III, V-VIII, X-XVII, XIX-XXXII, 33, XXXIV- XLIII, XLV-LV, LVII-LIX, LXI-LXITI, LXV-LXXXIV, LXXX- ah Le eV CLL Vir VIL VIlet, XA AVE XVIII (bis), XXX*, XXXIII*, XXXIII**, XXXIX*, XLV (bis), XLVII*, XLVIII*, XLVIII**, XLIX*, L(dis), LV(bts), LVII (bis), LVIII*, BVinl**, LAVI*, LXVI**,, LXX*, UXXIV (bis), LXXVITI (dts), LXXXIII (bis), LXXXVII*, LXXXIX (bis), XCII (bis), XCIV*, ACVI*, Cl(its), CI*, CIT (bes), CII* (=129 pll:; 125 col.). Edin- burgh. A series of life-sized, colored plates of British birds. There are numerous editions of the work. According to Engelmann, Coues, Mullens and Swann and the Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History), Vol. I, containing the land birds, was issued in 8 parts; Lizars, in the Advertising pages of the early volumes of Jardine’s ‘‘Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.) gives the number of parts as 7, one appearing every six months and each containing 12 pll. Part II, containing the water birds, was issued in similar manner in 11 parts with (according to Lizars) 135 plates. Engelmann cites 228 plates in both volumes. The original edition began in 1821 and was completed in 1834. Volume II, as collated above, belongs to this original set, and has the 572 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. a paper watermarked 1826." Volume I, as collated above, has the paper water- marked ‘‘1839’’ and seems to belong to a later edition which I am unable to trace. The engraved titles of both volumes are uncolored. Mullens and Swann note the issue, with the original plates, of a temporary, explanatory letterpress which is very rare. The full text appeared in 1825-33 under the title of, “Illus- trations of British Ornithology”’ (q.v., 1833). The original cover-title for the plates was also (according to Lizars) “Illustrations of British Ornithology,” later altered to that quoted above. In the preface to Vol. I of the text, the author apologizes for a “slight want of regularity in the numbering of the plates.’’! Selby, Prideaux, John. 1827-43. See Jardine, William; and Selby, Illustrations of Orni- thology. Selby, Prideaux John. (Jardine, William; Chrichton, Andrew.) 1835. The | natural history | of | pigeons. | Illustrated by thirty-two plates, coloured, | and numerous wood-cuts. | By | Prideaux John Selby, Esq. | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | With memoir of Pliny by | Andrew Crichton, | Author of ‘‘The History of Arabia,” &c. &c. | Edin- burgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3 St James’ Square | S. Highley, 32 Fleet Street, London; and | W. Curry Jun. & Co. Dublin. | 1835. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 4 pr. ll. (various tits.; 1 illum.), pp. VII-[X+1, XIII- XV-+1, 17-228, 2 ll.+pp. 5-20 (advt.), frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30 (col.; By E. Lear and Prétre), 5 text-figs. Edinburgh. 1835 (circa June). A descriptive account of the various species of pigeons, comprising Vol. V of the Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s “The Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.); on the serial title page it is called, also, ‘‘Gallinaceous birds, Part III.’ Scientific names, only, are used on the plates, which have the backgrounds partially colored although mostly with little or no scenery added (Cf. reissues, 1844-64, Vol. [X.). The preface is dated June 1835. Selby, Prideaux John. (Jardine, William; Turner, Rev. Mr.) 1836. The | natural history | of | parrots. | By | Prideaux John Selby, Esq. | F.R.S.E., &c. &c. | Illustrated by thirty-two plates: with memoir and | portrait of Bewick, by the Rev. Mr. Turner, | Newcastle-upon-Tyne. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3 James’s Square; | S. Highley, 32 Fleet Street, London; and | W. Curry Jun. & Co. Dublin. | 1836. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 1 1. (list of vols. in series), 4 pr. Il. (titles; 1 illum.), pp. IX-XV-+1, 17-187, 1-4+1-4+2 wrappers (advt.), frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30 (col.; by E. Lear). Edinburgh. Vol. VI of the Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s ‘‘The Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.). This volume was reissued later as Vol. X of the same FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVI, PL. A CATALOGUE OF THE GENERIC AND SUB-GENERIC TYPES OF THE CLASS ~ _ AVES, BIRDS, ARRANGED ACCORDING TO THE NATURAL SYSTEM; WITH SEPARATE LISTS, DISTINGUISHING ee VARIOUS QUARTERS OF THE GLOBE IN WHICH THEY ARE TO BE PROCURED. NEWCASTLE: PRINTED BY T. AND J. HODGSON, UNION-STREET. 1840, TITLE-PAGE OF P. J. SELBY’S ‘‘CATALOGUE OF THE GENERIC AND SUB-GENERIC TYPES OF THE CLASS AVES.’’ See p. 573. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 573 series in later editions (Cf. reissues, 1844-64.). The plates have detailed scenic backgrounds and are lettered with both English and Latin names, but do not give the habitat. The memoir of Bewick occupies pp. 17-51. Selby, Prideaux John. 1833. Illustrations | of | British ornithology. | By | Prideaux John Selby, Esq. | Fellow of the Royal Society [etc., 3 lines.]. | Vol. I [II]. | Land [Water] birds. | Edinburgh: | printed for the proprie- tor, and published by | W. H. Lizars, Edinburgh; | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green and Longman, | London; and W. Curry Jun. & Co. Dublin. | MDCCCXXXIII. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XIII+1, XIII (bzs) -XXXVII+1, 11. (half-tit.), 1-450. Vol. II, pp. I-XII, 1-538. Edinburgh. A manual of British ornithology, containing accounts of the habits of the various species of birds, with their synonymy, and with descriptions of the genera and higher groups. Reference is made to the colored and other plates in the author’s ‘Plates to Selby’s Illustrations,” etc., (1821)- 1834 (-1839 ?) (q.v.). Although issued partly in connection with the volume of plates, under the same title (at the time of issue), text and plates were purchasable separately and the publishers (in the advertising pages of Vol. I of Jardine’s ‘‘Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.), express the hope, also voiced by the author in his preface to the present work, that the text will constitute an independent work of reference. Vol. I was issued originally in 1825, with nomenclature according to Temminck. Vol. II was prepared according to the arrangement proposed by Vigors and to make the two volumes uniform, Selby revised Vol. I and reissued it in altered form with the first and only edition of Vol. II. The set, as collated above, con- sists of the second edition of Vol. I and the only edition of Vol. II. Selby, Prideaux John. 1840. A | catalogue | of the | generic and sub-generic types | of the class | Aves, birds, | arranged according to the natural sys- tem; | with | separate lists, | distinguishing the | various quarters of the globe | in which | they are to be procured. | Newcastle: | printed by T. and J. Hodgson, Union-Street. | 1840. 1 vol. 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-70. Newcastle. A systematic list of the genera and subgenera of birds, indicating the type species of each and its distribution. Pp. 50-70 contain the names of these type species arranged in five lists, according to distribution, as procurable in “Britain and Europe,” ‘America and its dependencies,” “‘Africa,’’ ‘‘Asia and its islands” and “Australia and isles of the Pacific.” The catalogue contains the new generic names, Haliastur, Mergellus and Poliocephalus. Furthermore, the work is important because of the fixation of the types of a number of genera not mentioned by Gray in his first edition of ‘‘A list of the Genera of Birds,” 1840 (q.v.). The actual date of publication of the present work is uncertain, but if it should prove to antedate Gray’s volume, the modern definitions of a number of genera would have to be altered. Both works were independent 574 Fretp Museum or Natura. History—Zoo.tocy, Vor. XVI. of each other and neither is cited by the other, although the second edition of Gray (1841, q.v.) quotes Selby in several instances. It is possible that the current Report of the Natural History Society of Northumberland, Durham and Newcastle-upon-Tyne for which organization the present volume was prepared) might throw some light on the date of publication, but this periodical is inaccessible to me. This work of Selby’s is quite rare. Selby, Prideaux John. (Jardine, William; Turner, Rev. Mr.; Cuvier, Gel. C; FD) 1844-64. [The Natural History of Parrots. | The | naturalist’s library. | Edited by | Sir William Jardine, Bart. | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | Vol. X. | [Design.] | Ornithology. | Parrots. | By Prideaux John Selby, Esq., | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | London: | Chatto & Windus, Piccadilly. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (various tits.; 1 illum.), pp. 17-207-+1, 189-219, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30 (col.; by E. Lear). London. (Date?). A reprint of Vol. VI, Ornithological Series (1st ed.), of Jardine’s ‘“The Naturalist’s Library,”’ 1833-43 (q.v.), with some changes. To the memoir of Bewick have been added additional notes on the same topic (pp. 51-72), and at the close of the volume (pp. 189-219) is a memoir of Daubenton, written by Cuvier. This memoir of Daubenton is paged continuously with the first edition of the present volume, but discontinuously with the edition in hand, and is inscribed ‘‘(To be placed at the end of the Parrot Volume.)” as though it had been issued pri- marily with some later volume of the first edition (where however I am unable to place it). The plates differ from those of the first edition in coloration and in the addition of the habitats to the inscriptions. In the copy at hand, the illuminated title-page bears the imprint of Lizars. Selby, Prideaux John. (Jardine, William; Crichton, Andrew.) 1844-64. [The Natural History of Pigeons. | The | naturalist’s library. | Edited by | Sir William Jardine, Bart., | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | Vol. IX. | Ornithology. | Pigeons. | By Prideaux John Selby, Esq., | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square. | London: S. Highley, Fleet Street; | T. Nelson, Paternoster Row. Dublin: W. Curry, Jun. & Co. | Manchester: J. Ainsworth, 93, Piccadilly; | and all book- sellers. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 6 pr. ll. (various tits., 1 illum.; conts.), pp. 17-252, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-30 (col.; by E. Lear and Prétre), 5 text-figs. Edinburgh. (Date?). A reprint of Vol. V, Ornithological Series (1st ed.), of Jardine’s ‘“The Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v-), with pp. 229-252 (on the rearing of domestic pigeons) added. The plates contain both Latin and English names and localities, and are embellished by the addition of elaborate scenic backgrounds (uncol.), although the coloring is inferior to that of the plates of the first edition. The illuminated title-page, with Lizars’s imprint, is inscribed, ‘‘Vol. VI.” 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 575 Seligmann, Johann Mich. 1772-81. See Edwards, George; and Catesby, Verzameling van Uit- landsche en Zeldzaame Vogelen. Selous, Edmund. 1905. The | bird watcher | in the Shetlands | with some notes on seals | - and digressions | by | Edmund Selous | [Deszgn.] | with 10 illustrations | by | J. Smit | London: J. M. Dent & Co. | New York: E. P. Dutton & Co. | 1905. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-X, 1 1., pp. 1-388, 10 pll. London. A series of observations, most of them on bird-life, made in the Shetland Islands and written somewhat in the form of a journal. Selous, Edmund. 1910-13. See Kirkman, Frederick Bernuf Bever, The British Bird Book. Sepp, Christian. 1770-1829. See Nozeman, Martinus, Nederlandsche Vogelen. Seth-Smith, David. 1902-03. Parrakeets. | A handbook to the imported | species. | [Fig.] | Photo by G. Seth-Smith. | By | David Seth-Smith, M.B.0.U., F.Z.S. | With twenty coloured plates and other illus- trations. | London: | R. H. Porter, | 7, Prince’s Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1903. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-X VIII, 11. (list of illustrs.), pp. 1-281, 20 pll. (col.; by F. W. Frohawk, H. Goodchild, H. Grénvold and W. E. Renaut), 23 text-figs+1 fig. on tit. London. A description of the habits, in life and in captivity, of about 131 of the smaller species of the parrot groups. An occasional discussion of a family or genus is added. The colored plates are excellent and there are references, in the text, to published colored figures of many of the species not illustrated in the present work. The book was issued in 6 parts at dates given by the author on p. X of the work. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1868-71. A monograph | of | the Alcedinide: | or, family of King- fishers. | By | R. B. Sharpe, F.L.S., &c., | Librarian to the Zoologi- cal Society of London, Member of the German Ornithologists’ Society, &c., &c. | [Quot., 3 lines.] | London: | published by the author. | 1868-71. 576 I A FieLp Museum or Naturat History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. vol. medium 4to (trimmed to 814x114), 3 pr. ll. (tit., ded. and list of subscrs.), pp. I-II (conts.), I-II (list of pll.), I-LXXI+1 (introd.), 1 1. (subtit.), 152 ll. (text)+1 1. (subtit.), pp. I-XI (index), 121 pll. (120 col.; by Keulemans), 1 map (col.), 2 text-figs. London. thorough monograph of the subject, containing all the available information respecting the birds in question and illustrated by fine hand-colored plates. The work appeared in 15 parts, the dates of publication of which are given by Coues as noted below. The contents of each part, secured from the Zoological Record, I have indicated by the number of each plate as given in the index (the plates, themselves, are unnumbered). Part I, pll. 23, 28, 44, 45, 62, 71, 96, 99, July 1, 1868; II, pll. 25, 38, 39, 41, 46, 97, 118, 119, Oct. 1, 1868; III, pll. 37, 40, 55, 56; 58, 104, 116, 117, Jan. 1,'1869; LV, ipl. 07, 275047,0405)50,-52,, 06; 120, April 1, 1869; V, pll. 7, 9, 10, 24, 48, 53, 66, 69, July 1, 1869; VI, pll. 11, 12, 16, 18, 20,'21; 52; 100; Oct: 6, 1869; VII, pil. 3, 14, 22; 61, 65, 7,72, 013 Janeaae 1870; VII, pll. 21, 30, 31, 32, 35, 36, 114, 115, April 1, 1870; IX, pll. 2, 8, 29, 57, 60, 63, 76, 106, July 1, 1870; X and XI (double no.), pll. 4, 5, 13, 26, 43, 59, 75, 77; 78, 79, 80, 83, 88, 98, 108, 112, Oct. 1, 1870; XII, pll. 34, 64, 87, 89, 91, 94, 101, 107, Nov. 1, 1870; XII, pll. 1, 6, 67, 81, 85, 92, 93, 95, Dec. 1, 1870; XIV and XV (double no.), pll. 15, 19, 33, 54, 73, 74, 82, 84, 86, 90, 102, 103, 105, 109, 110, 111, introductory pl. and map, Jan. 1, 1871. The plates not included in this list are of indeterminate position. The introduction contains a review of the group and presents some emenda- tions of the text, including the definition of a new genus, Myioceyx. The text contains the description of a new species, Tanysiptera emiliae in Pt. XIV. Several other species, described by the author in the Proceedings of the Zoolog- ical Society, are redescribed here with references to the Proceedings without pagination, and the dates of these numbers of the Proceedings and of the parts of the present work are very close, requiring further investigation to determine the priority of reference. The species in question are Ceyx wallacii, Cittura sanghirensis, Pelargopsis gouldi, P. floresiana and P. burmanica. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. . 1871. Catalogue | of | African birds | in the | collection | of | R. B. I A Sharpe, F.L.S. &c., | Librarian to the Zoological Society of Lon- don, | Member of the German Ornithologists’ Society, etc. | London: | published by the author. | 1871. vol. post 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1-76. London. list of 703 species, with some synonymy, bibliographic references, citations of localities from which specimens in the collection had been secured, the number of specimens from each locality and the names of the collectors. The collection embraced only the “Orders Passeres and Picariae.”” The introduction is dated January 20, 1871. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1871. See Dresser, H. E., A History of the Birds of Europe, 1871-82. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 577 Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1874. Catalogue | of the | Accipitres, | or | diurnal birds of prey, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1874. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. I. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1875. See Richardson, John; and Gray, John Edward, The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. S. Erebus & Terror, 1844-75. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1875. Catalogue | of the | Striges, | or | nocturnal birds of prey, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1875. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. II. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1875-78. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1875-84. See Layard, The Birds of South Africa; New Edition. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1877. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Coliomorphe, | con- taining the families | Corvide, Paradiseide, Oriolide, Dicruride, and | Prionopide. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1877. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. III. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1879. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Cichlomorphz: Part I. | Containing the families | Campophagide and Muscicapide. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1879. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. IV. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1880-? See Gould, John. A Monograph of the Pittidae. 578 FieLtp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vo. XVI. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1881. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Cichlomorphe: Part III. | Containing the first portion of the family | Timeliide | (Babbling-Thrushes). | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1881. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. VI. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1881-87. See Gould, John; and Sharpe, A Monograph of the Tro- chilidae, 1880-87. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1882-88. See Gould, John; and Sharpe, Richard Bowdler, The Birds of New Guinea, 1875-88. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1883. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Cichlomorphe: Part IV. | Containing the concluding portion of the family | Timeliide | (Babbling Thrushes). | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1883. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. VII. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1885. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Fringilliformes: Part I. | Containing the families | Dicawide, Hirundinide, Ampelide, | Mniotiltide, and Motacillide. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | Lon- don: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1885. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. X. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler; and Wyatt, Claude Wilmott. 1885-94. A monograph | of the | Hirundinide | or | family of Swallows. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Etc., | Department of Zoology [etc., 7 lines.]: | and | Claude W. Wyatt, | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union. | Volume I [II]. | London: | Henry Sotheran & Co., | 37 Piccadilly, W. 140 Strand, W.C. | 1885-1894. 2 vols. in 1 vol., medium 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-LXX, 173 ll. (num. 1-356 in table of conts.), 54 pll. (col.; by Wyatt), 11 maps (col.; 1 missing) (pll. and maps num. 1-64 in conts.), 1 text-fig. Vol. II, pp. I-VIII, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 579 337 ll. (num. 357-673 in conts.), 50 pll. (col.), 15 maps (col.) (pll. and maps num. 65-129 in conts.), 1 text-fig. London. A detailed monograph of all the known species of swallows, with fine, hand-colored plates by the junior author. The introductory chapters contain a review of the genera, a discussion of the geographical distribution of the various members of the family, and a bibliography, with a short note on the mythical hibernation of the birds in question. An appendix to each genus, contains supplementary remarks on the various species, added after the publication of the original accounts in earlier numbers of the work. The letterpress for each species is paged separately and the plates are unnumbered, but the tables of contents for the two volumes give a running number to pages and plates, continuous through both volumes. The work was issued in 20 parts (including some double or treble numbers) as follows; the plate-numbers are as given in the tables of contents. Part I, pll. 49, 51, 54, 66, 73, 115, Sept. 1885; II, pll. 1, 4, 17, 53, 70, 74, Dec. 1885; III-IV, pll. 16, 19, 56, 57, 58, 59, or 60, 61, 62, 69, 112, 114, 121, July 1886; V-VI, pll. 12, 18, 21, 22, 48, 92, 100, 103, 107, 108, 109, 118, June 1887; VII-VIII, pll. 5, 60 or 59, 77, 98, 101, 105, 111, 116, 119, 120, 122, 126, map 123 or 124, May 1888; IX-X, pll. 3, 13, 23, 27, 28, 52, 64, 75, 89, 90 91, 97, March 1889; XI-XII, pll. 14, 24, 26, 39, 55, 63, 72, 86, 93, 95, 99, 127, maps 35, 94, 128, 129, Dec. 1889; XITI-XIV, pll. 6, 10, 11, 20, 65, 67, 68, 76, 104, 106, 110, 125, Dec. 1890; XV, pll. 15, 25, 46, 47, 50, 96, Aug. 1892; XVI-XVII, pll. 2, 9, 29, 36, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 71, 87, 88, Dec. 1893; XVIII-XX, pl. 117, ? maps 7, 8, 30-34, 43, 44, 45, 78-85, 102, 113, 124 or 123 (these not all un- questioned), Oct. 1894. The text to the following species (without plates) is recorded as having been issued in the parts given. Hirundo gardoni, Pt. II; Petrochelidon timoriensis and Cotile anderssoni, Pt. V-V1I; Progne domestica, Pt. IX-X; Hirundo namiyei, Pt. XV. Some of the letterpress accompanied the corresponding plates, but there are exceptions. Cotile diluta and C. anderssons are described as new. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1888. Birds in nature | by | R. Bowdler Sharpe, F.L.S., F.Z.S. | Zoological Department, British Museum, | etc., etc., etc. | With | thirty-nine coloured plates | and other illustrations | by | P. Robert | London | Sampson Low, Marston, Searle, and Riving- ton | Limited | St. Dunstan’s House | Fetter Lane, Fleet Street, E.C. | 1888 | [All rights reserved ]. 1 vol. medium 4to, 4 pr. Il., pp. 1-78, 39 pll. (col.; by P. Robert), 78 figs. (head and tail pieces, of more or less ornithological interest). London. A number of popular sketches of European bird-life, treated under the headings of 39 species to which, however, the accounts are not strictly limited. The author acknowledges indebtedness to the writings of Henry Seebohm which are quoted largely, along with those of a few other authors. The colored litho- graphs are mostly inferior to the line drawings. The edition was limited to 300 copies. 580 Fietp Museum or NaturaL History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1888. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Fringilliformes: Part III. | Containing the family | Fringillide. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | 1888. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XII. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1890. Catalogue | of the | Passeriformes, | or | perching birds, | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Sturniformes, | con- taining the families | Artamide, Sturnide, Ploceide, Alaudide. | Also the families | Atrichiide and Menuride. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1890. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XIII. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1890. See Jameson, James Sligo, The Story of the Rear Column. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1891. > Scientific results | of | the Second Yarkand Mission; | based upon the collections and notes | of the late | Ferdinand Stoliczka, Ph.D. | Aves, | by | R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. | Published by Order of the Government of India. | London: | printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | 1891. 1 vol. imperial 4to and royal 4to, pp. IL-XVIII-+1, 1-153, pll. (royal 4to) I-XXIV (col.; by Keulemans, Hart and ?J. Smit). London. A report by Sharpe on the birds collected by Dr. Stoliczka on the Second Yark- and Mission into central Asia, with extracts from Stoliczka’s notebook and from that of his companion, Colonel Biddulph, as well as from the published notes of Dr. Henderson (of the First Yarkand Mission) and Dr. Scully. The work thus includes the results of both expeditions to Yarkand. Allan Hume prepared an earlier report on the same material but his manuscript was stolen and destroyed. An appendix to the present book (pp. 149-152) contains descrip- tions of six species of birds not found in Yarkand, thus serving as an excuse to present plates XVI-XXIV, as explained in the text. The present volume forms Part 5 of the complete report which was published in 14 parts during 1878-91. The present copy is from the library of Tschusi zu Schmidhoffen. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 581 Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1891-98. Monograph | of | the Paradiseide, | or | Birds of Para- dise, | and | Ptilonorhynchidz, | or | Bower-birds. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D. F.L.S. F.Z.S. etc., | Assistant Keeper, Zoological Department, British Museum [etc., 11 lines.]. | In two volumes. | Volume I [II]. | London: | Henry Sotheran & Co., | 37 Piccadilly, W. 140 Strand, W.C. | 1891-1898. | [All rights re- served. |. [2 vols. demy folio. Vol. I, pp. I-XLIII+1, 72 ll., 39 pll. (col.; by J. Gould and W. Hart), figs. 1-6, 1 text-fig. Vol. II, pp. I-V-+1, 72 ll., 40 pll. (col.), 8 text-figs. London. ] An excellent monograph of all the known species of these families of birds, illus- trated by life-sized, hand-colored plates of many of them. These plates in some cases are printed from the stones used by Gould and Sharpe in the “Birds of New Guinea,” 1875-88 (q.v.); some are redrawn and others are entirely new. In the appendix (Vol. I, pp. XXI-XL, the author gives a general review of the species, with the additions necessary to bring the earlier parts up to date. In the introduction, pp. V-XIX, are given tables for the determination of the various groups from families to species. The work appeared in 8 parts as collated below. The present set is still bound in the original board covers which contain a large vignette of Piilorhis victoriae, the title (arranged slightly different- ly from the title-page), the part-number, a list of contents, the proposed number of parts (originally six but altered in Pt. VI to eight), and the imprint, date and price. The contents and date of each part are as follows. Part I, Lycocorax pyrrhopterus, Parotia lawesi, Cicinnurus regius, Craspedophara magnifica, Epimachus meyeri, Paradisea apoda, Prionodura newtonianu, Xantho- melus aureus, Chlamydodera orientalis and Tectornoris dentirosiris 1891. Part II, Ptilorhis paradisea, Craspedophora intercedens, Astrapia nigra, Paradigalla carunculata, Paradisornis rudolphi, Rhipidornis gulielmi tertii, Manucodia chalybeata, Lycocorax obiensis, Amblyornis inornata and Aeluroedus stonit, 1893 (reviewed in Ornithologische Monatsberichte for July, 1893). Part III, Piilorhis victoriae, Epimachus speciosus, Astrarchia stephaniae, Paradisea augustae-vic- toriae, Schlegelia respublica, Manucodia comrii, Phonygama purpureo-violacea, Aeluroedus viridis, Chlamydodera occipitalis and Amblyornis subalaris, 1894 (rev. Orn. Monatsb. for Nov. 1894). Part IV, Drepanornis brutjnii, D. cervinicauda, Uranornis rubra, Diphyllodes chrysoptera, Lophorhina superba, Phonygama keraudreni, Cnemophilus macgregorii, Aeluroedus arfakianus, A. melanotis and A. buccoides, 1895 (rev. Orn. Monatsb. for Nov. 1895). Part V, Drepanornis albertist, Semioptera wallacii, Trichoparadisea gulielmi, Diphyllodes hunsteini, Lophorhina minor, Parotia sexpennis, Sericulus melinus, Aeluroedus maculosus, A. geislerorum and Lycocorax morotensis, 1895 (rev. Orn. Monatsb. as publ. at close of 1895; in no. for Jan. 1897). Part VI, Craspedophora mantowi, Lampro- thorax wilhelminae, Epimachus ellioti, Ianthothorax bensbachit, Diphyllodes magnifica, D. seleucides, Paradisea raggiana, Xanthomelus ardens, Loria mariae and Ptilonorhynchus violaceus, 1896 (rev. Orn. Monatsb. for Nov. 1897 as having been published in 1896, but the part contains an insert-slip dated Dec. 30, 1896 and may have been issued in 1897). Part VII, Craspedophora alberti, 582 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. Seleucides nigricans (2 pll.), Macgregoria pulchra, Paradisea minor (2 pll.), Parotia carolae, Phonygamu gouldi (no pl.), P. jamesi (no pl.), Pteridophora alberti, Loboparadisea sericea and Aeluroedus melanocephalus, 1897. Part VIII, Paryphephorus duivenbodii, Drepanornis geisleri (no pl.), Epimachus astrapi- cides (no pl.), Astrapia splendidissima, Paradisea novae-guineae (no pl.), P. mariae (no pl.), P. intermedia, P. decora, P. jobiensis (no pl.), P. finschi (no pl)., Cicinnurus caccineifrons (no pl.), Phonygama hunsteini, Manucodia orientalis (no pl.), M. jobiensis (no pl.), M. rubiensis (no pl.), M. atra, Parotia berlepscht (no pl.), P. helenae (no pl.), Amblyornis flavifrons, A. inornata, Chlamydodera cerviniventris, C. maculata, C. guttata (no pl.), C. nuchalis, C. recondita (no pl.), C. lauterbachi (no pl.), Aeluroedus jobiensis (no pl.), title-pages, pref., introd., appendix, conts. (Vols. I and II) and lists of pll. (Vols. I and II), 1898. Two new genera, Heteroptilorhis and Calastrapia, are described in the introduction where also Tectornornis, a new name given in Pt. I for Scenopoeus (mispelled in two places ‘Scenopaeus’), is found to be preoccupied by Scenopoeetes, and so is relegated to synonymy. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler; and Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. 1892. Catalogue | of the | Picarize | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Coracie# (contin,) and Halcyones, | with the families | Leptosomatide, Coraciide, Meropide | Alcedinide, Momotide, Todide, and Coliide, | by | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | Bucerotes and Trogones, | by | W. R. Ogilvie Grant. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1892. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XVII. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1893. An | analytical index | to | the works of the late | John Gould, F.R.S. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Etc., | Department of Zoology, British Museum; | Holder of the gold medal [etc., 7 lines.] | With a biographical memoir | and portrait. | London: | Henry Sotheran & Co., 37 Piccadilly | (oppo- site St. James’s Church). | 1893. 1 vol. foliopost 4to, pp. I-XLVIII, 1-375, frontisp. (portr.). London. Contains a biographical memoir of John Gould, a bibliography of his works and an alphabetical index to the generic, specifix and common names of all the species treated in his numerous works. The portrait is of Gould. The present copy is one presented to Dr. Arthur Gtinther by the author. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1893. See Whitehead, John, Exploration of Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER, 583 Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1894. Catalogue | of the | Fulicariz | (Rallidz and Heliornithide) | and | Alectorides | (Aramide, Eurypygide, Mesitide, Rhino- chetide, | Gruide, Psophiidz, and Otididze) | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1894. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XXIII. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1895. A Chapter on Birds. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D., F.L.S., ete. | (Zoological Department, British Museum.) | Rare British visitors. | With Eighteen Coloured Plates. | Published under the direction of the General Literature Committee. | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge. | London: Northumberland Avenue, W.C.; | Brighton: 129, North Street. | New York: E. & J. B. Young & Co. | 1895. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-IX+1, 1 1. (conts.), pp. 1-124, 18 pll. (col.; by Keulemans). London. Popular descriptions of the habits, characteristics and distribution of 18 birds which are rare or casual visitors to Great Britain. The illustrations, in chromo- lithograph, are good and illustrate each species and its egg. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1896. Catalogue | of the | Limicolz | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Pater- noster Row; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W.| 1896. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XXIV. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1896. See Seebohm, Henry, Coloured Figures of the nae of British Birds. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1896-97. Lloyd’s natural history. | Edited by R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D., F.L.S., &c. | A hand-book | to the | birds | of | Great Britain. | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D, [LL.D., (Vol. II-IV.)] | Assistant-Keeper, Sub-Department of | Vertebrata, British Mu- seum. | Vol. I [-[V]. | Edward Lloyd, Limited, | 12, Salisbury Square, Fleet Street. | 1896 [1897 (Vol. IV)]. 584 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. 4 vols. crown 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XI-+1, 1-340, pll. I-XXXI (col.; by Keulemans; XXIX-XXXI of eggs), 3 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-XI+1, 1-308, pll. XX XII-LVIII (col.), 13 text-figs. Vol. III, pp. I-XIII, 1 1., pp. 1-338, pll. LIX-XCIII (col.). Vol. IV, pp. I-XVII+1, 1-314, pll. XCIV-CXXIV, CXIa-CXId (col.), 9 text- figs. London. A compact manual of British ornithology containing synonymies and detailed accounts of the plumages, distribution, habits and nidification of the numerous species of the country. The work was much criticized at the time of its pub- lication on account of the author’s strict adherence to certain views on nomen- clature which had not received universal approbation in England. The plates are of poor quality. Vol. I first appeared in “‘Allen’s Naturalists’ Library”’ in 1894; Vol. II, in 1895; Vol. III, 1896 in both editions, accompanied by reprints of Vols. I and II of the second (present) issue; and Vol. IV, 1897 in both edi- tions. The pagination of both sets appears to be the same except for the intro- ductory matter in Vol. II (=pp. I-XVIII+2 pp. in ed. I), but I am unaware of any changes in the general text. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler; and Ogilvie-Grant, William Robert. 1898. Catalogue | of the | Plataleex, Herodiones, Steganopodes, | Pygopodes, Alcz, and Impennes | in the | collection | of the | British Museum. | Plataleze (Ibises and Spoonbills) | and | Hero- diones (Herons and Storks), | by | R. Bowdler Sharpe. | Stegano- podes (Cormorants, Gannets, Frigate-Birds, Tropic- | Birds, and Pelicans), Pygopodes (Divers and Grebes), Alce (Auks), and Impennes (Penguins), | by | W. R. Ogilvie-Grant. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row, E.C.; [etc., 3 lines.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, S.W. | 1898. See British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XXVI. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1898? Wonders | of the | bird world | by | R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D., F.L.S., etc. | late Assistant-keeper, Sub-department of Vertebrata, British Museum | With Illustrations by A. T. Elwes | New York | Frederick A. Stokes Company | 443-449 Fourth Avenue. 1 vol. 8vo (trimmed), pp. I-XVI, 1-399, 106 text-figs. (34 full-p., blank on reverse). New York. A popular volume in which have been collected notes on the peculiarities and habits of a very large number of the birds of the world, which are especially interesting for one reason or another. The book is composed of matter used by the author in many of his lectures. It is well arranged according to subjects, and, although possibly not designed for purely juvenile consumption, is excel- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 585 lently well adapted for juvenile instruction as well as for the information of older readers. The original edition was published in London in 1898; the present one, printed in Great Britain but published in New York was probably contemporaneous, although I can find no record of the date. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1898-1902. See Seebohm, Henry; and Sharpe, A Monograph of the Turdidae. Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. 1899-1909. A hand-list | of the | genera and species | of | birds. | [Nomenclator avium tum fossilium tum viventium.] | By | R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL:D., | Assistant Keeper, Department of Zool- ogy, | British Museum. | Volume IJ [-V]. | London: | printed by order of the Trustees. | Sold by | Longmans & Co., 39 Paternoster Row, E.C.; [etc., 3 lines, mut. mut.]; | and at the | British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, [No comma (Vol. II.).|S.W. | 1899 [1900; 1901; 1903; 1909]. | All rights reserved. 5 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XXI-+1, 1-303, 11. (errata; between pp. 204 and 205; issued with Vol. II). Vol. IJ, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-312. Vol. III, pp. I-XII, 1-367. Vol. IV, pp. I-XII, 1-391, I-24. (advt.). Vol. V, pp. I-XX, 1-694, 1-28 (advt.). London. Prepared on much the same plan as George Robert Gray’s ‘“‘Hand-list of Genera and Species of Birds,” 1869-71 (q.v.), with the subject matter brought up to date and with page-references to the volumes of the British Museum ‘‘Cata- logue of the Birds,’”’ 1874-98 (q.v.). The forms treated are summarized approx- imately as comprising 2810 genera and 18,939 species. The volumes are com- posed as follows. Vol. I, Saururae, Palaeognathae and Neognathae,—Galli- formes to Strigiformes; II, Psittaciformes to Piciformes; III, Eurylaemiformes to Passeriformes, Acromyodi, Pycnonotidae; Vol. IV, Timeliidae to Certhiidae; Vol. V, Zosteropidae to Streperidae. Vol. II contains an index to Vols. I and II; the remaining volumes each contain an index of their own contents. A “General Index’’ (q.v.) was prepared by Ogilvie-Grant and published in 1912. The dates of the present volumes are not all recorded. Vol. I was issued in November, 1899 (rev. in Ibis, Jan., 1900); the preface to Vol. II is dated June 11, 1900; that of Vol. III, July 10, 1901; Vol. VI appeared in September, 1903 (rev. Ibis, Jan. 1904); the preface to Vol. V is dated Aug. 24, 1909. The discussion of the Palamedeiformes was omitted, inadvertently, from Vol. I, but was supplied with Vol. II on an insert-slip intended to be attached to its proper place in the preceding number, at p. 205. Shaw, George. (Miller, John Frederick.) 1796. Cimelia physica. | Figures | of | rare and curious | quad- rupeds, birds, &c. | together with | several of the most elegant | plants. | Engraved and coloured from the subjects themselves | by | John Frederick Miller. | With | descriptions | by | George 586 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Shaw, M.D. F.R.S. | &c. &c. &c. | London: | Printed by T. Bensley, | for Benjamin and John White, | Horace’s Head, Fleet- Street, | and John Sewell, Cornhill. | 1796. 1 vol. imperial folio (1414x2014), tit., pp. 1-106, frontisp. (unnum.;= pl. I), pll. II-LX (col.). London. A series of descriptions accompanying colored plates of various subjects of natural history. Ornithological matter is illustrated on pll. I-VI, VIII, XII, XIV- XVIII, XXI-XXIV, XXVIII-XXX, XXXIII-XXXVI, XXXVIII, XL-XLII and XLVII-LIX (41 pll.). The present copy is lettered on the back, “‘Miller’s Cimelia Physica,” and the Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) lists the work as a later edition of Miller’s ““Various subjects of Natural History wherein are delineated Birds, Animals and many Curious Plants, &c.”’, 1776-92. The text, however, is the work of Shaw. Shaw, George; and Stephens, James Francis. 1812-26. > General zoology. | Vol. VIII [-XIV].-Part I [II]. [ | By | James Francis Stephens, F.L.S. (Vols. I X-XTI.); idem, F.L.S. &c. (Vols. XII-XIV, Pt. I.)| | Birds. | London. [Semi- colon (Vols. IX-XIV, Pt. I.).] Printed for George Kearsley, Fleet Street; [for G. Wilkie, etc., 7 lines (Vols. IX and X.); for J. Walker, etc., 6 lines (Vol. XI.); for J. and A. Arch, etc., 7 lines (Vols. XII-XIV, Pt. I.).] | by Thomas Davison, Whitefriars. [Line omitted (Vols. IX-XIV, Pt. I.).] | 1811 [1811; 1815; 1815; 1817; 1817; 1819; 1819; 1824; 1824; 1826; 1826; 1826]. > General index | to | the zoology, | by | George Shaw, M.D. &c. | and | James Francis Stephens, J.L.S. &c. | London: | Printed for J. and A. Arch [etc., 7 lines.] | 1826. [Engr. titles.| > General Zoology, [Comma omitted (Vols. I X- XIV, Pt. I.).| | or | Systematic Natural History | by [commenced by the late (Vols. I X-XIV, Pt. I.)] | George Shaw, M.D. F.R.S. &c. | With Plates | from the first authorities and most select speci- mens. [Period omitted (Vols. IX-XIV, Pt. I.).] | Engraved principally by | Mrs. Griffith [Mrs. Griffiths (Vol. IX.)]. | [Vignette (diff. in each Pt.).] | Vol. VIII [-XIV]. Part I. [II. (Vol. I.); 1 (II). Aves. by J. F. Stephens, F.L.S. (Vols. IX-XI.); idem, F.L.S. &c. (Vols. XII-XIV, Pt. I.)] | Aves. [Line omit- ted (Vols. IX-XIV, Pt. I.).] | London, Printed for Kearsley, Wilkie and Robinson [etc., 3 lines (Vol. VIII.); for G. Wilkie, etc., 4 lines (Vols. I X-X.); for J. Walker, etc., 3 lines (Vol. XI.); for I & A. Arch, etc., 3 lines (Vols. XII-XIV, Pt. I.).] | 1812 [1812; 1815; 1815; 1817; 1817; 1819; 1819; 1824 | Fenner sc.; 1824 | Fenner sc.; 1825; 1825; 1826]. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 587 7 vols. in 14, royal 8vo, Vol. VIII, Pt. I, engr. tit., pp. I-IX+1, 1-357, pll. 1-45-+39* (29 wrongly num. 79). Vol. VIII, Pt. II, engr. tit., pp. I-VI, 11. (dir. for pll.), pp. 359-557, pll. 46-84. Vol. IX, Pt. I, ener. tit., 2 ll. (tit. and advt.; half-tit. missing?), pp. VII-XIV, el: (dir, for oily ger -eo7, pil) 1-40-23", 4°, 'a57, 35°", a5 7F*, Z5kREH go FRRRE Qo eREREE GokEEEEEE 36% Vol IX, Pt. II, engr. tit., pp. I-XVII-++1, 11. (dir. for pll. and errata), pp. 229-547, pll. 41-70. Vol. X, Pt. I, engr. tit., pp. I-[X+1, 1-317, pll. 1-29 (29 wrongly num. 30). Vol. X, Pt. II, engr. tit., pp. I-XXXI-+1, 319-765+1, pll. 30-60. Vol. XI, Pt. I, engr. tit., pp. I-XIV, 1 1. (dir. for pll.), pp. 1-264, pll. 1-4, (5 not issued), 6-17. Vol. XI, Pt. II, engr. tit., pp. I-XXI-+1, 1 1. (dir. for pll. and errata), pp. 265-646, pll. 18-21, (22 not issued), 23-52. Vol. XII, Pt. I, engr. tit., 2 ll. (tit., and dir. for pll. and errata), pp. 1-297, 1 1. (advt.), pll. 1-35. Vol. XII, Pt. II, engr. tit., 2 Il. (tit., dir. for pll. and er- rata), pp. 1-264, pll. 36-64. Vol. XIII, Pt. I, engr. tit., 2 ll. (tit., dir. for pll. and errata), pp. 1-278, pll. 1-30. Vol. XIII, Pt. II, ener. tit., 2 ll. (tit., dir. for pll. and errata), pp. 1-290, pll. 31-63. Vol. XIV, Pt. I, engr. tit., 2 ll. (tit. and dir. for pll.), pp. 1-385, pll. 1-41. Index (=Vol. XIV, Pt. IT.), (no engr. tit.), 2 Il. (half- tit. and tit.), pp. 1-334. London. Most of the ornithological volumes of a detailed work on zoology, begun by Shaw in 1800 and completed by Stephens after Shaw’s death following the publication of Vol. VIII in 1812. The work contains descriptions, synonyms and notes on habits of the various species, illustrated by excellent engravings. There is some discrepancy in the dates as given on the printed and engraved title-pages. Vol. VIII, Pts. I and II, is thus dated 1811 and 1812; an editorial advertisement in Vol. IX, Pt. I, says that Vol. VIII was published in 1812 (agreeing with the engraved title-page). Vol. XIII is similarly dated both 1825 and 1826; I do not know which is correct. Vol. VII, also relating to birds, is absent from the present set. The index is complete for all branches of the natural history, not only of the birds. The references are not segregated. The volume containing this index is separately titled, as transcribed above, but appears to form the second part of the last volume on birds since its signatures are lettered ““V. XIV. P. II.” Shaw, William T. 1908. The China or Denny Pheasant in Oregon | with notes on the | Native Grouse of the Pacific Northwest | written and illustrated | by | William T. Shaw, B.Agr., M.S. | Assistant Professor of Zoology and Curator of the Museum, State College of Washing- ton | [Design.] | Philadelphia & London | J. B. Lippincott Com- pany | 1908. 588 Fretp Museum or Naturat History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. 1 vol. (6x9, long), pp. 1-24, 15 printed guard-sheets, 15 pll. (1 col.). Philadelphia and London. A brief account of the original introduction of the Chinese Pheasant into Oregon and some of its subsequent history. Ten of the photographic illustrations are of birds, three are of nests, and three of scenery. Shelley, George Ernest. 1872. A | handbook | to the | birds of Egypt. | By | G. E. Shelley, F.G.S., F.Z.S., etc., | late Captain [etc., 4 lines.] | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLXXII. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1 1. (list of pll.), pp. 1-342, pll. I-XIV (col.; by Keulemans). London. A review of the birds previously recorded from Egypt or collected there by the author, with short descriptions and some account of habits and distribution. Part I (pp. 1-64) consists of an account of the author’s journey in the country, with occasional notes on the local bird-life. The hand-colored plates are very good. Shelley, George Ernest. 1876-80. A monograph | of | the Nectariniide, | or | family of Sun-birds. | By | Captain G. E. Shelley, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &c. | Author of [etc.] | London: | published by the author, | 6 Tenterden Street, Hanover Square, W. | 1876-1880. 1 vol. royal 4to, pp. I-CVIII, 197 ll. (pp. 1-393 in table of conts.), 121 pll. (numbered only in table of conts.; col.; by Keulemans). London. An excellent monograph of an interesting family of birds, with descriptions in Latin and English, critical notes, and discussions of habits, etc., from accounts by many different observers. A total of 138 species of the group are recognized, of which all but one are figured on excellent, hand-colored plates. Two new genera (one from Sharpe, in litt.) and ten new species are described, and one previously described form is given a name, which, in a later part of the work (p. CV), is sunk in synonymy. A detailed review of the classification of the group, with additions to the text, is given on pp. XV-LII. Tables of geo- graphical distribution follow, on pp. LIII-LVIII, and a very complete bibliog- raphy is presented, on pp. LIX-CVIII. There is no pagination or numbering of plates except in the lists of contents and of plates (pp. V-VIII). The work appeared in 12 parts from July 28, 1876 to February 1880. Text and plates of the various species were not always issued synchronously; the author gives a complete collation of the various parts, with dates of publication, on pp. XIII-XIV. The original title of the work was, “A Monograph of the Cinny- ridae,” etc., later changed to the wording transcribed above which represents the final title. Shelley, George Ernest. 1888. See James, F. L., The Unknown Horn of Africa. 1926. CaTALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 589 Shelley, George Ernest. 1891. See Sclater, Philip Lutley; and Shelley, Catalogue of the Picariae in the Collection of the British Museum. Also, British Museum, Catalogue of the Birds, 1874-98, Vol. XIX. Shelley, George Ernest. (Sclater, William Lutley.) 1896-1912. The | birds of Africa, | comprising all the species which occur | in the | Ethiopian region. | By | G. E. Shelley, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &c. | (late Grenadier Guards), | author of [etc., 1 line; ailinak (Wels FE-TV).1 | WaT |Wals es Valetta ee api ist. bred ee i Ae th ie } [| Completed and edited by | W. L. Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. (Vol. V, Pt. II, only.)] | London: | pub- lished for the author by [Henry Sotheran & Co. (Vol. V, Pt. II.)]| R. H. Porter, 18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square W. [43 Picca- dilly, W., and 140, Strand, W.C. (Vol. V, Pt. IT.)] | 1896 [1900; 1902; 1905; 1905; 1906; 1912]. 5 vols. in 7, imperial 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, 1-196. Vol. II, tit., pp. I-VII+1, 1-348, pll. I-XIV (col.; by Gr6énvold). Vol. ITI, pp. I-VII-+1, 1-276. pll. XV-XXVIII (col.). Vol. IV, Pt. I, pp. I-V+1, 1 1. (list of pll.), pp. 1-287, pll. XXIX-XXXV (col.). Vol. IV, Pt. II, pp. I-IV, 11. (list of pll.), pp. 289-511, pll. XX XVI- REIL (eal). * Vols Vy PEL, 4 prick: sthit.,;) conte: sind ‘list! Gf pil.), pp. 1-163, pll. XLIII-XLIX (col.). Vol. V, Pt. II, pp. I-VII+1, 165-502, pll. L-LVII (col.). London. A review of the birds of Africa and surrounding islands, excepting “those countries bordering on the Mediterranean and eastward of the Red Sea.” Volume I comprises a check-list of species. The remainder of the work takes up the various groups systematically, giving descriptions and biographical notes but citing, as synonymy, only references to the Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum and publications not mentioned therein, with further citation of the best published illustration; the original description is omitted unless it falls into the category mentioned and even the authorities for the nomenclature are not necessarily included. Many new genera and species are described. The illus- trations are most excellent. The work was published in 8 parts, divided as collated above except that Vol. II appeared in two parts,—the first including pp. 1-160 and the second, the remainder. Vol. I is reviewed in the Ibis for July 1896; II Pt. I,, in July 1900; II Pt. II, in Jan. 1901 (but publ. in 1900); III in Oct. 1902; IV Pt. I, in the Auk for April 1905; IV Pt. II, in July 1905; V Pt. I, in the Ibis for July 1906; and V Pt. II, in Jan. 1913 (but publ., probably, in 1912). The various signatures bear varying dates which are evidently those of printing, not of publication. All of the work except Vol. V Pt. II is from the pen of Shelley who died before the work was complete. The final part was pre- 590 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. pared by W. L. Sclater from Shelley’s manuscript notes and proofs, with some additions of his own. There is an index to each volume except the first, but no general index. Shepherd, Charles William. 1907. See Balston, Richard J.; Shepherd; and Bartlett, Notes on the Birds of Kent. Shipley, A. E. 1911. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. Short, Ernest. H. 1896. Birds of | Western New York | With Notes. | Ernest H. Short. | Second edition. | 1896. | Frank H. Lattin, Publisher, | Albion, N. Y. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-20. Albion. 1896 (post April 1). An annotated list of species, giving ‘‘A.O.U. numbers,”” common and Latin names, and brief notes on the status of each species. The present copy has the original front wrapper but lacks the rear one which according to a pencilled note, con- tains some text. The text, at hand however, does not appear to be interrupted. The first edition from which the present edition is said to differ somewhat, appeared in 1893. Shriner, Charles A. (Palmer, T. S.; Stone, Witmer. ) 1897. The Birds of | New Jersey, | Compiled by | Charles A. Shriner, | State Fish and Game Protector. | By authority of the | Fish and Game Commission | of the State of New Jersey. | Printed for the Commission. | 1897. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-212, 11. (note regarding pll.), 31 pll., text-figs. I-VII. Paterson. An annotated list of New Jersey birds, arranged alphabetically under their English names. Latin nomenclature is purposely omitted. The text consists of simple descriptions, with notes on habits, song, distribution and food, frankly compiled and accredited to Alexander Wilson, Witmer Stone, Frank M. Chap- man, D. G. Elliot and others. Stone is thanked for a revision of the work before it went to press. Palmer’s “Bird Day in the Schools” (=Circ. 17 U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Biol. Survey) and a chapter on the migration of birds, from “Stone’s ‘The Birds of Eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey,” 1894 (q.v.), are reprinted at the front of the volume. The illustrations are from photo- graphs of mounted birds. Shufeldt, Robert Wilson. 1887. 1881-1887. | Contributions to science | and | bibliographical resumé | of the writings | of | R. W. Shufeldt, M.D., | Captain; Medical Department, U. S. Army, | Member of the Philosophical, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 591 the Anthropological, the Biological, [etc., 9 lines.]. | [By their author.] | Press of L. S. Foster, New York. | 1887. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-20, (orig. wrappers). New York. 1887 (circa Feb. 10). Title self-explanatory. The list of papers includes those submitted for publication but not issued to date, and also those in course of preparation. The copy at hand is inscribed to Chas. B. Cory under date of Febr. 10, ’87. Shufeldt, Robert Wilson. 1893-96. See Newton, Alfred, A Dictionary of Birds. Shufeldt, Robert Wilson. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Shufeldt, Robert Wilson. 1909. Education Department Bulletin | Published fortnightly by the University of the State of New York | Entered as second-class matter June 24, 1908, at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., | under the act of July 16, 1894 | No. 447 Albany, N. Y. May 15, 1909 | New York State Museum | John M. Clarke, Director | Museum bulletin 130 | Osteology of birds | by | R. W. Shufeldt | [Contents, 18 lines, double column.] | Albany | University of the State of New York | 1909 | Mz206r-N8-1500. vol. 8vo, cover-tit., 1 1. (letter of transmit.), pp. 5-381-+1, 5 Il. (advt.), pll. 1-16, 1-8, 1 and 2, text-figs. 1-65, 1-37, I-42, 1 and 2. Albany. May 15, 1909. A very important contribution to the study of avian osteology. The Accipitres, Gallinae and Anseres are treated in detail and a comparison of the Coccyges of the old and new worlds is added, with a bibliography of the author’s writings on avian osteology and classification. La Shufeldt, Robert Wilson. 1914. See Mcllhenny, Edward A., The Wild Turkey and its Hunting. Shulze, Eliza J. 1879-80. See Jones, Howard E.; and Jones, Mrs. N. E., Illustrations of the Nests and Eggs of Birds of Ohio, 1879-86. Sibree, James. 1915. A naturalist | in Madagascar | A Record of Observation Experiences and | Impressions made during a period of over Fifty Years’ | Intimate Association with the Natives and Study of the | Animal & Vegetable Life of the Island ! by | James Sibree, 592 Fietp Museum oF NATURAL History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. F.R.G.S. | Membre de 1’Academie Malgache | Author of “‘The Great African Island,” ‘‘Madagascar Ornithology,” | &c., &c., &c. | With 52 illustrations & 3 maps | London | Seeley, Service & Co. Limited | 38 Great Russell Street | 1915. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-320, 1-16 (advt.), 39 pll. (on 37 ll.), 1 map (fold.; col.), 6 text-figs. London. Narrative and description of the author’s experiences and impressions in Mada- gascar, including many observations on natural history, much of which is ornithological. None of the illustrations relate to birds. Siebold, Philipp Franz von. (Temminck, Coenraad Jacob; Schlegel, Hermann. ) 1844-50. > Fauna Japonica | sive | Descriptio animalium, quae in itinere per Japoniam, jussu et auspiciis | superiorum, qui summum in India Batava Imperium tenent, | suscepto, annis 1823-1830 collegit, notis, | observationibus et adumbrationibus illustravit | Ph. Fr. de Siebold. | Conjunctis studiis | C. J. Temminck et H. Schlegel | pro vertebratis | atque | W. de Haan | pro invertebra- tis | elaborata | regis auspiciis edita. | Lugduni Batavorum. | 1850. | Apud Arnz et Socios. [Entire page embellished with de- signs. |. 1 vol. medium folio (11%x15), illustr. tit., pp. 1-141, pll. -LXXXIX, Is, VB, VIB, VIIs, Xs, XVIIB-E, XXB and c, XXIB-p, XXXIbB and c, XXXVIIIsB, XXXIXps, LIVs, LVIs, LIXs, LXz-p, LXXVIIIs, LXXXIIs and c, LXXXIIIs, LXXXIVB, (Suppl.) A and B (=120 pll.; col.; by Wolf, ?and others). Leyden. Descriptions of Japanese birds, new and otherwise, based on collections of Siebold and other visitors to Japan whose specimens were deposited in the London Museum. Some of the new species were based on Japanese drawings, without specimens at hand. No authorities are given for most of the names used, nor is there any indication of which of the names are new. The ornithological text is entirely by Temminck and Schlegel who, alone, are to be quoted in this respect. Plates I-XX are by Wolf; the remainder are unsigned. The work, as collated, consists of the volume on birds only; the entire set is more compre- hensive. The ornithological portion was issued in 12 parts, the dates and con- tents of which are given by Sherborn and Jentink (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 149) as follows. Part I, pp. 1-28, 1844; II and III, pp. 29-60, 1847; IV-VIII, pp. 61-100, 1848; IX-XI, pp. 101-124, 1849; XII, pp. 125-142, 1850. This work and Schlegel’s “Kritische Ubersicht der Europdischen Végel,”’ 1844 (q.v.), appear to be rivals for the honor of constituting the earliest work in which trinomial nomenclature is used in the modern conception for geographic races of species. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 593 Simon, Eugéne. 1921. Histoire naturelle | des | Trochilide | (Synopsis et Cata- logue) | par | Eugéne Simon | Correspondant de 1’Institut [etc., 3 lines.] | Paris | Encyclopédie Roret, L. Mulo, Libraire-Editeur | 12, Rue Hautefeuille, 12 | 1921. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1-416. Paris. 1921 (before Febr. 22)! A very important contribution to the study of the hummingbirds. The work is in two parts. The first of these (pp. 1-244) contains synoptic tables to genera, species and subpsecies in which sufficient detail is used to give complete diagno- ses of each. The genera are arranged in 46 groups or series which are given the name of their most characteristic genus and are described, but not arranged, in tabular form. Many new generic and subspecific names are used. The second portion of the volume (pp. 245-407) consists of a catalogue of series, genera, species and subspecies, with synonymy, distribution and an abundance of footnotes. The remainder of the work contains addenda, corrigenda and indices to series and genera. The work is much more comprehensive than the author’s “Catalogue des Espéces Actuellement Connues de la Famille des Trochilides” of 1897. Slater, Henry Horrocks. 1898. Sce Butler, Arthur G., British Birds, 1896-98. Slater, Henry Horrocks. 1901. Manual | of the | birds of Iceland | by | Henry H. Slater, M.A., F.Z.S. | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union | and Rector of Thornhaugh, Northants | Edinburgh | David Douglas, Castle Street | 1901 | All rights reserved. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XXIII-+1, 1-150, 1 1. (advt.), 3 pll. (1 by F. W. Frohawk, 2 photos.), 1 map (col.; fold.). Edinburgh. An annotated list of the species of Icelandic birds, with a bibliography, a copy of the local game-law, and hints for the pronunciation of Icelandic names. The account of each species gives the Latin, English and local names, a discussion of the habits and records of occurrence of each, and field observations by the author. Smith, Andrew. 1838-49. Illustrations | of the | zoology of South Africa; | consisting chiefly of | figures and descriptions of the objects of natural history | collected during | an expedition into the interior of South Africa, | in the years 1834, 1835, and 1836; fitted out by | ‘‘The Cape of Good Hope Association for Exploring Central Africa.” | By Andrew Smith, M.D., | Deputy Inspector General of Army Hospitals; | 1Copy received by C. E. Hellmayr, in Munich, on that date; sent by author immediately upon publication, 594 FreLp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Director of the Expedition. | Published under the Authority of the Lords Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury. | Mam- malia [Aves; Reptilia; Pisces; Invertebrate]. | London: | Smith, Elder and Co. 65, Cornhill. | MDCCCXLIX. 5 vols. in 4, royal 4to. Mammalia, tit., pp. I-IV, 63 ll. pll. 1-17 (18 not publ.), 19-36 (37 not publ.), 38-53+8(bis) (52 pll.; 48 col.). Aves, 132 IL, pll. 1-114 (col.; by Ford). Reptilia, roo ll., pp. 1-28, pll. 1-78 (75 col.). Pisces, 42 ll., pll. 1-31 (26 col.). Invertebratae, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and index), pp. 1-75, pll. 1-4 (col.). London. The title is self-explanatory. The work was issued in 28 parts, the dates and contents of which are given by Waterhouse in the Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1880, Pp. 489-91. Ornithological matter occurred in all of these except Pts. III and XXVIII. Dates, etc. for the birds are as follows. Part I, pll. 1-4, (before Oct.) 1838; II, pll. 5-10, (before Oct.) 1838; IV, pll. 11-17, 1838; V, pll. 18-23, 1839; VI, pll. 24-26, 1839; VII, pll. 27-32, Sept. 1839; VIII, pll. 33-39, Nov. 1839; IX, pll. 40-45, Jan. 1840; X, pll. 46-50, March 1840; XI, pll. 51-57, July 1840; XII, pll. 58-63, Oct. 1840; XIII, pll. 64-66, Jan. 1841; XIV, pll. 67-69, Sept. 1841; XV, pll. 70 and 71, Febr. 1842; XVI, pll. 72-74, Aug. 1842; XVII, pll. 75-80, Jan. 1843; XVIII, pill. 81-86, July 1843; XIX, pll. 87-91, Nov. 1843; XX, pll. 92-95, Aug. 1844; XXI, pll. 96-98, Oct. 1844; XXII, pll. 99-102, March 1845; XXIII, 103-105, Oct. 1845; XXIV, pll. 106 and 107, Dec. 1846; XXV, pll. 108-112, Oct. 1847; XXVI, pl. 113, Dec. 1847; XXVII, pl. 114, July 1848. Each part contained matter relating to several volumes, but the numbering of the plates of each was kept separate and the various matter ultimately was extracted, collected and bound under the five subjects as collated above. Many new species of birds are described herein. Others new species secured on the same expedition, were described previously by Smith in various numbers of ‘“The South African Quarterly Journal”’ and in an appendix to the “Report of the Expedition for Exploring Central Africa from the Cape of Good Hope,” etc., 1836. (See Smith, Andrew, Sir Andrew Smith’s miscellaneous ornithological papers, 1880.). Smith, Andrew. (Verreaux, Jules; Salvin, Osbert, ed.) 1880. The Willughby Society. | Sir Andrew Smith’s | miscellane- ous | ornithological papers. | [Vignette.]| | Edited by |Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S., Etc. | London: MDCCCLXXX. 1 vol. 4to (size of royal 8vo), pp. I-VI, 1 1. (conts.), pp. 1-127+1 (1-123 with miscellaneous pagination of original papers also given), 2 ll. (advt.). London. Reprints of 11 papers published in The South African Quarterly Journal and of the ornithological portion of the author’s “Report of the Expedition for Explor- ing Central Africa,’’ published at Cape Town in 1836. The extracts from the Journal” are as follows. A Description of the Birds inhabiting the South of Africa. Voyage | aux Indes Orientales | et | ala Chine, | Fait par ordre du Roi, depuis 1774 jusqu’en 1781: | Dans lequel on traits des Mceurs, de la Religion, des Sciences & des | Arts des Indiens, des Chinois, des Pégouins & des Madégasses; suivi | d’Observa- tions sur le Cap de Bonne-Esperance, les Isles de France & | de Bourbon, les Maldives, Ceylan, Malacca, les Philippines & les | Moluques, & de Recherches sur 1’Histoire Naturelle de ces Pays. | Par M. Sonnerat, Commissaire de la Marine, Naturaliste | Pen- sionnaire du Roi, Correspondant de son Cabinet & de l’Académie | Royale des Sciences de Paris, Membre de celle de Lyon. | Tome second. | [Design.] | A Paris, | (1’Auteur, rue Saint-André-des-Arts, vis-a-vis la rue de 1’Eperon, maison de M. Ménissier Marchand d’etofes de foies. Chez Froullé, Libraire, pont Notre-Dame, vis-a-vis le quai de Gévres. Nyon, rue du Jardinet. Barrois, le jeune, rue du Hurepoix. M. DCC. LXXXII. | Avec approbation et privelege du Roi. 1 vol. (second of two vols.) demy 4to, pp. I-VIIJ, 1-298, pll. 81-140 (by Sonnerat; 5 fold.), numerous decorations. Paris. The account of the author’s observations on the inhabitants of various countries in the Orient, and of the natural history of the same regions. The present volume (II) contains Books 4 and 5, the former devoted to anthropological observations, the latter to natural history, comprising the mammals, birds and plants. The ornithological matter is contained on pp. 148-221 and pll. 94-122. Numerous species are described and figured for the first time, but under French vernacular names only. Later, scientific nomenclature was applied to the species by Sonnerat in a paper forming a part of his ‘“‘Deliciae Florae et Faunae Insubricae,” 1786-88 (C.f. reprint, 1882.). 598 Fre_p Museum oF NaturAL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Sonnini de Manoncour, Charles Nicholas Sigisbert. 1800-05. See Buffon, George L. L., Histoire Naturelle, Générale et Particuliere. Sonnini de Manoncour, Charles Nicholas Sigisbert. 1809. See Azara, Félix de, Voyage dans l’Amérique Méridionale. ‘Son of the Marshes, A.” 1895. See Jordan, Denham. Sordelli, Ferdinando. 1869? See Bettoni, Eugenio, Storia Naturale degli Uccelli che Nidi- ficano in Lombardia, 1865-71. Souancé, Charles de. 1857-58. Iconographie | des | perroquets | non figurés dans les publications de Levaillant et de M. Bourjot Saint-Hilaire | par | Bonaparte et de M. Emile Blanchard | Histoire naturelle des perroquets | Paris | P. Bertrand, Libraire-Editeur | Rue de1’Arbre- Sec, 22 | 1857. 1 vol. superroyal folio, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and introd.), 48 IL. (unnum.), pll. I-XLVIII! (col.; by E. Blanchard and J. Daverne). Paris. A second supplement to Levaillant’s “Hist. Nat. des Perroquets,”’ 1801-05 (q.v-), following the volume by Bourjot Saint-Hilaire, 1837-38 (q.v.) and forming the fourth volume of the series. The work was published in 12 livraisons, dated (by Carus and Engelmann) 1857-58. In the introduction to the ‘“Incono- graphie,” the editor (?) of that work announces a proposed ‘‘Histoire Naturelle des Perroquets’”’ in 8vo, to include all the species known to date and treated in the preceding volumes, but this work seems not to have appeared. This pro- posed work is probably that mentioned by Carus and Engelmann under the “Tconographie” in an ambiguous reference which seems to apply to the latter work but is inconsistent with it as it is known (Cf. Coues, Bull. U. S. Geol. Geog. Surv. Terr. V., p. 738, 1879.). This reference announces a Hist. Nat., 1 vol., 8vo., to be published in 1859 and an Iconographie, fol. or 4to, with about 120 pll., to appear in 30 parts, issued monthly. Souleyet, Francois Louis Auguste. 1841-52. See Vaillant, Auguste Nicolas, Voyage autour du Monde sur La Bonite. Sousa, Jose Augusto de. 1869. Museu nacional de Lisboa | Secca&o zoologica | Catalogo das colleccgdes ornithologicas | Psittaci - Papagaios. | Accipitres - Aves 1Plate XLVIII carries a reference to that number in the text, but the om have been printed over an erasure on the plate. Coues notes the original number as LKXIV 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 599 de Rapina. | Junho de 1869 | [Blazon.] | Lisboa | Imprensa Nacional | 1869. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. 1-62, (orig. wrapper). Lisbon. June 1869. A catalogue of the Parrots and Birds of Prey in the National Museum of Lisbon. Coues lists this paper under authorship of Barboza du Bocage who was the Director of the Museum but who was not the author of the catalogue. Southwell, Thomas. 1890. See Stevenson, Henry; and Southwell, The Birds of Norfolk, 1866-90. Southwell, Thomas. 1896. Memoir | of | the late John Henry Gurney. | By | Thomas Southwell, F.Z.S. | [Reprinted, with some Revisions, from the ‘Transactions of the | Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society,’ vol. V. p. 156.] | London: | Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | 1896. [Cover-tzt. ] 1 vol. (pamphlet, size of post 8vo), cover-tit., pp. 1-12. London. Sparrman, Andreas. 1786-89. Museum | Carlsonianum, | In quo | Novas et Selectas Aves, | Coloribus ad vivum brevique descriptione illustratas, | Suasu et sumtibus Generosissimi Possessoris, | Exhibet | Andreas Sparrman, | M.D. & Profess. Reg. Acad. Scient. Stockholmens. Musei Praefect. Ejusd. Acad. ut et | Societ. Physiograph. Lund. Scient. ac Litt. Gothoburg. Hess. Homburg. Membr. | Fasciculus I [-IV]. | Holmie, | Ex Typographia Regia, MDCCLXXXVI [MDCCLXXXVII; MDCCLXXXVIII; MDCCLXXXIX]. 1 vol. (4 fascs.) demy folio. Fasc. I, 28 I1., pll. 1-25 (col.). Fasc. II, 28 Il., pll. 26-50 (col.). Fasc. III, 28 ll., pll. 51-75 (col.). Fasc. IV, 28 ll., pll. 76-100 (col.). Stockolm. Descriptions, with Latin binomials, of new or otherwise interesting species of birds contained in the museum of Gustavus Carlson. Many of the figures and descriptions are unrecognizable but the collection (more or less injured by moths) came eventually, by several routes, to the Rijksmuseum of Sweden where it was studied by Carl. J. Sundevall. In the first part of a “Kritisk Framstallning of Fogelarterna uti Aldre Ornithologiska Arbeten’” published in the Kon. Vet. Akad. Handl., B. 2, No. 3, 1857, Sundevall identified most of Sparrman’s species, listing 9 forms as dubious and 7 as entirely unrecognizable due to the imperfect condition of the skins and to other causes. The ‘‘Museum Carlsonianum”’ is a very rare work and is very important in view of the new species contained therein. 600 FreLp Museum or Natural History—Zootoecy, Vor. XVI. Spencer, Clementina Sinclair. 1918. See Bailey, Bert Heald, Iowa Geological Survey, The Rap- torial Birds of Iowa. Spix, Johannes Baptist von. 1811. Geschichte und Beurtheilung | aller Systeme | in der | Zoologie | nach ihrer | Entwicklungsfolge | von Aristoteles | bis | auf die gegenwartige Zeit, | von | Johannes Spix, | der Weltweisheit und Arzneikunde Doktor [etc., 4 lines.]. | Nurnberg, | in der Schrag’schen Buchhandlung. | 1811. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-X XVI, 1-710. Nuremberg. The history of the development of zoological classification from Aristotle until date. Ornithology occupies pp. 250-312. Spix, Johannes Baptist von. 1824-25. Avium | species novae, | quas | in itinere per Brasiliam annis MDCCCXVII-MDCCCXX | jussu et auspiciis | Maxi- miliani Josephi I. | Bavariae Regis | suscepto | collegit et des- cripsit | Dr. J. B. de Spix, | Ordinis Regii Coronae Bavaricae civilis Eques [etc., 4 lines. ]. | Tabulae XCI [CXVIII] a M. Schmidt [Schniid] Monacensi depictae [sculptae]. [ | Tomus II.] | Mona- chii [Period added.| | Typis Franc. Seraph. Hitbschmanni. | MDCCCXXIV [MDCCCXXV]. 2 vols. imperial 4to. Vol. I, 5 pr. ll. (tit., ded., list of subscrs. and index), pp. 1-90-+47(bis; reverse blank; between pp. 48 and 49), pll. I-LXXV, “LXXVI-LXXVII” (combined), LXXVIII-XCI, Ta-Id, IIIa, IVa, VIIIa-VIIIc, [Xa, Xa, XIVa, XXXIla and XXXVIIIa (=104 pll., col.; by M. Schmidt). Vol. II, 3 pr. Il. (tit. and index), pp. 1-85, pll. I-CIX, VIIIa, XXXIa, LXIla, LXVIlIa, LXXVa, LXXVIa-LXXVIc and LXXVIIIa (=118 pll., col.). Munich. Descriptions of the birds secured by the author during his expedition with von Martius to Brazil in the years 1817-1820; with colored plates of the new species, of which there are a great number. The plates are not always recognizable and are said to vary in coloration in different copies. The descriptions are not sufficiently determinative in every case, but the original specimens (at least many of them) are still in existence and have been studied carefully by Dr. C. E. Hellmayr. The latter author’s ‘‘Revision der Spix’schen Typen brasil- ianischer V6gel,”’ published in the Abhandl. der K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., II K1., XXII Bd., III Abt., pp. 563-726, pll. I and II, May 20, 1906, gives a full account of the results of these studies. There appears to be a second, revised, edition of Spix edited by von Martius and published in 1840; about this I can find little information [Cf. Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.).]. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 601 Spratt, (Mrs.) G. 1837. The | language of birds | comprising | poetic and prose illustrations | of the | most favourite cage birds. | With twelve highly-coloured plates. | By Mrs. G. Spratt. | [Quot., 6 lines.]. | London | Saunders and Otley, Conduit Street. | M DCCC XX XVII. 1 vol. r2mo, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. ITI-VII+1, 1-342, 1-12 (advt.), pll. 1-12 (col.). London. A series of brief accounts of various birds, accompanied by extensive poetical quotations relating to the birds in question. The hand-colored illustrations are picturesque rather than accurate portraits of the species they represent. Stanley, Edward. 1880. A familiar history of | birds. | By the late | Edward Stanley, D.D., F.R.S. | Lord Bishop of Norwich. | [Vignetie.] | New edition. | London: | Longmans, Green, and Co. | 1880. 1 vol. crown 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., publishers’ note), pp. IX- XII, 1-420, frontisp., 157 text-figs. London. A general account of bird-life in its various aspects, presenting facts and anecdotes concerning numerous species selected from the entire class, with chapters on classification, structure, flight, etc. The classification is obsolete and many of the statements presented as facts are now known to be inaccurate, but the little book has some value as a juvenile work. Originally published in 1835, the work passed through a number of later editions, of which the present appears to be the 6th. Stark, Arthur Cowell; and Sclater, William Lutley. 1900-06. The | fauna of South Africa | [Blazon.] | edited by | W. L. Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. | Director of the South African Museum, Cape Town. > The | birds of South Africa | by [commenced by (Vols. III and IV.)]| | Arthur C. Stark, M.B. [Arthur Stark, M.B. (Vols. III and IV.)][ | Completed by W. L. Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. | Director of the South African Museum, Cape Town (Vol. II.)] | Vol. I [-IV]. [ | Picarians, parrots, owls and hawks (Vol. III.); Game-birds, shore-birds and sea-birds (Vol. IV.)] | With a map and illustrations [With a portrait, map and illustra- tions (Vol. IJ.); With 141 illustrations (Vol. III.); With 163 illustrations (Vol. IV.)] [ | By | W. L. Sclater, M.A., F.Z.S. | Director of the South African Museum, Cape Town (Vols. III and IV.)] | London | R. H. Porter | 7, Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1900 [1901; 1903; 1906]. 4 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-X XX, 1-322, 1 insert-slip (regarding non- publication of map in Vol. I), 113 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-XIV, I-323, 2 ll. (advt.), frontisp. (portr), 1 map (col.; fold.), figs. 1-83. 602 FreLp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.tocy, Vou. XVI. Vol. III, pp. I-XVII+1, 1-416, figs. 1-141. Vol. IV, pp. I-XVII+1, 1-545, figs. 1-163. London. A complete account of the birds of Africa south of the Zambesi and Cunéné rivers. Each species is described, synonymy and distribution are given, and there are copious but concise notes on general habits, food, song and nidification. Tables to families, genera and species are given throughout and a table to the orders is added in Vol. III, pp. VI-VIII. A good bibliography is given in Vol. I. Vols. I and II contain the Passerine forms; the other volumes contain the groups mentioned on their titles. Volume I was written entirely by Stark, who died shortly before its publication. Vol. II was edited by Sclater from Stark’s manuscript. Vols. III and IV were written entirely by Sclater with the assis- tance of Stark’s notes. Of the remainder of the series belonging under the general title of “The Fauna of South Africa,’”’ only the volumes on the Mammalia, by Sclater, were ever published (1900-01). A “Check-List of the Birds of South Africa,” comprising a list of the species contained in the present work, together with such additions as were necessary to bring the work to date, was published in the Annals of the South African Museum, III, Pt. 8, 1905. Stearns, Winfred A.; and Coues, Elliott. . 1881-83. New England Bird Life | being a | manual | of | New England ornithology | revised and edited from the manuscript of | Winfred A. Stearns | Member of the Nuttall Ornithological Club etc. | by | Dr. Elliott Coues U.S. A. [Elliott Coues] | Member of the Academy etc. | Part I.-Oscines [Part II. | Non-oscine Passeres, birds of prey, | game and water birds.] | Boston | Lee and Shepard publishers | New York Charles T. Dillingham | 1881 [1883 ]. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. 3-324, text-figs. 1-56. Vol. II, 11. (advt.), pp. 1-409+1, 11. (advt.), text-figs. 1-88. Boston. According to the editor’s preface, the “‘plan of the work includes brief descriptions of the birds themselves........ ; the local distribution, migration, and relative abundance of every species; together with as much general information respecting their habits as can conveniently be brought within the compass of a hand-book of New England Ornithology.’”’ The original manuscript was written by Stearns, but was revised and partially rewritten by Coues who assumed responsibility for the accurateness and completeness of the work. The text-figures are all taken from Coues’s Key, 1st ed., 1872 (q.v.). Steere, Joseph Beal. 1890. A list | of the | Birds and Mammals | collected by the | Steere Expedition to the | Philippines, | With Localities, and wit Brief Preliminary Descriptions of | Supposed New Species, | By J. B. Steere, Ph. D., | Professor of Zodlogy in the University of 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 603 Michigan. | Ann Arbor, Mich.: | The Courier Office, printers. | July 14, 1890. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-30. Ann Arbor, July 14, 1890. An annotated list of the 367 species of birds and 22 identified species of mam- mals collected in 1887-88 by the expedition, giving the insular distribution of each. Descriptions are given of 52 new species of birds and of 3 new mammals. Stephens, James Francis. 1815-26. See Shaw, George; and Stephens, General Zoology, Birds, 1812-26. Sterland, W. J. 1869. The birds | of | Sherwood Forest. | With notes on their habits, nesting, | migrations, &c. | Being a contribution to the natural history of the county. | By | W. J. Sterland. | Wtih (sic) four illustrations by the author. | [Monogram.] | London: | L. Reeve & Co., 5, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. | 1869. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-IX-+1, 1 1.(conts.), pp. 1-244, 1-24 (advt.), pll. I-IV (3 col.; by the author). London. A series of observations on bird-life, originally published in ‘The Field” in 1865-67. A clipping from that periodical, dated Nov. 13, 1880, by Sterland, relating to the Tufted Duck, is pasted on p. 220. Stevenson, Henry; and Southwell, Thomas. 1866-90. The | birds of Norfolk, | with | remarks on their habits, migration, | and local distribution: | by | Henry Stevenson, F.L.S., [No comma (Vol. IIT.).] | Member of the British Orni- thologists’ Union. [ | Continued by | Thomas Southwell, F.Z.S. | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union (Vol. III, only.)] | In two [three (Vols. II and III.)] volumes. | Vol. I [II; III]. | [Quot., 3 lines (Vol. I); 5 lines (Vol. II.); 7 lines (Vol. ITT.).].| London: | John Van Voorst, 1, Paternoster Row, [Gurney and Jackson, 1, Paternoster Row | (Successors to Mr. VanVoorst). (Vol. IITI.)] | Norwich: | Matchett and Stevenson [Stevenson and Co. (Vol. II.); Norfolk Chronicle Co., Limited (Vol. IIT.)]. | 1866 [1870; 1890]. 3 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-LX XII, 1-445, 1 insert-slip (errata), frontisp. (monochr.) and pl. II (col.; by J. Wolf). Vol. II, pp. I-X, 1-449, 1 insert-slip (errata), frontisp. (col.; by J. Smit), 2 pll. (monochr.). Vol. III, pp. I-XIII-+1, 1-432, pll. I-V (1 monochr.; 1 portr.; 3 col, by J. Wolf and J. Smit). London and Norwich. An excellent “‘local’”’ ornithology in which the author presents a mass of accurate information relative to the birds of the County of Norfolk, England, secured 604 FreLD Museum or Natura. History—Zootocy, Vov. XVI. from a variety of sources and personally verified where possible. Owing to the painstaking manner in which the work was prepared, it progressed slowly and the author died before it was completed. His portion of the book terminates on p. 160 of Vol. III, at which point the labor was assumed by Southwell who completed the volume and work, quoting largely from Stevenson’s notes. Stone, Witmer. 1894. The | birds of eastern Pennsylvania | and New Jersey | with introductory chapters on | geographical distribution and migra- tion | prepared under the direction of the | Delaware Valley Ornithological Club | by | Witmer Stone | Conservator Ornith- ological Section Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia | Philadelphia | Delaware Valley Ornithological Club | 1894. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-VII+1, 1-185, frontisp., 2 maps (1 col. and fold.), figs. 1 and 2. Philadelphia. An annotated list of species, giving the breeding range and distribution of each and the evidences of local occurrence of the rarer forms. A bibliography is appended. This main body of the text forms Part II of the work. Part I (to p. 32) contains general remarks on geographical distribution and migration and a discussion of the physical features of the region under consideration. Stone, Witmer. 1909. See Morse, Silas R., Annual Report of the New Jersey State Museum, including a report of the birds of New Jersey. Stone, Witmer. 1910. See American Ornithologists’ Union, Check-list of North American Birds, Third Edition. Stonham, Charles. (Mullens, William Herbert.) 1906-11. The | birds of the | British Islands | by | Charles Ston- ham | C.M.G., [etc., 4 lines.]. | Illustrated by Lilian M. Medland [Illustrated by Lilian M. Medland, F.Z.S. (Vols. III-V.)] | Vol. I [-V] | London | E. Grant Richards [Grant Richards (Vol. III.); Grant Richards Ltd. (Vols. IV and V.)] | 7 Carlton Street, S.W. | 1906 [1907; 1908; I910; Ig11]. 5 vols. royal 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-VII+1, 1-151+1, 1 insert-slip (errata, p. 112), 64 printed guard-sheets, pll. I-LXIV, 2 maps (col.; fold.), 2 text-figs. (full-p.). Vol. II, pp. I-VII+1, 153-323+1, 60 guard- sheets, pll. LXV-CXXIV. Vol. III, pp. I-VII+1, 325-514, 73 guard-sheets, pll. CX XV-CXCVII. Vol. IV, pp. I-VII+1, 515-704, 70 guard-sheets, pll. CXCVIII-CCLXVII. Vol. V, pp. I-VIII, 707-976, 51 guard-sheets, pll. CCLXVIII-CCCXVIII. London. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 605 A popular account of British birds, with common and technical names and their etymology, discussions of habits and characteristics, and descriptions of each species, the latter arranged in convenient, tabular form. The plates, many of which are life-sized, are of variable quality; some of them are excellent but others are not so pleasing. At the end of the work (Vol. V, pp. 941-964) there is a good bibliography compiled by W. H. Mullens. A glossary of vernacular names, technical and English indices, and a list of subscribers are added. The work appeared in 20 parts of about 50 pages and 16 or 17 plates each, as follows (according to Mullens and Swann). I, May 1906; II, Sept. 1906; III, Oct. 1906; IV, Dec. 1906; V, March 1907; VI, June 1907; VII, Sept. 1907; VIII, Dec. 1907; IX, March 1908; X, April 1908; XI, Aug. 1908; XII, Nov. 1908; XIII, March 1909; XIV, May 1909; XV, Sept. 1909; XVI, March 1910; XVII, Oct. 1910; XVI, March 1911; XIX and XX, July 1911. Storer, Tracy Irwin. 1918. See Grinnell, Joseph; Bryant; and Storer, The Game Birds of California. Storer, Tracy Irwin. 1924. See Grinnell, Joseph: and Storer, Animal Life in the Yosemite. Strecker, John K. Jr. 1912. Baylor University Bulletin | Volume XV, Number 1 | The Birds of Texas | An Annotated Check-List | By John K. Strecker Jr. | Curator Baylor University Museum | [Seal.] | Founded in 1845 at Independence | under the Republic of Texas | January, 1912 | Published by the University | Entered as second class matter at the post office at Waco, Texas. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. 1-69-+1. Waco. Jan. 1912. An annotated list of species, giving the local distribution of each and occasional details regarding the records of occurrence within the state. Stresemann, Erwin. 1920. Avifauna Macedonica | Die ornithologischen Ergebnisse der | Forschungsreisen, unternommen nach Mazedonien | durch | Prof. Dr. Doflein und Prof. L. Miiller-Mainz | in den Jahren 1917 und 1918 | von | Dr. Erwin Stresemann | Mit 6 Tafeln | Munchen 1920 | Verlag von Dultz & Co. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXIV, 1-270, 1 1. (conts.), pll. I-VI (on 3 Il). Munich. July 1920. A detailed account of the birds of Macedonia, based on a collection of about 3258 specimens, representing 168 forms, secured by Professor Miller and others during the German occupation of the country, and deposited in the Munich State Museum. Detailed notes on measurement, plumages, etc. are given in tabular form. Part 2 of the book (pp. 247-256) gives a brief account of the Macedonian species not secured by the expedition. Part 3 (pp. 257-260) 606 FreLtp Museum or Natura. History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. supplies addenda. Part 4 (pp. 261-268) gives a check-list of all the species, and Part 5 (pp. 269-270) furnishes the explanation of plates. One new sub- species is described and one other new name used. The remaining new species in the collection appear to have been described, previously, by Stresemann in other publications. Strickland, Hugh Edwin; and Melville, A. G. 1848. The | dodo and its kindred; | or the | history, affinities, and osteology | of the | dodo, solitaire, | and | other extinct birds | of the islands Mauritius, Rodriguez, and Bourbon. | By | H. E. Strickland, M.A., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., | President of the Ashmolean Society, &c., | and | A. G. Melville, M.D. Edin., M.R.C.S. | [Vignette.] | [Quot., 2 lines.] | London: | Reeve, Benham, and Reeve, 8, King William Street, Strand. | 1848. 1 vol. folio (10x12¥%), 5 pr. ll., pp. I-IV, 5-141, 1 insert-slip (errata), pp. 1-12 (advt.), pll. I-XV, III* and IV* (2 col., 2 monochr., 1 fold.), 10 text-figs. London. A detailed account of the subject matter as set forth in the title, with transcrip- tions and translations from various old works relating to the extinct avifauna of the three islands in question. The work is discussed in the Revue Zoologique for Oct. 1848, p. 306. Strickland, Hugh Edwin. (Strickland, Mrs. H. E.; Jardine, William.) 1855. Ornithological synonyms. | By the late | Hugh Edwin Strick- land, M.A., | F.R.S., F.R.G.S., F.G.S., | Deputy Reader in Geology in the University of Oxford, etc. | Edited by | Mrs. Hugh E. Strickland | and | Sir W. Jardine, Bart., F.R.S.E., L.S., &c. | Vol. I. | Accipitres. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLYV. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XLVI, 1-222, 2 ll. insert (advt.). London. A working list of 373 species of birds of prey, giving bibliographic references to the accepted name and the various synonyms of each species. A list of the works quoted in the text is given after the introduction. The book is posthumous and was prepared from Strickland’s manuscript by his wife and father-in-law who planned to publish the remaining portions of the work at a later date,— a project never realized although two sheets of the second volume were printed in 1860 or later (Cf. Mathews, Austral Avian Record, 5, No. 1, pp. 18-19, 1922.). The introduction, dated Sept. 1, 1855, gives a reference to G. R. Gray’s “A List” (=Catalogue) ‘fof the Genera and Subgenera of Birds,’”’ 1855 (q.v.), which is quoted as already published, but as that work is also of uncertain date, the reference does not aid materially in fixing the date of the present volume. Strickland, Mrs. Hugh Edwin. 1855. See Strickland, H. E., Ornithological Synonyms. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 607 Studer, Jacob Henry. 1874-78. See Jasper, Theodore, Studer’s Popular Ornithology. 1881. Ider. Studer, Theophil; and Fatio, Victor. (Burg, Gustav von.) 1889 (-1923)-date. Katalog | der | Schweizerischen Végel [ | von | Dr. Th. Studer und Dr. V. Fatio (Pis. V- XII.)'] bearbeitet | im Auftrag des Eidg. Departements ftir Industrie und Landwirtschaft fim Auftrag des Eidg. Departements des Innern (Pits. [II-XITI.)] | (Abtheilung Forstwesen) [(Inspektion ftir Forstwesen, Jagd und Fischerei) (Pts. VII-XII.)] | von | Dr. Th. Studer und Dr. V. Fatio [G. von Burg (Pts. V-XII.)] | unter Mitwirkung zahl- reicher Beobachter in verschiedenen [allen (Pts. V-XJI.)] Kan- tonen. [Period omitted (Pts. VI and XI.).| [ | Erscheint in jahr- lichen Lieferungen. (Pts. VII-XII.)] | I [1I1; IV; V]. Lieferung. [Semicolon (Pts. III-V.); VI. Lieferung: Calamoherpine; VII. und VIII. Lieferung: Sylviidae, Turdidae, Monticolidae. ; IX. Lieferung: Ruticillae. ; X. Lieferung: Saxicolinze, Motacillide. ; XI. Lieferung: Pieper und Lerchen. ; XII. Lieferung: Emberi- zinae.] | Tagraubvégel [Insessores, Coraces, Scansores, Captores part (Pt. III.); Captores part. fin. (Accentoridae, Troglodytidae, Cinclidae, | Paridae), Cantores part (Pt. IV.) ; Captores (Paridae fin.). Cantores (Sylvidae part.) (Pt. V.); line omitted (Pts. VI- XIT.).|. | Mit 7 Kartenbeilagen [Mit 2 Kartenbeilagen (Pt. ITI.); Bearbeitet von Gustav von Burg (Pt. IV.); Mit einer far- bigen Karte (Pt. IX’.); line omitted (Pis. V-VIII and X-XTITI.).}. | Bern und Genf. [Period omitted (Pts. III-VI.).] | 1889 [(1894); I90I; 1907; 1908; 1909; IQII; 1912; 1913; 1914; 1915]. [Period omitted (Pis. III-VI.).]. > Die Végel der Schweiz | (‘‘Katalog der Schweizerischen Vogel | von Studer und Fatio’’) | Von. G. von Burg | unter Mitwirkung zahlreicher Beobachter in allen Kantonen. | Erscheint in Lieferungen. [Period omitted (Pt. XIV.).] | XIII. Lieferung: Montifringillinae, Passerinae [XIV. Lieferung: Fringillinae, Cocco- thraustinae, Pyrrhulinae]. | Bern und Genf. | 1918 [1923]. 14 pts. in 13 vols., royal 8vo. Pt. I, pp. 1-100, index on inside back cover, maps I-VII (col., fold.). Pt. II, pp. ror-192, 1 1. (index), maps VIII-XI (col.). Pt. III, pp. I-VIII, 193-418, maps XII-XIII (col.). Pt. IV, pp. I-XV-+1, 1 insert-slip, pp. 419-601+1, 1 1. (index), maps XIV-XV (col.). Pt. V, pp. I-IV, 603-741-+1, 1 1. 1The second Lieferung has no title-page, 608 FieLpD Museum or NaturaL History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. (index), map XVI (col.). Pt. VI, pp. I-VII+1, 743-886. Pt. VII and VIII, pp. I-X, 887-1286, maps XVII-XIX (col.). Pt. IX, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1287-1584, map XX (col.). Pt. X, pp. I-X, 1585-1800. Pt. XI, pp. I-VI, 1801-2068, map XXI (col.). Pt. XII, pp. I-VIII, 2069-2306. Pt. XIII, pp. I1-XXV-+1, 2307- 2512. Pt. XIV, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 2513-2710. Bern and Geneva. A detailed catalogue of Swiss birds, discussing each species in its place from a great variety of aspects. It was begun by Studer and Fatio but taken over by Burg with the 4th part in 1907 and continued by him to date. It is not yet complete. An edition in French has been issued more or less synchronously under the title of “Catalogue des Oiseaux de la Suisse,’’ recently changed to “Les Oiseaux de la Suisse’ to conform with the corresponding alteration in the title of the German edition, as transcribed above. Sturm, Friedrich. 1860. See Naumann, Johann Friedrich, Johann Andreas Naumann’s mehrerer gelehrten Gesellschaften Mitgliede, Naturgeschichte der Vogel Deutschlands, 1822-1860. Sturm, Johann Heinrich Christian Friedrich. 1841-47. See Gould, John, J. Gould’s Monographie der Ram- phastiden. Sturm, Johann Wilhelm. 1841-47. See Gould, John, J. Gould’s Monographie der Ram- phastiden. Sturtevant, Edward. 1899. See Howe, Reginald Heber; and Sturtevant, The Birds of Rhode Island. 1903. Idem, A Supplement to The Birds of Rhode Island. The Birds of Rhode Island. Suchetet, André. 1897. Des | hybrides | a | l’état sauvage | Régne animal | Premier volume | (Classe des Oiseaux) | par | André Suchetet | [Quot., 3 lines.] | Lille | Imprimerie typographique et lithographique Le Bigot fréres | 68, rue Nationale, et 25, rue Nicolas-Leblane. | 1896. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-CLII, 3-1001+1, (original wrapper). Paris. A detailed treatise on the known hybrids among wild birds. The account is rearranged from six previous papers by the author, four of which were pub- lished in the Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France in 1890-1893 and 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 609 two in book form in 1895-96. The work in its present form appears to be the first volume of a projected treatise intended to include other groups besides birds; Allen (Auk, 12, p. 384, 1895), in reviewing Pt. 5 of the original papers, notes that the following section is planned to deal with insects and fishes, but I can find no references to the publication of later volumes. The date, 1897, is from the original wrapper which is bound with the present copy. Sue, P. 1808. > Tables | analytiques et raisonnées | des | matiéres et des auteurs, | Pour la nouvelle Edition de l’Histoire | Naturelle de Buffon, | rédigée par C. S. Sonnini, | Membre de plusieurs Sociétés savantes. | Ouvrage formant, dans cent vingt-quatre volumes in-8 o. | un Cours Complet d’Histoire Naturelle; les premiers, au | nombre de soixante-quatre, sont consacrés a V’histoire de | la théorie de la Terre, des Minéraux, de 17 Homme, des Animaux, des Quadrupédes et des Oiseaux; les autres sont | partagés ainsi qu’il suit: quatorze pour l’histoire des | Poissons, en y comprenant celle des Cétacées ; six pour celle des Mollusques; huit pour celle des Reptiles; qua- | torze pour celle des Insectes; dix-huit pour celle des Plantes. | Par P. Sue, | Professeur de Medécine légale, a l’ecole de Médecine | de Paris, trésorier de la méme Ecole, Membre de | plusieurs Sociétés savantes, nationales et étrangéres. | Tome I [-III]. | A.-G. [H.-R. (Vol. IT.); S.-Z. (Vol. III.)] | A Paris, |de l’imprimerie de F. Dufart | 1808. 3 vols. crown 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XII, 1-456. Vol. II, 2 pr. il., pp. 1-464. Vol. III, 2 pr. Il., pp. 1-355+1-+1 1. Paris. A detailed index to the Sonnini edition of Buffon’s ‘Histoire Naturelle,’ 1800- 1805 (q.v.), of which it may be considered to form a part. The volumes are numbered separately, as are all the volumes of the ‘“‘Suites 4 Buffon,” consisting of the various subjects not included in the original edition of Buffon (1749- 1804). Sulphur, Zoology of the Voyage of. Birds. 1843-44. See Hinds, Richard Brinsley. Sundevall, Carl Jacob; and Kinberg, Johan Gustav Hjalmar. 1856-87(?) Svenska foglarna | med text | af | Professor Carl J. Sundevall, | tecknade och lithographierade | af | Peter Akerlund. | \Stockholm, | Tryckt hos J. & A. Riis, 1856. > Svenska foglarna | av | Professor Carl J. Sundevall | fort- sattning | av | Professor J. G. H. Kinberg | Andra [Tredje; tit.-p. of Fjerde Bandet missing.| Bandet | 1883 [1885] | Stock- holm | F. & G. Beijer | [Instructions to binder, 1 1.]. 610 FIELD Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. 4 vols. in 3. folio and 4to (12% x 9%, long) Vol. I, 4 pr. Il. (lith. tit., tit., ded. and pref.), pp. 1-352, 11. (expl. of pll.), pll. LL XXXIV (col.). Vol, 1%, tt., pp.. 363-756. Vol. III, tit... ppv 757-1eeee Vol. IV (tit. missing), pp. 1189-1570. Stockholm. A general descriptive work on the birds of Sweden. Vol. I, with 84 colored litho- graphs, was published by Sundevall; the remainder of the book, by Kinberg, after Sundevall’s death. Vol. I appeared in 22 parts for which the following dates are available from the Journal fir Ornithologie and the Zoological Record. Pt. I, pp. 1-8, pll. I-IV, reviewed in Journ. fir Orn., July, 1857; II, pp. 9-16, pll. V-VIII, ev. Jan. 1858; III, pp. 17-28, pll. IX, X, XV, XVI, rev. Sept. 1858; IV, pp. 29-32, pll. XI-XIV, rev. July 1859; V, pp. 33-44, pll. XVII, XX, XXII, XXIII, rev. July 1859; VI, pp. 45-52, pll. XXI, XXIV-XXVI, rev. Jan. 1860; VII, pp. 53-60, pll. XVII-XXX, rev. Jan. 1860; VIII, pp. 61-68, pill. XVIII, XIX, XXXI, XXXII, Jan. 1861; IX, pp. 69-84, publ. Aug. 1861; X-XI, pp. 85-124, pll. XX XIII, XXXIV, XXXIX, XL, XLV-XLVII, L, publ. Nov. 1861 and May 1862; XII-XIII, pp. 125-144, pll. XLI, XLII, XLVIII, XLIX, XXXVII, XXXVIII, LI, LII, rev. Jan. 1864; XIV-XV, pp. 145-176, pli. LIII-LV, publ. 1864; XVI-XVII, pp. 177-208, pll. LXI-LXVIII, publ. 1865; XVIII, pp. 209-224, pll. LXIX-LXXI, LXXIX, publ. 1866; XIX, pp. 225-240, pll. LX XII, LX XIII, LXXVII, LXXVIII, rev. July 1867; XX, pp. 241-264, pll. LXXIV-LXXVI, LXXX, publ. 1869; XXI, pp. 265-284, pll. LXXXI-LXXXIV, rev. Jan. 1870; XXII, pp. 285-352, publ. 1871. Of the remainder of the work, I can find no complete data. Pp. 353-520 are dated (in the signature) 1881; 521-704, 1881-2; 705-916, 1881-3; 917-1060, 1881-4; 1061-1220, 1881-5; 1221-1570, 1881-6. The title-page of Vol. II is dated 1883 but was printed in 1886; that of Vol. III is dated 1885 and was printed that same year; the title-page for the fourth volume is missing. The Zoological Record lists Parts XXIII-XXVIII, pp. 353-755, under date of 1883, and Pts. XXXVI-XL, pp. 1165-1570, under date of 1887. The title-pages of II and III were, evidently, issued out of place, since they are inserts and contain directions to the binder for their insertion. The present copy has pages 757-972 bound in Vol. II, the title-page of Vol. II at p. 973, and all of Vol. IV in Vol. III. Sundevall, Carl Jacob. 1863. Die | Thierarten des Aristoteles | von den Klassen | der Saugethiere, Vdgel, Reptilien | und Insekten | von | Carl J. Sundevall | Custos des Zool. Museums in Stockholm. | Ubersetz- ung | aus dem Schwedischen. | Stockholm, 1863. | Bei Samson & Wallin. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-242. Stockholm. 1863 (circa March). A translation, into German, of the author’s “Ett férsdk att bestamma de af Aristoteles omtalade Djurarterna,’’ published in the Kongl. Svenska Veten- skaps-Akad. Handl., Bd. IV, No. 2, 1862,—a study of the natural history in the writings of Aristotle. A prefatory chapter gives a sketch of Aristotle’s life and a short review of those of his books which are cited in the following pages. The birds are treated on pp. 92-173. Most of Aristotle’s birds are at 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 611 least partially recognized in this work; a few remain unidentified. A preface (on the reverse of the title-page), signed by the publishers, is dated March 1863. Sundevall, Carl Jacob. 1866. Conspectus avium Picinarum | edidit | Carolus J. Sundevall | Custos Musei Zool. Stockholmiensis. | Stockholmiz 1866. | Samson & Wallin. 1 vol. ato (size of 8vo), pp. I-XIV, 11. (blank), pp. 1-116. Stockholm. A critical revision of the woodpeckers, based on Malherbe’s ‘Monographie des Picidées,’’ 1859-62 (q.v.), an index to which is included. Full descriptions are given of the species, tribes and genera, with the synonymies of the species and notes on their distribution. Sundevall, Carl Jacob. 1872-73. Methodi naturalis | avium disponendarum | tentamen. | Férsék | till | fogelklassens | naturenliga uppstallning | av | Carl J. Sundevall. | Stockholm, | Samson & Wallin, | 1872. 1 vol. 4to (size of post 8vo), pp. A-F (pref.), I-LXIX-+1 (introd. and transl. of pref. and introd.), 1-187-+1, 1*-12* (appendix), 1 pl. Stockholm. | An exposition of the author’s system of classification of birds. All groups from families upwards are characterized and the genera frequently are segregated into several groups of subfamily rank which are characterized but not named. Type species are cited for each genus and a certain amount of generic synonymy is given, with types cited for the synonyms. Numerous new genera and one new species are described in the work. The book was issued in two parts, the first of which appeared in 1872 and contained pp. I-XLVIII and 1-72 (Cf. Zool. Record, 1872.); the second completed the volume and appeared in 1873, having been delayed by the illness of the author. Mathews (Birds of Australia, Suppl. 5, p. 130, 1925) cites the date, Aug. 1, 1872, from the back of the original wrapper of Pt. I; he also gives the date of Pt. II as before June 12, 1873, but does not cite the source of this information. Sundman, Gésta. 1879-88. [Finska Fogelégg, Suomen lintuin munia. Helsingfors. 1879-88. | 1 vol. crown folio, (title and text missing), 25 pll. (col.). Helsingfors. A series of good chromolithographic plates of the eggs of Finnish birds. The work was issued in 9 parts with 3 pll. in each of Pts. 1-7 and 2 pll. in each of Pts. 8 and 9. The following dates are given by the Zoological Record. Pts. 1 and 2, 1879; 3 and 4, 1881; 5, 1883; 6 and 7, no dates but received by the Library of the British Museum in 1886; 8 and 9, 1888. Text by Johann Axel Palmén was issued with Pts. 1-5, in German and English [according to the Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History)] but the Zoological Record quotes only the Swedish title given above. The present copy contains only the plates and has the binding inscribed with the English 612 Fietp Museum or NaturAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. title, “Eggs of Finnish Birds | Drawn And Coloured By | G. Sundman.”’ The figures on the plates are named both in Latin and Swedish vernacular. Suolahti, Hugo. 1909. Die deutschen Vogelnamen. | Eine wortgeschichtliche Unter- suchung | von | Hugo Suolahti, Dozent an der Universitat Helsing- fors. | Strassburg | Verlag von Karl J. Tritbner | 1909. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXXIII+1, 1-540. Strassburg. A study of the derivations of the vernacular names of German birds. Susemihl, Erwin Eduard. 1845. See Schlegel, Hermann, Die Europdischen Tag-Raubvogel. Susemihl, Johann Conrad. 1845. See Schlegel, Hermann, Die Europdischen Tag-Raubvogel. Swainson, Charles. 1886. The folk lore | and | provincial names | of | British birds | by the | Rev. Charles Swainson, M.A., | Rector of Old Charlton; | Author of ‘‘A Handbook of Weather Folk Lore.’’ | London: | Pub- lished for the Folk Lore Society by | Elliot Stock, 62, Paternoster Row. | 1886. 1 vol. post 8vo, 11. (imprint of Society), pp. I-VIII, 1-243. London. A detailed discussion of the various vernacular names of British birds with respect to their origin and significance (including foreign terms for the same species) and of legends and superstitions connected with the various species. The book in its present form appeared in the ‘Publications of the Folk-Lore Society XVII. (1885.)” in 1886 but had been issued the previous year by the Dialect Society under the title of ‘Provincial Names and Folk-Lore of British Birds (Cf. Mullens and Swann.). Swainson, William. 1820-33. Zoological Illustrations, | or| original figuresand descriptions | of | new, rare, or interesting | animals, | selected chiefly from the classes of | Ornithology, Entomology, and Conchology, | and arranged on the principles of | and arranged according to their apparent affinities. (Ser. 2.)] | Cuvier and other modern zoologists. [Line omitted (Ser. 2.).]| By | William Swainson, F.R.S.,F.L.S. [Wm. Swainson, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Ser. 2.)] | Member of the Wernerian Society of Edinburgh, etc. [Assistant Commissary General etc., 4 lines (Ser. 2, Vols. I and II.); 3 lines (Ser. 2, Vol. III.).]. | Vol. I. [Vol. II.; Vol. I. aap (3) Rape 9 Cmte Bate 5) Ye HP ; bie at, Second series. Second series. Second series. ees) printed by R. and A. Taylor, Shoe-Lane: [printed by James Moyes, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER, 613 Greville Street; (Vols. II and III.); printed by R. Havell, Jun. Newman Street. (Ser. 2, Vol. I.); printed by W. J. Sparrow, Berners Mews, Berners Street. (Ser. 2, Vol. II.); printed by W. J. Sparrow, 3, Edward Street, Hampstead Road. (Ser. 2, Vol. III.)| | for Baldwin, Cradock, and Joy, Paternoster- [for Baldwin, Cradock, and Joy, Paternoster-Row; (Vols. II and ITII.); Published by Baldwin and Cradock, (Ser. 2, Vol. I.); Published by Baldwin & Cradock, Paternoster Row, (Ser. 2, Vols. II and ITTI.)] | Row; and W. Wood, Strand [and W. Wood, Strand (Vols. II and ITTI.); Paternoster Row (Ser. 2, Vol. I.); and R. Havell, 77, Oxford Street (Ser. 2; Vols. II and ITI.)]. | 1820-1 [1821-2; 1822-3; 1829; 1831-2; 1832.-1833 ]. 6 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-IX-+1 (tit., pref. and bibliogr.), 3 ll. (indices and addenda), 6 ll. (sectional titles and index for each!), 66 ll. (text), pll. 1-66 (col.; 10, 17, 22 and 29 unnum.; 2, 3, 4, 17 and 18 numbered by hand; 14 wrongly numbered 6). Vol. II, 4 pr. Il. (tit., ded. and indices), 6 ll. (sect. subtits. and indices), 1 1. (ad- denda), 52 ll. (text), pll. 67-119 (col.). Vol. III, tit., pp. V-X (pref.), 2 ll. (indices), 611. (sect. subtits and indices), 11. (addenda), 62 ll. (text), pll. 120-182 (col.; 126 and 180 wrongly numbered 128 and 179, respectively; 175 unnum.) Ser. 2, Vol. I, pp. I-VII+1 tit., ded. and pref.), 1 1. (index), 6 Il. (sect. tits. and indices?), 3 ll. (list of subscrs., index and bibliogr.), 44 Il. (text), pll. 1-45 (col.; I-3, 6-8, I1-13, 16-31, 34-35, 37, and 39-45 unnum.). Ser. 2, Vol. II, 5 ll. (tit., ded., pref., and indices), 46 ll. (text), pll. 46-91 (col.; 46-48, 52-56, 64-68, 73, 80, and 91 unnum.; 63, 78 and 81 are wrongly numbered 65, 79 and 83, respectively). Ser. 2, Vol. III, 5 ll. (tit, ded., pref. and indices), 45 ll. (text), pll. 92-136 (col.; 101 wrongly numbered 100). London. 1820-23 and 1829-33. A series of excellent hand-colored plates, drawn by the author, accompanied by descriptions of the species and some of the genera and more or less detailed discussions of the same. Many new names are used. The work appeared in parts but it is impossible to affix definite dates to these parts or even to give their exact number or content. Mathews (Austr. Av. Rec. 4, p. 23, 1920), on the authority of Sherborn, gives Oct. 1, 1820 as the date of the first number which contained 6 pll. This seems to have been followed regularly each month by similar parts, with contents as follows from data given by Sherborn (Index Anim., Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. CXX, 1922). Nov. 1820—Aug. 1821, 11 parts (6 pll. each), pll. 7-66; Sept. 1821, 1 part (5 pll.), pll. 67-71; Oct. 1821—Sept. 1822, 1Three sectional titles are the same as the title quoted above except for the volume-number which is replaced by ‘“‘Vertebrosa, Part I’; ‘Entomology. Part I’; and ‘‘Conchology. Part I.” *The sectional titles for the second series, although bound with the first volume, agree in lettering and date with the title- age of Vol. III from which they differ only in the substitution of * ‘Second series. The birds.’’; ‘‘Second series. The insects."’; and ‘ ‘Second series. The shells.’ ’ for ‘Vol. III. Second series.” No sectional subtitles were issued with Vols. II and III of this series. 614 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoorocy, Vor. XVI. 12 parts (4 pll.), pll. 72-119; Oct. 1822—Sept. 1823, 12 parts (5 pll.), pll. 120- 179; Oct. 1823, 1 part (3 pll.), pll. 180-182. Title-pages and indices appeared in the numbers for Sept. 1821 (probably Oct. 1822?), and Oct. 1823. The number of parts (37) thus agrees with a statement by Swainson in a bibliog- raphy which is given in Vol. I of the second series. The second series is even more in doubt than the first. According to Mathews (l.c.) it was announced to begin on February 29, 1829 (is this date possible?); 3 parts were reviewed as early as April but only 6 were published in all in that year, being reviewed in Febr. 1830. Four parts, including one with titles, etc., appeared in 1830, and succeeding parts were issued regularly for the first 8 months in 1831. From Sherborn (Index Animal. Sect. 2, Pt. 1, p. CXX, 1922) and from the indices of Vols. I-III of Ser. 2, which give the number of plates and the parts in which they appeared, the following arrangement ap- pears to be more or less accurate. Pts. 1-6 (5 pll.), pll. 1-30, 1829; Pts. 7-9 (5 pll.), pll. 31-45, 1830; Pt. 10, title-page and index (Vol. I) but no plates, 1830; Pts. 11-18 (5 pll.), pll. 46-85, 1831; Pt. 19 (5 pll.), pll. 86-90, 1832; Pt. 20 (1 pl.), pl. 91 and title-page and index (Vol. II), 1832; Pt. 21 (5 pll.), pil. 92-96, 1832; Pts. 22-29 (5 pll.), pll. 97-136, 1833; Pt. 30, title-page and index (Vol. III) but no plates, 1833. Swainson (Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. IV, p. 272, 1831) writing under date of Febr. 1831, says that Pts. 17 and 18 appeared about a month previously. To complicate matters, it is apparent, from a statement by Swainson in the pref- ace to Vol. III of Ser. 2, that a reissue was made of some of the earlier numbers of the work. An examination of the present copy reveals numerous plates in Ser. 1, Vols. I-III, and Ser. 2, Vol. I, No. 1, which are watermarked 184(o-1 ?; final numeral trimmed off). What changes, if any, may have been made in the reissues, I do not know beyond the fact that certain of the plates in the first series bear a date subsequent to that of their originalissue. The following cases have been noted. Vol. I, pl. 49, “‘21.3.1832.’’ Vol. II, pl. 100, ‘25.1. 1832”; pl. 115, “17/3/1832.” Vol. III, pl. 151, “1829 20 May”; pll. 154, 155 and 156, “1828.” On (advertising) p. 34 of Jardine’s ‘‘Naturalist’s Library” Ornithology Vol. II, dated 1833, there is a statement that the second edition of the first series of Swainson’s work would be ready that spring. This may represent still another edition than the one in hand. Of the 318 plates published in the work, 117 are ornithological. Ser. 1, Vol. I contained 24; Vol. II, 20; and Vol. III, 26 plates of birds, and Ser. 2, Vol. I, 24; Vol. II, 15; and Vol. III, 8 plates of birds. A curious error occurs on pl. 97 in Ser. 2, Vol. III, where Swainson, usually a most accurate draughtsman, represents a bird with its feet crossed in an impossible attitude. Swainson, William. 1829. See Cuvier, G. L. C. F. D., The Animal Kingdom, 1827-35. Swainson, William. 1831. See Wilson, Alexander; and Bonaparte, American Ornithology. Swainson, William. 1832. See Richardson, John, Fauna Boreali Americana .. . . Birds. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 615 Swainson, William. 1836-37. See Lardner, Dionysius, The Cabinet Cyclopaedia ... . On the Natural History and Classification of Birds. Swainson, William. (Jardine, William; Crichton, Andrew.) 1837. The | natural history | of the | birds of western Africa. | By | William Swainson, Esq. | A. C. G. [etc., 2 lines.]. | Vol. I [II]. | Illustrated by thirty-four coloured plates, | numerous wood- cuts, and portrait | of Bruce [Le Vaillant]. | The memoir by | Andrew Crichton, Esq. | Author of “The History of Arabia,” &c. &c. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square; | S. Highley, 32, Fleet Street, London; and | W. Curry, Jun. and Co. Dublin. | 1837. 2 vols. cap 8vo. Vol. I, 11. (list of vols. in set), 4 pr. ll. (various tits. ; 1 illum.), pp. IX-XV-+1, 17-286, 1 1. (advt.), frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-32 (col.; by Swainson), 9 text-figs. Vol. II, 11. (list of vols. in set), 4 pr. ll. (tits.; 1 illum.), pp. IX-XVI, 17-263, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-32 (col.; by Swainson), 9 text-figs. Edinburgh. Vols. VII and VIII, Ornithological Series (1st ed.), of Jardine’s ““The Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.); Vols. XI and XII in subsequent editions. Only English names appear on the plates, and all of the backgrounds have scenic details. Richmond (Auk, 17, p. 179, 1900) gives the date of Vol. I as March 1837. Swainson, William. 1837. See Lardner, Dionysius, The Cabinet Cyclopaedia ... . Ani- mals in Menageries. Swainson, William. (Jardine, William.) 1838. The | natural arrangement | and relations of the | family of flycatchers, | or Muscicapide. | By | William Swainson, Esq. | A.C.G. [etc., 2 lines.]. | Illustrated by thirty-three coloured plates, | with portrait and memoir | of Baron Haller. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square; | S. Highley, 32, Fleet Street, London; and | W. Curry, Jun. and Co. Dublin. | 1838. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 11. (list of vols.), 4 pr. ll. (tits.; 1 ilum.), pp. IX-XIV, 15-256, pll. 1-31 (col.; by Swainson). Edinburgh. Vol. X Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s “The Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.), becoming Vol. XIII in later editions (q.v.). English names but no localities are given on the plates. Plate 21 is missing. The memoir of Haller appears to be by the editor. {[Idem.] Another copy, complete. Swainson, William. 1841. A selection of the | birds | of | Brazil and Mexico. | The 616 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. drawings | by | William Swainson, Esq. A.C.G. | Fellow of the Royal and Linn. Societies of London [etc., 5 lines.]. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | 1841. 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. 1-4, pll. 1-78 (1, 13, 31, 48, 60, 69, 71, 72 and 74-78 num. by hand; 67 and 68 wrongly num. 72 and 73 respec- tively,- corrected by hand) (col.). London. A series of 78 hand-colored plates of Neotropical birds, with a list of species pre- fixed, giving English and Latin names. Most of these names also appear on the plates but pll. 48, 69, 70 and 73-78 have no Latin names on them, the names on pll. 6-8, 40, 41 and 58 havelbeen amended in the list, and the name on pl. 71 has been entirely changed. The work was issued originally in parts from 1834-36? Engelmann cites 7 parts. Pt. 1, containing 13 pll., is reviewed in Loudon’s Mag. of Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, p. 183, ‘“‘“March” 1834. Ridgway (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 50, Pt. 2, p. 56; Pt. 3, p. 529; and Pt. 4, pp. 471 and 542) quotes pl. 15 as in Pt. 2, 1834; pl. 37 as in Pt. 3, 1836; pl 48 as in Pt. 4, 1836? and pl. 53 as in Pt. 5, also 1836? Tschudi (Archiv. fir Naturg., Jahrg. II, I, p. 362, 1845) ascribes pl. 58 to Pt. 5, under date of 1841, but it is possible that Tschudi had a copy of the work similar to the one at hand which seems to be properly dated 1841, throughout. Swainson, in his “Animals in Menag- eries’’ (Cf. Lardner, Dionysius, The Cabinet Cyclopaedia, 1837.), mentions pll. 63 and 64 as though they were already published. This note, if accurate, would place Pt. 5 as of December 1837 or before. Coues catalogues a copy containing only 62 plates as comprising Pts. 1-5, Pt. 6 missing, but it is probable that this copy lacked, also, the last three plates of Pt. 5. The conclusion which seems most probable (but which needs confirmation) is that there were 13 plates in each of the six parts as originally issued. No text appears to have been published with the original edition, which bore as title, ‘Ornithological Drawings, being Figures of the Rarer and most In- teresting Birds of Brazil’ (Cf. Engelmann.) or ‘“The Ornithological Drawings of William Swainson - - The Birds of Brazil” (Cf. Coues.). The present edition seems to have appeared as a separate volume with a new title-page and with the addition of a list of plates, while the plates (at least in part) were newly printed. Several kinds of paper are used for the plates; pll. 74-78 are on thin paper which is mounted on some of a heavier quality; pll. 4 and 14 are watermarked “‘184-” (the final figure lost by trimming the plate). Quotations from the present work may properly be dated 1841. Engelmann catalogues both this edition and the original. Many new names date from the original work. Swainson, William. (Jardine, William.) 1844-64? [The Natural Arrangement and Relations of the Family of Flycatchers, or Muscicapide. | The | naturalist’s library. | Edited by | Sir William Jardine, Bart., | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | Vol. XIII. | Ornithology. | Flycatchers. | By W. Swainson, Esq. | A.C.G. [etc.]. | Edinburgh: | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York St., Covent Garden. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 617 1 vol. cap 8vo, 5 pr. ll. (illum. tit., tit., conts. and subtit.), pp. 17-256, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-31 asl: by Swainson). Edinburgh and London. (Date?). A reprint of Vol. X, Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s ‘The Naturalist’s Library, 1833-43 (q.v.). The plates have lost some of the marginal detail of the backgrounds, some of the legends appear to be re-engraved and localities are frequently added to them. The illuminated title-page bears the single imprint of Henry G. Bohn. Swainson, William. (Jardine, William; Crichton, Andrew.) 1844-64? [The Natural History of the Birds of Western Africa. | The | naturalist’s library. | Edited by | Sir William Jardine, Bart., | F.R.S.E. [etc.]. | Vol. XI [XII]. | Ornithology. | Birds of Western Africa - Part I [II]. | By W. Swainson, Esq. | A.C.G’ Edinburgh: : eek | W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James’ Square. [Omitted (Vol. II.).] | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York St., Covent Garden. 2 vols. cap 8vo. Pt. I, 5 pr. ll. (illum. tit., tit. and conts.), pp. 17-286, (frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-32 (col.; by Swainson), 9 text-figs. Pt. II, 5 pr. ll., pp. 17-263, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-32 (col.; by Swainson), 9 text-figs. Edinburgh and London. (Date?). Reprints of Vols. VII and VIII, Ornithological Series (1st ed.) of Jardine’s ‘“‘The Naturalist’s Library,” 1833-43 (q.v.). The gerieral typography is the same as in the first edition and the plates differ only in their poorer coloration and in having a slight amount of the background removed. The illuminated title- page of Pt. I bears the imprint of Chatto and Windus; that of Pt. II bears the imprint of Lizars and, furthermore, carries only the subject-title and gives no reference to ‘“The Naturalist’s Library.” Swann, Harry Kirke. 1913. A dictionary | of | English and folk-names | of | British birds | With their History, Meaning and first usage: | and the Folk-lore, Weather-lore, Legends, etc., | relating to the more familiar species. | By | H. Kirke Swann | Witherby & Co. | 326 High Holborn London W.C. | 1913. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-266, 11. (advt.), 8 ll. (blank, for memo- randa. London. An alphabetical list of nearly 5000 names including “book-names from past authors” and the’ “accepted-names of species” with the “provincial, local and dialect names in use now or formerly in the British Islands.” Folk-lore, legends, etc. are added in many cases and a bibliography is prefixed. Swann, Harry Kirke. 1915-17. See Grénvold, Henrik, Illustrations of the Game Birds and Water Fowl of South America. 618 FreLp Museum or NaturaL History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. Swann, Harry Kirke. 1916-17. See Mullens, William Herbert; and Swann, A Bibliography of British Ornithology. Swann, Harry Kirke. 1919-20. A | synoptical list | of the | Accipitres | (Diurnal Birds of Prey) | Comprising Species and Subspecies described up to 1919, | with their Characters and Distribution | by | H. Kirke Swann, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | Corresponding Fellow of Amer. Orn. Union. | London: | John Wheldon & Co., 38, Great Queen Street, | Kings- way, W.C.2 | 1920. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VI, 1-164, 2 ll. (add. and corrig.), pp. 15-16 (bis), 4 orig. covers (Pts. I-IV). London. An annotated list of species, with original references, diagnostic characters and notes on distribution. The work was issued in four parts as follows, according to the dates on the original wrappers which are bound with the work. Part I, pp. 1-38, July 1919; II, pp. 39-74, 15-16 (bis), 1 1. (add. and corrig.), Novem- ber 7, 1919; III, pp. 75-114, 1 1. (addenda, etc.), January 20, 1920; IV, pp. 115- 164, I-VI, March 31, 1920. A second edition (q.v.) appeared in 1921-22. Swann, Harry Kirke. 1919-20. See Mullens, William Herbert; Swann; and Jourdain, A Geographical Bibliography of British Ornithology. Swann, Harry Kirke. 1921-22. A | synopsis | of the | Accipitres | (Diurnal Birds of Prey) | Comprising Species and Subspecies described up to 1920, with | their Characters and Distribution | by | H. Kirke Swann, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | Corresponding Fellow, Amer. Orn. Union. | Second edition | revised and corrected throughout | London: | Wheldon & Wesley, Ltd., | 38, Great Queen Street, Kingsway, W.C.2, and | 28, Essex Street, Strand, W.C.2. | 1822. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-233, 5 ll. (add. and errata), 4 orig. covers. London. A revised edition of the “Synoptical List of the Accipitres,” 1919-20 (q.v.). Issued in four parts as follows, according to the dates on the original wrappers. Part I, pp. 1-63, Sept. 28, 1921; II, pp. 64-122, January 3, 1922; III, pp. 123-178, 4 ll. (addenda, etc.), February 16, 1922; IV, pp. 179-233, I-VIII, 1 1. (errata, etc.), May 20, 1922. There is also a limited issue of this edition in 4to, under the same date (q.v.). Swann, Harry Kirke. 1921-22. A | synopsis | of the | Accipitres | (Diurnal Birds of Prey) | Comprising Species and Subspecies described up to 1920, with | their Characters and Distribution | by | H. Kirke Swann, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 619 F.Z.S., M.B.0.U. | Corresponding Fellow Amer. Orn. Union | Second edition | revised and corrected throughout | London | privately printed for the author. 1 vol. royal 4to, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. ITI-VIII, 1-233, 5 ll. (errata, etc.), 1 1. (expl. of pll.), 4 orig. wrappers, 22 pll. (col.). London. Identical with the regular second edition in 8vo of the same date (q.v.), except for the size of the paper and the inclusion of a half-title, the colored plates and the leaf of explanation of the latter. The copy is No. 7 of 28 copies so issued. Dates on the wrappers are as in the regular edition. Swann, Harry Kirke. 1923. A bibliography | of | British ornithology | from the earliest times | Supplement | A chronological list | of British birds | by | H. Kirke Swann, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., &c. | Corresponding Fellow of Amer. Orn. Union | London | Wheldon & Wesley, Ltd. | 2, 3 & 4, Arthur Street, New Oxford Street | 1923. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XVII+1, 1-42. London. A list of the specific and subspecific names of British birds [based on Hartert, Jourdain, Ticehurst and Witherby’s ‘“Handlist of British Birds,” 1912 (q.v.)], arranged chronologically, with original references. The generic names employed in the list are catalogued separately in the same manner, and supplementary lists of discarded generic and specific names are listed with their established equivalents. The work is intended as a supplement to Mullens and Swann’s “A Bibliography of British Ornithology,’”’ 1916-17 (q.v.). The preface is dated “‘August 1923.” Swann, Harry Kirke. 1924-date. > Part I [II; II]; 1V; V] November 15th, 1924 [January 31st, 1925; May 30th, 1925; September 21st, 1925; January 25th, 1926] Price 26s. net | A | monograph | of the | birds of prey | (Order Accipitres) | by | H. Kirke Swann, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | Corresponding Fellow of the Amer. Orn. Union | Illustrated by Plates reproduced in colour from drawings made expressly for this | work by H. Gronvold, also Coloured Plates of Eggs, and Photogravure Plates | London | Wheldon & Wesley, Ltd. | 2, 3 & 4, Arthur Street, New Oxford Street, W.C.2 [Cover-titles ]. 5 parts (all issued to date) royal 4to. Pt. I, (cover tit.), pp. I-XI-+1, 1-52, 5 pll. (4 col., 1 of eggs; 1 photograv.). Pt. II, (cover tit.), PP. 53-124, 5 pll. (3 col.; 2 photogray.). Pt. III, (cover-tit.), pp. 125-196, 5 pll. (3 col., 1 of eggs; 2 photograv.). Pt. IV, (cover-tit.), PP. 197-276, 5 pll. (4 col., 1 of eggs; 1 photograv.). Pt. V, (cover- tit.), pp. 277-364, 5 pll. (4 col.; 1 photograv.). London. 620 FieLp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. The first five numbers of a descriptive and biographical account of all of the diurnal birds of prey, being issued in an edition of 412 copies. Swann, Harry Kirke. 1925. Two | ornithologists | on the | lower Danube | being a record of a journey to the Dobrogea | and the Danube Delta with a systematic list | of the birds observed | by | H. Kirke Swann, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | (Corresponding Fellow American Orn. Union) | illustrated from photographs taken by | J. H. McNeile, M.B.O.U. | London | Wheldon & Wesley, Ltd. | 2, 3 & 4, Arthur Street, New Oxford Street, W.C.2 | 1925. 1 vol. 8vo, 5 pr. Il., pp. 1-67, frontisp., 14 text-figs. London. A narrative of the experiences of the author and the photographer on a trip through portions of Roumania in April and May, 1925. An annotated list of birds is given on pp. 55-67. Swaysland, Walter. (Kearton, Richard.) 1883-(88?). Familiar | wild birds. | By | W. Swaysland. | [Vzg- nette.| | First [-Fourth] Series. | With coloured plates. | Cassell & Company, Limited: | London, Paris & New York [London, Paris, New York, & Melbourne (Vols. IJ-IV.)]. | [All rights reserved. ] | 1883. [No date (Vols. II-IV.).]. 4 vols. crown 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, 1-160, 40 pll. (col.; 36 of birds by Thorburn; 4 of eggs), 74 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-VIII, 1-160, 40 pll. (col.; 36 of birds; 4 of eggs), 74 text-figs. Vol. III, pp. I-VIII, 1-160, 40 pll. (col.; 36 of birds; 4 of eggs), 74 text-figs. Vol. IV, pp. I-VIII, 1-176, 40 pll. (col.; 36 of birds; 4 of eggs), 74 text-figs. London. Popular discussions of the habits of a large number of British birds with 144 chromolithographs of birds by Thorburn and 16 chromolithographs of eggs (some by “A. F. L.’’). At the close of each volume is a chapter on “Eggs and Egg-Collecting’”’ by R. Kearton. Only Vol. I is dated; I have taken the final date from Mullens and Swann by whom, also it is queried. Later editions are mentioned by Mullens & Swann without date. Sweet, Robert. 1823-29. The | British warblers, | An | account of the genus | Sylvia; | illustrated by | six beautifully coloured figures, | taken from | Living Specimens in the Author’s Collection; | with | directions for their treatment according to the | author’s method; | in which is explained, | how the interesting & fine singing birds belonging | to this genus may be managed, | and kept in as good health as any common | birds whatever. | By | Robert Sweet, F.L.S. | Author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | The Drawings by E. D. Smith, 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER,. 621 Artist for the Geraniaceze. | London: | published for the author, | by W. Simpkin and R. Marshall, | Stationers’-Hall Court, Ludgate Street. | 1823. | Tilling, Printer, Grosvenor Row, Chelsea. 1 vol. royal 8vo, tit., pp. 1-24, roll. (unnum.), pll. 1-16 (col.). London. A popular account of certain British warblers, with descriptions and notes on habits, methods of capture, behaviour in captivity, etc. The plates are hand- colored. There is some uncertainty as to dates of publication and manner of issue. Mullens and Swann note the existence of several copies with only six plates (as indicated on the title) and with abbreviated text; these may constitute an original edition. They also quote Neville Wood (Ornith. Text Book, p. 37, 1836) for inclusive dates of 1823 to 1832, and C. T. Wood (Ornith. Guide, 1835) for the statement that the work appeared in 3 numbers. In the Mag. Nat. Hist., I, p. 57, May 1828, Pts. I-III (including pll. 1-11) are reviewed and pll. 12-16 are promised to follow. The next year in the same journal, II, p. 50, March 1829, the work is noted as being complete with 16 pll. To confute this clear statement, pl. 7 of the present copy is on paper watermarked ‘'1829”’; this may indicate a re-impression. The work is rather rare. Sweet, Robert. 1853. See Bechstein, Johann Matthaus, Cage and Chamber-Birds. 1900. Idem. Swenk, Myron Harmon. 1904. See Bruner, Lawrence; Wolcott; and Swenk, A Preliminary Review of the Birds of Nebraska. Swinhoe, Robert. 1877. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. Syme, Patrick. 1823. A | treatise on British | song-birds. | including | observations on their natural habits, man- | ner of incubation, &c. with remarks on | the treatment of the young and | management of the old birds | in a domestic state. | With | fifteen coloured engravings. | John Anderson, Jun. Edinburgh, | 55, North Bridge-Street; | and Simpkin & Marshall, London. | MDCCCXXIII. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-VI, 11. (advt.), pp. 1-231, 15 pll. (col.). Edinburgh and London. Account of thirty-three British birds, illustrated by hand-colored plates. The author’s name appears at the end of the introduction which is dated July 15, 1823; the advertising leaf is dated October the same year. The book is scarce. Taczanowski, Ladislas. 1884-86. Ornithologie | du Pérou | Par Ladislas Taczanowski | Tome Premier [-Tome troisiéme; Tables] | Typographie Oberthur, 622 Fietp Museum or NaTurRAL History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. a Rennes, Faubourg de Paris [Typographie Oberthur, a Rennes (Vols. II and III, and Tables.)] | 1884 [1884; 1886; 1886]. 4 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., blank 1. and ded.), pp. ITI-VII+1, 9-541. Vol. II, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and blank 1.), pp. 1-566. Vol. III, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and blank 1.), pp. 1-522, 1 map (col.; fold.). ‘Tables’, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and blank 1.), pp. 1-218. Rennes. A most important monograph of Peruvian ornithology. Vols. I-III contain exceedingly detailed descriptions and synonymy, notes on habits from the field notes of collectors, and accounts of the distribution of each of 1350 species with the authority for the records. Vol. I (pp. 9-73) also contains topographical and distributional notes and accounts of localities visited by Stolzmann and Jelski. The fourth volume consists of synoptic tables to the genera and species treated in the work, and a Latin index to the first three volumes. The actual days or months of issue of the four volumes are doubtful; the years appear to be correctly stated on the title-pages. Vol. I is reviewed in the Ibis for Oct. 1884; II in April 1885; III in April 1886 and the “Tables” in January 1887. The book is indispensable to the worker in Peruvian ornithology. Tailor, J. (Post) 1728? See Ward, Thomas, The Bird-Fancier’s Recreation. Tait, William Chaster. 1924. The | birds of Portugal | by | William C. Tait | Fellow of the Zoological Society [etc., 2 lines.] | H. F. & G. Witherby | 326 High Holborn, W.C. 1 | 1924. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-260, frontisp., 9 pll., 1 map (col.; fold.). London. A popular account of the habits of a large number of Portuguese birds, with the local vernacular names of each, as well as the scientific and English names. An appendix contains a bibliography and a list of banded birds recovered in Portugal from 1910 to 1922. Taverner, Percy A. 1919. Canada | Department of Mines | Hon. Martin Burrell, Minister; R. G. McConnell, Deputy Minister. | Geological Sur- vey | William McInnes, Directing Geologist. | Memoir 104 | No. 3, Biological Series | Birds of Eastern Canada | by | P. A. Taverner | [Seal.] | Ottawa | J. de Labroquerie Taché | Printer to the King’s Most Excellent Majesty | 1919 | No. 1563. 1 vol. royal 8vo, tit., pp. I-III+1, 1-297, pll. I-L (col.; by F. C. Hennessey; on pp. 223-272), text-figs. 1-68. Ottawa. A catalogue of the birds occurring in Canada from the Atlantic Ocean to the “prairies north of the International Boundary.’’ General descriptions, diag- nostic characters, field marks, nidification and distribution are given, with 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 623 occasional accounts of habits and economic status. French and English ver- nacular names are cited. Taymur Mirza. (Phillott, D. C.) 1908. The | Baz-Nama-yi Nasiri | a Persian treatise on falconry | translated by | Lieut.-Colonel D. C. Phillott | Secretary, Board of Examiners, Calcutta [etc., 5 lines.] | London | Bernard Quaritch | 1908. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 4 pr. ll., pp. XI-X-XIV, 1-195, frontisp. (fig. I), text-figs. II-XXV. London. A treatise on falconry written in 1868 by Prince Taymur of Persia and translated, in the present edition, by Lieut. Col. Phillott who has added copious notes. Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 18(66?-) 67. The | poultry book: | comprising the | breeding and management | of | profitable and ornamental poultry, | their | qualities and characteristics; | to which is added | ‘The Standard of Excellence in Exhibition Birds,” | authorized by the Poultry Club. | By | W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., | Editor of [etc., 2 lines.]. | With | coloured illustrations by Harrison Weir, | and numerous engravings on wood. | London: | George Routledge and Sons, The Broadway, Ludgate. | New York: 416, Broome Street. | 1867. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. I--IV, 1 insert slip (errata), PP. 1-356, 30 pll. (col.; incl. col. tit.), 53 text-figs. London. A classic manual for the poultry-keeper. Each of the various breeds of fowls is taken up and discussed in detail. There is a manuscript note on a fly leaf, as follows,—‘Issued in 15 numbers, at 1/—each—, Jan: 1866 to March 1867,” —a statement which I am unable either to verify or disprove. Later editions of the work are numerous. Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1868. Pigeons: | their | structure, varieties, habits, and manage- ment. | By | W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., | Author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | With coloured representations of the different varieties, drawn from life by | Harrison Weir, | and printed in colours by Leighton Brothers. | London: | George Routledge and Sons, | The Broad- way, Ludgate. | New York: 416, Broome Street. | 1868. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (tit., pref. and conts., and introd.), pp. 3-190, 1 1. (advt.), 16 pll. (col.), text-figs. I-XII, 13 text-figs. (unnum.). London. A compendium of information relating to the various breeds of domestic pigeons, their origin, care and characteristics. 624 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1873. Pheasants | for | coverts and aviaries. | By | W. B. Teget- meier, F.Z.S. | (Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union), | author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | Illustrated with full-page engravings drawn from life | by T. W. Wood. | London: | Horace Cox, 346, Strand, W.C. | 1873. | (All rights reserved.). 1 vol. royal 4to, 3 pr. ll. (tit., pref. and conts.), pp. 1-124, 2 Il. (advt.), 11 pll., 17 text-figs. London. “A detailed account of the natural history, habits, food, and treatment of the various species of Pheasants.’’ According to a statement by the author in his preface, the work appeared in parts. There are several later editions under the slightly different title—‘‘Pheasants, their Natural History and Practical Management,” (Cf. ed. 1881.). Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1874. See Boddaert, Petr., Reprint of Boddaert’s Table des Planches Enluminéez d’Histoire Naturelle. Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1881. Pheasants: | their | Natural History and Practical Manage- ment. | By | W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S. | (Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union; General Editor of the Willughby Society.), Author of [etc., 2 lines.] | Second edition, greatly enlarged. | [Monogram.] | Illustrated with full-page engravings drawn from life | by T. W. Wood. | London: | Horace Cox, | The Field’’ Office, 346, Strand. | 1881. | (All rights reserved.). 1 vol. royal 4to, tit., pp. III-IV, 11. (conts.), pp. 1-142, 5 ll. (advt.), 13 pll., 25 text-figs. London. A second edition, without much change in text, of the author’s earlier ““Pheasants for Coverts and Aviaries,’ 1873 (q.v.). The plates are the same as are most of the figures, although some of the latter have been omitted and others added. There are several later editions under the present title. Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1881. See Blyth, Edward; and Tegetmeier, The Natural History of the Cranes. Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1882. See Lichtenstein, Anton August Heinrich, Catalogus Rerum Naturalium Rarissimarum, The Willughby Society. Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1896. See Morris, Francis Orpen, A Natural History of the Nests and Eggs of British Birds (Fourth Edition). 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 625 Tegetmeier, William Bernhard. 1897-98. See Butler, Arthur G., British Birds, 1896-98. Temminck, Coenraad Jacob. 1807. Catalogue | systematique | du | cabinet | d’ornithologie | et de la | collection | de | quadrumanes | de | Crd. Jb. Temminck. | Avec une courte description | des oiseaux non-decrits | suivi: | d’une néte d’oiseaux doubles et de | quelques autres objets d’his- toire | naturelle offerts en échange. | A Amsterdam, | Chez C. Sepp Jansz. | MDCCCVII. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 11. (errata), pp. 1-270, 1-34. Amsterdam. A catalogue of the author’s collection of birds and monkeys with descriptions of new species of birds and a list of the species of birds and mammals for exchange. Pp. 6-196 contain the systematic list of birds, with Latin and vernacular names and references to literature for the known species, and with vernacular names alone for the undescribed species which are not described here but noted, simply, as nondescript. The serial numbers of the author’s collection are given throughout. Pp. 197-270 contain the descriptions of the new species, but no Latin names are used. The species were afterwards named by a variety of authors, chief among whom was Vieillot who is said to have copied many of the descriptions of Temminck or to have based his names upon an examination of the same specimens used by the latter. Hartlaub in Jardine’s ‘‘Contributions to Ornithology” for 1849, published a review of the names given to the birds in this work, as, ‘“A Systematic Index to a series of descriptions of birds, published by C. J. Temminck,’”’ etc. The list of birds and mammals for exchange occupies pp. 1-34 at the close of the present volume. The Ayer Ornithological Library is indebted to Dr. Charles W. Richmond for the copy of this rare pamphlet. Temminck, Coenraad Jacob. 1809-11. See Knip, Madame, Les Pigeons. Temminck, Coenraad Jacob. 1813-15. Histoire naturelle générale | des | pigeons | et des | gallinacés, [Semicolon added (Vol. III.).| | par | C. J. Temminck, | Chevalier de 1’Ordre Impériale [etc., 5 lines. (Vol. I.); Chevallier, etc., 5 lines. (Vol. II.); Directeur de la Société, etc., 4 lines. (Vol. ITI.)). | ouvrage en trois volumes. | accompagné de | planches anatomiques. | Tome premier [-troisiéme]. | 4 Amsterdam, | chez J. C. Sepp & Fils, | et a Paris | chez G. Dufour, | 1813 [1813; 1815]. | Al’imprimerie de H. O. Brouwer, heerenmarkt [torensteeg, (Vols. II and IITI.)| | No. 5 [7 (Vols. II and III.)]. 4 Amsterdam. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. 1-16 (half-tit., tit. and pref.), 1-499+1, 1 pl. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-477+1, 1 1. (titles for 626 FieLtp Museum or NaturAL History—Zoo.toey, Vou. XVI. cover), pll. I-III. Vol. III, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-757-+1, 1 1. (titles for cover), pll. IV-XI. Amsterdam. A monograph of the pigeons and gallinaceous birds (as construed by the author). Vol. I, besides a preface and general introduction, contains the account of the pigeons,—a reprint of the text which Temminck had prepared for his illustrated folio that was stolen by Madame Knip (Cf. Knip, Les Pigeons, 1807-11.). Vols. II and III relate to the gallinaceous birds and contain an account which Temminck had in preparation for a folio but which he was deterred from publishing in that form by the misfortune he experienced with the volume on pigeons. A detailed statement of the transaction is given on pp. 640-644 of Vol. III. Numerous new names are used. Temminck, Coenraad Jacob. 1817. CC. J. Temminck, | observations | sur la classification métho- dique des | oiseaux, | et remarques sur l’analyse d’une nou- | velle ornithologie élémentaire. | Par | L. P. Vieillot, | Auteur de divers ouvrages d’Ornithologie, | et un des collaborateurs du Nouveau | Dictionnaire d’histoire naturelle. | A Amsterdam, | chez Gabriel Dufour, Libraire sur le Rokin. | Et a Paris, chez le méme, rue de Vaugirard, No. 34. | 1817. 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. 1-60. Amsterdam. A general essay on the classification of birds and a criticism of Vieillot’s ‘“Analyse d’une nouvelle Ornithologie élémentaire’’ of 1816 (Cf. reprint, 1883.). Temminck, Coenraad Jacob; and Laugier de Chartrouse, Meiffren. 1820-39. Nouveau recueil | de planches coloriées | d’oiseaux, | pour servir de suite et de complément aux planches enluminées de Buffon, | édition in-folio et in-4o de l’imprimerie royale, 1770; | publié par | C. J. Temminck, | Chevalier de l’Ordre du Lion Néerlandais [etc., 4 lines.], | et | Le Baron Meiffren Laugier de Chartrouse, | Chevalier de la Légion-d’Honneur, | D’aprés les Dessins de MM. Huet et Prétre, Peintres attachés au Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, | et au grand ouvrage de la Commission d’Egypte. | Vol. I [-IV]. | Paris, | G. Levrault, Libraire-Editeur, Rue de la Harpe, N. 81. | A. Strasbourg, méme maison, Rue des Juifs, N. 33. | et a Amsterdam, chez Legras Imbert et Comp., sur le Rockin, N. 139. | M. DCCC. XXXVIII. 5 vols. in 6, demy folio, Vol. I, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. 1-11-+1 (prospectus)!, 1-109+1 (table of plates)!, 1 1. (post- script)!, 119 ll., ror pll. (col.; by Huet and Prétre). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), 140 1l., 111 pll. (col.). Vol. III, 2 pr. Ul., 203 IL, 1Prospectus, table of plates and post-script are bound in a separate volume in this set although prospectus and table are included in the contents of Vol. I as given on p. 1 of the table. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 627 134 pll. (col.; 1 fold.). Vol. IV, 2 pr. IL, 151 Il., 123 pll. (col.; 1 fold.). Vol. V, 2 pr. ll., 206 ll., 122 pll. (col.; 3 fold.). Paris. Intended as a supplement to Buffon’s ‘“‘Planches Enluminées”’ (Cf. Buffon, His- toire Naturelle des Oiseaux, 1770-86.) which it follows in design and size, having appeared in large folio as well as in its present form. The “Tableau Métho- dique,’’ belonging in Vol. I, contains Buffon’s species and plates arranged in systematic order with those of the present authors. The work was issued in 102 livraisons, the earlier numbers being published by Dufour and d’Ocagne, the later ones by Levrault, from August 1820 to Jan. 29, 1839. G. R. Crotch (Ibis, 1868, pp. 499-500) published a list of dates for most of the livraisons, extracted from the “Bibliographie Francaise’ (=‘‘Bibliographie de la France” ?). Sherborn (Ibis, 1898, pp. 485-488) revised Crotch’s list, and Mathews (Birds of Australia, 7, pp. 468-471) added information secured from the ‘‘Bibliographie de la France.’’ Some of the earlier livraisons, recorded in the latter paper, seem to have been supplied to subscribers considerably later than the dates of their original issue, from which fact Mathews deduces a second edition of these numbers. Stresemann (Anzeiger Orn. Ges. Bayern, No. 7, pp. 54-55, Nov. 20, 1922) adds several dates not in the older lists. From the different sources, the earliest dates given for receipt or publication of the various livraisons are as follows. 1- Aug. 1820; 2- Sept. 1820; 3- Oct. 1820; 4- Nov. 1820; 5- Dec. 1820; 6- Jan. 1821; 7- Feb. 1821; 8- March 1821; g- April 1821; 10- May 1821; I1- June 1821; 12- July 1821; 13- Aug. 1821; 14- Sept. 1821; 15- Oct. 1821; 16- Nov. 1821; 17- Dec. 1821; 18- Jan. 1822; 19- Feb. 1822; 20- March 1822; 21- April 1822; 22- May 1822; 23- June 1822; 24- July 1822; 25- Aug. 22, 1822; 26- Sept. 1822; 2'7- Oct. 1822; 28- Nov. 1822; 29- Dec. 1822; 30- Jan. 1823; 31- Feb. 1823; 32- March 17, 1823; 33- April 1823; 34- May 1823; 35- June 20, 1823; 36- July 1823; 37- Aug. 30, 1823; 38- Sept. 27, 1823; 39- Oct. 25, 1823; 40- Nov. 1823; 41- Dec. 25, 1823; 42- Jan. 1824; 43- Feb. 28, 1824; 44- March 27, 1824; 45- April 1824; 46- May 22, 1824; 47- June 25, 1824; 48- July 31, 1824; 49- Aug. 28, 1824; 50- Sept. 1824; 51- Oct. 23, 1824; 52- Nov. 27, 1824; 53- Dec. 25, 1824; 54- Jan. 1825; 55- Feb. 26, 1825; 56- March 1825; 57- April 23, 1825; 58- May 28, 1825; 59- June 25, 1825; 60- July 23, 1825; 61- Aug. 27, 1825; 62- Sept. 24, 1825; 63- Oct. 9, 1825; 64- Dec. 21, 1825; 65- May 27, 1826; 66- June 10, 1826; 67- July 12, 1826; 68- Sept. 16, 1826; 69- Oct. 28, 1826; 70- Dec. 27, 1826; 71- Feb. 28, 1827; '72- April 25, 1827; 73- June 30, 1827; 74- Sept. 22, 1827; '75- 1827; 76- March 1, 1828; 77- April 23, 1828; 78- June 1828; 79- Aug. 1, 1829; 80- Sept. 5, 1829; 81- Oct. 1829; 82- Jan. 2, 1830; 83- Feb. 20, 1830; 84- May 8, 1830; 85- July 3, 1830; 86- Sept. 4, 1830; 87- Jan. 22, 1831; 88- May 14, 1831; 89- Feb. 11, 1832; go0- July 28, 1832; o1- Dec. 20, 1832; 92- July 26, 1834; 93 to 99- 1835; 100 to I10I- 1836; 102- Jan. 29, 1839. The publication commenced as a series of plates, and 20 livraisons appeared, without text other than the vernacular names on the plates, but (which is very important) with Latin and vernacular names and the habitats of the species printed on the wrappers (Cf. Vol. I, Prospectus, p. 8; also Sherborn, L.c.). Since there were changes made in parts of the text from time to time, as shown below, and since other irregularities exist, it is desirable to quote, wherever possible to obtain them, the names given on the wrappers. Sher born pointed 628 FireLtp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. out that the text to the first 20 livraisons appeared with that of the 21st livrai- son and that, thereafter, text and plates were issued together. In some cases, however, the text and the plate of certain species were not in the same livraison. Stresemann offers information tending to show that the first 20 livraisons of text were not issued simultaneously but that they appeared at various dates up to December 1823, but the data which he quotes are rather confusing be- cause of overlapping serial numbers. The original plan proposed 6 plates for each livraison, and, in most cases, this number seems to have been issued. The 1o1 livraisons (the 1o2nd con- tained only titles, table, etc.) contained only 600 plates, so it is apparent that there was a loss of 6 plates during the course of publication. An analysis of the livraison-numbers on the sheets of text shows a probability that livraisons 27, 63 or 64, 77, 94 and 1o1 each contained but 5 plates; that 75 or 76 contained 7 plates; and that 82 contained but 4 while 83 contained 6 plates, or that 82 and 83 each contained but 5 plates. There are indeterminate irregularities in the 87th to 89th livraisons, also. Exact calculation is impossible since some of the questionable plates are described in the same pages or paragraphs with other plates of the same species whose numbers are very widely separated, and the text was issued with these other plates. The following irregularities have been noted in the copy at hand. In Vol. I, the text to pl. 13, livr. 3, and in Vol. III, the discussion of the genus Pogonias in livr. 34, were suppressed and substitute sheets were published later which were given the original livraison-numbers. The dates of the reissues are inde- terminable as are the Latin name originally given to the subject of pl. 13 and the altered matter of livr. 34. In Vol. IV, livr. 43, the text to pl. 254 was sup- pressed and replaced by new text in livr. 95, correctly numbered. In Vol. II, the subjects of pl. 21 (livr. 4) and pl. 34 (livr. 6) are described on opposite sides of a leaf in livr. 4; in livr. 17 the text to pl. 98 alters the name first given on the wrapper which accompanied the plate, but the suppressed name is not quoted. The “Tableau Méthodique’’ of Vol. I, published in livr. 102, suppresses an earlier one published in livr. 87. Many leaves of text, dealing with species figured on two or more plates which are separated by a great interval of numbering, appear to have been issued with the first of the respective plates, but they dis- cuss the other plates which had not then been published; Vol. I, pll. 192 and 224, with text in livr. 33, presents a case in point. Sometimes the first plate came out without text but was discussed with a second plate in a later number. Absolute precision in citing names from the book will be possible only when a set of original wrappers is available for collation. Minor errors occur in the ‘“Tableau Méthodique’’ (where plate-numbers are wrongly quoted or placed in the wrong column) and in the numbering in the text and on the plates. Laugier’s share in the work is not clear aside from the fact that many of the specimens described are from his collection. Temminck is to be credited with all nomenclature (Cf. Vol. I, Prospectus, p. 9.).. The Prospectus which explains the nature of the work, is from the pen of Cuvier. An unnumbered page of Postscript, issued by Temminck with the rorst livraison, is dated August 30, 1836. A supplement is found in the ‘‘Iconographie Ornithologique” of Des Murs, 1845-49 (q.v.). 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 629 Temminck, Coenraad Jacob. 1820-40. Manuel | d’ornithologie, | ou | tableau systématique | des oiseaux qui se trouvent en Europe; | précédé | d’ une analyse du systéme général d’ornithologie, | et suivi | d’une table alphabétique des espéces; [Comma added (Pi. IV.).] [et | d’une table corrélative des matiéres contenues dans les quatre | parties de cet ouvrage; (Pt. IV.)] | par C. -J. [J. -C. (Pt. IV.)] Temminck, | membre de plusieurs académies et sociétés savantes. | Seconde édition, | con- sidérablement augmentée et mise au niveau | des découvertes nouvelles. | Premiére [-Quatriéme] partie.| A Paris [Paris (Pt. IV.)], chez Gabriel Dufour, Libraire [chez H. Cousin, Libraire-Editeur, Quai Voltaire, No. 13. Rue Jacob, No. 25. (Pt, IL): chez Edmond D’Ocagne, Editeur-Libraire, (Pt. IIL): 12, Rue des Petits-Augustins. H. Cousin, Rue Jacob, 25. Amsterdam, Ve Legras, Imbert et Cie. (Pt. IV.)] | Octobre 1820 [1820-1840; Avril 1835; 1840]. 4 vols. (pts.) post 8vo. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. I- CXV-+1, 1-439+1. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 440- g50. Vol. III, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. -LX XXIV, 1-305+1, 1-4 (advt.). Vol. IV, 2 pr. Il. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 307-691-+1, 11. (errata). Paris. A manual of European ornithology, forming the second edition of a work of the same title published in 1815 in Amsterdam. In the present edition two parts were issued in 1820; the third part, comprising a supplement to Pt. I, appeared in 1835 and the fourth in 1840,—the latter containing the supplement to Pt. II, a bibliography to Pts. III and IV, and a table correlating the matter of the whole work. Copies exist in which the second part contains a title different from that quoted above and it is possible that the one at hand is of later issue. Probably, only the title-page has been reprinted (publisher, printer and date are more or less in agreement in Pts. II and IV). Pt. I (pp. XLIV-XLVJ) contains a bibliography and (pp. XLVIJ-CXV) a detailed presentation of a general classification of birds. The latter is of considerable importance outside of European ornithology since it is not restricted to the European fauna and since it contains many new names. In Pt. III (p. LXIX) it is announced that illustrations of the species described in the present work are in course of publi- cation by Werner (J. C.). These illustrations were issued in 1848 under the cover title, ‘Atlas des Oiseaux d’Europe, pour servir de complément au Manuel d’Ornithologie de M. Temninck,” changed in a later issue and on the title-page to, ‘Les Oiseaux d’Europe”’ by Werner (q.v.). They were sometimes offered for sale in combination with Temminck’s ‘‘Manuel’”’ as a single work, but, although complementary, the two works are distinct. Engelmann cites the “Manuel” under dates of 1820, ’35, ’39 and ’40; the reason for the “39,” I am unable to determine. 630 FireLp Museum or Natura History—Zoovtocy, Vov. XVI. Temminck, Coenraad Jacob. 1838-43. See Knip, Madame, Les Pigeons (2nd ed.). Temminck, Coenraad Jacob. 1844-50. See Siebold, Philipp Franz von, Fauna Japonica. Temminck, Coenraad Jacob. 1848. See Werner, Johann Carl, Les Oiseaux d’Europe. Tennessee Ornithological Society. 1917. Preliminary List | of the | birds of Tennessee | 1917 | Com- piled by | The Tennessee Ornithological | Society | Issued by | The Department of Game and Fish | W. D. Howser, State Warden | Nashville, Tenn. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. 1-28, printed covers, 2 text-figs. Nashville. A preliminary list of the birds of the state, with tabular notes on the local abun- dance of each. Thayer, Abbott H. 1909. See Gerald H. Thayer, Concealing-coloration in the Animal Kingdom. Thayer, Gerald H. (Thayer, Abbott H.). 1909. Concealing-coloration | in the | animal kingdom | An Expo- sition of the Laws of Disguise | Through Color and Pattern: | Being a Summary of | Abbott H. Thayer’s | discoveries | By | Gerald H. Thayer | with an introductory essay by | A. H. Thayer | illustrated by | Abbott H. Thayer § Gerald H. Thayer | Richard S. Meryman and others | and with photographs | New York | The Macmillan Co. | 1909. 1 vol. 8vo (size of foliopost 4to), 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. VII- XIX-+1, 1-260, pll. I-XVI (col.; with printed guard-sheets), 58 pll. (uncol. with figs. 1-140), text-figs. A-C. New York. An exposition of Abbott H. Thayer’s views on the theory that almost all animals possess a “‘coloration that matches the background” and serves as a ‘‘device for the concealment of its wearer, either throughout the main part of this wearer’s life, or under certain peculiarly important circumstances.’’ The illustrations are designed to demonstrate the theory, and the colored plates were prepared by painting birds or other animals against a background in which the colors, or even color-patterns, of the specimens were reproduced. The work has been severely criticised and warmly defended. Among the important papers dis- cussing it may be mentioned the following. F. H. Allen Auk, 39, pp. 489-507, 1912. J. A. Allen, Auk, 27, pp. 222-225, 1910. Barbour and Phillips, Auk, 28, pp. 179-188, 1911. Fuertes, Science, 32 N.S., pp. 466-469, 1910. Roose- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 631 velt, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 30, pp. 119-231, r911. A. H. Thayer, Auk, 28, pp. 146-148 and 460-464, 1911; Auk, 30, p. 471, 1913; Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 31, pp. 313-321, 1912. Thetis et . . Esperance, Journal de Navigation autour du Globe de, 1837. See Bougainville. Thienemann, Friedrich August Ludwig. (Brehm, Christian Ludwig; Thienemann, Georg August Wilhelm.) 1825-38. Systematische Darstellung | der | Fortpflanzung | der Végel Europa’s | mit Abbildung | der Eier | im Vereine | mit | Ludwig Brehm | Pastor in Renthendorf | Georg August Wilhelm Thienemann | Pastor in Droyssig | herausgegeben | von | Fried- rich August Ludwig Thienemann | Med. Doct. und Inspector des Koniglichen Naturiencabinets zu Dresden. | I - V. Abtheilung.. | Mit XXVIII illuminirten Kupfertafeln. | Leipzig, 1838. | Verlag von Iohann Ambrosius Barth. 1 vol. (5 pts.) medium 4to, tit., pp. I-XII, 1-47+1, 1-76, 1-96, 1-54, 1-67, pll. I-X XVIII (col.). Leipzig. Descriptions of the eggs and nidification of European birds, with hand-colored plates of many of the eggs. At least one new name is used, Anser brevirostris, in Pt. V, p. 28. The work appeared in five parts although originally planned for six (Cf. Pref. p. VI.). Each part bears a title-page which is essentially that of the complete volume, with the exception of the number of the part, contents, plates and date which replace Il. 19-20 as follows. Erste [-Fiinfte] Abtheilung | Raubvégel - Krahenarten [Insectenfresser (Pt. 2.); Kornerfresser (Pt. 3.); K6rnerfresser. Sumpfvégel (Pt. 4.); Wasservégel. | Vom Herausgeber allein bearbeitet (Pt. 5.)]. | Mit IV [(Péts. 1-3.); VI (Pt. 4.); X (Pt. 5.)] Kupfertafeln. | Leipzig, 1825 [1826; 1829; 1830; 1838]. A small original drawing of an egg, signed by L. Thienemann, is pasted on the title-page of Pt. I. As noted, F. A. L. Thienemann claims entire authorship for the fifth part of the work. The other parts are probably to be ascribed to all three authors. The present copy is from the library of William Yarrell and contains the identification of the various figures of eggs written under each in his handwriting. A more elaborate supplementary work by Thienemann is his “Einhundert Tafeln,” etc., 1845-56 (q.v.). Thienemann, Friedrich August Ludwig. 1845-56. Einhundert Tafeln | colorirter Abbildungen von Vogel- eiern. | Zur | Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der gesammten Végel | von | Friedrich August Ludwig Thienemann. | Ausgearbeitet in den Jahren 1845 bis 1854. 2 vols. royal 4to. Text, pp. I-XVII+1, 11. (expl. of pl. IC), pp. 1-432. Plates, pll. I-C (89 col.). Leipzig. 632 FreLp Museum or Naturat History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. A work similar to the author’s ‘‘Systematische Darstellung,’’ etc., 1825-38 (q.v.), but of wider scope and not confined to European species. It was issued in 10 parts, the dates and contents of which are given as follows by the “Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History).’”’ Pt. 1, pp. 1-48, pll. I-X, 1845; 2, pp. 49-96, pll. XI-XX, 1846; 3, pp. 97-144, pll. XXI-XXX, 1848; 4, Pp. 145-192, pll. XXXI-XL, 1849; 5, pp. 193-240, pll. XLI-L, 1850; 6, pp. 241-288, pll. LI-LX, 1850; 7, pp. 289-336, pll. LXI-LXX, 1851; 8, pp. 337-376, pll. LXXI-LXXX, 1852; 9, pp. 377-432, pll. LXXXI-XC, 1852; ro, pp. I-XX, pll. XCI-C, 1856. An author’s note on p. III, dated October 1856, advises that ill health has interrupted the course of the work and that there are three plates yet unpublished and much of the text unwritten. The text on p. 432 stops in the middle of a sentence and was never completed. The title on the wrappers was “Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der gesammten Végel nach dem gegenwartigen Standpunkte der Wissenschaft.”” There are said to be new names in the book ascribed, erroneously, to other authors; Todirostrum mar- garitaceiventer is renamed Fluvicola margaritacea on p. 311. Thienemann, Georg August Wilhelm. 1825-30. See Thienemann, Friedrich August Ludwig, Systematische Darstellung der Fortpflanzung der Vogel Europa’s, 1825-1838. Thompson, W. 1805. See Girton, Daniel, The New and Complete Pigeon-Fancier. Thompson, William. 1849-56. The | natural history | of | Ireland. | Vol. I [-III]. | Birds, | comprising the orders [order (Vol. III.)] | Raptores & Insessores [Rasores & Grallatores (Vol. IJ.); Natatores (Vol. III.)}. | By | Wm. Thompson, Esq., | President [etc., 3 lines.]. | London: | Reeve, Benham, and Reeve, King William Street, Strand [Reeve and Benham, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden (Vol. III.)]. | 1849 [1850; 1851]. > The | natural history | of | Ireland. | In four volumes. | Vol. IV. | Mammalia, reptiles, and fishes. | Also | Invertebrata. | By the late | Wm. Thompson, Esq., | President [etc., 3 lines. ]. | London: | Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | 1856. 4 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XX, 1-434. Vol. II, pp. I-XI (b¢s= XII), 1-350. Vol. III, pp. I-VII+1, 1-491+1. Vol. IV, pp. I-XXXII, 1-516, 1 insert-slip (errata), frontisp. (portr.), 9 text-figs. London. A comprehensive discussion of all the birds of Ireland, with reference to habits and characteristics, is contained in the first three volumes. ‘The author’s evident intention was to publish similar volumes on all of the zoological groups, but his death in 1852 put an end to the project. His notes were bequeathed to Robert Patterson and James R. Garrett with the request to edit and publish them, a task which resulted in Vol. IV. The ornithology was completed in the three first volumes and is entirely from the pen of Thompson. The work is highly praised by Coues. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 633 Thoms, Craig L. 1920. See Over, William H.; and Thoms, S. Dak. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Birds of South Dakota. Thomson, Arthur Landsborough. (Thomson, John Arthur.) 1910. Britain’s Birds And | Their Nests: described | by A.Lands- borough Thomson | with introduction | By J. Arthur Thomson | Professor of Natural History, Aberdeen University | illustrated with 132 drawings in colour | by | George Rankin | London: 38 Soho Square, W. | W. & R. Chambers, Limited | Edinburgh: 339 High Street | 1910. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-X XVIII, 1-340, pll. 1-132 (col.). Edinburgh. A popular account of the habits of the birds which nest in the British Isles; published, according to the preface, mainly on account of the plates. Plates 94 and 100 are wrongly labeled and should be transposed. The introduction by J. A. Thomson occupies pp. VII-XXI and is entitled, ““The Study of Birds.’’ Thomson, Arthur Landsborough. 1910-13. See Kirkman, Frederick Bernuf Bever, The British Bird Book. Thomson, Arthur Landsborough. 1924. See Kirkman, Frederick B.; and Hutchinson, British Sporting Birds. Thomson, C. Wyville. (Finsch, Otto; Forbes, William Alexander; Gar- rod, Alfred H.; Salvadori, Tommaso; Salvin, Osbert; Saunders, Howard; Sclater, Philip Lutley; Tweeddale, Marquis of = Hay, Arthur.) 1881. > (Provisional Title) | Report | on the | scientific results | of the | voyage of H. M. S. Challenger | during the years 1873-76 | under the command of | Captain George S. Nares, R.N., F.R.S. | and Captain Frank Turle Thomson, R.N. | Prepared under the superintendence of | Sir C. Wyville Thomson, Knt., F.R.S., &c. | Regius Professor of Natural History [etc., 2 lines.] | Zoology- Vol. II. | Part VIII.- Report on the birds | Published by Order of Her Majesty’s Government | Printed for Her Majesty’s Stationery Office | and sold by | London:- Longmans & Co.; John Murray; Macmillan & Co; Simpkin, Marshall, & Co. | Tribner & Co.; E. Stanford; J. D. Potter; and C. Kegan Paul & Co. | Edinburgh:- Adam & Charles Black and Douglas & Foulis | Dublin:- A. Thom & Co. and Hodges, Figgis, & Co. | 1881 | Price Thirty-five Shill- ings > Report on the Birds collected during the Voyage of H. M.S. 634 Fretp Museum or Natura. History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Challenger | in the years 1873-1876. By Philip Lutley Sclater, M.A., P.H.D., | F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., Secretary to the Zoological Society | of London. 1 vol. royal 4to, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ed. note), pp. 1-166, pll. I-XXX (col.; by Smit), text-figs. 1 and 2, 7 text-figs. (unnum.). London. A series of 13 papers describing the ornithology of the Challenger expedition, under the editorship and partial authorship of Sclater and forming part VIII of Vol. II of the Zoology of the expedition under the general editorship of Thom- son. All of the papers, with the exception of Appendix I (“A List of Birds’ Eggs Obtained during the Challenger Expedition’’) were published previously in the Proc. Zool. Soc. London, some changes being made in the present re- prints. The authorship of each paper and the reference to its place of previous publication are given for each paper, except in the case of Appendix I. The plates are hand-colored and are very fine. Thomson, John Arthur. 1910. See Thomson, Arthur Landsborough, Britain’s Birds and Their Nests. Thomson, John Arthur. 1923. The biology of | birds | by | J. Arthur Thomson, M.A., LL.D. | Professor of Natural History in the University of Aber- deen | London | Sidgwick & Jackson, Ltd. | 1923. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XI+1, 1-436, pll. I-IX (1 col.), text-figs. 1-59. London. An important and authoritative essay on birds as animals; a study of their structure, habits and evolution in the broad relationship to other animal life and applying ‘“‘such biological concepts as adaptation, struggle, sex, heredity, variation, selection, and behaviour.” A short bibliography is appended. Thorburn, Archibald. 1915-16. British birds | written and illustrated by | A. Thorburn, F.Z.S. | with eighty plates in colour, showing over | four hundred species | in four volumes | Vol. I [-IV] | Longmans, Green and Co. | 39 Paternoster Row, London | Fourth Avenue & 30th Street, New York | Bombay, Calcutta, and Madras | 1915 [(Vols. I and II.); 1916 (Vols. III and IV.)] | All rights reserved. 4 vols. imperial 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, 1-142+1, pll. 1-20 (col.). Vol. II, pp. I-VI, 1-71-+1, pll. 21-40 (col.). Vol. III, pp. I-VI, 1-86+1, pll. 41-60 (col.). Vol. IV, pp. I-VII+1, 1-106+1, pill. 61-80 (col.). London. A series of artistic and accurate plates of the various species of British birds, accompanied by short accounts of each. The plates are excellent, although the crowding of many separate figures on some of them detracts a little from their beauty. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 635 Thorburn, Archibald. 1919. A naturalist’s | sketch book | by | Archibald Thorburn, F.Z.S. | author of “British Birds” | with sixty plates | twenty-four of which are in colour, | and thirty-six in collotype | Longmans, Green and Co. | 39 Paternoster Row, London | Fourth Avenue & 30th Street, New York | Bombay, Calcutta, and Madras | 1919 | All rights reserved. 1 vol. demy folio, pp. I-VIII, 1-71-41, pll. 1-60 (24 col.). London. A series of plates containing reproductions of water-color and pencil sketches made by the artist-author over a period of thirty years. The text consists of short explanations of the subjects, most of which are of birds. The work is of unusual value in showing variety of attitude and expression in studies of animal- life. Many of the sketches can be recognized in a more finished form in the various works illustrated by Thorburn. Thorburn, Archibald. 1923. Game birds and | wild-fowl | of Great Britain and Ireland | written and illustrated by | A. Thorburn, F.Z.S. | containing thirty plates in colour, showing | fifty-eight species | Longmans, Green and Co. | 39 Paternoster Row, London | New York, Toronto, Bombay, Calcutta, and Madras | 1923 | All rights reserved. 1 vol. medium folio, pp. I-VII-+1, 1-78-+1, pll. 1-30 (col.). London. A series of splendid plates accompanied by notes on the general habits of the species which are illustrated. Thrupp, J. Godfrey. 1888. See James, F. L., The Unknown Horn of Africa. Ticehurst, Norman Frederick. 1909. A history | of the | birds of Kent | by | Norman F. Tice- hurst, | M.A., F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | With twenty-four plates and a map | Witherby & Co. | 326 High Holborn London | 1909. 1 vol. royal 8vo (6% x 834), pp. I-LVI, 1-568, 24 pll., 1 map (col., fold.), 1 text-fig. (map). London. General accounts of each species of bird recorded from the County of Kent (and extralimital portions of Romney Marsh), England, giving biographical notes and distributional details, and with references to published records. Ticehurst, Norman Frederick. 1912. See Hartert, Ernst; Jourdain; Ticehurst; and Witherby, A Hand-List of British Birds. 636 FreLp Museum oF Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Ticehurst, Norman Frederick. 1919-24. See Witherby, Harry Forbes, A Practical Handbook of British Birds. ‘‘Tierreich, Das’? (Finsch, Otto; Hartert, Ernst; Hellmayr, Charles E.; Rothschild, Walter.) 1897-date. Das Tierreich. | Eine Zusammenstellung und Kenn- zeichnung der | rezenten Tierformen. | Herausgegeben | von der | Deutschen Zoologischen Gesellschaft [mut. mut.]. | Generalredak- teur: Franz Eilhard Schulze. | 1. Lieferung [mut. mut.]. | Aves. | Redakteur: A. Reichenow. | Podargidae, Caprimulgidae | und | Macropterygidae [mut. mut.] | bearbeitet von | Ernst Hartert [mut. mut.], | Direktor des Zoologischen Museums in Tring (Eng- land) [mut. mut.]. | Mit 16 Abbildungen im Texte [mut. mut.]. | Berlin. | Verlag von R. Friedlander und Sohn. | 1897 [mut. mut.]. A series of monographs issued at irregular intervals and still in course of publica- tion. Five numbers have appeared on birds, Nos. 1, 2, 9, 15 and 18, by Ernst Hartert (1897), Walter Rothschild (1898), Ernst Hartert (1900), Otto Finsch (1901) and Charles E. Hellmayr (1903), respectively. These parts are collected and bound in one volume in the present copy. Owing to separate pagination and various changes in title-pages, I have catalogued each monograph under its author (q.v.). Begun by the Deutschen Zoologischen Gesellschaft, the work was issued latterly by the Kéniglich Preussischen Akademie der Wissen- schaften zu Berlin. In addition to the title-pages (with alterations) as quoted above, each part bears an additional title-page with the same import but with the general title and the lines relating to editorship, etc., condensed while greater prominence is given to the individual title and author. Tischler, Friedrich. 1914. Die | Vogel der Provinz Ostpreussen | Von | F. Tischler | Ge- druckt mit Unterstiitzung durch die Provinz | Ostpreussen und die Physikalisch-Okonomische | Gesellschaft zu Konigsberg i. Pr. | [Cut.] | W. Junk | Berlin W 15 | 1914. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. 1-331, frontisp. (portrs.). Berlin. Accounts of the occurrence and distribution of 305 forms of birds found in the Province of Eastern Prussia (as delimited at the date of publication). A check- list of species and a detailed bibliography are prefixed. Toreen, Olof. 1765. See Osbeck, Peter, Reise nach Ostindien und China. Torrey, Bradford. 1885. Birds in the bush | by | Bradford Torrey | [Vignette.]| Boston | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | New York: 11 East Seventeenth Street | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | 1885. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 637 1 vol. 12m0, 3 pr. ll. (tit., quot. and conts.), pp. 1-300, 2 Il. (advt.). Boston. Popular essays on ornithological topics, containing much information derived from close, personal observation. Torrey, Bradford. 1901. Everyday birds | elementary studies | by | Bradford Torrey | with twelve illustrations in | colors after Audubon, and | two from photographs | [Vzgnette.] | Boston and New York | Houghton, Mifflin and Company | The Riverside Press, Cambridge | rgor. 1 vol. post 8vo, 3 pr. ll. (tit., conts. and list of illustrs.), pp. 1-106, 13 pll. (12 col.). Boston and New York. A series of pleasant, popular sketches of bird life, most of which relate to individual species. The illustrations are poor. Townsend, Charles H. 1887. See Healy, Michael A., Report of the Cruise of the Revenue Marine Steamer, Corwin. Townsend, Charles Wendell. 1905. Memoirs of the Nuttall Ornithological Club. | No. IIT. | The birds of Essex County, | Massachusetts. | By Charles Wendell Townsend, M.D. | With one plate and map. | Cambridge, Mass. | Published by the club. | April, 1905. 1 vol. imperial 8vo, pp. 1-352, frontisp., 1 map (fold.). Cambridge. April 1905. An annotated list of 321 species and subspecies of birds known from the region in question (not including one apocryphal species), with detailed notes on local occurrence, distribution, habits, and other characteristics of the various forms. A bibliography is appended. Trevor-Battye, Aubyn. 1895. Ice-bound on | Kolguev | a chapter in the exploration | of Arctic Europe to which | is added a record of the | natural history of the island | by | Aubyn Trevor-Battye | F.L.S., F.Z.S., etc. | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union | with numerous illustrations by | J. T. Nettleship, Charles Whymper | and the author | and three maps | Westminster | Archibald Constable and Company | publishers to the India Office | 14 Parliament Street, S.W. | 1895. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-X XVIII, 1-458, 25 pll. (1 fold.), 3 maps (col., fold.), 61 text-cuts. Westminster. A narrative of experiences and observations on the island of Kolguev. In addition to many ornithological notes throughout the text, an annotated list of birds 638 Firetp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vov. XVI. seen. or collected is given on pp. 418-440. The present copy is marked, ‘Third Edition.” Trevor-Battye, Aubyn. 1903. See Lilford, Lord, Lord Lilford on Birds. Trevor-Battye, Aubyn. 1913. Camping in Crete | with notes upon the animal | and plant life of the island | by | Aubyn Trevor-Battye | M.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., etc. | Including a Description of certain Caves and their Ancient Deposits | By Dorothea M. A. Bate, M.B.O.U. | With thirty-two plates and a map | Witherby & Co. | 326 High Holborn, London | 1913. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXI-+1, 1-308, 32 pll. (photogrs.), 1 map (col.; fold.), 1 text-fig. London. A narrative of the author’s travels in Crete. Incidental observations on birds are given in the general text, and an annotated list of species is added on pp. 257-263. Tristram, Henry Baker. 1884. The survey | of | western Palestine. | The fauna and flora of Palestine. | By | H. B. Tristram, LL.D., D.D., F.R.S., | Canon of Durham. | Published by | The Committee of the Palestine Explora- tion Fund, | 1, Adam Street, Adelphi, London, W.C. | 1884. 1 vol. medium 4to, 4 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit., conts. and list of pll.), pp. V-XXII (pref.), 1-455, pll. I-XX (13 col., by J. Smit; uncol. by R. Mintern; VII-XIII, col., ornithological). London. “A catalogue of all the known Vertebrata, Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca, and the Flora of Palestine.’’ The birds are discussed on pp. 30-139 and figured on 7 hand-colored plates (VII-XIII). The present copy is marked, ‘‘Special Edition. No. 125.” Tristram, Henry Baker. 1889. Catalogue | of a | collection of birds | belonging to | H. B. Tristram, D.D., LL.D., F.R.S. | Durham: | printed at the “‘Adver- tiser” office, 48, Saddler Street. | 1889. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-XVI, 1-278. Durham. A catalogue of a collection of over 17,000 specimens of birds in the author’s collection, arranged in systematic order, giving the sex, locality, date and collector where known. ‘The collection, increased by several thousand speci- mens, is now in the Liverpool Museum. Copy presented by the author to Sir Edward Newton. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 639 Trouessart, E. L. 1912. Catalogue | des | oiseaux d’Europe | pour servir | de complé- ment et de supplément | a l’Ornithologie Européenne | De Deg- land et Gerbe (1867) | par | E.-L. Trouessart | Professeur de Zoologie au Muséum National de Paris | Paris | Libraire des Sciences Naturelles | Paul Klincksieck | Léon Lhomme, Suc- cesseur | 3, Rue Corneille, 3 | 1912 | Tous droits de reproduction et de traduction réservés pour tous pays. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-X VIII, 1-545. Paris. A catalogue of European birds, arranged in two series, on opposite pages. The left-hand series, or page, gives the nomenclature adopted by Degland and Gerbe, “Ornithologie Européenne,” 1867 (q.v.), with page-references to that work; species or subspecies subsequently described are indicated but not named. On the opposite page, with corresponding numbers, modern classifi- cation is given according to Hartert, ‘‘Végel der Palaarktischen Fauna,” 1903- 22 (q.v.), with references to original descriptions, to Dresser’s ‘‘History of the Birds of Europe,”’ 1871-82 (q.v.), and to occasional synonyms, and with marginal notes on distribution; species or subspecies not given by Degland and Gerbe are briefly described or are characterized by a citation of their limited range, etc. Trumbull, Gurdon. 1888. Names | and | portraits of birds | which | interest gunners | with descriptions | In Language Understanded of the People | by | Gurdon Trumbull | New York | Harper & Brothers, Franklin Square | 1888. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-221-+1, 11. (advt.), 91 text-figs. New York. Accounts of 61 species of North American game birds with brief, general descrip- tions and notes on the various vernacular names applied to the species by hunters. A second copy is at hand, lacking the date on the title-page and slightly altered in binding; otherwise identical. Tschudi, Johann Jacob von. (Cabanis, Jean.) 1844-46. Untersuchungen | iiber die | Fauna Peruana | von | J. J. von Tschudi, | Doctor der Philosophie [etc., 2 lines.] | St. Gallen. | Druck und Verlag von Scheitlin und Zollikofer. | 1844 - 1846. 1 vol. imperial 4to, 3 pr. ll. (tit., ded. gnd pref.), pp. I-XXX (introd.), 1 1. (subtit. ‘“Therologie’”’), pp. 1-262, 1-316 (incl. subtit. ‘“Orni- thologie”’), 1-80 (incl. subtit. ““Herpetologie’’), 1-35 (incl. subtit. “Tchthyologie’”’), pll. I-XVIII (col.; Saugethiere; by J. C. Weber, L. Oppenheim, Jos. Dinke., Theodor Fischer, and Schmidt), I-XXXVI (col.; Végel; by Jos. Dinkel, Schmidt and J. Werner) 640 FreELD Museum oF NATurRAL History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. I-XII (col.; Amphibien; by J. Werner), I-VI (col.; Fische; by J. Werner). St. Gallen. A detailed discussion of the vertebrate fauna of Peru based on the author’s investigations during five years of travelin that country. The section on birds bears the following subtitle,—‘‘Ornithologie | bearbeitet | von | Dr. J. J. Tschudi | mit Anmerkungen | von | J. Cabanis, | Adjunkt am zoologischen Museum in Berlin | 1845 und 1846.” It contains a preface, a systematic list of species (pp. 15-56) and the general text, which includes descriptions of several new species by Cabanis. Most of the new species were described by Tschudi in the Archiv far Naturgeschichte, 10, Hft. 3, pp. 262-317, July 1844 and 11, Hft. 4, 1845. The entire work appeared in 12 Lieferungen, but there is disagreement among bibliographers as to the issue of the ornithological por- tions. Lafresnaye (Rev. Zool., 1848, p. 5, footn. 1) remarks that the figure of Scaphorhynchus chrysocephalus on pl. 8, fig. 1 of Tschudi was not accompanied by the description; this plate is given the date, 1845, on a following page (l.c., p- 7). Dean (Bibliogr. of Fishes, Pt. 2, p. 565, 1917), quoting Sherborn and the Isis, places 12 plates of birds in Pts. 3-5 issued in 1845, and 5 plates and all of the text of birds (including the conclusion of the mammals and all of the reptiles and fishes) in Pts. 6-12 issued in 1846. Sherborn (Index Animalium, Sect. 2, Pt. I, p. CX XIV, 1922) places pp. 1-32 of birds (with the end of mam- mals) in Pt. 6, 1846, and the rest of the birds (with reptiles and fishes) in Pts. 7-12, 1846. Engelmann includes pll. I-XVIII and pp. 1-32 of birds in Lie- ferungen 4-6, dated 1844-46, and adds 8 signatures (to p. 96) and 6 pill. (to pl. XXIV) in Lief. 7, dated 1846. Andreas Wagner (Archiv fir Naturg., 12, Hft. 2, p. 168, 1846) says that the 6th Lieferung appeared in 1845 and con- tained all the systematic list (to p. 56). Hartlaub (Archiv fir Naturg., 13, Hft. 2, p. 50, 1847) announces the appearance of the remainder of the text in 1846. Schomburgk (Reisen in Britisch-Guiana, Pt. 3, p. 500, footn., 1848) mentions p. 70 of Lief. '7 of Tschudi. It is evident, in any case, that the descrip- tive text relating to birds all appeared in 1846 with most of the plates. If pll. I-XII appeared in 1845, the fact does not affect nomenclature since all of the species there figured were described in the Archiv far Naturg., 10, Hft. 3, July 1844. The name on pl. I is suppressed on p. 87, footn. Tschusi zu Schmidhoffen, Victor Ritter von. 1877. Die Vogel Salzburg’s. | Eine Aufzahlung | aller in diesem Lande bisher beobachteten Arten, mit | Bemerkungen und Nach- weisen tber ihr Vorkommen | von | Viktor Ritter von Tschusi zu Schmidhofen, | Mitglied der allgemein deutschen ornithologischen Gesellschaft [etc., 5 lines.] | Salzburg 1877. | Herausgegeben vom Vereine fur Vogelkunde u. Vogelschutz in Salzburg. | Selbstverlag des Vereines. | (Preis 1 fl. Oe. W.). 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XXI-+1, 1-90, 1 1. (errata). Salzburg. An account of the birds of Salzburg, revised and enlarged from a series of con- tributions published the two preceding years in “Der Zoologische Garten,” Vols. XVI and XVII. FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVI, PL. XI. Peek DS or Heo tL O-T Hl AGN AND A PORTION OF THE ADJOINING COUNTIES, FROM MEMORANDUMS MADE BETWEEN 1845-1850, BY WILLIAM P. TURNBULL, GLADSMUIR, MEMBER OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. “ When snowdrops die, and the green primrose leaves Announce the coming flower, the MeRLe’s note, { Mellifiuotis, rich, decp-toned, fills all the vale, : And charms the ravished ear.” Grahame’s Birds of Scotland. Part II. | Zoology of the Boundary.] > United States and Mexican | Boundary Survey, | under the order of | Lieut. Col. W. H. Emory, | Major First Cavalry, and United States Com- missioner. | Birds | of the boundary, | by | Spencer F. Baird, | Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. | With notes by the naturalists of the survey. 1 vol. medium 4to, pp. 1-32, 1 1., pll. 1, 2, III-XXV (=25 pll., col.). Washington. The ornithological portion of the report on the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey, being the second article of Pt. II of Vol. II. The text consists of a list of the species and specimens of birds collected on the survey, with field 646 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vou. XVI. notes; the full report with descriptions, etc., was included in Baird, Cassin and Lawrence’s extended paper in Vol. IX of the Reports of Explorations and Surveys - - for a railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, published the preceding year (Cf. U. S. Pacific Railroad Surveys, 1858.). The colored plates, for which the present work is chiefly valued, were not included in the Pacific Railroad Survey report but were utilized, together with the plates from other parts of that work, to form the atlas accompanying Baird, Cassin and Lawrence’s ‘“The Birds of North America,” 1860 (q.v.). U. S. Pacific Railroad Surveys. (Baird, Spencer Fullerton; Cassin, John; Lawrence, George Newbold.) 1858. 33d Congress, Ex. Doc. 2d Session. mente No. 78. tions and surveys, to | ascertain the most practicable and economi- cal route for a railroad | from the | Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. | Made under the direction of the Secretary of War, in | 1853-6, | according to acts of Congress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854 and August 5, 1854. | Volume IX. | Washington: | Beverly Tucker, printer. | 1858. > Part II.- General report upon the zoo- ogy of the Several Pacific Railroad Routes. > Explorations and surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | Birds: | by Spencer F. Baird. | Assistant Secretary Smithsonian Institution. | With the co-opera- tion of | John Cassin and George N. Lawrence. | Washington, DC. |: 2858. I vol. medium 4to, pp. I-LVI, 1-1005. Washington. Reports | of | explora- The most important work on North American birds up to its date since Audubon and Wilson. The work consists of a critical, descriptive account of all the birds of North America, north of Mexico, and is not restricted to the species collected by the Pacific Railroad Surveys. Most of it is by Baird, but pp. 4-64, 689- 753 and 900-918 are by Cassin and pp. 820-900 by Lawrence. Pp. XVII-LVI were reissued, with separate title-page, in 1858 as Baird’s “Catalogue of North American Birds” (q.v.). The entire volume was reprinted in 1860 with few alterations and issued, together with plates from other volumes of the Pacific Railroad Survey reports, the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey, and other sources, as Baird, Cassin and Lawrence’s “The Birds of.North America” (q.v.) The present volume also exists as ‘(House of Representatives. Ex. Doc. No. g1.” U. S. Pacific Railroad Surveys. (Baird, Spencer Fullerton; Heermann, A. L.; Kennerly, C.B.R.) 1850. 33d Congress, Ex. Doc. “4 2d Session. ogre No. 78. tions and surveys, | to | ascertain the most practicable and econ- Reports | of | explora- 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 647 I omical route for a railroad | from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. | Made under the direction of the Secretary of War, in | 1853-6, | according to acts of Congress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. | Volume X. | Washing- ton: | Beverly Tucker, printer. | 1859. > [Report | of | Lieut. E.G. Beckwith, | Third Artillery, | upon explorations for a railroad route, | near | the 38th and 39th paral- lels of north latitude | by | Captain J. W. Gunnison | Corps of Topographical Engineers, | and near | the forty-first parallel of north latitude, | by | Lieut. | E. G. Beckwith, Third Artillery. | 1854. > Zoological Report. | Washington, D. C. | 1857.] > No. 2. | Report on birds collected on the survey. | By S. F. Baird. > [Report | of | explorations for a railway route | (near the thirty-fifth parallel of north latitude,) | from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. | By | Lieutenant J. C. Ives. | Corps of Topo- graphical Engineers. | 1853-’54. > Part VI. | Zoological Report. > Washington, D.C. | 1859.] > No. 3. | Report on birds collected on the route. | By C. B. R. Kennerly, M.D. > [Report | of | explorations for a railroad route | near | the 32d parallel of north latitude, | lying between | Dona Ana, on the Rio Grande, and Pimas villages, on the Gila, | by | Lieutenant John G. Parke, | Corps of Topographical Engineers. | Washing- ton, D. C. | 1855. > Zoological Report. | Washington, D.C. | 1859.] > No. 1. | Report upon birds collected on the survey. | By A. L. Heermann, M.D. > [Report | of | explorations in California for railroad routes | to connect with | the routes near the 35th and 32d parallels of north latitude. | By | Lieutenant R. S. Williamson, | Corps of Topographical Engineers. | 1853. > Part IV. > Zoological Re- port. | Washington, D. C. | 1859.] > No. 2. | Report upon birds collected on the survey. | By A. L. Heermann, M.D. vol. (pt.) medium 4to., tit.; pp. 11-16, pll. XII-XV, XVII, XXXII and XXXV (=7 pll., col.) (Baird); pp. 19-35, pll. XVIII-XX, XXII, XXVII, XXIX-XXXI, XXXIII, XXXVI and XXXVII (=11 pll., col.) (Kennerly); pp. 9-20+1 1., pll. I, IV and VI (=3 pll. (col.) (Heermann, -Parke’s survey); pp. 29-80, pll. II, III, V and VII-X (=7 pll., col.) (Heermann, -Williamson’s survey). Washington. 1859. The present volume is composed of the ornithological papers contained in Vol. X of the Pacific Railroad Survey reports, extracted and bound together with the general title to Vol. X. Vol. X was of composite structure, containing miscellaneous matter properly belonging to other antecedent volumes. Thus, 648 FreLp Museum oF Natura History—Zoo.oecy, Vou. XVI. Baird’s paper is a part of Gunnison and Beckwith’s report in Vol. II; Kennerly’s paper belongs to Ives’s report in Vol. IV; Heermann’s first article belongs with Parke’s report in Vol. VII; his second, with Williamson’s report in Vol. V. Regardless of the confusing dates on the titles and subtitles of the various reports, all the matter in Vol. X was published in 1859. The general title also appears as “House of Representatives. Ex. Doc. No. 91.” Uranie et Physicienne, Voyage autour du Monde, .. . Executé sur les corvettes de S.M. I -. 1824-26. See Freycinet, Louis de. Ussher, Richard John; and Warren, Robert. 1900. The | birds of Ireland | an account of | the distribution, migrations and habits | of birds as observed in Ireland, with | all additions to the Irish list | by | Richard J. Ussher | and | Robert Warren | including | An Introduction and Tables showing the Distribution of | Birds in the Breeding Season | With a Coloured Plate, Maps, and other Illustrations | [Monogram.] | London | Gurney and Jackson, I, Paternoster Row | (Successors to Mr. Van Voorst) | 1900. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-XXXI-+1, 1-419, frontisp. (col.), 6 pll. (photo- grav.), 7 text-figs., 2 maps (col.; fold.). London. A handbook of information relative to the birds of Ireland, containing the records and materials acquired since the publication of William Thompson’s ‘‘Natural History of Ireland,” 1849-56 (q.v.). Numerous collaborators are thanked for contributions, especially R. M. Barrington whose immediate activity in issuing another publication, ? ‘““The Migration of Birds, 1900 (q.v.), alone prevented his name from appearing on the title-page of this one. Most of the text is from the pen of Ussher; several articles are signed by Warren who, however, furnished abundant material for other portions of the work. Mullens and Swann record a large paper edition with portraits of the authors. Vaillant, Auguste Nicolas. (Eydoux, F.; Souleyet, Francois Louis Auguste; Blainville, Henri Marie Ducrotay de.) 1841-52. > Voyage | autour du monde | exécuté pendant les années 1836 et 1837 | sur la corvette | La Bonite | commandée par M. Vaillant | Capitaine de Vaisseau | Publié par ordre [Ordre (Aflas.)] du Roi [du Gouvernement (Vol. II and Atlas.)] | sous les auspices du Département de la Marine. [ | Histoire Naturelle (Ailas.)] | Zoologie | par MM. Eydoux et Souleyet, [No comma (Atlas.).] | Medécins de l’expédition. [Period omitied (Vol. II.)] | Tome premier. [Tome deuxiéme. | par M. Souleyet (Vol. II.); Atlas (Atlas.)] | Paris [Comma added (Atlas.).] | Arthus Bertrand, Editeur [Comma added (Vol. II and Ailas.).] | Libraire de la 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 649 Société de Géographie, rue Hautefeuille, 23. [21. (Vol. II.); no date (Atlas.).] | [de l’imprimerie de Crapelet, rue de Vaugirard, 9. (Atlas, only.) ]. 2 vols. royal 8vo (text) and 1 vol. superroyal folio (atlas). Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. I-IV (pref.), I-XXXIX-+1, 1-334. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll., (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-664. Atlas, tit., pp. 1-8, pll. 1-12 (Mammiféres; 8 col.); 1-10 (Oiseaux; 9 col.); 1-4 and 9-10 (Reptiles; 6 col.; pll. 5-8 not issued); 1-10 (Poissons; 10 col.); 1-5 (Crustacés; 5 col.); 1-2 (Insectes; 2 col.); 1-45, 15 bis, 23 bis, 24 bis, 24 A-E (Mollusques; 52 col.); 1-2 (Zoophytes; 2 col.); 1 (Vers; 1 col.) (=1o1 pll.; 95 col.; by Meunier, Werner, Prévost, P. Oudart, Z. Gerbe, Souleyet, Delahaye, Borromée, Riocreux, Vaillant, Lauret, Bevalet and Prétre). Paris 1841-52 (1840-66). The zoological portion of the report on the voyage of La Bonite around the world in 1836-37. The entire work (publ. 1840-66) comprises 15 vols. of text (in 11) and 3 vols. of plates, including a separate volume on Zoophytology (published in 1844) which is not included in the present set. The zoology was entrusted to Eydoux and Souleyet who began the preparation of Vol. I (in- cluding the birds). The death of Eydoux on July 6, 1841 (Cf. p. II of pref., Vol. I.) necessitated the completion of the project by Souleyet, in which he acknowledges the assistance of P. Gervais. The ornithological matter in Vol. I is contained on pp. 69-132, of which pp. 107-132 were supplied by de Blain- ville. A few species of birds are mentioned, also, by de Blainville on pp. III- IV in a chapter on “Instructions zoologiques relatives au voyage’’ and on pp. XIX-XXII in a general survey of the scientific results of the voyage. A num- ber of new species are described by Eydoux and Souleyet. The plates of birds are by Prévost. Vol. I is divided into two parts bearing the distinguishing signatures, ‘‘Partie I” and “Partie II.’ The first part (as so divided) includes pp. I-IV (pref.), I-XXXIX-+1, and 1-132, which just close the ornithological portion of the volume. The second part embraces pp. 133-334. Sherborn (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7, ser. 7, p. 391, 1901), quoting from the Bibliographie de la France, 18 Dec. 1841, Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1842 (Jahrg. 9, 2 Bd.), pp. 16 and 38, and l.c., 1843 p. 156, cites pp. I-XXXIX and 1-106 as of 1841, and 107-328 as of 1842. This division does not accord with the signatures in the volume while, on the other hand, additional evidence seems to point to the publication of pp. 107-132 with “Partie I” where they naturally belong. Wiegmann’s Archiv gives no references to pages of the ‘‘Voyage,” but (in 1842, p. 16) says that the part published includes the mammals and birds, while on pp. 84-85 of the same year an extensive review is given of the paper by de Blainville (on Chionis) which occupies the pages in dispute (107-132). In the next year, 1843, p. 156, the reviewer states that he has not seen the remainder of the zoology of the “‘Voyage” (which is here noted as published) and will have to postpone his review of it, accordingly. Evidently, pp. 107-132 could not have been among the portions included here and must have appeared the year before when it was reviewed. ‘Partie I’’ includes the preface (pp. I-IV) which is dated November 1841 and if all of ‘Partie I’’ appeared together, it fixes the 650 FreLp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. date of the ornithology of the voyage as between the first of November and December 18 of that year. The date on Vol. II is conceded to be correct by Sherborn (l.c.). The plates may have accompanied the text. Vallentin, Rupert. 1924. See Boyson, V. F., The Falkland Islands. Valli da Todi, Antonio. 1601. Ilcanto de gl’avgelli (sic), | opera nova | di Antonio Valli | da Todi, | dove si dichiara la natvra, | di sessanta forte di Vcelli, che cantano per esperien- | za, e diligenza fatta pit volte. | Con le loro figure, & vinti forte di Caccie, cauate dal naturale | da Antonio Tempesti. | Con Priuilegio diS. Santita per Anni X. | [Design.] | In Roma, Per gli Heredi di Nicolé Mutij. | Con Licenza de’ Superiori. M.DCI. [Title surrounded by ornamental border. |. 1 vol. demy 4to (7x94), 4 pr. ll. (tit., ded., papal privilege, pref.), 50 ll. (numbered 1-50), 4 ll. (unnumbered), 6 inserts (opposite 11. 3, 5, 6, 18, 35 and 37), 60 text-figs. +title-figs. and numerous initials and tail-nieces. Rome. A curious old work on song-birds and methods of catching and keeping them. The illustrations are all woodcuts, most of which are signed, “Iohannes Maivs.”’ Four illustrations are duplicated on regular leaves and five on inserts, one of the former being overprinted on a figure which, in turn, is duplicated on one of the inserts. One of the inserts is not elsewhere printed. These inserts appear to be proof-sheets since they have no lettering on the reverse (as in the copies elsewhere in the book) but often are backed by poor impressions of some other figure; they are pasted on blank sheets. The copy is beautifully bound in crimson morocco with gold tooling, the binding being signed by “‘Chambolle- Duru.” Van Dam, D. C. See Dam, D. C. van. Van Dyke, T. S. 1902. See Sandys, Edwyn; and Van Dyke, Upland Game Birds. Van Dyke, T. S. 1903. See Sanford, L. C.; Bishop; and Van Dyke, The Water-fowl Family. Van Hasselt, J. C. See Hasselt, J. C. van. Van Oort, E. D. 1918-date. Ornithologia Neerlandica | De | Vogels | van | Neder- land | door | Prof. Dr. E. D. Van Oort | Directeur van ’s Rijks 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER, 651 Museum van Natuurlijke Historie te Leiden | Erste Deel | Colym- biformes - Procellariiformes - Pelecaniformes - | Ardeiformes - Anseriformes | Met 87 gekleurde platen | [Design.] | ’S Graven- hage | Martinus Nijhoff | 1922. 27 pts. (work to be complete in 5 vols.) imperial 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-XII, 11. (errata), pp. 1-250, pll. 1-87 (col.; by M. A. Koekkoek), 2 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. 1-96 (more to follow), pll. 88-189 (col.). Vol. III, (no text yet issued), pll. 190-260 (complete?). Vols. IV and V, (no text or plates yet issued). The Hague. A monograph of the birds of Holland with full descriptions of the various plumages and detailed notes on distribution and habits. The plates are chromo- lithographic, with large, clear figures and are especially good in showing dif- ferent plumages. The work is being issued in parts, of which 1-26 have ap- peared as follows. Pt. 1, pp. 1-24, pll. 1-10 and Pt. 2, pp. 25-26, pll. 11-20, - 1918 (reviewed Orn. Monatsb. Nov.-Dec. 1918); Pts. 3-4, pp. 57-120, pll. 21-40, - May, 1919 (date given in Auk 37, p. 147 although included in the Zool. Record for 1918); Pt. 5, pp. 121-152, pll. 41-50 and Pt. 6, pll. 51-60, -(circa March) 1920 (reviewed Orn. Monatsb., Mar.-April, 1920); Pts. 7-8, pll. 61-80, -1921 (reviewed Auk, April 1921); Pt. 9, pll. 81-87, 91-93, -1921; Pts. 10-12, pll. 89, 90, 94, 98-100, 103-105, 107, I109-III, 114, 124-126, 131-133, 138, 144, 167, 168, 170-173, 180 and 183, -1922 (reviewed Auk, July, 1922); Pt. 13, pll. 88, IOI, 112, 113, 118, 123, 134, 135, 140 and 141, and Pt. 14, pll. 142, 143, 148, 149, 151, 155-158 and 178, - June 1922 (date on slip attached to wrapper); Pt. 15, remainder of text of Vol. I, pll. 95-97, 102, 106, 108, 115-117 and 119, -Nov. 1, 1922 (Cf. Auk, 40, p. 156, footn., 1923.); Pt. 16, pll. 120-122, 127-130, 136, 137 and 139, and Pt. 17, pll. 145-147, 150, 152-154 and 159-161, - Nov. 1922 (date in wrapper); Pts. 18 and 19, pll. 162-166, 169, 174-177, 179, 181, 182 and 184-189, - Dec. 29, 1922 (date in wrapper); Pts. 20-23, pll. 190-196, 209, 210, 215-232, 234-236, 238, 248-250, 252-256, 258 and 259, - Nov. 1923 (date in wrapper); Pts. 24-26, pll. 197-208, 211-214, 233, 237, 239-247, 251, 257 and 260, - Jan. 1924 (date in wrapper). Pt. 27 (? Not numbered.), pp. 1-96 of Vol. II, - Oct. 1925 (date on wrapper). According to a note on the inside of the rear cover of Pt. 27 (?), Vol. I is calculated to contain the groups of birds from the Grebes to the Ducks and Geese; II, Hawks to Snipes; III, Gulls to Woodpeckers; IV, Swallows to Larks; V, Waxwings to Finches. Van Pelt Lechner, A. A. 1911-14. ‘‘Oologia Neerlandica” | Eggs | of | birds | breeding in the Netherlands | by | A. A. Van Pelt Lechner | Member of the Board of the ‘‘Nederlandsche Vereeniging’ | (Netherland Orni- thological Society) | With 191 plates containing 667 objects of which 617 printed in colours and | 50 in collotype, taken from specimens in the author’s collection. | First [Second] volume | [Design.| | The Hague | Martinus Nijhoff | 1910-1913. 652 FiELD Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. 2 vols. demy 4to. Vol. I, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and conts.), 115 IL, pll. 1-99 (86 col.). Vol. II, 3 pr. Il, 89 ll., 1 insert-slip (errata), pll. 100-191 (89 col.). The Hague. A work on the eggs of the birds of Holland, of unusual merits. The plates consist of separate figures of single eggs mounted in panels with a very pleasing effect, and the representations are mostly very natural and accurate. The text com- bines the usual tabulation of nidification-data (placed opposite the respective plates) with a special study of the characteristics of the eggs of the different families (placed at the head of each family). This study embraces the texture, composition and pigmentation of the shell, the dietary and other causes for variation or peculiarity in ground-color or markings, and similar topics not usually discussed in oological handbooks. The work was issued in 7 parts, somewhat as follows. Pt. 1, pll. 1-10, 12,.13, 15, 16, 20, 23, 25, 27-29, 33-35, 37, 39-44, 46, 47, 76, 83 and 84, Sept. 1911 (reviewed Auk, Jan. 1912); II, (40 pll.?), r911 (Zool. Record); III, 36 pll., 1912 (Auk, July 1912); IV, (20 pll.?), Jan. 1913 (Auk, April 1914); V, (20 pll.?), Aug. 1913 (Auk, April 1914); VI, (20 pll.?), Nov. 1913 (Auk, April 1914); VII, 20 pll., Febr. 1914 (Auk, April 1914). The work was issued in an edition of 250 copies, 100 of which were printed in English (including the present set). Vega-expeditionens . . . . Bidrag till kinnedomen om Sibiriska Ishafs- kustens fogel-fauna. See Nondenskidld, Nils Adolph Erik von. Vennor, Henry G. 1876. Our birds of prey, | or the | eagles, hawks, and owls | of | Canada. | By | Henry G. Vennor, F.G.S. | Of the Geological Survey of Canada. | With 30 Photographic Illustrations by Wm. Notman. | Montreal: | published by Dawson Brothers. | 1876. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-VIII, 1-154, pll. I-XXX+XXVII (bis). Montreal. Brief descriptions of the species and detailed accounts of their habits, illustrated by photographs of mounted specimens. Vénus, Voyage autour du Monde sur la fregate La—; Zoologie. 1846-55. See Petit-Thouars, Abel du. Verreaux, Edouard. 1866. See Mulsant, Etienne; Verreaux;and Verreaux, Essai d’une Classification Méthodique des Trochilidés ou Oiseaux-Mouches. Verreaux, Edouard. 1873-78. See Mulsant, Etienne; and Verreaux, Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches ou Colibris. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 653 Verreaux, Edouard. 1879. See Mulsant, Etienne; and Verreaux, Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux-Mouches ou Colibris; Supplement. Verreaux, Jules. 1866. See Mulsant, Etienne; Verreaux; and Verreaux, Essai d’une Classification Méthodique des Trochilidés ou Oiseaux-Mouches. Verreaux, Jules. 1880. See Smith, Andrew, The Willughby Society, Sir Andrew Smith’s Ornithological papers. Verrill, Alpheus Hyatt. 1905. Addition to the avifauna of Dominica. | Notes on species hitherto unrecorded with | descriptions of three new species and a | list of all birds now known to occur | on the island. | By A. Hyatt Verrill. 1 vol. post 8vo, 19 ll. (?). Between Aug. 1 and Oct. 24, 1905. Part I contains a list of birds obtained and observed by the author from Jan, I, 1904 to Aug. 1, 1905, including only such species as were previously un- recorded from Dominica. Notes are given on the habits or occurrence of each species. Pt. II treats, similarly, those species, also formerly recorded, which were observed during the preceding year, and closes with a list of all species of birds known from the island. A third part, separately (sub)titled and, accord- ing to the errata, intended to be separately paged, contains the descriptions of three Dominican birds considered to be new,—Thalurania belli, Buteo (latis- simus) rivieret, and Septophaga (sic) (ruticilla) tropica. This pamphlet was privately printed without date or place of publication. The copy is reviewed in the Auk, 23, p. 236, April 1906, was noted as received Oct. 24, 1905. A more extensive paper on the avifauna of Dominica was published by A. H. and G. E. Verrill in the Trans. Conn. Acad., 8, pp. 315-359, pli. 1-3, 1892. Verster de Wulverhorst, A. H. 1844-53. See Schlegel, Hermann; and Wulverhorst, Traité de Fau- connerie. Veth, Pieter Jan. (Snellmann, Joh. F.) 1886. [Midden-Sumatra. Reizen en onderzoekingen der Sumatra- Expeditie, mitgerust door het (Aardrijkskundig) Gennotschap, 1877 - 1879, beschreven door de leden der Expeditie, onder tiezicht van .... P. J. Veth > Deel IV. Natuurlijke Historie. I. Fauna. Bijdragen tot de Kennis der Fauna van Midden-Sumatra.|] > Na- tuurlijke historie. | Eerste afdecling. | Zoogdieren en vogels, | door | Joh. F. Snellman. 654 Fre_p Museum or Natura History—Zoo.ocy, Vou. XVI. 1 vol. (pt.) demy 4to, pp. 1-58, 1 pl. (col.; mammal), pll. I-IV (col., by Keulemans; birds). Amsterdam. The ornithological and mammalogical portion of the Amsterdam Geographical Society’s report on central Sumatra, published in 9 vols. from 1881 to 1892. The present portion is part of Section 1 of Vol. IV, and is under the authorship of Snellman. Pages 30-52 are ornithological and contain an annotated list of the birds of the region under consideration. Vieillot, Louis Jean Pierre. 1800-1802. See Audebert, Jean Baptiste; and Vieillot, Oiseaux Dorés. Vieillot, Louis Jean Pierre. 1805 -? Histoire naturelle | des-plus beaux | oiseaux chanteurs | de | la zone torride: | par L. P. Vieillot. | A Paris, | Chez J. E. Gabriel Dufour, Libraire. | M. DCCC. V. 1 vol. royal folio, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-112, 52* and 52**, pll. 1-70, 28* and 28** (col.; by Prétre). Paris. Descriptions and colored plates of a number of tropical weaver-birds, finches, and tanagers. According to Engelmann, the work appeared in 12 livraisons from 1805 onward. The Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), quoting the Journ. Gén. Lit. France, credits Pts. 1 and 2 to 1805, 3 and 4 to 1806 and 5 and 6 to 1808, but the limits of the various parts are unknown. On p. 109 there is a reference to p. 239 of Temminck’s “Catalogue Systematique du Cabinet d’Ornithologie” (1807 q.v.) which contained a criticism of matter published on p. 58 of the present work; hence it may be inferred that p. 58 was included in Pts. 1-4 and that p. 109 was issued in or after 1807. On p. 110, Temminck is called the author of the “Histoire des Pigeons’”’ (Cf. Knip, Les Pigeons, 1809-11.) the first number of which appeared in 1809; hence the last number of the present work may be supposed to have been issued in 1809 or later. Vieillot, Louis Jean Pierre. 1807-(1809 ?). Histoire naturelle | des oiseaux | de | l’Amérique septentrionale, | contenant un grand nombre d’espéces decrites ou figurées | pour la premiére fois. | Par M. L. P. Vieillot, | continua- teur de l’Histoire des Colibris et des Oiseaux-Mouches; auteur de celle des Jacamars, | des Grimpereaux, des Promerops, des Oiseaux de Paradis, et de la plupart des articles d’Ornithologie | du nou- veaux Dictionnaire d’Histoire naturelle, etc. | Tome premier [second]. | A Paris, | chez Desray, Libraire, Rue Hautefeuille, No 4. | M.DCCC.VII. | De l’imprimerie de Crapelet. 2 vols. columbier folio. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. I-IV, I-90, 28*, 28**, 38* and 38*%, pll. 1-57, 2 bis, 3 bis, 10 bis and 14 bis 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 655 (col.; by Prétre). Vol. II, 2 pr. Il., pp. I-II, 1-74, pll. 58-124, 57 bis, 68 bis and go bis (col.). Paris. Descriptions of many North American birds, with hand-colored plates of most of them. Great uncertainty exists as to the dates of appearance of this work. Engelmann notes that it appeared in 22 livraisons of 6 pll. each, dating 1807 and “ann. suiv.’’ Richmond (Auk, 16, p. 327, 1899) gives Dec. 1, 1807 as the date of the first livraison. Sherborn (Index Anim., Sec. 2, Pt. 1, p. CX XVI, 1922) thinks that all of Vol. I should be dated 1807. Owing to the close approxi- mation of dates in Wilson’s ‘‘American Ornithology,” 1808-14 (q.v.), exact determination of the dates of the present work would be very desirable and may necessitate some changes of nomenclature when they are fully known. There is an undated, unsigned manuscript note pasted in the front of the copy at hand, purporting to be from Desray, the editor of the work, advising that 22 livraisons had been published and that he was no longer connected with the work and had no intention to continue it. The note further states that there were two formats, a “Jesus Velin’” and a “‘Columbier, aussi Velin,”’ of which latter there were but 20 copies including the present one. Engelmann cata- logues a format with black plates in addition to the two issues here mentioned. As regards the apparent incompleteness of the work, Vol. I, pp. III and IV, contains references to Vols. III and IV which were never published. Vieillot, Louis Jean Pierre. 1816. Analyse | d’une nouvelle | ornithologie | élémentaire, | Par L. P. Vieillot, | auteur de divers ouvrages d’ornithologie, et un des | collaborateurs du Nouveau Dictionnaire d’Histoire | Naturelle. | Paris, | Deterville, Libraire, rue Hautefeuille, no. 8 | De l’impri- merie de A. Berlin. | 1816. 1 vol. demy 8vo, tit., pp. 1-70. Paris. An essay on the classification of birds, with diagnoses of the genera and higher groups and the nomination of one or more species (usually in vernacular) for each genus. Many of the generic names are new and sixteen new species are described on pp. 68 and 69. The receipt of the work was acknowledged in the Bibliographie de la France on April 14, 1816, according to Mathews (Birds of Australia, 7, p. 472, 1919). The original is quite rare but has been reprinted by the Willughby Society in 1883 (q.v.). Vieillot, Louis Jean Pierre. 1820-23. See Bonnaterre; and Vieillot, Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique des Trois Régnes de la Nature, 1790-1823. Vieillot, Louis Jean Pierre; and Oudart, Paul Louis. 1820-26. La | galerie des oiseaux, | Dédiée a Son Altesse Royale | Madame, Duchesse de Berri. | Par M. L. P. Vieillot, | Continuateur de l’Histoire des Oiseaux dorés [etc., 4 lines.]; | et par M. P. Ou- dart, | peintre en histoire naturelle, [etc.]. | Tome premier [deux- iéme]. | Premiere et deuxiéme [Troisiéme, Quatriéme et Cinquiéme] 656 FIELD Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vov. XVI. Parties. | Paris, | Constant-Chantpie, Editeur, Rue Sainte-Anne, No 20. | 1825. 2 vols. foliopost ato. Vol. I, pp. I-V (half-tit., tit. and notice by ed.), 1 1. (ded.), pp. J-IIJ+1 (introd.), pp. 1-56 (Pt. 1), 1-344 (Pt. 2, index to Vol. I and errata), pll. 1-150, 152-198, 23 bis (col.; by Oudart; 2 fold.). Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-246, 1 1. (index to Vol. II), pp. 1-8, 1-4, 2 ll. (unpaged), pp. 1-3+1, 1-2, 2 ll. (unpaged), pp. 1-2, 1-2, I-3-+1, 1-3+1, I-2, I-2, 1-4, 1-2, 1-3+1, 1-3+1, 1 l. (unpaged) (=29 IL), pll. 199-301 (col.; 1 fold.), A-K, M, M(bis=L), N-V, X-Z, AA-HH (uncol.), 24 pll. (col.). Paris. Originally planned to give colored figures of all the birds in the galleries of the Paris Museum, accompanied by brief general accounts of each. Six livraisons were issued thus, with 24 plates by Oudart and with anonymous text which is probably also by Oudart since the dedication is signed by him. This original matter forms the variously paged text and the unnumbered plates at the close of Vol. II. The enormity of this project caused its abandonment and the substitution of a more modest program, with the writing of the text assigned to Vieillot, and livraisons 7-82 carried the work to completion. Considerable confusion exists as to the composition of the various livraisons, although the date of each is known with fair accuracy from the current numbers of the Bibliographie de la France, quoted by Mathews (Austr. Av. Rec., 2, No. 7, pp. 153-158, 1913). In general there were 4 colored plates to each livraison, but there were exceptions and the 33 uncolored plates of bills and feet (pll. A-HH in Vol. II) were distributed over the course of the work where their points of occurrence are uncertain. The citations quoted by Mathews give, in most cases, the number of plates to each livraison and sometimes indicate the appearance of a black plate, but the figures fail to agree with other known facts. Livraisons 34, 55 and 58 are said to contain double plates. The three double (or folded) plates of the work are 107, 192 and 204, and these are spaced so as to agree with each other and with the number of plates as given for the intervening livraisons. However, Mathews, quoting the “Bulletin Général et Universel” of Férussac, shows that Livrs. 26-28 contained Pil. 76-87 (in regular order, four to each livraison), and these figures will not permit the occurrence of Pl. 107 in Livr. 34 nor with Pl. 1 in Livr. 7. Livr. 16 is said to be missing from the set reviewed in the Bibl. de la France, so that the num- ber of plates contained in this part remains a matter for conjecture, as does the proper apportionment of some plates in every part thereafter. Further- more, it is impossible to correlate the number of plates in some of the livraisons with the number discussed in corresponding signatures of text, from which it appears that text and plates were not always synchronous and that a descrip- tion and name may have preceded the corresponding figure or vice versa. Irregularities in the bound copy are as follows. Parts I and II (Vol. I) are each paged separately; Pts. III-V (Vol. II) continuously, with the plates numbered consecutively from Pt. Ito Pt. V. Plate 151 is omitted and 23 bis added. Pl. 300 occurs between 232 and 233 and 301 between 292 and 293. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 657 Vieillot, Louis Jean Pierre. (Saunders, Howard, ed.) 1883. The Willughby Society. | Vieillot’s | Analyse | d’une | Nou- velle Ornithologie Elémentaire. | [Vignette.] | Edited by | Howard Saunders, F.L.S., F.Z.S. | London: MDCCCLXXXIII. } , | Par L. P. Vieillot, | auteur [etc., 3 lines.]. | Paris, | Deterville, Libraire, rue Hautefeuille, no. 8. | De l’imprimerie de A. Belin. | 1816. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-IV, “‘tit., pp. 1-70.”” “‘Paris. 1816.” London. 1883. A copy of the original work of 1816 (q.v.), reprinted verbatim, including all typographical errors. The preface, by the editor, contains a brief account of Vieillot. Vigors, Nicholas Aylward. 1832. See Gould, John, A Century of Birds from the Himalaya Mountains. Vigors, Nicholas Aylward. 1839. See Beechey, Frederick W., The Zoology of Captain Beechey’s Voyage. Vines, Stuart. 1899. See Fitz Gerald, Edward A.; and Vines, The Highest Andes. Virey, J. J. 1800-05. See Buffon, George L. L., Histoire Naturelle, Générele et Particuliere. Visger, Mrs. Owen. See Owen, Jean A. Voigt, Friedrich Siegfried. 1831-43. See Cuvier, Georges L. C. F. D., Das Thierreich. Vosmaer, Arnout. 1758. See Moehring, P. H. G., Geslachten der Vogelen. Vosmaer, Arnout. 1804. Description | d’un | recueil exquis | d’animaux rares, | Con- sistant en | quadrupedes, oiseaux et serpents, | des Index orientales, et occidentales. | S’ayant trouvés ci devant vivants aux Ménageries appartenantes a son Altesse | Monseigneur le Prince D’Orange- Nassau. | Par feu Mr. | A. Vosmaer, | De sa vie Conseilleur de S.A.S., Directeur de son Cabinet [etc., 5 lines.] | Avec Figures 658 FreL>D Museum or Naturat History—Zoo toecy, Vou. XVI. dessinées et enluminées d’aprés Nature. | A Amsterdam, chez | J. B. Elwe, | MDCCCIV. 1 vol. demy 4to, pp. I-VI, 11. (conts.), pp. 1-15-++1, 1-8, 1-8, I-11-+1, I-12, I-I9+1, 1-6, I-6, I-6, I-10, I-10, I-6, 1-6, I-23+1, 1-14 (12 wrongly num. 24), 1-2, 1-13+1, 1-14, I-11+1, 1-46 (end of Mam- mals), 1-8, 1-9+1, 1-6, I-7+1, 1-7+1, I-7+1, I-10, 1-8, I-11-+1, 1-8 (end of Birds), 1-20, 1-8, 1-8 (end of Reptiles), illum. tit., pll. I-XXI+1 (Mammals; col.; I-IV unnum.;), I-X (Birds; col.; I-III unnum.), Ia, Ib and II (Reptiles; col.) Plates by A. Schouman, G. Hasbroek, van Noorden, P. C. Haag, G. van den Keurel and C. van Kuik.). Amsterdam. A posthumous edition of Vosmaer’s writings, consisting of 20 papers on mammals 10 on birds and 3 on reptiles, each with separate (original) pagination and title-pages, and provided with a covering title, preface and list of contents. The ornithological matter consists of the following papers. ‘“Trompette Ameri- cain” 1768, “Alcyon d’Amerique, a longue queué,’’ 1768, “‘Petits Alcyons des Indes Orientales” 1768, ““Grive d’Amerique, nommée Quereiva’’ 1769, “‘Coq- des-Roches Americain’’ 1769, “‘Perroquet des Indes, nommé Lory Rouge- pourpré” 1769, “Oiseau de Proie, nommé le Sagittaire’”’ 1769, “Pigeon Canelle de Ceilon” 1805, and “Courli Africain” 1805. Voyages. Astrolabe. See Dumont D’Urville, Jules Sebastien César, 1830-35. Astrolabe and Zélée. See Dumont D’Urville, J. S. C., 1842-54. Beagle, See Darwin, Charles, 1838-44. Blossom. See Beechey, Frederick William, 1839. Bonite, La. See Vaillant, Auguste Nicolas, 1841-52. Challenger. See Thomson, C. Wyville, 1881. Coquille, La. See Duperrey, Louis Isidore, 1826-30. Idem. See Lesson, René Primevére, 1839. Curacgoa. See Brenchley, Julius Lucius, 1873. Corwin. See Healy, Michael A., 1887. Erebus and Terror. See Richardson, John; and Gray, John Edward, 1844-75. Favorite, La. See Laplace, Cyrille Pierre Théodore, 1839. Hecla and Fury. See Parry, William Edward, 1826. King George and Queen Charlotte. See Portlock, Nathaniel, 1826. King George and Queen Charlotte. See Dixon, George, 1826. Marchesa. See Guillemard, Francis Henry Hill, 1886. Novara. See Willerstorf-Urbair, B. von, 1865. Sulphur. See Hinds, Richard Brinsley, 1843-44. Thétis and Espérance. See Bougainville, Louis Antoine, 1837. Uranie and Physicienne. See Freycinet, Louis de, 1824-26. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 659 Vega. See Nordenskidld, Nils Adolph Erik von, 1887. Vénus. See Petit-Thouars, Abel Aubert du, 1846-55. Voyage dans l’Inde par Victor Jacquemont. See Geoffroy Saint- Hilaire, Isidore, 1842(?)-43. Wagler, Johann Georg. 1827. Systema avium. | Auctor | Dr. Joannes Wagler. | Pars prima. | Stuttgartiae et Tubingae | Su tibus J. G. Cottae. MDCCCXXVII. 1 vol. cap 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), 14 ll. (pref.), rgo0 ll. Stuttgart and Tubingen. A descriptive catalogue of genera and species of birds, with synonymies and notes on the distribution of many forms. Numerous new genera and species are described herein. The work was never completed, there is no index, and the various genera with their included species, are not in systematic or alphabetical order. The last three leaves contain addenda. Wagler, Johann Georg. 1832. Monographia | Psittacorum. | Auctor | Wagler. 1 vol. demy 4to, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., pref.), pp. 469-750 [pll. XXII- XXVII missing; col.]. Munich. A monograph of the parrots, with descriptions of many new genera and species. The work appeared originally in the Abhandlungen der kénigl. Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-physikal. Classe, 1, 1832. Coues and Engelmann quote the Denkschriften der Konigl. Akad. der Wiss. zu Munchen, 1, 1832, but Vol. 1 of that publication appeared in 1808 and the preface to the present work is dated Christmas 1830. The colored plates, missing from the present copy, are listed by Coues. A separate edition is listed by the Catalogue of the Library of the British Museum (Natural History) under date of 1835, apparently separately paged; the copy at hand has the original pagination. Wagler, Johann Georg. (Sclater, Philip Lutley, ed.) 1884. The Willughby Society. | Wagler’s | six ornithological mem- oirs | from the ‘Isis.’ | [Vignette.] | Edited by | P. L. Sclater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., | Secretary to the Zoological Society of London. | London: MDCCCLXXXIV. 1 vol. 4to (size of royal 8vo), pp. I-IV, 1 1. (conts.), pp. 1-137+1 (1-132 with original miscellaneous paging also given), 1 1. (advt.), London. A reprint (with “corrections of a few very obvious misprints’’) of six ornithological contributions published by Wagler in the “Isis’’ from 1829-32, republished by The Willughby Society (q.y.) on account of the rarity of the originals. The six papers are as follows: 660 FieLp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oecy, Vor. XVI. Beytrage und Bemerkungen zu dem ersten Bande seines Systema Avium. Isis, 1829, Heft 5, pp. 505-519; idem, Fortsetzung I, l.c., Heft 6, pp. 645-664; idem, Fortsetzung III, l.c., Heft 7, pp. 736-762. Revisio generis Pipra. L.c., 1830, Heft 9, pp. 928-943. Revisio generis Penelope. L.c. 1830, Heft 11, pp. 1109-1112. Einige Mittheilungen ttber Thiere Mexicos, von Wagler. L.c., 1831, Heft 4, PP- 510-553. Mittheilungen tiber einige merkwtrdige Thiere von Wagler. L.c. 1832, Heft 3, PP. 275-282. Neue Sippen und Gattungen der Saugethiere und Végel, von Wagler. L.c., Heft 11, pp. 1218-1235. The editor’s preface of the reprint contains a short account of the author. Wagner, Rudolf. 1847. See Gould, John, J. Gould’s Monographie der Ramphastiden, 1841-47. Wait, Walter Ernest. 1925. Ceylon Journal of Science | Manual | of the | birds of Ceylon | by | W. E. Wait, M.A., (Edin), F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | Ceylon Civil Service | 1925 | Ceylon. | The Director, Colombo Museum. | London. | Dulau & Co., Ltd., 34, Margaret St, Cavendish Sq., W. 1. | Price Rs. 10/- or, in England, 15/-. 1 vol. demy 4to, 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and conts.), pp. 1-496, 20 printed guard-sheets (expl. of pll.), pll. I-X-X, 1 map (fold.), 1 text- fig. Colombo. A well written manual of the subject, which presents ‘‘a classification and nom- enclature, as far up to date as possible, of all the birds which have been found in the Island; giving at the same time brief statements of their description, distri- bution, habits and nidification. Vernacular names are given where known. Artificial keys to the species of the various families, subfamilies or “‘groups’’ are supplied, and a glossary of technical terms is added. The plates are half-tone reproductions of drawings, each illustrating three species. The work adopts modern trinomial nomenclature. Walden, Viscount. See Hay, Arthur. Walcott, John. 1789. Synopsis | of | British birds. | By John Walcott, Esq. | [Quot., 3 lines.]. | London: | Printed by W. Justins, Shoemaker Row, Blackfriars, | For the author: | And sold by Mess. White and Son, Fleet Street; | Robson and Clarke, New-Bond Street; | And J. Mathews, Strand. | M,DCC,LXXXIX. 2 vols. in 1 vol., cap 4to. Vol. I, 148 1l., 121 text-figs. Vol. II, 167 11., 134 text-figs. London. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 661 Descriptions of the appearance and habits of 255 British birds, illustrated by copper-plate engravings of each. One leaf is devoted to each subject, printed on one side only, with text on the lower half of the page and the engravingabove. Diagnostic characters of genera and orders are given on interpolated leaves, with the addition of a preface in Vol. I. The title-pages are identical in both volumes. The drawings, with a few exceptions “copied from Brisson, and others”, are original, 200 of them from specimens taken by the author, the remainder from specimens in the collections of Parkinson and Latham. The work exists, also, with colored figures. Walckenaer, Charles Athanese. 1809. See Azara, Félix de, Voyages dans l’Amérique Méridionale. Walker, Margaret Coulson. 1908. Bird Legend and Life | by | Margaret Coulson Walker | Author of [etc., 4 lines.] | [Quot., 4 lines.| | New York | The Baker & Taylor Company | 1908. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-229, 34 pll. (on numbered pp.). New York. A popular work containing a collection of ‘‘avian legends and superstitions” from various sources. Illustrated from photographs. Wallace, Robert L. 1884. The canary book: | containing | full directions for the breed- ing, rearing, and | management of canaries and canary mules; | cage making, &c.; | formation of canary societies; | exhibition canaries, their points, and how to breed | and exhibit them; | and all other matters connected with this fancy. | Illustrated. | By Robert L. Wallace. | Second edition, | Enlarged and Revised, with many New Illustrations of Prize | Birds, Cages, &c. | London: | L. Upcott Gill, 170, Strand, W.C. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-IV, 1-321, 1 p.+11.+pp. 1-12+2 ll. (advt.), frontisp. (col.; by A. F. Lydon), 18 pll. (4 col.; by Lydon, T. W. Wood and Ludlow), text-figs. 1-39. London. A compact handbook for the canary-breeder. The first edition was issued in 1879 and the second in 1884, according to Mullens and Swann. Walter, Alice Hall. 1901. See Walter, Herbert Eugene; and Walter, A. H., Wild Birds in City Parks. 1904. Idem. Walter, Herbert Eugene; and Walter, Alice Hall. 1901. Wild birds | in | city parks | Being hints on identifying 100 birds, | prepared primarily for the spring | migration in Lincoln 662 FieLp Museum or NaturRAL History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Park, Chicago. | By | Herbert Eugene Walter | and | Alice Hall Walter | Chicago | rgor. 1 vol. (pamphlet; 314 x 5), pp. 1-48. Chicago. A list of 100 species giving, for each, the common and scientific names, character- istics for identification in the field, and the names of other species with which the one under discussion might be confused. A chapter of ‘General Hints” preceds the list, and a table, showing the earliest dates of arrival of the various species in Lincoln Park, Chicago, follows it. The book passed through several later, revised, editions (Cf. second ed., 1904.). Walter, Herbert Eugene; and Walter, Alice Hall. 1904. Wild Birds in City Parks | Being hints on identifying 145 birds, | prepared primarily for the spring | migration in Lincoln Park, Chicago | by | Herbert Eugene Walter | and | Alice Hall Walter | Revised and enlarged edition | with chart and key | Chicago | A. W. Mumford, Publisher | 378 Wabash Avenue | 1904. 1 vol. 16mo, pp. 1-66, 1 1. (advt.), 1 chart (fold.), 1 text-fig. (chart). Chicago. A revised edition of the authors’ work of the same title, 1901 (q.v.). The plan of the present edition is unaltered from that of the original, but various addi- tional species are discussed, a chart is given showing the daily variation in the number of species seen at Lincoln Park, a field-key is added, and a chart for recording migration data is appended. Ward, Thomas. (Tailor, J.) (N.d.; post 1728?). The | Bird-Fancier’s Recreation: | being curious | remarks | On the Nature of | song-birds, | With proper | instruc- tions | concerning | The Taking, Feeding, Breeding and | Teaching them, and to know the | Cock from the Hen. | Also | The Manner of taken Birds with Lime- | Twigs, and Preparations thereto | with | An Account of the Distempers incident to Song- | Birds, and the Method to Cure them. | A New Edition. | London: | Printed for J(. Tailor) [‘Ti Morton’ written above almost obliterated name], and Sold at his House at | the Bird-Cage, the Corner of Silver-Street, in Wood- | Street, near Cripple-gate. 1 vol. 12mo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 7-89-+1+2 ll., frontisp. London. An antiquated manual for the cage-bird fancier. The exact date and authorship are uncertain. Although the publisher’s name on the title-page is almost oblit- erated and another name written above it, on p. 89 the name and address are reprinted, thus ascribing the authorship to J. Tailor. However, Mullens and Swann cite a work of 1728, under the authorship of Thomas Ward, which has a nearly identical title except for minor differences and the absence of the words, “A New Edition.’”’ The resemblance appears to be carried into the address of the writer while the pagination of the book is nearly the same. It seems 1926. CATALOGUE oF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 663 probable, therefore, that the book is a copy of Ward’s work and that J. Tailor may have purchased the right to publish it along with the business at The (Bell and) Bird-Cage, all of which may have been transferred later to ‘Ti Morton.’ Warren, Benjamin Harry. 1888. Report | on the | Birds of Pennsylvania. | With Special Reference to the Food-Habits, based | on over Three Thousand Stomach | Examinations. | By | B. H. Warren, M.D., | Orni- thologist of the State Board of Agriculture [etc., 3 lines.]. | Illus- trated with fifty plates. | Harrisburg: | Edwin K. Meyers, State Printer. | 1888. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XII, 1-260, pll. 1-50 (49 col.; after Audubon). Harrisburg. An account of the birds of the state, with brief descriptions (from Baird, Coues and Ridgway) and with notes on the habits and the economic importance of each. A check-list of species, with brief annotations, precedes the index at the close of the volume. This work was issued in an edition of 6000 copies which was exhausted almost at once, and a revised and enlarged edition was there- upon prepared and issued in 1890 under the same short title (q.v.). The illus- trations consist mostly of figures from Audubon’s plates, rearranged and lithographed with more or less departure from the colors of the originals. Warren, Benjamin Harry. (Barrows, Walter Bradford; Fisher, Albert Kenrick; Wolf, A. G.) 1890. Report | on the | Birds of Pennsylvania. | With Special Reference to the Food-Habits, based on over Four | Thousand Stomach Examinations. | By | B. H. Warren, M.D. | Ornithologist, Pennsylvania State Board of Agriculture. | Second edition. revised and augmented. | Illustrated by One Hundred Plates. | Published by Authority of the Commonwealth, | Harrisburg: | E. K. Meyers, State Printer. | 1890. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1-434, pll. 1-100 (99 col.; after Audubon). Harrisburg. Enlarged and revised edition of the author’s work first published in 1888 (q.v.). Additional matter includes a general account of many of the families and subfamilies and discussions of numerous species not included in the first edition, together with many new plates, copied (like the majority of the re- mainder) from Audubon. The check-list at the close of the volume is omitted but there is a large appendix (pp. 333-424) containing the following papers. The local game laws and comments on bird-protection by various correspond- ents; ‘Food of Hawks and Owls” by A. K. Fisher’; “The Food of Crows’ by 1From Ann. Rept. U.S. Dept. Agr. for 1887. 664 Fre_p Museum or Natura History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. W. B. Barrows!; ‘The English Sparrow’? by Barrows?; “Some Nocturnal Migrants” by Maj. A. G. Wolf; a bibliography and a glossary. Warren, Oscar Bird. 1896. See World’s Congress on Ornithology, Papers presented to the—. Warren, Robert. 1900. See Ussher, Richard John; and Warren, The Birds of Ireland. Waterhouse, Frederick Herschel. 1885. The | dates of publication | of some of the | zoological works | of the late | John Gould, F.R.S. | compiled by | Frederick Herschel Waterhouse, A.L.S., | Librarian to the Zoological Society of Lon- don. | London: | R. H. Porter, 6 Tenterden Street, W. | 1885. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XI+1, 1-59. London. “The Mammals of Australia,’ “A Monograph of the Macropodidae,” “The Birds of Great Britain,” ‘“The Birds of Asia,’’ ‘““The Birds of Australia” and supplement, ‘‘A Monograph of the Trochilidae” and supplement, parts I-IV (not completed), ‘A Monograph of the Odontophorinae”’ and ‘‘A Monograph of the Trogonidae”’ (revised edition) are given a short collation, and the species treated in each are listed alphabetically by genera. Following each specific name are given in tabular form the volume and plate-numbers, the number of the original part, and the year of issue. Since the final arrangement of the plates in Gould’s works is without regard to the sequence of issue, the present volume is extremely useful in determining the dates of publication of the various plates. Waterhouse, Frederick Herschel. 1889. Index generum avium. | A list | of the | genera and subgenera of birds. | By | F. H. Waterhouse, A.L.S., | Librarian to the Zoological Society of London. | London: | R. H. Porter, 18 Princes Street, Cavendish Square. | 1889. 1 vol. 8vo, 3 pr. Il., pp. 1-240. London. ‘An alphabetical list of about 7000 terms that have been employed or suggested by various authors, since the date of the twelfth edition of Linnaeus’s ‘Systema Naturae,’ as generic and subgeneric names for Birds, and of references to the places and dates of their publication.”” Supplementary papers have been pub- lished by Richmond in the Proceedings, U. S. National Museum, 24 No. 1267, May 2, 1902, pp. 663-729; 35, No. 1656, Dec. 16, 1908, pp. 583-655; and 53, No. 2221, Aug. 16, 1917, pp. 565-636. 1Tdem, 1888. From Bull. 1, U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Econ. Orn. and Mammal, 1889. 1926, CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 665 Waterton, Charles. 1837. An | ornithological | letter | to | William Swainson, Esq. F.R.S. | &c. &c. | By | Charles Waterton, Esq. | Walton-Hall. | Wakefield: | Richard Nichols, bookseller. | 1837. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. I-15. 1837 (circa March 17). A tirade directed against William Swainson, his beliefs and theories and even his friend, Audubon, in reply to alleged slights and criticisms by Swainson against Waterton. This letter was republished in Waterton’s “Essays on Natural History, Second Ser., 1844 (4th ed., pp. 189-204, 1851, q.v.). In the present form it is a separate publication. The copy at hand was folded and addressed on the back to John Phillips Esq., Yorkshire Museum, York, and is postmarked “Wakefield MR 17 1837’. Waterton, Charles. 1851. Essays | on | natural history, | chiefly | ornithology [Orni- thology]. | By | Charles Waterton, Esq. | Author of ‘‘Wanderings in South America.”’ [ | Second series:] | With an autobiography of the author, [with a continuation of] and a view of Walton Hall [the autobiography of the author]. | Eighth [Fourth] edition. | London: | Longman, Brown, Green, and Longmans. | 1851. 2 (should be 3) vols. cap 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-LXXXIII+1, 1-334, 11.+pp. 1-32 (advt.), frontisp. Vol. II, pp. I-CXLII, 11. (subtit.), pp. 1-204, 1-4-+1-32 (advt.), frontisp. London. A series of essays on a variety of subjects, many of them ornithological, and many reprinted from the pages of Loudon’s Magazine of Natural History. The articles are often controversial or contentious, with especial direction against Waterton’s literary adversary, William Swainson. As shown in the transcrip- tion of title, the two volumes appear to belong to different editions although they are dated the same year. Both volumes in their first edition were pub- lished somewhat earlier,—the First Series in 1838 and the Second Series in 1844; the Third Series appeared even later than the present reprints, in 1857. The pagination of the original edition of the present volumes (as given by Mul- lens and Swann) differs from the reprints at hand, but I think the subject matter remains unchanged. The present copy contains the autograph of Geo. N. Lawrence. Watkins, Morgan George. 1881. Pictures | of | bird life | in | Pen and Pencil. | By | The Rev. M. G. Watkins, M.A. | with | Illustrations by Giacomelli. | Cassell, Petter, Galpin & Co.: | London, Paris & New York. | [All rights reserved. ]. 1 vol. imperial 4to (1144x1434), pp. 1-144, 66 figs. London, Paris and New York. Popular essays on a number of common British birds. The cover bears the name of Giacomelli, only,—the artist for the work. 666 Fretp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Watters, John J. 1853. The | natural history | of | the birds of Ireland, | indigenous and migratory, | containing | descriptions of the habits, migrations, occurrence, and | economy, of the 261 species comprised in the fauna. | By | John J. Watters, | Associate Member of the Univer- sity Zoological Association. | Dublin: | James McGlashan, 50 Upper Sackville-St. | William S. Orr and Co., London. | John Menzies, Edinburgh. | 1853. 1 vol. cap 8vo, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-299+1. Dublin. Accounts of the habits, etc., of the birds of Ireland, without descriptions of plum- ages. Prepared at the suggestion of William Thompson who regretted the excessive cost of his own ‘‘Natural History of Ireland,” 1849-56 (q.v.), and expressed a desire to see a cheap work published on the same subject. Many interesting field observations are recorded in this little work. Watts, John. 1789. See Phillip, Arthur, The Voyage of Governor Phillip to Botany Bay. Wayne, Arthur Trezevant. (Rea, Paul Marshall.) 1910. Contributions from the Charleston Museum | Edited by Paul M. Rea, Director | I | Birds | of | South Carolina | by | Arthur Trezevant Wayne | Honorary Curator of Birds in the Charleston Museum | with an introduction by the editor | Charles- ton, S$. C.4 270. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-XXI-+1, 1 insert-slip (errata), pp. 1-254, 1 map (fold.). Charleston. A catalogue of the birds of the state, with extended notes on distribution, habits, local occurrence, etc. The list is constructed on the basis of the coastal region fauna, with additional species from the interior of the state added in a separate section. A hypothetical list follows and a local bibliography is added. The introduction by Rea consists of a short account of the physiography of the region and a history of the ornithology of the state. ® Webb, Philip Barker; and Berthelot, Sabin. (Moquin-Tandon, Alfred.) 1841. [Histoire Naturelle des Iles Canaries.] > Ornithologie | Ca- narienne, | par MM. P. B. Webb, S. Berthelot, | et | M. Alfred Moquin-Tandon, | Docteur Es-Sciences, | Professeur d’Histoire Naturelle A la Faculté des Sciences de Toulouse, etc. | II. - (ze partie.) - Zoologie. (Ornithologie.) - 1. 1 vol. imperial 4to, pp. 1-48, pll. 1-4 (col.; by E. Traviés). Paris. The ornithological portion of Webb and Berthelot’s natural history of the Canary Islands, published in the years 1835-50 (Vol. II, Zoology, 1835-44). The present section appears to have been issued as a unit (traces of original ? 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 667 wrapper remain), forming a portion of Pt. 2 of Vol. II, and probably dating 1841. Dresser (A History of the Birds of Europe, 1871-82, q.v.) cites 1841, as does Koenig (Journal fair Ornithologie, July and Oct., 1890, pp. 398, 404 and 483); a number of references are given in the work itself to publications dated 1840. The paper describes 108 species of birds, 5 of which are new, and gives observations on habits based on the field notes of Webb and Berthelot (Sept. 1828-April 1830) together with other critical discussions. The orni- thology has been quoted variously as of Webb and Berthelot, of Moquin- Tandon, and of all three authors, the last being indicated by the subtitle-page transcribed above. Webber, C. W. 1856. See Adams, Henry Gardiner, Humming Birds Described and Illustrated. Webber, C. W. 1858. Wild scenes | and | song-birds. | By C. W. Webber, | author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | With twenty illustrations, printed in colors, | from drawings by | Mrs. C. W. Webber and Alfred J. Miller. | New York: | George P. Putnam & Co., 10 Park Place. 1 vol, royal 8vo, pp. I-X, 11., pp. 1-347, 20 pll. (col.; 13 of birds). New York. A series of essays on nature, many of them relating to birds. Weed, Clarence Moores; and Dearborn, Ned. 1903. Birds | in their | relations to man | A Manual of Economic Ornithology for the | United States and Canada | by | Clarence M. Weed, D.Sc. | Professor of Zoology and Entomology, New Hampshire College of Agriculture | and the Mechanic Arts | and | Ned Dearborn, D.Sc. | Assistant Curator, Department of Birds, Field Columbian Museum, Chicago | Illustrated | [Vignette.] | Philadelphia and London | J. B. Lippincott Company | 1903. 1 vol. demy 8vo, pp. I-VIII, /1-380, 19 pll., 96 cuts. Philadelphia. A thorough discussion of Economic Ornithology with special reference to North American birds. Weed, Clarence Moores. (Audubon, John James; Bendire, Charles E.; Nuttall, Thomas; Wilson, Alexander. ) 1904. Bird life | stories | Compiled from the writings of | Audubon, Bendire, Nuttall, and Wilson | By | Clarence Moores Weed | Pro- fessor of Zodlogy [etc., 3 lines.] | Book I | Rand, McNally & Company | Chicago New York London. 1 vol. 8vo (6x734), pp. 1-82, 24 pll. (col.). Chicago, 668 FieLtp Museum or NATuRAL History—Zoo.Loey, Vou. XVI. Extracts from the works of Audubon, Bendire, Nuttall and Wilson, modified, giving accounts of 24 species of North American birds. A brief account of the distribution of each species is given by the editor. The illustrations are from photographs of mounted birds and are not very attractive. The book is in- tended for a school reader in nature study. Book II was published in 1921. Wells, John Grant. 1886. A | list of the birds | of | Grenada, West Indies, | by | John Grant Wells. | Grenada, W.I., 1886. | W. W. C. H. Wells, | St. Andrew’s. 1 vol. (sheets not folded; 6 x 8), 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), 12 Il. (num. I-12, on one side only). Grenada. 1886 (antea June 7; post March). A check-list of the families, genera and species of the birds of Grenada, with the local vernacular names of the species added. The fly-leaf bears an inscription from the author to Charles B. Cory, dated June 7, 1886; the preface is dated March of the same year. Wells, Thomas. Ig1I-13. See Kirkman, Frederick B. B., The British Bird Book. Wells, Thomas. 1912. See Ogilvie-Grant, William R., General Index to A Hand-list of the Genera and Species of Birds. Werner, Johann Carl. (Temminck, Coenraad Jacob.) 1848. Les | oiseaux d’Europe | décrits | Par C.-J. Temminck, | Directeur [etc., 2 lines.]. | Atlas de 530 Planches | dessinées | Par J.-C. Werner, | Peintre au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Paris. | Tome premier [deuxiéme]. | A Paris, | chez J.-B. Bailliére, | Libraire de l’Académie Nationale de Médecine, | 17, rue de l’Ecole- de-Médecine. | A Londres, chez H. Bailliére, 219, Regent-Street. | 1848. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-27, 262 pll. (col.). Vol. II, 2 pr. Il. (half-tit. and tit.), 264 pll. (col.). London. A series of colored plates illustrating the species of European birds described by C. J. Temminck in the second edition of his ‘“Manuel d’Ornithologie,’”’ 1820-40 (q.v.). The only text is the table of species on pp. 1-27 of Vol. I, this being copied, in slightly altered form, from the correlative table in Temminck’s “Manuel,’’ Ed. 2, Vol. III pp. 661-691, but containing the same references to the several volumes of that work. This atlas was issued originally in livraisons (Engelmann gives 55) of 10 pll. each (up to livr. 50) under cover-title of “Atlas des Oiseaux d’Europe, pour servir de complément au Manuel d’Ornithologie de M. Temminck”’ (Cf. the ‘‘Manuel,’”’ Ed. 2, Vol. III, p. LXX.). This title, apparently, was afterward changed to “Atlas des Oiseaux d’Europe d’aprés C. J. Temminck’”’ on the title-pages furnished at the completion of the work 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 669 [? Cf. Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.)]. In this original form the work occupies 3 vols. (Brit. Mus.) for which the dates are given by the Cat. Libr. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) as 1826, 1828 and 1842; the publishers are given by Engelmann as Belin and H. Cousin. The 32nd livraison was on sale at the time of publication of Vol. III of Temminck’s “Manuel” in April 1835, according to a statement on p. LXX of that volume. The present copy belongs to a later reissue, possibly consisting of the original plates with new title-pages. The work was sold with or without Temminck’s volumes. Westermann, G. F. 1860. See Schlegel, Hermann; and Westermann, De Toerako’s. Wheaton, J. M. 1882. [Report of the Geological Survey of Ohio, Vol. IV, Pt. I. Columbus Ohio. Nevins & Myers, State Printers. 1882.] > Section II. | Report on the birds of Ohio. | By J. M. Wheaton, M.D. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. 188-628. Columbus. A concise manual of the birds found in Ohio, with descriptions of species, genera and higher groups, synonymy and distribution of species, and notes on the habits and local occurrence of each. Several synoptic tables are given and an appendix contains a check-list of species with dates of occurrence, a list of birds observed in the author’s garden at Columbus, additions and corrections, a bibliography, a reprint of a paper by the author on patterns of coloration, and a glossary of technical terms. The work was long delayed in publication. It was begun in 1873, started through the press in 1879, completed in 1881 and actually published late in 1882 (Cf. Coues, Bull. Nuttall Orn. Club, 8, April 1883, pp. 110-112.). It was revised in 1903 and brought up to date by Lynds Jones in the “Ohio State Acad. Science, Special Papers No. 6, The Birds of Ohio”’ (q.v.). Wheeler, George Montague. (Henshaw, Henry Wetherbee.) 1875. {[Vignette (Vol. I, only.).] | Engineer Department, U. S. [United States (Vols. III and V.)] | Report | upon | United States geographical surveys [geographical and geological | explorations and surveys (Vols. III and V.)] | west of the one hundredth meridian, | in charge of | Capt. [First Lieut. (Vols. IJ, ITI, IV-VII.)] Geo. M. Wheeler, | Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, | under the direction of | the Chief of Engineers [Brig. Gen. A. A. Humphreys, | Chief of Engineers (Vols. IJ, III, IV-VII.); Brig. Gen. H. G. Wright, | Chief of Engineers (Vol. III Supplement.) U.S. Army. | Published by authority of the Honorable the Secre- tary of War [Hon. Wm. W. Belknap, Secretary of War (Vol. ITI.)], | in accordance with acts of Congress of June 23, 1874, and February 15, 1875. | In seven volumes and one supplement [seven volumes (Vols. II, III Supplement, IV, VI, VII.); six 670 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zoo oey, Vor. XVI. volumes (Vols. III and V.)], accompanied by one | topographical and one geologic [accompanied by one topographical and one | geological (Vols. II-VII.)] atlas. | Vol. I.-Geographical Report [II.-Astronomy and barometric hypsometry; III.-Geology; IILI.- Supplement.-Geology; IV.-Paleontology; V.-Zoology; VI.-Botany; VII.-Archaeology]. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1889 [1877 (Vols. II and IV.); 1875 (Vols. III and V.); 1881 (Vol. III Supplement.); 1878 (Vol. VI.); 1879 (Vol. VII.)].} > [Chapter III of Vol. V «issued separately with title same as for Vol. V but with “Chapter III’ 1n separate line preceding volume- number.| Chapter III. | Report | upon | the ornithological collec- tions | made in portions of | Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, | during | the years 1871, 1872, 1873, and 1874, | by | H. W. Henshaw. [7 vols. and supplement in 8 vols., medium 4to. Washington. 1875-89. Vol. V, pp. 1-1021, 3 IL, pll. I-XLV.] Chapter III (issued sep- arately), 3 ll. (pp. 1, 7 pt., 9 pt.), pp. 13-20, 131-507, pll. I-XV (col.; by Robert Ridgway). Washington. 1875. A complete report, by H. W. Henshaw, on the birds secured by the Wheeler Surveys in the United States, west of the one hundredth meridian; with de- scriptions of many species, and with synonymies, tables of measurements and field notes for all the forms treated. The work appeared in Vol. V of the Report of the Survey, including an index to the ornithological section on pp. 977-989 +1 of that volume. The present copy is one of a number issued separately at the same time as the complete Vol. V, but with title-page altered to define the chapter which is included and with the table of contents and list of plates restricted to the references to that chapter; the letter of transmittal and the introductory letter accompanying Vol. V, have the text limited in like manner, and the index is omitted. Wheeler, H. E. 1925. The | birds of Arkansas | a preliminary report | H. E. Wheeler | [Vignette.] | Published By | State Bureau of Mines, Manufactures | and Agriculture | Jim G. Ferguson, Commis- sioner | John C. Small, Assistant. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XXV-+1, 1-177+1+3 Il., pll. I-X (on numbered pp.), text-figs. 1-113, 1 fig. (unnum.), 96 distribution maps. Little Rock. An annotated list of the birds of Arkansas, with notes on their habits and local distribution. A check-list of species and a list of permanent and summer residents are prefixed and a bilbiography is appended. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 671 Wheelock, Irene Grosvenor. 1904. Birds of California | an introduction | to more than three hundred common | birds of the state and adjacent | islands | with a supplementary list of rare migrants, accidental | visitants, and hypothetical subspecies | by | Irene Grosvenor Wheelock | author of “‘Nestlings of Forest and Marsh” | with ten full-page plates and seventy-eight drawings | in the text by Bruce Horsfall | [Blazon.] | Chicago | A. C. McClurg & Co. | 1904. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XXVIII, 1-578, 1 1. (advt.), frontisp. (monochr.), 9 pll. (by Bruce Horsfall), 77 text-figs. Chicago. Febr. 20, 1904. A popular hand-book of a selected number of the birds of California, arranged according to habitat and color instead of systematic classification. A brief diagnosis is given of each with notes on its geographical distribution, local breeding range and season and its nidification, while the main text is devoted to an account of its habits, written from personal observations and from the published writings of other observers. Wheelwright, Horace William. [=‘‘An Old Bushman.”’] 1871. A | spring and summer | in | Lapland. | By | An Old Bush- man, | author of “Ten Years in Sweden.” | [Quot., 6 lines.]. | Second Edition, with Coloured Plates. | London: | Groombridge and Sons, | 5, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLXXI. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-VIII, 1-407, 6 pll. (col.; of birds). London. A narrative of travel and observation in Lapland in 1862. ‘“‘As the Author’s sole object in going up to Lapland was for the purpose of collecting birds and eggs, the present work will be found rather as a guide to the ornithologist than any other class of reader.’ In addition to miscellaneous notes on birds found elsewhere in the volume, pp. 243-386 and all of the plates are ornithological. The first edition, without colored plates, appeared in 1864. Whitaker, Joseph I. S. 1905. The | birds of Tunisia | being a history of the birds found in | the regency of Tunis | by | J. I. S. Whitaker | F.Z.S., M.B.O.U., etc. | Vol. I [II]. | London | R. H. Porter | 7, Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1905. 2 vols. superroyal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-X XXII, 1-294, frontisp. (photo- grav.), 14 pll. (13 col.; by Grénvold), 1 map (col.; fold.). Vol. II, pp. I-XVIII, 1-410, frontisp. (photograv.), 3 pll. (2 col.), 1 map (col.; fold.). London. A manual of Tunisian ornithology. Synonymy and short descriptions of the spe- cies are given, with observations on plumages and other variations and with notes on distribution and habits. A short bibliography is included and the introduction discusses the topography of the area in question. The 15 plates of birds are hand-colored. 672 FreELp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. White, Adam. 1885. A popular | history of birds | comprising | a familiar account of their classification | and habits. | By | Adam White, | Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum. | London: | Lovell Reeve, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden. | 1855. 1 vol. 16mo (5x64), 3 pr. ll. (half-tit., tit. and ded.), pp. V-VIII, 1-347, pll. I-XX (col.). London. A popular, general account of the entire class of birds, with mention of character- istic or interesting species. The plates are hand-colored but are not very accurate either in color or drawing, although the text appears to be reliable. The preface is dated Nov. 1, 1855. White, Ernest William. 1881-82. Cameos from the silver-land; | or the | Experiences of a Young Naturalist | in the | Argentine Republic, | by | Ernest William White, F.Z.S. | In two volumes | Vol. I [II]. | With map [Line omitted.| | Famam Extendere Factis | London: John Van Voorst, 1 Paternoster Row | MDCCCLXXXI[MDCCCLXXXIIJ]. | (All rights reserved). 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XV-+1, 11. (errata), pp. 1-436, 1 map (col.; fold.). Vol. II, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-527. London. A general account of the author’s travels throughout Argentina, with numerous references to animals and plants, including many notes on the habits of local birds. White, Gilbert. (Kearton, Richard.) 1924. The Natural History of | Selborne | by | Gilbert White | with notes by | Richard Kearton, F.Z.S. | and 85 photographs | in- cluding many taken specially at Selborne | by | Cherry Kearton | and | Richard Kearton | Arrowsmith :: London :: W.C.I. 1 vol. 8vo (714 x 934), pp. 1-248, frontisp., 78 pll. (on 42 ll.). London. A recent edition of this classic, which was first published in 1789 and has since been reissued in at least as many editions and reprints as there are years since the date of its first appearance. The first issue by Kearton dates 1902. The illustrations in the present edition are from photographs, many of which are illustrative of Selborne scenery but most of which are of ornithological subjects. White, John. 1790. Journal | of a | Voyage to new South Wales | with Sixty-five Plates of | Non descript Animals, Birds, Lizards, | Serpents, curious Cones of Trees and other | Natural Productions | By John White Esq.re | Surgeon General to the Settlement. | [Engraving.] | View in Port Jackson | I. White Esq delin T. Milton sculp | London | Printed for J. Debrett, Piccadilly | MDCCXC. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 673 1 vol. medium 4to, engr. tit., 8 ll. (ded., advt., list of subscrs., and list of pll.), pp. 1-299+1, 18 ll., 65 pll. (col.; by Stone, Catton, Nodder and others; 29 pll. ornithological). London. Pages 1-218 contain a general account of the author’s voyage to Australia and of his activities after arrival, with incidental mention or brief description of such natural objects as he could identify. Pages 219-297 consist entirely of descrip- tions of animals, plants and articles of native manufacture with binomial nomenclature employed in many cases, some of the names and descriptions being new. The remainder of the work (unpaged) is devoted to a diary of the winds, weather, temperature, etc. experienced in the outward voyage. The colored plates are taken from specimens which were deposited in the Leverian Museum in London. Mathews (Birds of Australia, 7, p. 472, 1919) mentions a second edition; judging by his discussion, the present copy belongs to the first edition, since the name Merops carunculatus does not appear on p. 240. Whitehead, John. (Sharpe, Richard Bowdler: Ogilvie-Grant, W. R.: Seebohm, Henry.) 1893. Exploration | of | Mount Kina Balu, North Borneo. | By | John Whitehead. | With coloured plates and original illustrations. | [Monogram.] | London: | 1893. | [All rights reserved. ]. 1 vol. 4to (10x 1434), pp. I-X, 11. (lists of illustrs.), pp. 1-317, 32 pll. (11 col., 6 of birds; by the author), 21 text-cuts, 1 text-map, 9 decorative initials. London. 1893 (post May 10). A narrative of the author’s travels in Borneo, Java, Palawan and Balabac Islands, especially of his three efforts (the last one successful) to ascend Mt. Kina Balu. The greater part of the work comprises detailed observations on the natural history, especially ornithology, of the regions visited. The appendix, pp. 193-307, ‘‘consists of an almost complete description of the zoological collec- tions formed by the Author,” reprinted from numerous papers by the author and other workers in various journals, combined, rearranged and augmented so as to make a connected series of catalogues. The ornithological matter occupies pp. 200-263 and comprises three articles; an account of the birds of North Borneo from various articles and descriptions by the author, R. B. Sharpe and Ogilvie-Grant in the Ibis and Proc. Zool. Soc. London; a discussion of the birds of Palawan by the author and Sharpe from the Ibis and the Bull. Brit. Orn. Club; notes on a collection of birds from eastern Java from unpub- lished field notes, with Seebohm’s descriptions of two new species first published in the Bull. Brit. Orn. Club. The introduction is dated May tro. Whitman, C. O. 1907. See Mershon, W. B., The Passenger Pigeon. Whymper, Charles. 1909. Egyptian | birds | for the most part seen in | the Nile valley | by | Charles Whymper | London | Adam and Charles Black | 1909. 1 vol. 4to (614x834), pp. I-X, 1-221-++1, 3 ll. (advt.), 51 pll. (col.; 674. FieLD Museum or NaturRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. by Whymper)-+51 guard-sheets (printed), text-figs. 1-10, 1 text-fig. (unnum.). London. A popular work designed “for the wayfaring man who, travelling this ancient Egypt, wishes to learn something of the birds he sees.’’ Succinct descriptions are followed by brief notes on habits, peculiarities, legendary associations, personal experiences of the author and other pertinent facts. The illustrations are interesting and artistic. Whymper, Edward. 1891. Supplementary appendix | to | Travels Amongst the Great Andes | of the Equator | by | Edward Whymper | with contribu- tions by | H. W. Bates, F.R.S. T. G. Bonney, D.Sc., F.R.S. G. A. Boulenger. | Peter Cameron. F. Day, C.I.E., F.L.S., F.Z.S. W. L. Distant, F.Z.S. | A. E. Eaton, M.A. F. D. Godman, F.R:S. H. S. Gorham, F.Z.S. | Martin Jacoby. E. J. Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.S. A. Sidney Olliff. | O. Salvin, F.R.S. David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S. T. R. R. Stebbing, M.A. | Illustrated | [Quot., 3 lines.] | London | John Murray, Albemarle Street | 1891 | All rights are reserved. 1 vol. 4to (614 x 834), pp. I-X XII, 2 ll. (addenda and half-tit.), pp. 1-147, 14 pll., 41 text-cuts. London. Technical reports on the various collections made by Whymper on the expedition described in his “Travels Amongst the Great Andes of the Equator,’ 1892 (q.v.). The present copy is “Special Edition Subscribers Copy No. 25,” uniform with the two volumes of narrative and maps catalogued under the other title, and forming with them the ‘‘Copy No. 25”; for this reason the present title is catalogued here,—it contains no ornithology. Whymper, Edward. 1892. Travels | amongst the great Andes | of the equator | by | Edward Whymper | With maps and illustrations | [Quot., 8 lines.] | London | John Murray, Albemarle Street | 1892 | All rights are reserved. [The second volume has no title-page. |. 2 vols. 4to (614 x 834). (Vol. I), pp. I-X XIV, 11. (subtit.), pp. 1-456, 20 pll., 1 map, 118 text-figs. (Vol. II), 3 maps (fold.). London. The author’s account of his travels in the high mountains of Ecuador, South America. Most of the account is general or with special reference to barometric investigations, but some notes on the avifauna are included. The present copy has imprinted in facsimile handwriting, ‘‘Special Edition Subscriber’s Copy, No. 25. Edward Whymper.” Another edition in 1 vol. was issued in London and New York the same year. A special appendix, containing various reports on collections, was issued in 1891, and a special imprint of this, uniform with the present work, is included in the present set as a third volume (Cf. “Supplementary Appendix, 1891.). 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 675 Wied, Prinz zu. See Maximilian, Prinz zu Wied. Wigglesworth, Lionel W. 1898. See Meyer, Adolf Bernhard; and Wigglesworth, The Birds of Celebes and the Neighboring Islands. Wilbur, Harriette. 1920. Bird gossip | By | Harriette Wilbur | with twenty-eight | illustrations in color | [Design.] | Philadelphia | George W. Jacobs & Company | Publishers. . 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-279, 26 pll. (col.; by Horsfall, Brooks and Sawyer)-+col. pl. on cover. Philadelphia. A juvenile work on the habits of a number of North American birds. The illus- trations are from the leaflets of the National Association of Audubon Societies. Wilcox, Alvin H. (Roberts, Thomas $.; Meeker, D. W.) 1907. [A Pioneer History | of | Becker County | Minnesota | in- cluding | a brief | Account of its Natural History | as embraced in the Mineral, Vegetable and Animal | Kingdoms, and a History of the early Settlement | of the County; also, including a large Amount of | valuable Historical Information collected by | - | Mrs. Jessie C. West. | - | and numerous Articles written by various early | Pioneers relating to the History of | the Several Townships of | Becker County | - | By Alvin H. Wilcox | - | Pioneer Press Com- pany | St. Paul, Minn | 1907] > Chapter VIII. | List of birds of Becker County, Minnesota. | Compiled by Thos. S. Roberts, M.D. | Director Department of Birds, Minn. Nat. Hist. Survey. 1 vol. (pt.), 8vo, 11. (transcript of tit. and author’s note), pp. 159-190. St. Paul. Chapter VIII, extracted from the volume in which it appeared. Pp. 159-186 contain an annotated list of 262 species of birds known from Becker County, by Dr. Roberts. The remainder of the chapter consists of an article on ‘“‘Dis- appearing Birds and Game Birds” by D7 W. Meeker. Wilkes, Charles. (Cassin, John.) 1858. United States | Exploring Expedition. | During the years | 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842. | Under the command of | Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. | Mammalogy [Atlas.] | and [Mammalogy and Ornithology.] | Ornithology. [Line omitted.] | By | John Cassin, | Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; [etc., 5 lines.|. | With a folio atlas. [Line omitted.] | Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1858. 676 FieELD Museum oF Natura. History—Zootoey, Voi. XVI. 2 vols., folio (914 x 124) and superroyal folio. Text, tit., pp. V-VIII, 1-466, 18 text-figs. Atlas, 2 pr. ll., pll. 1-11 (col.; mammals), 1-42 (col.; birds, by G. G. White, T. R. Peale, W. E. Hitchcock and E. Sheppard). Philadelphia. These two volumes together constitute the revised Vol. VIII of the complete report of the Expedition (which visited numerous localities in a voyage around the world). Vol. VIII originally was prepared by Titian Ramsay Peale, the Ornithologist and Mammalogist of the Expedition, and was published in 1848 without plates. Carus and Engelmann cite 15 pll. of mammals and 84 pll. of birds, but Hartlaub, in a critical review of the ornithology of Peale’s work (Archiv fir Naturg., 18 Jahrg., Bd. 1, pp. 93-138, 1852), although he quotes plate-numbers for the various species, says that he had never seen the plates and that no copy of them had reached Europe. Jardine (Contributions to Ornithology, 1851, p. 113; idem, 1852, pp. 89-90) cites a copy of the work without plates received by the British Museum and notes that the atlas was never completed. Stone (Cassinia, No. 19, pp. 10-11, 1915) states that Peale’s report was issued without the plates which he had prepared. Only 100 copies of the original volume were “‘printed for distribution amongst foreign governments and by some legislative errors none were printed for distribution at home’’; of the number printed, about 90 were distributed, many of them going to countries without scientific establishments, and the remainder were destroyed accidentally in a fire in the Library of Congress. Later, Cassin was commissioned to rewrite the volume, and this new work, with some of Peale’s unpublished plates and with various illustrations by other artists, was issued in its present form in 1858 (Stone, l.c., says 1852 in error; the preface is dated May 10, 1858). The original edition is, of course, extremely rare. In the present edition of the text, pp. 67-416 are occupied by the descriptive account of the birds, 428-452 by the ornithological part (Pt. IT) of the catalogue of the collections of mammals and birds made by the expedition, and 453-466 by the general index, including both mammals and birds. Cassin’s general text takes no account of many of Peale’s newly described species, even omitting certain of his names from the synonymy. However, in the catalogue of the collections, these omitted names are given, together with a transcript of Peale’s original descriptions. Willcox, M. A. 1895. Pocket guide | to the | common land birds | of | New Eng- land | by | M. A. Willcox | Professor of Zodlogy, Wellesley Col- lege | Lee and Shepard publishers | 10 Milk Street | Boston. 1 vol. 16mo, pp. I-XII, 1-158, 3 ll. (advt.). Boston. A semi-popular account of 89 common species of New England birds, with arti- ficial keys for determination, based on coloration and size, and with short descriptions of plumage, habitat, nidification and song of each species. Willughby, Francis. (Ray, John.) 1676. Francisci Willughbeii | De Middleton in agro Warwicensi, Armigeri, | E Regia Societate, | ornithologize | libri tres: | In 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 677 quibus | Aves omnes hactenus cognitz in methodum naturis suis | convenientem redactz accuraté describuntur, | Descriptiones Iconi- bus elegantissimis & vivarum Avium | simillimis, fri incisis illustrantur. | Totum opus recognovit, digessit, supplevit | Joannes Raius. | Sumptus in Chalcographos fecit | Illustriss. D. Emma Willughby, Vidua. | [Blazon.] | Londini; | Impensis Joannis Martyn, Regie Societatis Typographi, ad insigne Campane | in Czmeterio D. Pauli. | MDCLXXVI. 1 vol. 4to (size of crown folio), 6 pr. Il. (notice, tit., pref. and errata), pp. 1-307, 1 p.+2 ll. (index), 2 inserts (at pp. 25 and 199) pill. I-LXXVII, 3 text-figs. London. The cornerstone of modern systematic ornithology, being the first book on the classification of birds without respect to geographical boundaries. The manu- script was left in an imperfect state by Willughby at his death and was arranged and completed by Ray. The work contains descriptions of all the birds known to the authors or adjudged by them to be sufficiently authenticated by the published accounts of others. It is divided into three parts, the first of which treats of birds in general, the second of land birds, and the third of water birds. The second and third books are divided into several parts, each of which is divided into heads and each of those into articles, each division being charac- terized by some peculiarity or group of peculiarities. The scheme of classifi- cation thus adopted is epitomized on the insert-slips at pp. 25 and 199. An appendix, pp. 297-307, compiled principally from J. E. Nieremberg’s Historiae Naturae, Libro Decimo, 1635, discusses a number of birds of doubtful authen- ticity or of previous, insufficient description. An English translation, with further additions, was issued by Ray in 1678 under the title of ‘“The Ornithology of Francis Willughby”’ (q.v.). Willughby, Francis; and Ray, John. 1678. The | ornithology | of | Francis Willughby | of | Middleton in the County of Warwick Esq; | Fellow of the Royal Society. | In Three Books. | Wherein All the | birds | hitherto known, | Being reduced into a Method sutable (sic) to their Natures, | are accu- rately described. | The Descriptions illustrated by most Elegant Figures, nearly resembling | the live Birds, Engraven in LX XVIII Copper Plates. | Translated into English, and enlarged with many Additions | throughout the whole Work. | To which are added, | Three Considerable Discourses, | I. Of the Art of Fowling: With a Description of several Nets in two large Copper Plates. | By | John Ray, II. Of the Ordering of Singing Birds. III. Of Falconry. Fellow of the Royal Society. | [Quot., 3 lines.]. | London: | Printed 678 FIELD Museum oF NATuRAL History—Zoo.oey, Vou. XVI. by A. C. for John Martyn, Printer to the Royal Society, at the Bell in | St. Pauls Church-Yard, MDCLXXVIII. 1 vol. 4to (size of crown folio), 6 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-441-+1, 3 ll. (index), 2 insert-ll. (at pp. 55 and 273), pll. -LX XVIII, 2 pil. (unnum.), 3 text-figs. London. A translation of Willughby’s “Ornithologiae,”’ 1676 (q.v.), with various correc- tions and emendations and with the addition of the subjects mentioned in the title. Article I begins on p. 29, II is inserted at various places in the text under the species to which it refers, and III begins on p. 397. Three plates are added. The appendix, pp. 385-396, ascribed in the original edition to Nieremberg, is here credited to Franc. Hernandez. Willughby Society for the Reprinting of Scarce Ornithological Works, The. 1880-84. This society was established on May 7, 1879 for the purpose of reprinting certain ornithological works interesting for their utility or rarity. From 1880 to 1884, twelve books or collections of writings were reprinted verbatim et literatim or in facsimile. For convenience, these reprints are here catalogued under their respective authors (q.v.). The works are as follows. Those preceded by an asterisk are titles of the reprints only; the others are the original titles of the works reprinted. 1883. Audouin, Jean Victor. Explication Sommaire des Plan- ches d’Oiseaux de l’Egypte et de la Syrie. 1826. (From Savigny’s “Description de l’Egypte”’). 1883. Barton, Benjamin Smith. Fragments of the Natural His- tory of Pennsylvania. 1799. *1880. Desfontaines, René Louiche. Memoire sur quelques nouvelles especes d’oiseaux des cétes de Barbarie. 1789. (Extract from ‘‘Histoire de l’Académie Royale des Sciences). *1882. Forster, John Reinhold. An Account of the Birds sent from Hudson’s Bay. 1772. (Extract from Philos. Trans. London). 1882. Forster, John Reinhold. A Catalogue of the Animals of North America. 1771. 1882. Leach, William Elford. Systematic Catalogue of Indig- enous Mammalia and Birds in The British Museum. 1816. 1882. Lichtenstein, Anton August Heinrich. Catalogus Rerum Naturalium Rarissimarum. (Two reprints, one edited by Sclater and the other by Tegetmeier.) 1793. 1882. Scopoli, Giovanni Antonio. Deliciae Florae et Faunae Insubricae. 1786 and 1788 (ornithological portions only). 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 679 *1880. Smith, Andrew. (Miscellaneous ornithological papers from The South African Quarterly Journal, including one by Jules Verreaux, and the ornithological portion of the ‘“‘Report of the Expedition for Exploring Central Africa’”’.) 1829-36. 1880. Tunstall, Marmaduke. Ornithologia Britannica. 1771. 1883. Vieillot, Louis Jean Pierre. Analyse d’une Nouvelle Orni- thologie Elémentaire. 1816. *1884. Wagler, Johann Georg. (Six ornithological memoirs from the ‘Isis’). 1829-32. The above comprise all the papers republished by the society, which dissolved in 1884 owing to lack of support. No copies of the reprints were made for sale, but only for subscribers to the project; consequently the edition was limited. Wilson, Alexander. (Ord, George.) 1808-14. American ornithology; | or, the natural history | of the | birds of the United States: | illustrated with plates | Engraved and Colored from Original drawings taken from Nature. | By Alexander Wilson. | Vol. I [-IX]. | Philadelphia: | Published by Bradford and Inskeep. | Printed by Robert Carr [R. & W. Carr (Vols. III-V.); Robert & William Carr (Vols. VI-IX.)]. | 1808 [1810; 1811; 1811; 1812; (1813); (1814); 1814]. 7 vols. (VII and VIII of present set belong to revised ed. of 1824, q.v.) folio (size of imperial 4to). Vol. I, pp. I-VI, 1-158, pll. 1-9 (col.). Vol. II, tit., pp. V-XII, 13-167, pll. 10-18 (col.). Vol. III, tit., pp. V-XVI, 17-120, pll. 19-27 (col.). Vol. IV, tit., pp. V-XII, 13-100, pll. 28-36 (col.). Vol. V, tit., pp. V-XII, 13-122, pll. 37-45 (col.; 44 not numbered). Vol. VI, tit., pp. V-XX, 13-102, pll. 46-54 (col.). [Vol. VII, pp. III-XII, 13-132, pll. 55-63 (col.). Vol. VIII, pp. I-XI, 13-146, pll. 64-72 (col.), 2 text-figs. ]. Vol. IX, tit., pp. V-LVII+1, 11. (index to Vol. IX), pp. 61-133-+1, 11 Il. (gen. index and list of subscrs.), pll. 73-76 (col.). Philadelphia. The life-work of ‘‘The Father of American Ornithology,” of which Coues wrote, “Science would lose little, but, on the contrary, would gain much, if every scrap of pre-Wilsonian writing about United States birds could be annihilated.” Vols. I-VII appeared during the author’s lifetime; Vol. VIII, edited by Ord, was published the year after his death, and Vol. IX, with four plates left com- pleted by Wilson but with text written by Ord from personal observations and from such meagre notes of Wilson’s as he could find, completed the work the same year. The prefaces of the various volumes are dated as follows. Vol. I, Sept. 1, 1808; II, Jan. 1, 1810; III, Febr. 12, 1811; IV, Sept. 12, 1811; V, Febr. 12, 1812; VI, Aug. 12, 1812; VII, March 1, 1813; VIII, Jan. 19, 1814; IX, May 1, 1814. 1Collation from Coues, 680 FiELD Museum or NaTuRAL History—Zoo.ocy, Vor. XVI. In 1824, Ord published a reissue of Vols. VII and VIII with numerous changes in the nomenclature of the species (Cf. ed. 1824.), and with other alter- ations in the text; Vol. IX was reissued similarly in 1825. Vols. VII and VIII of the set in hand belong to this reissue. Subsequently, various editions appeared from time to time under different editors. Those at hand for com- parison are as follows. Ord edition, 3 vols. and atlas, 1828-9; Jameson ed., 4 vols., 1831; Jardine ed., 3 vols. 1832; Brewer, ed., 1 vol., 1840; Brewer ed., 1 vol., 1853; Jardine ed., 3 vols., 1876; Jardine ed., 3 vols., 1877; ‘‘Popular Edition” (Porter & Coates, Philadelphia), 3 vols. in 1, 1878. Charles Lucien Bonaparte, in 1824-25, published (in the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia) a series of articles (five in all) entitled, “Observations on the Nomenclature of Wilson’s Ornithology.”” These form a critical review of Wilson’s species so far as they go, although they do not discuss the entire number. Following this series of articles, Bonaparte, from 1825 to 1833, published, in 4 vols., an “American Ornithology; or the Natural History of Birds inhabiting the United States, not given by Wilson’”’ (q.v.), which forms a sort of supplement to Wilson and which is incorporated in the Jameson, Jardine and “Popular” editions of Wilson mentioned above. These editions are all ascribed, on their title-pages, to Wilson and Bonaparte as co-authors. Wilson, Alexander. (Ord, George.) 1824 (-25). American ornithology; | or, | the natural history | of the | birds of the United States: | illustrated with plates | Engraved and Colored from Original drawings taken from Nature. | By Alexander Wilson. | Vol. VII [VIII]. | Philadelphia: | published by Samuel F. Bradford. | Printed by Thomas H. Palmer. | 1824. 2 vols. (should be 3) folio (size of imperial 4to). Vol. VII, tit., pp. I-XII, 13-138, pll. 55-63 (col.). Vol. VIII, pp. I-XI+1, 13-162, pll. 64-72 (col.), 2 text-figs. Vol. [IX missing. Philadelphia. A revised edition of Wilson’s later volumes, prepared by Ord. Verbal alterations are made in the text, original matter is added and the following changes in nomenclature instituted. Vol. VII, Falco osstfragus of the original - changed to F. leucocephalus, Charadrius calidris - C. arenaria, C. rubidus - C. arenaria, Recurvirostra himantopus - Himantopus Mexicanus, Tringa hiaticula - Chara- drius hiaticula, Charadrius apricarius - Vanellus Helveticus, C. pluvialis - Vanellus Helveticus, Tringa interpres - Strepsilas interpres, Ardea candidissima - A. Carolinensis, Scolopax borealis - Numenius borealis, Tringa cinclus - T. Alpina, Tringa Bartramia - Totanus Bartramius, Tringa solitaria - Totanus glareolus, Tringa macularia - Totanus macularius, Scolopax vociferus - Totanus melanoleucos, S. flavipes - Totanus flavipes, S. semipalmata - Totanus semi- palmatus, S. fedoa - Limosa fedoa, S. noveboracensis - S. grisea, and Procellaria pelagica - P. Wilsonit; Vol.VIII, Ardea Ludoviciana - A. leucogaster, A. Ameri- cana - Grus Americanus, Tantalus ruber - Ibis ruber, T. albus - I. albus, Anas fuligula - A. rufitorques, and A. rubidus - A. Jamaicensis. Vol. 1X was likewise revised, in 1825, but it seems to have been issued under a special title as given below. Jameson, in the preface to his edition of Wilson (Vol. I, p. VII), says that in 1825 Ord was employed to prepare new editions of the seventh, eighth and ninth volumes, which he did with considerable additions; and 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 681 Brewer, in his 1840 edition of Wilson, p. 633, footn., says that the revised copy of Vol. IX appeared in 1825 “correcting several mistakes which had appeared in the first.” The revised ninth volume, then, is probably the ‘ ‘Supplement’ by Ord, ‘Phila. 1825’ mentioned (but not seen) by Coues and catalogued by Carus and Engelmann under the following title,—‘‘Ord, George, Supplement to the American Ornithology of Alexander Wilson; containing a Sketch of the Author’s Life, with a Selection from his Letters; some remarks upon his Writ- ings; and a history of those Birds which were intended to compose part of his Ninth Volume: illustrated with plates engraved from Wilson’s original Draw- ings. Philadelphia, 1825. 4. (298 pag.).” It is, unquestionably the ‘Mr. Ord’s Supplementary Volume” quoted in Ord’s edition of Wilson, 1828-9 (q.v.) and it seems probable that the text in that edition, relating to the species discussed in the original Vol. IX of Wilson, is the text of that volume as revised in 1825 (Cf. Ord’s ed. for further discussion.). The editorial prefaces to the reprints of VII and VIII are dated, respectively, May 1 and June 1, 1824. Wilson, Alexander. (Ord, George.) 1828-29. American ornithology; | or | the natural history | of the | birds of the United States. | Illustrated with plates | engraved and coloured from original drawings taken | from nature. | By Alexan- der Wilson. | With a sketch of the author’s life, | by George Ord, F.L.S. &c. | In three vols.-Vol. I [-III]. | Published by Collins & Co, [Period in place of comma (Vol. III.).] | and | Harrison Hall, Philadelphia. [Comma in place of period (Vol. III.).] | 1828 [1829 (Vol. III.)]. > American ornithology; | or, | the natural history | of the | birds of the United States. | By Alexander Wilson. | Plates | Engraved and Coloured from Original Drawings taken from Na- ture. | Published by Collins & Co. New York, | and | Harrison Hall, Philadelphia. | 18209. 4 vols, 4to (size of 8vo) and folio (size of imperial 4to). Vol. I, pp. I-CXCIX, 1-230+1, 2 text-figs. Vol. II, pp. I-VI, 9-456. Vol. III, pp. I-VI, 1-396, 2 text-figs. Atlas, tit., pll. 1-76 (col.). New York and Philadelphia. The first new edition of Wilson’s entire work (1808-14, q.v.), arranged in the systematic sequence of the species, not in the irregular order of the original. The editor states that he “has adhered to the original text, correcting only some erroneous references, and a few verbal inaccuracies, most of which were prob- ably typographical errors.’’ However, considerable new matter is added in the form of footnotes or supplementary remarks; some of the latter are signed G. Ord,—some are not signed. They agree, for the most part, with the additions made by Ord in his revision of Vols. VII and VIII (ed. 1824, q.v.) and appear to comprise the same matter which is added in this way so as to disturb Wilson’s text as little as possible. References are frequently made to “Ord’s reprint” in this connection. The matter contained in the original Vol. LX is treated in a different manner. Original text and nomenclature of that volume are aban- 682 FreLtp Museum or NATuRAL History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. doned and a version given which is credited to “Mr. Ord’s Supplementary Volume,’’—probably the revision of Vol. IX published in 1825 following the revised editions of VII and VIII. Since the original Vol. IX was written by Ord after Wilson’s death, liberties with the original copy were more permissible here than with Wilson’s own text. The sketch of Wilson’s life, in Vol. I of the present edition, is considerably expanded from that published in the last volume of the original work, although both are from the pen of Ord. Ord is sometimes quoted as the editor of the present edition, but the acknowledgment made in the editorial preface to the ‘‘valuable counsel and assistance” of that gentle- man, seems to open the question to some doubt. The hand-colored drawings in the Atlas are from the original copper-plates (with the addition of the number added backwards to pl. 44; missing in the original), colored anew from fresh or preserved material, with pigments which seem to have been of better quality than those used by Wilson. In the copy at hand, the colors are as bright and fresh as if lately applied, whereas in the copy examined of the original, there are few tints which have not suffered and some which have completely dis- integrated. An examination of the clearest of the originals and thecopy, shows that there are some differences in coloration of the two, aside from those due to fading. Wilson, Alexander; and Bonaparte, Charles Lucien. (Ord, George; Jameson, Robert; Audubon, John James; Richardson, John; and Swainson, William; Hetherington, W. H.) 1831. American ornithology; | or the | natural history | of | the birds of the United States. | By Alexander Wilson, and Charles Lucian Bonaparte. | Edited by | Robert Jameson, Esq. F.R.S.E. & L. F.L.S. M.W.S. | Regius Professor of Natural History in the University | of Edinburgh, &c. | In four volumes. | Vol. I [-IV]. | Edinburgh: | printed for Constable and Co. Edinburgh; | and Hurst, Chance, and Co. London. | 1831. 4 vols. cap 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XCVI, 1-271, frontisp. (portr., by James Craw), 1 pl. (by William Banks). Vol. II, 1 1. (advt.), pp. I-IX+1, 1-334, frontisp. Vol. III, pp. I-VIII, 1-320, frontisp. Vol. IV, 11. (advt.), pp. I-X, 1-362, 11. (advt), frontisp. Edinburgh. Vols. I-III are devoted to a reprint of Wilson’s work (1808-14, q.v.), rearranged and with occasional editorial notes by Jameson. Reference is given under each species to the number of Wilson’s original plate and a notation is made if the species is represented in the Edinburgh College Museum, but the syn- onymy is transferred to a separate place at the end of Vol. III where it is ar- ranged in the order adopted for the text. A number of Ord’s notes and comments are printed with due credit. A sketch of the life of Wilson is given in Vol. I, written by W. M. Hetherington. Vol. IV (pp. 1-217) contains a reprint of the first three volumes of Bonaparte’s ‘‘American Ornithology,” 1825-33 (q.v.), with the synonymy transferred to pp. 219-238. On pp. 241-244 there is a catalogue of the species described and figured by Audubon in his “Orni- thological Biography,” 1831-39, and “‘Birds of America,” 1827-38 (q.v.). The remainder of the volume consists of extracts made from the proof-sheets of 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 683 Richardson and Swainson’s “Fauna Boreali-Americana’”’ or “Northern Zool- ogy,” 1832, including diagnoses of numerous new species, and with annotations after other authors. As credit is given to Richardson and Swainson for the quotations, authorship should remain with them although the present volume may have appeared in advance of the “Fauna Boreali-Americana.” Unfor- tunately there are a number of typographical errors which may likewise have to be credited to them such as Larus Rost on p. 245 and Calymbris glacialis on p. 358 (both nomina nuda). A publishers’ note in Vol. I is dated April 1831, and one in Vol. IV, August 1831. The work forms Vols. LXVIII-LXXI of ‘“‘Constable’s Miscellany.’”’ Coues notes his copy as without any other illus- trations than the portrait of Wilson in Vol. I, but the present set has anengraved plate in each volume in addition to the portrait in the first volume. The publishers’ note in Vol. I announces the publication of Part I of Captain Thomas Brown’s ‘Tllustrations of American Ornithology’’ as a companion to the four volumes of letterpress here collated (Cf. Brown, Capt. Thomas, Illustrations of the Game Birds of North America, 1834.). This is announced only in medium folio and elephant folio but there was, apparently, an edition the same size as the letterpress in course of publication at the same time, of which only one or two incomplete copies are known. A discussion of this publication is given by Walter Faxon in the Auk, 20, pp. 236-241, 1903, and Auk, 36, pp. 623-626, 1919. In Vol. III, on p. 98, ‘‘Rubicola Vieill.” is used for the Woodcock. This is evidently a misprint for “‘Rusticola Vieill.,’’ but may be valid since it antedates Philohela Gray, 1841. Cf. Ridgway, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 50, Vol. 8, pp. 155 and 797, 1919; also Oberholser, Auk, 40, p. 516, July 1923. Wilson, Alexander; and Bonaparte, Charles Lucien. (Ord, George; Jardine, William.) 1832. American ornithology; | or, | the natural history | of | the birds of the United States. | By Alexander Wilson; | with a con- tinuation | by Charles Lucian Bonaparte, | Prince of Musignano. | The | illustrative notes, and life of Wilson, | by | Sir William Jardine, Bart. F.R.S.E. F.L.S. | Member of the Wernerian Natural History Society, [etc., 4 lines.]. | In three volumes. | Vol. I [-IIT]. | MDCCCXXXII. | Whittaker, Treacher, & Arnot, London; | Stir- ling & Kenney, Edinburgh. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, tit., pp. V-CVII+1, 1-408, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-27 (col.; by Wilson). Vol. II, tit., pp. V-VII+1, 1-390, pll. 28-60 (col.; by Wilson). Vol. III, tit., pp. V-VIII, 1-523, pll. 61-76 (col.; by Wilson), 1-21 (col.; by Titian R. Peale and A. Rider), 2 text-figs. London and Edinburgh. Vols. I, pp. 1-408, Vol. II and Vol. III, to p. 257, contain a reprint of Wilson’s original “American Ornithology,” 1808-14, including Vol. IX by Ord, with voluminous notes by Jardine; Vol. III, pp. 259-507, contains a reprint of the first three volumes (all then published) of Bonaparte’s “American Ornithology,” 1825-33, under the subtitle of “(Continuation of Wilson’s American Ornithology. 684 Frerp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. By Charles Lucien Bonaparte.” The original plates of both authors are re- engraved by Lizars on a reduced scale and hand-colored, except for the back- grounds which are left plain. The coloration usually shows considerable departure from that of the original plates, and the backgrounds are sometimes modified. Vol. I, pp. IX-CVII contains a life of Wilson by Jardine. The editorial notes are detailed and critical and contain references to many con- temporary publications, including Richardson and Swainson’s ‘Fauna Boreali Americana,’’ 1832 (q.v.). The synonymy of the various species is brought strictly up to date. Wilson, Alexander. (Brewer, Thomas Mayo; Jardine, William; Ord, George.) 1840. > Wilson’s | American Ornithology | with | Additions | In- cluding the Birds | Described by | Audubon, Bonaparte, | Nut- tall, | and | Richardson. | Boston, | Otis, Broaders and Company. [Engr. design on border. }. 1 vol, r2mo (44%4x7%), (tit. missing), engr. tit., pp. III-VIII, 1-746, 25 pll., 2 text-figs. (unnum.), figs. 316-318 and 322. Boston. Brewer’s edition. A reprint of Wilson and Ord’s text (Cf. Wilson, 1808-14.) with the footnotes and other matter added from the Jardine edition, 1832 (q.v.). The plates contain the figures from Wilson’s drawings, rearranged and combined on a fewer number of plates, very much reduced in size and uncolored; those from pll. 75 and 76 of the original are separated, redrawn and inserted as text-figures. At the close of the volume, pp. 682-746, Brewer gives a “Synopsis of the birds of North America,” a list of 491 species with descriptions of those not included by Wilson, synonymy and some biographical notes. This edition was reprinted in cheaper form in 1853 (q.v.). The title-page is missing from the present copy, for which reason I have quoted the engraved title which is somewhat different from the full title as quoted by Coues for this work. The latter is the same as quoted for the reprint of 1853, except for the imprint and date which are as given above in the transcript of the engraved title and the collation. Wilson, Alexander. (Brewer, Thomas Mayo; Jardine, William; Ord, George. ) 1853. Wilson’s | American Ornithology, | with | notes by Jardine: | to which is added | a synopsis of American birds, | including those described | by | Bonaparte, Audubon, Nuttall, and | Richard- son; | By T. M. Brewer. | New York: | H. S. sega No. 8 Park Place. | MDCCCLIII. 1 vol. 12mo (514xg), engr. tit. (col.), pp. I-VIII (incl. tit.), 1-746, 25 pll. (1 col.), 2 text-figs. (unnum.), text-figs. 316-318 and 322. New York. An exact duplicate of the 1840 issue of Brewer’s edition (q.v.) except for the color- ing of the frontispiece and engraved title and for the imprint on the title and engraved title. It was printed from the same plates as the original issue 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 685 although the plates of the illustrations are considerably worn. Coues gives the date of the reissue as 1852 and an examination of the date as printed on the title-page of the present copy shows an irregularity in the last figure which may be due to alteration. The British Museum (Natural History) contains a copy dated 1854. Wilson, Alexander; and Bonaparte, Charles Lucien. (Jardine, William; Ord, George. ) 1876. American ornithology; [No semicolon (Vol. III.)] | or, | the natural history | of the | birds of the United States. | By | Alexan- der Wilson | and | Prince Charles Lucian Bonaparte. | The Illus- trative Notes and Life of Wilson | By Sir William Jardine, Bart., F.R.S.E., F.L.S. | [Design.] | In three volumes.-Vol. I [-III]. | London: | Chatto and Windus, Piccadilly. | 1876. 3 vols. medium 4to. Vol. I, pp. I-CV-+1, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 1-408, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-27 (col.; by Wilson). Vol. II, pp. I-VII-+1, 1-495, pll. 28-68 (col.; by Wilson). Vol. III, pp. I-VII+1, 1-540, pll. 69-76 (col.; by Wilson), 1-27 (col.; by Titian R. Peale and A. Rider), 2 text-figs. London. Up to p. 400 of Vol. III, the present edition is a copy of the text of the 1832 Jardine edition of Wilson and Bonaparte; the remainder of the work is a copy of the fourth volume of Bonaparte’s “American Ornithology,” 1825-33 (with- out the editorial annotations), which had not been published at the date of the earlier work. The plates are from the same engravings by Lizars as in the 1832 edition, except for pll. 22-27 (belonging to Vol. IV of Bonaparte); the latter are reduced to the same scale as the others but the engraver’s name is not given. The plates are hand-colored but the coloring is exaggerated and not a close copy of the original. Wilson, Alexander; and Bonaparte, Charles Lucien. (Jardine, William; Ord, George.) 1877. American ornithology; | or, | the natural history | of the | birds of the United States. | By | Alexander Wilson | and | Prince Charles Lucian Bonaparte. | The Illustrative Notes and Life of Wilson | By Sir William Jardine, Bart., F.R.S.E., F.L.S. | [De- sign.|] | In three volumes.- Vol. I [-III]. | New York: | J. W. Bouton, 706 Broadway. | 1877. 3 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-CV-+1, 11. (subtit.), pp. 1-408, frontisp. (portr.), pll. 1-27 (col.; by Wilson). Vol. II, pp. I-VII+1, 1-495, pll. 28-68 (col.; by Wilson). Vol. III, pp. I-VII-+1, 1-540, pll. 69-76 (col.; by Wilson). 1-27 (col.; By Titian R. Peale and A. Rider), 2 text-figs. New York. The text of the present edition is printed from the same plates as the 4to edition of the previous year. The colored plates are poor chromolithographic repro- ductions of the engravings by Lizars and others in the same issue. 686 FieLp Museum or Natura. History—Zoo.ocy, Vout. XVI. Wilson, Alexander; and Bonaparte, Charles Lucien. (Ord, George; Baird, Spencer Fullerton.) 1878. American ornithology; | or, the | natural history | of the | Birds of the United States. | Illustrated with plates | engraved from drawings from nature. | By | Alexander Wilson | and | Charles Lucian Bonaparte. | Popular edition. | Vol. I [-III]. | [Blazon.] | Philadelphia: | Porter & Coates, | 822 Chestnut Street. 3 vols. in 1, superroyal 8vo. Vol. I, tit. pp. V-VI (index), [IX-CXXXII (biography), I-XVI (Catalogue of N. American birds), 1-214, 28 pll. (relate to all three vols.). Vol. II, tit., pp. V-VIII, 9-390. Vol. III, tit., pp. VII-VIII, 9-426, 2 text-figs. Philadelphia. A composite reprint, consisting of the Ord (1828-29) edition of Wilson’s text, including Ord’s biography of the author, and (Vol. III, pp. 135-408) Bonaparte’s “American Ornithology,’’ 1825-33, Vols. I-IV, with the prefaces to the first three volumes. A combined index is given at the close of the work. The plates consist of zinc etchings after the original drawings of Wilson’s and Bona- parte’s works, reduced and slightly modified by the omission of backgrounds and other accessories, and usually combined four to the page. The original numbers are retained for the component drawings, those of Bonaparte being distinguished by the insertion of the letter B. Vol. I, pp. I-XVI, contains a “Catalogue of North American Birds” by Baird, reprinted from the 1859 8vo edition of the original matter first published in Vol. IX of the “Pacific Railroad Surveys” (reprint erroneously credited to October 1858 and original to Vol. IV of the “Surveys,” in acknowledgement on p. I). This edition is a reprint of a 5 vol. issue by the same publishers in 1871, 3 vols. text and 2 vols. colored plates. The pagination appears to be the same, although the colored plates have been replaced by the cheaper illustrations. The present issue is reviewed in the Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club, 4, pp. 53-54, 1879. Wilson, Alexander. 1904. See Weed, Clarence Moores, Bird Life Stories, Book I. Wilson, Edward Adrian. 1911. See [Grouse], The Grouse in Health and Disease. Wilson, Edward Adrian. 1907. See British Museum, National Antarctic Expedition 1901-1904; Natural History Vol. II. Wilson, Scott Barchard; and Evans, Arthur Humble. (Gadow, Hans.) 1890-99. Aves Hawaiienses: | the birds | of the | Sandwich Islands. | By | Scott B. Wilson, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., | assisted by | A. H. Evans, M.A., F.Z.S. | London: | R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Square, W. | 1890-99. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 687 1 vol. royal 4to, 2 pr. ll., pp. I[Ta-IIIe+1, V-XXV-+1, 1 1., 128 Il. (pp. 1-256 according to index), 71 pll. (64 col., by F. W. Frohawk; I-III by H. Gadow; 3 photogravures; 1 map), 3 text-figs. London. Published in seven parts beginning in December, 1890 and concluding in June 1899. The dates and distribution of the subject matter are given in the table of contents on pages IIIa-IIIc. The book is a thorough dissertation on the bird life of this interesting region, with synonymies, descriptions, critical notes and remarks on habits, distribution, native names, etc. The hand-colored illustrations are excellent. Dr. Hans Gadow contributes an article of four leaves (pp. 243-249) entitled, “Further remarks on the relationships of the Drepani- dide”’ illustrated with three plates (pll. I-ITT). Winge, Herluf. 1925-?. See Schigler, E. Lehn, Danmarks Fugle. Wintle, Ernest D. (Denne, David.) 1896. The | birds of Montreal | by | Ernest D. Wintle, | “‘Associate Member of the American Ornithologists Union.” | Birds observed in the vicinity of Montreal, Province of Quebec, | Dominion of Canada, with annotations as to whether they | are ‘‘Permanent Residents” or those that are found | regularly throughout the year; ‘“‘Winter Visitants,” | or those that occur only during the winter season, | passing north in the spring; ‘“‘Transient | Visi- tants,” or those that occur only | during migrations in spring and | autumn; ‘Summer Residents,” or those that are known to | breed, but which depart | southward before winter; and | ‘‘Acci- dental Visitants,’’ or strag- | glers from remote districts; giving | their relative abundance as to whether | they are rare, scarce, common or abundant; | data of nests and eggs when found, and especially | noting the species that breed in the City and Mount | Royal Park; also data of migratory arrivals and de- | partures, and other notes, all of which are deduced | from original observations made during the past fifteen years. | Montreal: | W. Drysdale & Co. | 1896. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XIV, 1-228, 1 1. (subtit.), pp. 229-281, 4 pll., 1 map (frontisp.). Montreal. An annotated list of 254 species. On pp. 137-214, brief description are given of each of the species. Pages 229-274, with a special title-page, contain a series of “Original sporting sketches compiled by David Denne. 1895."" The pro- vincial game-laws complete the volume. Witchell, Charles A. 1896. The | evolution of bird-song | with | observations on the influence of | heredity and imitation | by | Charles A. Witchell | 688 Fietp Museum or NatTurRAL History—Zoo.oey, Vor. XVI. author of ‘The Fauna of Gloucestershire’ | London | Adam and Charles Black | 1896. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-253, 3 ll. (advt.). London. A detailed study of the voice of birds, beginning with the origin of the voice and closing with the music of bird-song. Based on personal observations on British birds and published accounts of other writers. Much of the work is theoretical but the observations are accurate and the account is interesting. Witherby, Harry Forbes. 1912. See Hartert, Ernst; Jourdain; Ticehurst; and Witherby, A Hand-List of British Birds. Witherby, Harry Forbes. (Hartert, Ernst; Jackson, Annie C.; Jourdain, Francis Charles Robert; Oldham, Charles; Ticehurst, Norman Frederick. ) 1919-24. A | practical handbook | of | British birds | Edited by | H. F. Witherby, M.B.E., F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | Editor of ‘British Birds” (Mag.) | Authors of the Various Sections: | Ernst Hartert, Ph.D., M.B.O.U. | Annie C. Jackson, H.M.B.O.U. [(Mrs. Meinertz- hagen) (added, Vol. IT.)| | Rev. F. C. R. Jourdain, M.A., M.B.O.U. [,H.F.A.0.U. (added, Vol. II.)] | C. Oldham, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. | Norman F. Ticehurst, [O.B.E., (added, Vol. II.)] M.A., F.R.CS., M.B.O.U. | and the editor. [Period omitted (Vol. II.).] | Volume I [II]. | With 17 [13] Plates and Numerous Text Figures. [Period omitted (Vol. II.).] | Witherby & Co., [H. F. & G. Witherby] | 326, High Holborn, London. [London, W.C] | 1920. [1924]. 2 vols. in 3, post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-VIII, *I-*XVI, 1-532, pll. 1-17 (6 col.; by C. G. Davies, F. W. Frohawk and H. Grénvold, and from photographs), 196 text-figs. Vol. II (Pt. I), pp. I-XII, 1-448, pll. 1-6 (2 col.; by Grénvold and G. E. Lodge), 122 text-figs.: (Pt. II), pp. 449-959, pll. 7-13 (col.; by Grénvold), 175 text-figs. London. A thorough manual of British ornithology, with descriptions of different plumages, measurement, field characters, breeding habits, food, distribution, migration and other such notes systematically arranged. Keys are given throughout; a glossary of terms and guide for measurement are given in Vol. I while Vol. II (Pt. II) presents additions and corrections to the entire work and a sys- tematic list of species with a summary of the status of each and a page reference. The systematic list was published separately in 1924 as “‘A Check-list of British Birds’”’ (q.v.). The numerous text-figures are credited to Mrs. Hartert. The text is by the various authors, each of whom is responsible for certain sections as outlined in Vol. I, p. *5, deviations from this arrangement being indicated by the initials attached to the contributions. The work was published in 18 parts from March 3, 1919 to Febr. 26, 1924, dates and contents Deity published on p. IV of both volumes. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 689 Witherby, Harry Forbes. 1924. A check-list | of British birds | with a short account of the status of each | compiled from | ‘‘A Practical Handbook of British Birds.” | By | H. F. Witherby, M.B.E., F.Z.S., M.B.0.U. | H. F. & G. Witherby | 326, High Holborn, London, W.C. | 1924. 1 vol. post 8vo, pp. 1-78. London. A reprint of pp. 903-936 of Witherby’s “A Practical Handbook,” etc., 1919-24 (q.v.), here printed on only one side of the paper. Wodzicki, Casimir. 1878. See Rowley, George D., Ornithological Miscellany, 1875-78. Wood, Casey Albert. 1917. The fundus oculi of birds | especially as viewed by the | microscope | A Study in | Comparative Anatomy and Physiology | by | Casey Albert Wood | Illustrated by 145 drawings in the text; also by sixty-one | colored paintings prepared for this work by | Arthur W. Head, F.Z.S. | London | Chicago | The Lakeside Press | 1917. 1 vol. 8vo (10% x 13%), pp. 1-180, 31 pll. (col.; on num. pp.; con- taining “‘pll. I-LXI’’), text-figs. 1-145. Chicago. A most important monograph on the eyes of birds, describing “the conditions found in such birds (especially of living birds) as are most likely to be useful in a study of comparative opthalmology’’; a ‘“‘description of the intraocular appearances and the methods employed in viewing them.” In preparing the monograph, the author examined the eyes of some representative of almost all of the different orders of birds, and the descriptions and excellent figures and plates describe and illustrate the results of this comparative study. Wood, John George. 1866. Homes without hands. | Being a description of | the habita- tions of animals, classed according to | their principle of construc- tion. | By | The Rev. J. G. Wood, M.A., F.L.S., Etc. | Author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | With new designs by W. F. Keyl and E. Smith. | Engraved by Messrs. Pearson. | New York: | Harper & Brothers, publishers, | Franklin Square. | 1866. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XVIII, 19-651, 1-4 (advt.), 21 pll. (on num. pp.), 110 text-figs. New York. A popular work containing a vast amount of information of greater or less relia- bility, considerable of which relates to birds. The first edition was published in London in 1865. 690 FieLp Museum oF Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Wood, Theodore. 1921. Birds | one should know | beneficial and mischievous | By | The Rev. Canon Theodore Wood | Illustrated by | Roland Green, F.Z.S. | [Vignette.] | London: | Gay & Hancock, Limited, | 34, Henrietta Street, Covent Garden, W.C.2. | 1921 | (All Rights Reserved). 1 vol. imperial 8vo (7%4x10), pp. I-XI+1, 1-132, 24 pll. (8 col.), 188 text-figs. and decorations. London. A popular book giving a very brief account of the economic value of 33 species of British birds. Woodruff, Frank Morley. 1907. The Chicago Academy of Sciences | The Birds of the Chicago Area | by | Frank Morley Woodruff | Bulletin No. VI | of | The Natural History Survey | Issued April 15, 1907. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. 1-221, frontisp., pll. I-XI (photographic) . Chicago. April 15, 1907. An annotated list of the species of birds known to have occurred in an area em- bracing Cook and DuPage counties and the nine north townships of Will County, Illinois and the northern portion of Lake County, Indiana. A local bibliography is appended. Wolcott, Robert Henry. 1904. See Bruner, Lawrence; Wolcott; and Swenk, A Preliminary Review of the Birds of Nebraska. Wolf, A. G. 1890. See Warren, Benjamin H., Report on the Birds of Pennsyl- vania, Second Edition. Wolf, Johann. 1810. See Meyer, Bernhard; and Wolf, Taschenbuch der Deutschen Vogelkunde. Wolf, Johann. 1816-22. Abbildungen und Beschreibungen | merkwiirdiger | na- turgeschichtlicher Gegenstinde | von | Dr. und Professor Johann Wolf, | Kon. Baier’schem Schullehrer [etc., 6 lines.]. [ | II. Band. (added, in Vol. II.)] | Mit 36 illuminirten Kupfern. | Nurnberg, | im Verlag des Conrad Tyroff’schen Wappen-, Kunst- und | Com- missions-Bureau’s. | 1818 [1822]. 2 vols. (text 2 vols. in 1; pll. in separate vol.) demy 4to. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 1-168, 2 ll. (list of pll., conts. and index), 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 691 pll. I-XXXVI (col.; 11 ornithological by Wolf, L. C. Tyroff and A. Gabler). Vol. ITI, tit., pp. 1-156, 2 ll. (asin Vol. I), pll. I-XX XVI (col.; 9 ornithological by A. Gabler and C. W. Hahn). Nuremberg. Descriptions and notes on various animals and plants. Nine species of birds are treated in Vol. I and ten in Vol. II. No information is obtainable as to the dates of publication beyond that given by Engelmann and a few references in the text of the work itself. Engelmann notes the inclusive dates, 1816-22, and the division of the work into 27 Hefte of 2 sheets of text and 3 plates each, but these figures do not agree with the totals of 46 signatures and 72 plates. In the text, there is, on p. 86 of Vol. I, a reference to December 1816; on p. 109, a reference to a publication dated 1817; in Vol. II on p. 119, a reference to a publication dated 1820; on p. 133, a reference to one dated 1821; the title- pages are dated as quoted above and the preface to Vol. I is dated June 28, 1815. Wollaston, Alexander Frederick Richmond. 1916. See British Ornithologists’ Union, Reports on the Collections made by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. Wolley, John. (Newton, Alfred.) 1864-1907. Ootheca Wolleyana: | an illustrated catalogue | of | the i) collection of birds’ eggs, | begun by the late | John Wolley, Jun., M.A., F.Z.S., | and continued with additions | by the editor | Alfred Newton. | Volume I [II]. | London: | M.DCCC.LXIV. - M.CM.II [M.CM.V. - M.CM.VII]. | [Sold by R. H. Porter, 7 Prince’s Street, Cavendish Square.]. > Idem [4 lines.] | formed by the late | John Wolley, Jun., M.A., F.Z.S. | edited from the original notes | by | Alfred Newton, M.A., F.L.S., etc. [No initials (Pts. 2-4.).] | Part I. Accipitres [Part II. Picariz-Passeres; Part III. Columbe - Alcze; Part IV. Alca-Anseres: | with supplement and appendix]. | London: | R. H. Porter, 7 Prince’s Street, Cavendish Square. | M.DCCC.LXIV [M.CM.II; M.CM.V; M.CM.VII]. {[ | Price £2 2s. net.] (Pts. II and III.); [Price £1 5s. net.] (Pt. IV.).} vols. (4 pts.) royal 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XXXIX-+1, 1-531, 11. (list of pll. in Pt. I), frontisp. (portr.), pll. I-XIII (col.; by J. T. Bal- comb; eggs), A-M (1 col.; by J. Wolf, A.N., J. Wolley, etc.), 1 text-fig. Vol. II, pp. I-VI, 11. (blank), pp. 1-665+1, 1-96 (appen- dices I-LX), pll. XIV-XXI (col.; by H. Grénvold; eggs), N-P (1 col.; by J. Wolf, etc.), 1 map. (col.; fold.), 2 text-figs. London. An extensively annotated catalogue of the collection of birds’ eggs made by John Wolley, with further annotations by the editor, Alfred Newton, and with discussions of numerous specimens added by Newton to the collection after the death of Wolléy. Newton’s contributions are enclosed in brackets. The 692 FiELD Museum or Natura. History—Zoo.oecy, Vor. XVI. work was issued in four parts as follows. Pt. I, pp. 1-180, 1 1. (list of pll.), | pll. I-IX, A-I; II, pp. 181-531, I-X X XIX, frontisp., pll. X-XIII, J-M; III, pp. 1-384, pll. XIV-XXI; IV, pp. 385-665-++1, 1-96, I-VI, pll. N-P, map. The original wrappers, bearing the titles of the four parts, are bound with the set. Wood, Norman A. 1923. University of Michigan | Museum of Zoology | Miscellaneous Publications No. 1o | A Preliminary Survey of the Bird | Life of North Dakota | by | Norman A. Wood | Ann Arbor, Michigan | Published by the University | July 2, 1923. 1 vol. superroyal 8vo, pp. 1-96, pll. I-VI (photogrs.), 1 map (fold.). Ann Arbor. July 2, 1923. An annotated list of 320 species and subspecies of birds found in North Dakota, giving published records and other information relative to each. A bibliog- raphy is appended. Worcester, Dean Conant. 1909-10. See McGregor, Richard C., A Manual of Philippine Birds. World’s Congress on Ornithology. (Allen, J. A.; Amery, C. F.; Baskett, James Newton; Bates, Abraham H.; Belding, Lyman; Black, Hortensia; Bowles, J. H.; Butler, A. W.; Cairns, John S.; Chap- man, Frank M.; Coombs, Frank B.; Coues, Elliott; Crane, E. H.; Duges, Alfred; Hales, Henry; Hardy, Manly; Holub, Emil; Ingra- ham, D. P.; Keyser, Leander $.; Leverkuhn, Paul; Oberholser, H. C.; Pearson, T. Gilbert; Praeger, William G.; Pratt, Geo. B.; Quelch, J. J.; Rood, E. Irene; Shufeldt, R. W.; and Warren, Oscar Bird.) 1896. Papers | presented to the | World’s Congress | on | Orni- thology | edited by | Mrs. E. Irene Rood|Chairman Woman’s Committee of the Congress | under the direction of | Dr. Elliott Coues | President of the Congress, Ex-President of the American Ornithologists’ Union. | [Quot.] | Chicago | Charles H. Sergel Company | 1896. I vol. 8vo, pp. 1-208 (135-136 missing). Chicago. The volume contains 27 of the papers presented at the meeting of the World’s Congress on Ornithology, Oct. 18-21, 1893, at the World’s Fair in Chicago. Wright, Lewis. (Post 1879?). The | practical | pigeon keeper. | By | Lewis Wright, | author of [etc., 2 lines.]. | Illustrated. | Tenth thousand. | Cassell & Company, Limited: | London, Paris & Melbourne. | [All rights reserved. |. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 693 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-VI, 11. (pref.), pp. 1-232, 9 pll. (on num. pp.), text-figs. 1-36, 24 text-figs. (unnum.). London, Parisand Melbourne. A handbook of information for the pigeon fancier. The first edition was published in London in 1879. Wright, Mabel Osgood. 1895. Birdcraft | a field book of two hundred song | game, and water birds | by | Mabel Osgood Wright | author of ‘‘The Friendship of Nature” | with full-page plates containing 128 birds in the | natural colours, and other illustrations | New York | Macmillan and Co. | and London | 1895 | All rights reserved. 1 vol. 8vo, pp. I-XVI, 1-317, 15 ll. (expl. of pll.), pll. I-XV (double; 10 fold.). New York and London. An excellent introduction to the field study of a number of the commoner birds of New England. Descriptions, songs, season of occurrence, breeding range and habits, and distributional range are given concisely in tabular form, and notes on habits, mostly from personal observations, follow. Introductory chapters relate to general topics and a key to adult males in spring plumage follows the main text. The plates are after Audubon’s “Birds of America,” Warren’s “Birds of Pennsylvania,’ De Kay’s “Ornithology of the State of New York” and Fisher’s “Hawks and Owls of the United States.’”’ A second edition, with plates by Fuertes, appeared in 1897. Wright, Magnus von. (Palmén, Johan Axel.) 1859-73. Finlands foglar, | hufvudsakligen till deras dragter, [No comma. | | Speletig [beskrifna af] | Magnus von Wright. | Férro Afdelningen [Senare afdelningen, | efter forfatterens ddd omarbe- tad | med sarskild hansyn till arternas utbredning | och utgifven af | Johan Axel Palmén]. | Helsingfors, | Finska Litteratursallska- pets Tryckeri, 1859 [Finska Litteratur-Sallskapets tryckeri, 1873]. 2 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and ded.), pp. VII-XIV, 1-315-+1, 11. (errata). Vol. II, tit., pp. I-XVII+1, 1-681-+1, 2 ll. (conts.). Helsingfors. 1859 (post Oct. 1) and 1873 (post Sept. 1). A descriptive and biographical account of the birds of Finland. Vol. I (‘‘Acci- pitres’” to “Columbini”’) .was written by Wright; II (‘‘Gallinae” to “Pygo- podes”) by Palmén, after Wright’s death. The approximate dates are from the prefaces of the two volumes. Wiillerstorf-Urbair, B. von. (Pelzeln, August von.) 1865. [Reise der dsterreichischen Fregatte ‘‘Novara’”’ um die Erde, in den Jahren 1857, 1858, 1859, unter den Befehlen des Commodore B. von Willerstorf-Urbair. > Zoologischer Theil. I. Bd. Wirbel- thiere. > 2.] > Végel | von | August von Pelzeln | Custos-Adjunct 694 FieLp Museum oF Natura. History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. am K. K. Zoologischen Cabinete. | Mit 6 Tafeln. | Novara-Expe- dition. Zoologischer Theil. Bd. I. Pelzeln. Végel. 1 vol. (pt.), medium 4to, tit., pp. I-IV, 1-176, pll. I-VI (col.; by T. F. Zimmermann). Vienna. The ornithological portion (Pt. 2 of Vol. II of the Zoological Section) of the report on the voyage of the Novara. It comprises an annotated catalogue of the birds collected by the members of the expedition. The general title is quoted from Taschenberg. Wyatt, Claude Wilmot. : 1885-94. See Sharpe, R. B.; and Wyatt, A Monograph of the Hirundinidae. Wyatt, Claude Wilmot. 1894. British birds: | being | coloured illustrations | of all the | species of Passerine birds resident in the | British Isles, | with | some notes in reference to their plumage. | By | Claude W. Wyatt, | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union. | London: | William Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand. | 1894. vol. demy folio, 3 pr. ll. (tit., pref. and conts.), Il. 1-25, 25 pll. (col.; by Wyatt). London. A series of excellent, hand-colored plates illustrating 50 species of resident British birds, with notes relative to individual and other variations which do not appear in the illustrations. A companion volume, with the same short title, was issued in 1899. This second work is designated as Vol. II of the present title, but its full title is different, while a note by the publishers in the present volume describes the forthcoming book as a separate work which was to be sold separately. The second volume is entitled, ‘British Birds: with Some Notes in Reference to their Plumage” (q.v.). Lal Wyatt, Claude Wilmot. 1899. British birds: | with | some notes in reference to their plum- age. | Coloured illustrations. | Vol. II. | By | Claude W. Wyatt, | Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union. | London: | William Wesley & Son, 28 Essex Street, Strand. | 1899. 1 vol. demy folio, 3 pr. ll. (tit., pref. arid conts.), ll. 1-42, 42 pll, (col.; by Wyatt). London. A series of fine, hand-colored plates of British birds, including migrant Passeres and resident and migrant “Picariae, Striges, Accipitres and Columbae,” ex- cluding occasional visitors. The text is descriptive of variations and differences which do not appear in the illustrations. Although indicated as Vol. II (of the author’s “British birds: being Coloured Illustrations of all the Species of Passerine Birds Resident in the British Isles,” 1894, q.v.) the present volume was issued and sold separately. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 695 Wyatt, John H. 1924. See Kirkman, Frederick B.; and Hutchinson, British Sporting Birds. Wyman, Luther E.; and Burnell, Elizabeth F. 1925. Field book of birds | of the | southwestern United States | by | Luther E. Wyman, M.S. | Ornithologist, Los Angeles Mu- seum | and | Elizabeth F. Burnell, M.A. | Assistant Supervisor of Nature Study | Los Angeles City Schools | with many illustra- tions | [Design.] | Boston and New York | Houghton Mifflin Company | The Riverside Press Cambridge | 1925. 1 vol. crown 8vo, pp. I-XXIV, 1 1. (explanatory notes), pp. 1-308, frontisp. (col.; by Allan Brooks), 2 maps (col.; fold.), 1 chart (col.), 347 text-figs. Boston and New York. A descriptive handbook of the birds of one of the most interesting sections of the United States,—a region including Arizona, southern California and Nevada. Each species or subspecies is concisely described and some one of its dis- tinguishing characteristics noted, while on the opposite page the distribution is stated and, in most cases, delineated on a small map accompanied by a pen- and-ink drawing of the bird or some part of it. Most of the drawings are very good although some of them have suffered partial obliteration of detail through too much reduction in size. At the rear of the volume are field color keys to the species of certain families and a check-list of all the forms described in the earlier parts of the work. Wytsman, Paul. (Brasil, Louis; Dubois, Alphonse; Hartert, Ernst; Hellmayr, Charles Edward; Parrot, Carl; Salvadori, Tommaso; Sclater, Philip Lutley.) 1905-14. 1st [-26th] part Passeres [Picarie (Pts. 2, 6, 8, 10, 13, n4.)) Pattact (Pis.:.3, 4,9, 02, 12.); Steganopodes (Fé. 7.): Grues (Pts. 19, 21, 26.); Casuarii (Pts. 20, 25.); Apteryges (Pt. 22.)] | Genera | Avium | edited by [conducted by (Pts. 6-26.)] | P. Wytsman | with contributions by [etc., mut. mut., 2-3 lines.| | Passeres [mut. mut., as in line r.] | Fam. Eurylemide (mut. mut.; see below.| | by Ernst Hartert [mut. mut.; see below.] | with 1 coloured plate [mut. mut.; see below.] | 1905 [mut. mut.; see below.] | Price 3/9 (Fr. 4.75) [mut. mut.] | [Design.] | Printed and Published by V. Verteneuil & L. Desmet, Brussels. [Mutanda. | Pt. 1. Passeres | Fam. Eurylemide | by Ernst Hartert | with 1 coloured plate | 1905. Pt. 2. Picarize | Fam. Todide | by P. Wytsman | with 1 coloured plate | 1905. 696 FireLp Museum or Natura History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Pt. 3. Psittaci | Fam. Stringopide | by T. Salvadori | with 1 coloured plate | 1905. Pt. 4. Psittaci | Fam. Nestoride | by T. Salvadori | with 2 coloured plates | 1905. Pt. 5. Psittaci | Fam. Cacatuide | by T. Salvadori | with 2 coloured plates | 1905. Pt. 6. Picariz | Fam. Coliide | by P. L. Sclater, Dr. Sc., F.R.S. | with 1 coloured plate | 1906. Pt. 7. Steganopodes | Fam. Pelecanidz | by Dr. Alphonse Dubois | with 1 coloured plate | 1907. Pt. 8. Picarie | Fam. Musophagide | by Dr. Alphonse Dubois | with 2 coloured plates | 1907. Pt. 9. Passeres | Fam. Pipride | by C. E. Hellmayr | with 3 coloured plates | 1910. Pt. 10. Picariz | Fam. Galbulide | by P. L. Sclater | with 1 coloured plate | 1909. Pt. 11. Psittaci | Fam. Loriide | by T. Salvadori | with 6 coloured plates | 1910. Pt. 12. Psittaci | Fam. Cyclopsittacide | by T. Salvadori | with 2 coloured plates | 1910. Pt. 13. Picariae | Fam. Bucerotide | by Dr. Alphonse Dubois | with 3 coloured plates | rgrr. Pt. 14. Picarie | Fam. Meropide | by Dr. Carl Parrot | with 1 coloured plate | rorr. Pt. 15. Passeres | Fam. Certhiide | by C. E. Hellmayr | with 1 coloured plate | 1911. Pt. 16. Passeres | Fam. Sittidee | by C. E. Hellmayr | with 1 coloured plate | rgrr. Pt. 17. Passeres | Fam. Regulide | by C. E. Hellmayr | with 1 coloured plate | rgrr. Pt. 18. Passeres | Fam. Paride | by C. E. Hellmayr | with 3 coloured plates | rgrr. Pt. 19. Grues | Fam. Gruide | by L. Brasil | with 3 coloured plates | LOIS: Pt. 20. Casuarii. Fam. Casuariide | by L. Brasil | with 3 coloured plates | 1913. Pt. 21. Grues | Fam. Rhinochetide | by L. Brasil | with 1 coloured plate | 1913. Pt. 22. Apteryges | Fam. Apterygide | by L. Brasil | with 1 coloured plate | 1913. Pt. 23. Passeres | Fam. Chamezide | by C. E. Hellmayr | 1913. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 697 Pt. 24. Passeres | Fam. Hyposittide | by C. E. Hellmayr | with 1 coloured plate | 1913. Pt. 25. Casuarii | Fam. Dromaiide | by L. Brasil | with 1 coloured plate | 1914. Pt. 26. Grues | Fam. Mesitide | by L. Brasil | with 1 coloured plate | 1914. 26 pts. royal 4to. Pt. 1, subtit., pp. 1-8, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 2, subtit., pp. 1-4, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 3, subtit., pp. 1-2, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 4, sub- tit., pp. 1-3, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 5, subtit., pp. 1-7, pll. 1-2 (col.). Pt. 6, subtit., pp. 1-6, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 7, subtit., pp. 1-4, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 8, subtit., pp. 1-9, pll. 1-2 (col.). Pt. 9, subtit., pp. 1-31, pll. 1-3 (col.). Pt. 10, subtit., pp. 1-7, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 11, subtit., pp. 1-20, pli. 1-6 (col.). Pt. 12, subtit., pp. 1-6, pll. 1-2 (col.). Pt. 13, sub- tit., pp. 1-24, pll. 1-3 (col.). Pt. 14, subtit., pp. 1-17, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 15, subtit., pp. 1-16, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 16, subtit., pp. 1-18, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 17, subtit., pp. 1-18, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 18, subtit., pp. 1- 84, pll. 1-3 (col.). Pt. 19, subtit., pp. 1-9, 3 pll. (col.). Pt. 20, sub- tit, OD. 1-30.49 pil. (col... Pt.21, subttt., pp. 1-3,.1 pl. (col.). Pt. 22, Sulit pp. 1-4, 1) pl. (col.)., Pt, 23,:subtit., pp. 1-3. Pt. 24, subtit., pp. 1-3, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 25, subtit., pp. 1-5, 1 pl. (col.). Pt. 26, subtit., pp. 1-3, 1 pl. (col.). [26 original covers.] Brussels. A series of monographs of various groups of birds, prepared by different workers and issued from time to time. The intention was to have the complete series embrace all avian groups, but, up to date, only those families have been treated which are included in the above list; the death of the editor has probably ter- minated the project. The dates on the original wrappers are not reliable. Dr. Hellmayr informs me that he received author’s copies of his contributions sent to Munich sup- posedly as soon as issued, as follows. Pt. 9, dated 1910, recd. Jan. 13, 1910. Pts. 15-18, dated 1911, recd. Febr. 21, 1912. Pt. 23, dated 1913, recd. Dec. 9, 1913. Yarkand; Scientific Results of the Second Yarkand Mission. 1891. See Sharpe, Richard Bowdler. Yarrell, William. 1835. See Jenyns, Leonard, A Manual of British Vertebrate Ani- mals. Yarrell, William. 1837-43. A | history | of | British birds. | By | William Yarrell, F.L.S. V.P.Z.S. | [Blazon or vignette; different in each vol.] | Illus- trated by 520 wood-engravings. | In three volumes, —Vol. I 698 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zootoey, Vor. XVI. [-III]. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M. DCCC. XLII. > A | history | of | British birds. | By | William Yarrell, F.L.S. F.Z.S. | Illustrated with woodcuts | of each species. | Vol. I [IT]. | Containing one hundred and five [nine] birds, | and numerous vig- nettes. | London: | John Van Voorst, 1, Paternoster Row. | M. DCCC.XXXIX [M.DCCC.XLI]. | [Temporary title-page.] [Js- sued only with Vols. I and II.}. 3 vols. royal 8vo. Vol. I, temporary tit., pp. 1-528, 194 figs. Vol. II, temp. tit., pp. 1-672, 209 figs. Vol. III, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-528, 292 figs.; (addenda to Vol. I), pp. I-X XXII (half-tit., tit., pref. and index to 3 vols.), 268*, 269*, 316*, 317*, 420* and 421*, 3 text-figs.; (addenda to Vol. II), 2 Il. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 232* and 233*, 1 text-fig. London. For many years a standard work on the natural history of British birds. Prepared on the style of Bewick and Beilby’s “History of British Birds,” 1797-1804 (q.v.). Issued in 37 parts of three sheets each, at intervals of two months, according to a note in the preface, p. V of Vol. I. The first part was issued in July 1837 and the last in May 1843; probably Pts. 36 and 37 appeared together on the latter date with addenda to Vols. I and II constituting the last part. A second edition appeared in 1845, together with a supplement (q.v.) to the present edition, bringing it up to date; a third edition (q.v.) and second sup- plement (q.v.) were used in 1856; a fourth edition (q.v.) (edited by Newton and Saunders) was published in 1871-85. ‘‘An Illustrated Manual of British Birds”’ by Saunders, 1889 (q.v.), partakes of the nature of a condensed revision of the present work. The first edition of Yarrell was published also in demy 8vo, 8vo, and imperial 8vo. The addenda to Vols. I and II, including full title-pages and illustrated discussions of additional species, are paged for insertion in their respective volumes but, in the copy at hand, are bound as issued, at the close of Vol. III. The preface to Vol. I is also included among the addenda and contains some additional remarks on certain species which are discussed in the first two volumes. Yarrell, William. 1845. Supplement | to the | history | of | British birds. | By | William Yarrell, F.L.S. V.P.Z.S. | [Vignette.] | Illustrated with wood-engravings. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.XLV. 1 vol. royal 8vo, 2 pr. ll. (tit. and pref.), pp. 7-53, 1-4 (advt.), 14 text-figs. London. Figures and descriptions of the species of birds obtained since the publication of the first edition of the author’s “A History of British Birds,’’ 1837-43 (q.v-), but included in the second edition, 1845. The figures of the head of the White Wagtail in summer and winter plumages, are reprinted from the first edition; 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 699 the figure of the entire bird is a remodeled copy of that of the Pied Wagtail in the same work. The preface to this supplement is dated October 1845; a pub- lishers’ advertisement at the close of the volume is dated December the same year. Yarrell, William. 1856. A | history | of | British birds. | By | William Yarrell, V.P.L.S. F.Z.S. | [Vignette; different in each vol.] Illustrated by 550 wood-engravings. | In three volumes. -Vol. I [-III]. | Third edi- tion, with many additions. | London: | John Van Voorst, Pater- noster Row. | M.DCCC.LVI. 3 vols. post 8vo. Vol. I, pp. -XXXV-+1, 1-614, 212 text-figs. Vol. II, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-702, 197 text-figs. Vol. III, 2 pr. ll. (half-tit. and tit.), pp. 1-679, 225 text-figs. London. A third edition of the work of the same title (q.v.), first published in 1837-43. The additions made in the present edition which are not given in the second, were embodied in a ‘Second Supplement” (q.v.) published the same year, 1856, which brings the second edition (and with the first supplement brings the first edition) up to the date of the third. Yarrell, William. 1856. Second supplement | to the | history | of | British birds: | being also a | first supplement to the second edition. | By William Yarrell, V.P.L.S. F.Z.S. | [Blazon.] | Illustrated with 18 wood- engravings. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.LVI. 1 vol. royal 8vo, pp. I-X, 1-71, 18 text-figs. London. Descriptions and figures of 18 species of birds not included in the second edition of the author’s “A History of British Birds.”” The booklet is designed to bring the second edition up to date with the third edition (q.v.), published the same year, and with the first “Supplement,” 1845 (q.v.), to bring the first edition, 1837-43 (q.v.), also up to date. Yarrell, William. (Newton, Alfred; and Saunders, Howard.) 1871-85. A | history | of | British birds. | By | William Yarrell, V.P.L.S., F.Z.S. | (Vignette; different in each vol.| | Fourth edition, in four volumes. | Illustrated by 564 wood-engravings. | Volume I [-IV]., revised and enlarged | by | Alfred Newton, M.A., F.R.S., [etc., 2 lines; [Howard Saunders, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Etc. (Vols. III and IV.)] | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLXXI.-MDCCCLXXIV [MDCCCLXXVI-MDCCCLX- XXII; MDCCCLXXXII-MDCCCLXXXIV; MDCCCLXXXIV.- MDCCCLXXXvV ]. 700 Fietp Museum or Natura History—Zoo.tocy, Vor. XVI. 4 vols. 4to (size of post 8vo). Vol. I, pp. I-XII, 1 errata slip, pp. 1- 646, 186 text-figs. (some by E. Neale and J. G. Keulemans). Vol. II, pp. I-VII-+1, 1-494, 127 text-figs. Vol. III, pp. I-XVI, 1 errata slip, pp. 1-684, 255 text-figs. Vol. IV, pp. I-VIII, 1 errata slip, pp. 1-531, 173 text-figs. London. The fourth edition of Yarrell’s work of 1837-43 (q.v.),—original in three volumes. The first two volumes of the present edition were edited and revised by Newton; the latter two by Saunders. Much material, including a number of new illustrations, are added and the work is thoroughly revised and rewritten. In 1889, Saunders condensed the text and published it, with some of its illus- trations, under the title of “An Illustrated Manual of British Birds” (q.v.). The present edition was published in 30 parts, the dates of which are given as follows by Coues and the Zoological Record. Part I, pp. 1-80, June 1871; II, pp. 81-160, Aug. 1871; III, pp. 161-240, 1872; IV, pp. 241-320, July 1872; V, pp. 321-400, March 1873; VI, pp. 401-480, July 1873; VII, pp. 481-560, Febr. 1874; VIII, pp. 561-646 “with temporary title-page, note, errata and contents’? (Coues) (End of Vol. I.), Nov. 1874; IX, pp. 1-80, Febr. 1876; X, pp. 81-160, Nov. 1876; XI, pp. 101 and 102 (to replace those in pt. X), 161-238, Sept. 1877; XII, pp. 239-318, Oct. 1878; XIII, pp. 319-398?, 1880; XIV (into Picidae=), pp. 320?-487?, 1881; XV, 479?-494 (End of Vol II), 1- (genus Tetrao=) 64?, 1882; XVI-XX, pp. 65?-456, 1883; XXI-XXVI, pp. 457-684 (End of Vol. IIl.), 1-240, 1884; XXVII-XXX, 241-531 (End of Vol. IV.) errata, title-pages to Vols. I-IV and pref. to Vols. III and IV (dated April 30, 1885), 1885. Yarrow, H. C.; and Henshaw, Henry W. 1874. Engineer Department, U. S. Army. | Geographical and Geo- logical Explorations and surveys | west of the one hundredth meridian. | First Lieut. Geo. M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, in charge. | Report | upon | ornithological specimens | collected in | the years 1871, 1872, and 1873. | Washington: | Government Printing Office. | 1874. 1 vol. 8vo, tit., pp. 1-148. Washington. A series of separate papers, as follows. “Report upon and list of birds collected by the expedition for explorations west of the one hundredth meridian in 1872,” by Yarrow and Henshaw, pp. 5-33; “List of birds collected by Lieut. G. M. Wheeler’s expedition, 1871,” by Yarrow and Henshaw, pp. 34-38; ‘‘An anno- tated list of the birds of Utah,” by Henshaw, pp. 39-54 (reprinted from Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, 11, pp. 1-14, June 1874, with revisions) ; “Report upon and list of birds collected by the expedition for geographical and geological explorations and surveys west of the one hundredth meridian in 1873,” by Hen- shaw, pp. 55-148 (in three sections). Zetterstedt, Johan Wilhelm. 1822. Resa | genom | Sweriges och Norriges | Lappmarker, | Forrattad | Ar 1821; | af | Johan Wilhelm Zetterstedt, | Professor 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 701 m. m. wid Kongl. Academ. i Lund. | Férsta Delen, med trenne illuminerade Kopparstick. [Andra Delen.] | Lund, | Tryckt i Ber- lingska Boktryckeriet, | 1822. 2 vols. in 1 crown 8vo. Vol. I, pp. I-XV-+1, 1-266, pll. I-III (col.: by B. F. Fries). Vol. II, tit., pp. 1-231. Lund. An account of the author’s travels in Lapland in 1821, with miscellaneous natural history notes, including the descriptions of two supposed new species of birds, Emberiza borealis and Parus lugubris (pp. 107 and 250), figured on the three colored plates. A presentation copy from the author to Oken. Zichy, Jené. (Horvath, Géza; Madarasz, Gyula.) 1901. > Dritte Asiatische | Forschungsreise des Grafen Eugen Zichy. | Band II. | Zoologische Ergebnisse | der | dritten asia- tischen Forschungsreise | des | Grafen Eugen Zichy. | Redigirt von | Dr. G. Horvath | Ord. Mitglied der Ungarischen Akademie [etc., 2 lines.]. | Mit 28 Tafeln und 22 Textfiguren. | Budapest 1901 Leipzig | Victor HornyAnszky Karl W. Hiersemann. [Title also in Hungarian. | 1 vol. royal 4to, pp. I-XLI-+1, 1-470, 1 1. (index and errata), pll. I- XXVIII (6 col.; 1 ornithological, by Madardsz). Budapest and Leipzig. The zoological volume of Zichy’s report on his expedition from Budapest through Russia, Siberia and China to Korea in 1898. The volume is edited by Horvath and the ornithological portion, pp. 21-39, written by Madarasz who has given the first published figure of Ardeola bacchus (Bonap.) on Pl. V. No new species are described except a young, unidentified Saxicola. Zorn, Baron von. 1817. See Frisch, Johann Leonhard, Vorstellung der Vogel Deutsch- lands. LIST OF PERIODICALS An asterisk denotes a complete set. *Abstract of the Proceedings of the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club of Philadelphia. Philadelphia. Nos. 1-4; 1890-1900. Con- tinued as Cassinia (q.v.). *Alpina. (C. U. Salis and J. R. Steinmiller.) Winterthur. Vols. 1-4; 1806-1809. Continued as Neue Alpina (q.v.). *Anzeiger der Ornithologischen Gesellschaft in Bayern. Munich. Vols. 1-9; 1919-1925. *American Ornithology. (Chester A. Reed and Charles K. Reed.) Worcester, Mass. Vols. 1-6; 1901-1906. Aquila. A Magyar Ornithologiai Kézpont Folydirata. Budapest. Vols. 7-19 and 28; 1900-1912 and 1921. *Ardea. Tijdschrift der Nederlandsche Ornithologische Verseeniging. Leyden. Vols. 1-14; 1912-1925. Audubon Bulletin, The. (Illinois Audubon Society.) Chicago. Spring 1916, Winter 1916-17, Spring 1917, Winter 1917-18, Spring and Summer 1918, Fall 1920, Spring 1921, Spring 1922, Fall 1922, Spring 1923, Fall 1923, Spring and Summer 1924, Summer 1925. *Auk, The. (American Ornithologists’ Union.) Variously,—Boston, New York, Cambridge and Lancaster. Vols. 1-43; 1884-1926. A lasaripagingss of the Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club q.v.). An index to Vols. 1-17 (1884-1900) and to the Bull. Nuttall Ornith. Club. 1907. A ten year index, to Vols. 17-26 (1901-1910). I915. *Austral Avian Record, The. (Gregory M. Mathews.) London. Vols. I-5; 1912-1926. *Avicultural Magazine, The; being the Journal of The Agricultural Society for the Study of Foreign and British Birds. Variously,— Brighton and London. Vols. 1-8; New Series, Vols. 1-7; 3rd Series, Vols. 1-13; 4th Series, Vols. 1-3; 1895-1925. Berajah, Zoographia infinita. (O. Kleinschmidt.) Variously,—Halle and Leipzig. 14 pts. (unnun.) 1905-1923. *Bird Lore. Official Organ of the Audubon Societies. Variously,— Englewood, N. J.; Harrisburg, Pa.; and New York. Vols. 1-28; 1899-1926. *Birds. Mum ; ; Rirdc and All Mace. W- ord.) Chicago. Vols. 1-17 (pt.); Birds and Nature. | 1896-1905. *British Birds. London. Vols. 1-19; 1907-1926. Index, Vols. I-XII. 702 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 703 *Bulletin of the British Ornithologists’ Club. London. Vols. 1-46; 1893-1926. *Bulletin of the Cooper Ornithological Club of California. Santa Clara. Vol. I; 1899. Continued as The Condor (q.v.). In a measure supersedes The Nidiologist (q.v.). Bulletin of the Michigan Ornithological Club. Grand Rapids. Vols. 1-5; 1897-1904. *Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club. Cambridge, Mass. Vols. 1-8; 1876-1883. Virtually continued by The Auk (q.v.). Index to Vols. 1-8 included with index to The Auk, Vols. 1-17. *Bulletin de la Société Ornithologique Suisse. Geneva and Paris. Vols. 1-2; 1865-1870. Bull. No.-(1-19); The Wilson Ornithological Chapter of the Agassiz Association. Oberlin, Ohio. Nos. 5-19 (12-19=Vols. 9-10 pt.= New Ser. Vols. 1-5, No. 2); 1895-1898. Thereafter continued as The Wilson Bulletin (q.v.). *Bulletin Zoologique. (F. E. Guérin-Méneville.) Paris. 1 vol. 1835. Intended as continuation of Férussac’s Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles. *Cassinia. (Delaware Valley Ornithological Club.) Philadelphia. Nos. 5-24; 1901-1921. Nos. 1-4 issued as Abstract of the Proceed- ings of the Del. Val. Ornith. Club (q.v.). Comptes Rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l’Académie des Sciences. Paris. Vols. 37-44; July-Dec. 1853- Jan.-June 1857. *Condor, The. (Cooper Ornithological Club.) Variously,—Santa Clara, Hollywood and Berkeley. Vols. 2-27; 1900-1925. Vol. 1 issued as Bulletin of the Cooper Ornith. Club (q.v.). Index, Vols. 1-10 (1899-1908) issued as Pacific Coast Avifauna, No. 6, 1909. Index, Vols. 11-20 (1909-1918) issued as Pacific Coast Avifauna, No. 13, 1919. *Contributions to Ornithology. (Sir William Jardine.) London. 1848- 1852. *Dansk Ornithologisk Forenings Tidsskrift. Copenhagen. Vols. 1-18; 1906-1925. Emu, The. The official Organ of the Australasian (Royal Australasian; Vols. 10-date) Ornithologists’ Union. Melbourne. Vol. 2; 3, Pts. 2 and 3; 4-25; 1902-1926. *Falco. Unregelmassig im Anschluss an das Werk Berajah erscheinende Zeitschrift. (O. Kleinschmidt.) Variously,—Halle and Leipzig. 1905-1921; 1922, Pts. 1 and 2 and Sonderheft 4; 1923, Pts. 1-3 and Sonderheft; 1924, Pt. 1; 1925, Pt. 1. *Hornero, El. Revista de la Sociedad Ornithologica del Plata. Buenos Aires. Vols. 1-3; 1917-1924. 704. FiELD Museum or Naturat History—Zootocy, Vou. XVI. Ibis, The. (British Ornithologists’ Union.) London. Vols. 1-6; Ser. 2, Vols. 2-6; Ser. 3-11, Vols. 1-6, each; Ser. 12, Vol. 1 and Vol. 2, Pt. 1; Jubilee Supplement, 1909; Jubilee Supplement 2, 1915; 1859-1864 and 1866-1926. Index to the genera and species and to the plates, 1859-76; 77-94; 95-1912 (3 vols.). General index to Series 1-11, separate or in last vol. of each series. *Jahresbericht des Ornithologischen Vereins Miinchen. Munich. 1897-1902 (publ. 1899-1903). Continued as Verhandlungen der Ornithologischen Gesellschaft in Bayern (q.v.). *Journal fiir Ornithologie. (J. Cabanis; continued from 1893 to 1922 by Ant. Reichenow, and from Vol. 70, 1922 by E. Stresemann.) (Organ of Deutsche Ornithologische Gesellschaft.) Berlin. Vols. I-73; 1853-1925. Journal of the South African Ornithologists’ Union, The. Pretoria. Vols. 1-9; 1905-1913. *Magasin de Zoologie. (F. E. Guérin-Méneville). Paris. Vols. 1-8; Ser. 2, Vols. 1-7; 1831-1845. Merged with the Revue Zoologique to form the Revue et Magasin de Zoologie (q.v.). *Mittheilungen des Ornithologischen Vereines in Wien. Vienna. Vols. 1-12; 1877-1888. Continued as Die Schwalbe (q.v.). Section fur Gefliigelzucht und Brieftaubenwesen, Nos. 1-2; 1884- 1885. *Naturforscher, Der. (Johann Jacob Gebauer.) Halle. Vols. 1-30; 1774-1804. *Naumannia. (Edward Baldamus.) (Organ of Deutsche Ornitholo- gische Gesellschaft.) Variously,—Stuttgart, Dessau and Leipzig. Vols. 1-8; 1851-1858. Neue Mannigfaltigkeiten. Berlin. Vol. 4; 1781. *Neue Alpina. (J. R.Steinmiiller.) Winterthur. Vols. 1-2; 1821-1827. Continuation of Alpina (q.v.). Nidiologist, The. Alameda, Calif. Vols. 1-4; 1893-1897. Official Organ of the Cooper Ornithological Club from Vol. 2, No. 12 on- ward; continued as the Bull. of the Cooper Ornith. Club (q.v.). *Nunquam otiosus. Zoologische Mittheilungen. (L. W. Schaufuss.) Dresden. Vols. 1-3; 1870-1882. (For dates see Vol. 1, preliminary leaf; Vol. 2, pp. 241, 280, 320, 260, 400, 440; Vol. 3, pp. XXXII, XXXVIII, 510, 528, 544, 560. Oologist, The. Variously,—Gaines, N. Y.; Albion, N. Y. Vol. 1, No. 6; Vol. 3, No. 1; Vol. 5, Nos. 2-4, 7-9, 12; Vol. 6, No. 1; Vol. 7, No. 10; Vol. 8, Nos. 6-11; Vol. 9, Nos. 1-5, 7, 8, 10, 11; Vol. 9, No. 1 (duplicated numbers dated Jan. 1897; orig. Jan. 1892); Vol. 10, Nos. 1-3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12; Vol. 11, Nos. 2-4, 6-11; Vol. 12, Nos. 1-12; Vol..13, Nos, 1,2, 4, 5; Vol. 14, Nos. 3, 58 Vol) 2607 1884-1909. FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. ZOOLOGY, VOL. XVI, PL. XII. rite ina", = “ / > rs ‘ee ¢ o = -Ornis 2a . eas oder . 2 das Neueste und Wichtigste a der Vogelkunde 54 . ., in Verbindung mit mehreren Natu fRschern By = : ‘ * RS herausgegeben von iy oth 1 poe we a Chr. L. Brehm, 5, Pfarrer zu Renthendorf. "a . wee. 2 poe f 1..Hef t.. ; n> fsy sy i ; £5 EAD Ht, t 4 { oe Jena, Awe ue fk Sch mi d. 1 8 2 4. TITLE-PAGE OF ONE OF THE EARLIEST ORNITHOLOGICAL PERIODICALS. See p. 705. 1926. CATALOGUE OF AYER LIBRARY—ZIMMER. 705 *Ornis oder das Neueste und Wichtigste der Vogelkunde. (Chr. Lud- wig Brehm.) Jena. Vols. 1-3; 1824-1827. (See Pl. XI) *Ornis. Organ des permanenten internationalen ornithologischen Comite’s. Variously,—Vienna, Braunschweig and London. Vols. I-13; 1885-1910. *Ornithologische Centralblatt. Leipzig. Vols. 1-6; 1876-1881. *Ornithologische Jahrbuch. Hallein. Vols. 2-29; 1891-19109. *Ornithologische Monatsberichte. (A. Reichenow; continued from and including Vol. 31, 1922 by E. Stresemann.) Berlin. Vols. I-33; 1893-1925. Ornithologische Monatschrift des Deutschen Vereins zum Schutze der Vogelwelt. Merseburg, Gera, Leipzig and Halle. Vol. 18; 1893. Ornithologist and Oologist. Varzously,—Pawtucket, R. I.; Rockville, Conn.; Norwich, Conn.; Boston, Mass.; Hyde Park, Mass. Vols. 6-10; 17, Nos. 9-12; 18, Nos. 1, 2, 6-10; 1881-1885, 1892 and 1893. *Osprey, The. Galesburg, Ill. Vols. 1-5; New Series, Vol. 1, Nos. 1-6; 1896-1902. *Pacific Coast Avifauna (Cooper Ornithological Club of California.) Vartously,—Santa Clara, Hollywood and Berkeley. Nos. 1-17; 1900-1925. *Revue Francaise d’Ornithologie. Paris. Vols. 1-9; 1910-1925. *Revue et Magasin de Zoologie. (F. E. Guérin-Méneville.) Paris. “ze Série” Vols. 1-23; “‘3e Série.” Vols. 1-7; 1849-1879. The first series appeared under the title of ‘“Revue Zoologique” (q.v.), which was combined with the Magasin de Zoologie to form the present periodical. Revue Zoologique, par la Société Cuvierienne. Paris. 1838-1879 (number for Dec. 1869 missing). *Rhea. (F. A. L. Thienemann.) Leipzig. Vols. 1-2; 1846-1849. Rivista Italiana di Ornitologia. Bologna. Vols. 1-3; 1912-1914. *Schwalbe, Die; Mittheilungen des Ornithologisches Vereines in Wien. Vienna. Vols. 13-21; 1889-1897. Vols. 1-12 issued, simply, as ‘‘Mittheilungen,”’ etc. (q.v.). Schwalbe, Die. Berichte des Comités fiir ornithologische Beobach- tungs-stationen in Osterreich. (Ornithologische Section der K. K. Zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien.) Vienna. Neue Folge 1 and 2 (3, 1913, missing); 1898-1901. *South Australian Ornithologist, The. (South Australian Ornitho- logical Association.) Adelaide. Vols. 1-8; 1914-1925. *Stray Feathers. (A. O. Hume.) Calcutta. Vols. 1-11; 1873-1899. Index to Vols. 1-11=Vol. 12; 1899. ‘‘Tori,” The Aves (now simply, Tori): Bulletin of the Ornithological Society of Japan. Tokyo. Nos. 10 (of Vol. 2)-18 (of Vol. 4) and No. 20 (of Vol. 4); 1920-1925. 706 FieLp Museum or Naturat History—Zootocy, Vor. XVI. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London. London. Vols. 1-21, Pt. 1; 1835-1916. Verhandlungen der Ornithologischen Gesellschaft in Bayern. Munich. Vols. 4-16; 1904-1925. Continued from the Jahresbericht des Ornithologischen Vereins Munchen (q.v.). Warbler, The. (John Lewis Childs.) Floral Park, N. Y. Second Ser., Vols. 1 and 2; 1905-1906. *Wilson Bulletin, The. (Wilson Ornithological Chapter of the Agassiz Association; later the Wilson Ornithological Club.) Vol. 10 (pt.) = New Ser. Vol. 5, No. 3—Vol. 37 = New Ser., Vol. 32; 1898-1925. Continued from the Bulletin No. (1-19) of the Wilson Ornitho- logical Chapter of the Agassiz Association (q.v.). *Zeitschrift fiir die Gesammte Ornithologie. (Julius von Madardasz.) Budapest. Vols. 1-4; 1884-1887. DICTIONARIES Drapiez. Dictionnaire Classique des Sciences Naturelles. Brussels. Vols. 1-10 and Atlas; 1837-1845. (19 col. pll. of birds.) D’Orbigny. Dictionnaire Universel d’Histoire Naturelle. Paris. Vols. 1-12 and Atlas, Vols. 1-3; 1849. 54 pll. of birds; 53 col. Levrault. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles. Vols. 1-61, 12 vols. Atlas; 1816-1845. 156 pll. of birds; 37 col. Col. pll. duplicated in black and white; not included in total. Birds by Dumont de Sainte-Croix. NOTE.—In the works catalogued in the foregoing pages, exclusive of the periodicals and the general dictionaries of natural history which are listed separately, there are, approximately, 50,995 plates of birds (39,888 in colors and 11,107 plain), 39,347 text-figures of ornithological subjects (987 in colors and 38,360 plain), and 1,981 plates of birds’ eggs (1,914 in colors and 67 plain). 4 . ,